I

"!lliill!!.,„„.

'JTittSX

-'•«mnm,

JLZ. tT'f.

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION
IN

ANIMAL MAGNETISM.
BY

J.

P. F.

DELEUZE,

TRANSLATED BY THOMAS

C.

HARTSHORN.

REVISED EDITION.
With an Appendix of Notes by the Translator, and Eminent Physicians, and others,
Letters

from

DESCRIPTIVE OF CASES IN THE UNITED STATES.

NEW YORK:
SAMUEL
FU

WELLS &

CO., 737

BROADWAY.

1879.

COPYRIGHT,

1879.

SAMUEL

R WELLS & CO.

\

PUBLISHER'S PREFACE.
Previous to the discovery of anaesthetics, Animal Magnetism had deservedly come to attract general public attention, and probably no other work did so

much
It

to popularize the

system as this of Deleuze's in

its earlier editions.

had by repeated editions attained a large circulation in this country, and, by its aid, a science was being established that promised not only to prove a great curative agency in sickness and disease, but to banish a great deal of pain and suffering from the

human

family.

"Under the influence of Magnetism important and
protracted surgical operations have been effected

without the slightest knowledge of pain to the patient, and with no evil effects; but our hospitals and the medical faculty at large adopting the application

Magnetism ceased to be made availby a few. But so many fatal accidents, to say nothing of the large number of shattered nervous systems, have resulted from this dangerof anaesthetics,
able in practice, save

ous agency, the public are beginning to inquire if there is no substitute, and hundreds now endure pain
rather than assume a worse alternative.

Having from time to time had calls for this work, which has been out of print for many years, we reiii

ïv

publisher's preface.

could find a copy, to offer to the public Through the a new edition by its republication. kindness of our friend, Dr. George M. Bourne, of
solved, if

we

one from McGraith, of San Franthe private hands of John
California,
finally able to obtain
cisco.

we were

We take

especial pleasure in presenting this
it

book

to the public at this time, believing

will supply a

great public want, that
will be manifold.

it

merits a general public apits

probation, and that the benefits under

direction

can especially recommend the moral tone of the author, as his only desire seems to have been, that he might be a blessing to his race by teaching

We

them the
are those

art of relieving pain

and

suffering.

If there

who would make an

evil use of their

Mag-

netic powers, there can be no better

way

of counter-

than to place such information in the hands of the people as will enable them to understand its
acting
it

power and influence themselves, and m this way prevent and restrain any improper use of the principle.

New

York, March,

1879.

which contains them. which cannot fail to increase the interest of that part of the work.TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE. is still retained. be perceived that the views and opinions of these gentlemen vary. a circumstance not to be reTheir gretted. the practice of Mesmerism has been greatly extended. character insures respect. though enlarged by additional notes and letters. men in this The character of Dr. Since the first edition of this work was printed. and ever demeaned himself in such naturally . yet the complete success of the enterprise in which he embarked has taken away all motive for the one. was viewed with suspicion. who intro- duced the subject into this country. and by many misunderstood. and it is observable that every advancement has confirmed and substantiated the statements made by the literary and professional gentlemen who confided to me The Apthe publication of their observations. He labored zealously and unselfishly. and all pretence for the other. Charles Poyen. since they harmonize in their facts. And no man possessing It will common honesty or a decent sense of propriety will scientific go abroad and report that few vicinity believe in Mesmerism. pendix.

without acknowledgment. of LYeleuze. August.vi translator's preeace. a manner as to justify the vindication which he found He will soon return to this country. fore reduced. T. containing instructions chiefly derived from Deleuze. in this volume. cheap in edition of this work. H. Providence. in order to place it within the reach of all who wish to profit by the experience 1843. several and digested works have been published different places. and mingled with precepts either doubtful or absolutely injurious The price of this edition is therein their tendency. C. after finishing his medical course m Paris first ill- As no great pains were taken to circulate the small. .

23 29 39 41 CHAPTER I. Explanation of the term crisis. 43 45 47 51 Method of dislodging pain. and of those by which the direct ac~ tion is supplied. Processes not indifferent. Of the accessory means to increase (he magnetic action. . CHAPTER IL— Of the Processes. proceed with contagious diseases. how managed. Coup de 54 55 Chevalier de Barbarin. vii 75 . when produced. 63 64 66 patient should be roused gently. 13 INTRODUCTION. 57 59 61 63 How to How to The calm nervous movements. To magnetize a patient who is in bed. Effects commonly exhibited.. Explanation of the word pass. CHAPTER III. 53 Case of M.CONTENTS.. Meaning of being in communication. Instruction to mothers. . 67 69 72 CHAPTER IY. When the exertion of force *' is necessary. H.— 0/ the Effects and their Indications. LIFE OF DELEUZE. . Convulsive motions.. . When you should not magnetize.* *. How to make a feeble magnetic action useful Case of Oudin. General Views and Principles. Another case. soleil.

. Susceptibility of somnambulists. author's experience.— Of precaution netizer.. . in the choice of a Mag• 142 • Women ought to magnetize women. Explaining our will by words. Roullier's plates of glass. Ecstasy or magnetic exaltation: its dangers. . Why they should receive regular fees. 152 152 154 Special faculties of some magnetizers. 143 145 147 148 151 resort to Magnetism. Not If . Puységur's valet de chambre.. Address of somnambulists.. water: its effects.. CHAPTER Y of it. Madame Chambon de Montaux. 95 . The 96 100 103 106 108 . Ribault. 76 81 85 85 80 Dr. To produce moral effects. Steel wand.. Retraciug the ideas of infancy. Case at the Salpêtrière. . . tlie use to be made 91 Forced somnambulism of no to How proceed when it occurs. To magnetize one's self. fits. Epileptic Cautions about following his prescriptions. . Magnetism produces the effects desired of medicines. . 115 . 124 129 • 135 CHAPTER VI. to admit spectators. 117 118 . mode of constructing. your somnambulist prescribes remedies. Description of an abstracted somnambulist.. .. . Imaginary Inspiration.. . To magnetize Magnetic batteries.. . And gives you a description of his disease... how formed. You should inform your physician when you . ... Cases. . How to proceed when a treatment is commenced.. The chain. 109 112-115 Influence in the natural state. . Of Somnambulism. Magnetizers by profession.. 120 122 . 155 158 Moral influence of MN .Vlll CONTENTS. . and utility.

In what case Magnetism Scrofulous diseases.. . Biles. 200 . .. . Wolfart's practice with children.. 181 .. .. Dropsy. . . Pulmonary phthisis. Vomitings. Inflammation of the stomach. 190 . v 202 204 Hip disease. Boismarsas. . Suppression.. . Deaf mutes. Somnambulism renewed by a magetized object. . M. The treatment should be uninterrupted in certain . . 183 184-5 188-9 .. and its Application of Magnetism connection with Diseases. . . Gout. . Rheumatism. call in the physician. . when improper. Enlarge179-80 ment of the glands.. 195 198 199 Opacities in the Cornea. M. Scald head. Putrid and malignant and nervous fevers. Vapors. case. . Obstructions of viscera. 201 Orgelet. Bowel complaint. Thiriat. . . 191 Headache.. Pains in the stomach. Acting at a distance. A case. Schirrhosity or ulceration in utero. Hypochondria. M. . 192 193 195 Scorbutic affections. A case . Acidulated water. Diseases of the eye. Spinal affection. 163 165 168 Acute and chronic diseases distinguished. to it.. . Rickets. Mental alienation. . . 174 175 dis- eases. Local inflammation quinsy.. Paralysis. Cases cited. . . Diseases. 168 171 When to discontinue the action. 210 211 . Asthma. 181 Ulcers. Nervous diseases. IX CHAPTER VII. Testimony of 250 physicians mentioned. Slow fevers. Intermittent fevers. Epilepsy. When proper. 204 206 208 210 Case of tic douloureux. . Sciatica. Chorea and constant vertigo cured. . . In acute diseases. Cases. . Cutaneous phlegmasias. Cataract.172 . : 173 ... . best rules for practice. .. Pregnancy. 178 Diseases of the lymphatic system. . Letters written in somnambulism. Hysteric affections. 161 Why physicians The should be consulted in applying . A . Deafness. . is dangerous. . .CONTENTS. . Spasms. . .

253 . . and .. 212 . . . . . .. They sometimes also catch diseases of their patients. how limited. to them. . . Directions about somnambulists. . . . . When the somnambulist prescribes for nimself. . . Sir Hospital treatment. Case of a somnambulist. confidence in somnambulists. Nervous crises in certain cases necessary. 220 222 223 223 224 226 . 232 233 Danger of tions.. A caution... ing. . Direc- Professional somnambulists. this development. 213 216 218 218 Of the physical dangers. —Means of dangers. Nervous irritation. developing in ourselves Magnetic faculty and of deriving advantage from . . . .. . 249 251 CHAPTER IX. . How to prevent somnambulists from running into .. Of the moral dangers. ... too much . . Ill-founded prejudices against somnambulism. . Sometimes prescribe for diseases. . . . . Extraordinary faculties developed do not exclude error. Should not be consulted. . . David Brewster. 247 . a good observer and a learned physician. 226 228 228 Magnetizers in bad health impart disease.X CONTENTS. . Faculty of prevision. . 237 237 242 244 246 247 error. - Two cases of interrupted treatment. Magnetic exaltation or ecstasy. . unless worthy of esteem. How to proceed.. Severe organic diseases. Interruption of a treatment. The currents. . Their mode of examin235 Consult for persons absent and unknown .. Mesmer.. Critical pains not to be feared. . Propositions of Mesmer. Opinions communicated by intimacy. Somnambulism not always a state of purity. . . . . avoiding inconveniences CHAPTER VIII. Exciting the faculties to obtain surprising effects. 254 254 . . 230 231 . Reveries of Illuminism. — Of the the means of .

465 515 . M. INDEX TO THE APPENDIX. may be made. . . diseases. Perceiving the currents. Many magnetizers have the same faculty. 262 264 . . . .. . . . 256 256 257 . . .. Of the studies by which a person may per. 260 . de Puységur's maxims 284 286 APPENDIX. Magnetism has laws — is a science. 267 CHAPTER The X. . To establish intimate communication and examine . . to . 268 268 practice and the science. Magnetic Vapor. Babst. . .. Xi diseases.CONTENTS. theory based upon one great principle. Magnetism not be sought in other . . Peculiar sensations of the magnetizer. . is What preliminary knowledge study the last.266 . . . 278 283 The Its principles of sciences. fect himself in the knowledge of Magnetism. . Somnambulists perceive the seat of .289 NEW APPENDIX. Observation of M. In what cases experiments desirable for those who 270 . . Mode of acquiring and using it.

.

Joseph Philip Francis Deleuze was born at Sisteron. we cannot refuse to accord to of intention. with {he rank of sub-lieutenant. to confide. . . in which he put no confidence. when a subject of the as a professional first im- portance. We trust in he does not bring him as a guide. he enThree tered the infantry. Alps. the corps in which he served being disbanded. he suspected them to be fabrications designed to bring ridBut hearing that one icule on the partisans of Magnetism. claims judgment. he left the service and devoted himself to the study of the natural sciences. him sincerity of mind and uprightness edness which His various works indi- cate a careful and scrutinizing spirit. he drives suspicion from his motive. Lower Desirous of pursuing a military career he came to Paris in 1772. indeed. intending to study mathematics. Whoever reads it. While residing in the country near Sisteron. which Delueze has practised gratuitously for more than half a century.LIFE OF DELEUZE. years after. supported by the practice and testimony of De- from him man a serious and careful investigation. but the nominations not having taken place. because we conviction to his theory. The life of the author of this work was translated by a lady from the elaborate volume of Doctor Foissac. who suffers a vulgar prejudice if to influence his leuze. will find his confidence irresistibly drawn towards him by the evidence of a character in which it is delightful Whatever may be our opinion of Mesmerism. dictated see his caution by a single-mind- rarely leads into mischievous error. in March. And he is little to be envied. 1753. in 1785. he read for the first time an account of the cures performed at Buzancy.

I looked with asmyself in less than fifteen tonishment. and trying to convince them of the salutary effect of gentle frictions. I was ize the sick who were in the neighboring villages. had been to see Mesmer at M. In this way I obtained some very curious and beneficial results. lest fatal consequences might follow from my inexperience. which she showed to us. and desired my friend to teach me On my return home. and with her several who were to form a chain. I requested him to obtain for me a patient. I observed others.' "At in a persons the end of that time she arrived. and on his return to Aix had succeeeded in producing somnambulism.XIV LIFE OF DELEUZE. He introduced to me a young woman who had been sick seven years. I attempted to magnetthe processes.the progidies he smiled. She was not able to walk or lie down. he resolved to visit him and ascertain the truth. having walked since four o'clock in the morning. instead of sleeping myself. in consequence of the great enlargement of the spleen. having also a local swelling externally. 'Wait and see for yourself. few minutes saw the patient much. circulation was restored. but falling asleep During my sleep I talked minutes. a man much merit. In the autumn. suffering constantly great pain. and if I effected a cure. touching them under various pretexts. who to the wis- dom that sometimes doubts added the desire to be convinced by actual experience. of his friends (M. the . and arrived at imparted to my friend the object of coolly. desiring him to tell me what he thought of . d'Aix). my journey. I my own to a faith. " botanizing Aix the second day at noon. D. being in the of applied young physician. he might consider this conclusive proof. I immediately as I went. a man of cool reason and enlightened mind. Of this I had no recollection when I awoke and found them all laughing around me. Servan's. and being much bloated. the patient will be here in three hours. " I performed the journey on foot. and asleep. suggesting at the same time that the subject should not be considered in a critical state. I succeeded in removing the obstruction. and said I had heard. I joined this chain. which strengthened city. and was so much excited as to trouble the chain. I ceased to observe. careful not to excite their imaginations." said he. The next day.

Yet notwithstanding his various duties in the Garden of Europe have written upon the subMesmerism. "Thompson's Seasons" in 1801-6. slept. an in- nomena I could not affirm that I Among these were phehave imagined or explained. mentioned by DeGenera Piantarum tflorse Gerleuze. The varied knowledge displayed . * Several of the great naturalists of ject of . I can only saw them. I assisted in the treatment of of very respectable parents. In 1798 he was chosen assistant naturalist of the Garden of Plants: and when the professors belonging to the establishment united in 1802 in publishing the Annals of the Museum of Natural History. de Puysegur. timate friend of mine (Mr. who became a somnambulist. philosophy. She dictated remedies for other sick persons She presented most of the phenomas well as for herself. was enabled to touched her. the best of those intended for the instruction of the young. and particularly botany. and after this it is impossible for me to suppose the least illusion. and pursued with renewed ardor literature. and the members of the society at Strasburg. he was appointed secretary of that association. and his book. this patient. she Soon after. he returned to Paris. XV When I but did not become a somnambulist.LIFE OF DELEUZE. his exquisite judgment. M. the soundness of his doctrines. D.1810. or Conversations on the Study of the Sciences. and I have never known a more perfect somnambulist. so clear. in his writings. and at the same time so elegant. Tardy.* M. Two years after. or the possibility of deception." in 1799. has received from the learned praise the most flatter- ing and honorable." From this time M. among them Nees Von Esenoeck. His great work.) magnetized a young girl of She was the daughter sixteen. so simple. ena observed by M. his style. swelling gradually disappeared. Deleuze was first known to the learned world by his translation of "Daricin's Loves of the Plants. science. in 1787. m 20 volumes. manicaV' printed m 1839. at which time he published his " Eudoxus. place him among writers of the first rank. pages 204 and 205. relieving and curing a great number of persons.— Tkans. and she attend to her customary duties. is advertised ia London at £4 per volume. Letters and Philosophy" 2 vols 8-vo Paris. Deleuze neglected no opportunity to multiply and observe facts.

After a general sketch of the history of the discovery and the obstacles opposed to it. who have not been afraid to brave ridicule in obeying the voice of conscience. savans. " If I had my hand full of truth I should be careful how I opened but during the furious contest occurring between the partisans and the enemies of Magnetism. he devotes a very remarkable article to the examination of the proofs on it . and by far the larger number who make their observations in silence. In speaking of the therapeutical application of Magnetism. and applies that its effects them with equal and sagacity He shows have been attested by thousands of witnesses. investigation and reflection. and in exact accordance with the prescribed directions. like Fontenelle and. took a different course from those who had preceded him. he points out the cases in which . or actually produced the phenomena of which they speak. concerning the probability of testimony. I shall not. forming an era in the annals of science. while among the adversaries of Magnetism. he did not neglect this new order of physiological phenomena. when questioned on the subject. he was contented to observe in silence. not a man can be found who has examined the subject in the only proper way." the result of twenty-nine years of This work appeared in 1813. and enlightened men. He first lays down princilogic ples of indisputable correctness. permit myself to form any hypothesis. of the influence which the faith of the patients and the comparative power of magnetizers may have upon the to the examination of the proofs of Magnetism. in whose ranks are found physicians. and waited until the excitement was over. He did not say. With the same powerful reasoning. that those who have published their opinions. he has treated of the means by which Magnetism acts. and fulfilling a duty to humanity. in order to publish his " Critical History of Magnetism. and is now translated In this work he into all the principal languages of Europe. others. Plants. have all either witnessed. of the methods of producing it.' which the new doctrine is founded. until now despised by the learned. but shall state what has been witnessed by myself and by men worthy of credit. by experimenting for himself with the most scrupulous attention. and content themselves with avowing their belief.XVI LIFE OF DELECZE. said he. efficacy of the treatment.

Deleuze has published in favor of Magnetism we should particularly notice. Deleuze has fulfilled this difficult task with great discernment. D. It is and Surgical Journal of October 25th. and shows precautions are taken. the "Critical History" fully justiIt is the title of the work. or upon a modification of one already known. or t7ie The second volume of fies honesty of the magnetizer.LIFE OF DELEtTZE. M. and having classed facts accord- we should place them bephenomena side the other of physiology. XVH provided the proper we may hope for success. from the pen of Ben . and the authenticity of the facts on which it rests. of South Boston. its that. and the means of avoiding them. "that the science Magnetism should be associated with the other branches of human knowledge that after having proved the exist. " It of is to be decided. of which there are nearly three hundred. in conclusion." No one has insisted so much as M. has the most envenomed calumny dared to vast a doubt on the veracity of the savant. ous we see that the author brings them forward with reserve. that he endeavors to rob them of their marvellous character. the "Answer to the Author of Superstitions and Impostures ofPhiling to the degrees of probability.* His explanations of them agree perfectly with the " Let us confine ourselves. ence of the agent. His researches show that the adversaries of Magnetism have in vain attemped to shake the foundation of the doctrine. the Triore value that it comes from so pure a source. and that never in the midst of the most eager discussion. and to show that they are not in contradiction to the laws of nature. Deleuze on the dangers to which Magnetism may give His advice acquires rise. M. that we may decide whether they depend upon a new principle. we should ascertain the part its it plays in the operations of nature." says he. says he." principles of sound physiology. "to what observation teaches. jsunin Haskell. * cal An able paper in relation to this subject appeared in the Boston Medi1837." Among the writings which M. employment can never be injuriIn the description of the phenomena of somnambulism. first. examination of the writings devoted to an analysis and which have been published con- ooming Magnetism.. and take care that we do not go beyond it.

he examines the causes which opposed the re-establishment of religion in France. its . that M. in which men of merit. chiefly devoted an examination and criticism of the article. p. ism. We should know little of M. 1 : phenomenon as this. This end he has attained by publishing his "Practical Instruction. they attribute them to a cause incompetent to produce them. M. there Is one I cannot pass over in silence. and even coarse abuse. "Magnet M. have allowed themselves towards observers who were only actuated by the love of truth." After having addressed the learned world in his "Critical History . will draw from phenomena will consummate experience. Deleuze proves that these adversaries knew nothing about Magnetism that they father upon its partisans absurd opinions. 404 of his article on Magnetism/' Should Mesmer. M. Among the instances of this which I might adduce. His argument is a model of dignity. M. that they pass by in silence the most convincing proofs. which should place the subject within the reach of all minds. then I would recognize the empire of universal Magnetism.'" Paris. in which. Virey. at the same time answers. 1825. and the desire of being useful. blinded by rooted prejudices. 1819. l'Abbé "Wurtz de Lyon.XV111 U. the declamations. did we suppose for an instant that he profits by his advantages. Deleuze." M. or one of his most able successors. throw a horse or an ewe into somnambulism.' To this strange demand. Men versed in find in this book the results of a Those who have as yet seen nothing. sarcasms. after having stated objections which seem renewed from the thirteenth century. Deleuze contented himself with replying " Everybody knows very well. Second. osophers" M. Deleuze wished to draw up a system of rules." of This work." Paris. and who desire to assure themselves of the truth of the facts.IFE OF DELEUZE. reason and politeness. and hurls back upon his calumniators the ridicule and contempt with which they wished to overwhelm him. Virey says. Virey will never be convinced if he must first witness such a . "Defence of it Magnetism against to the attacks made upon in the Dictionary of Medical Science. in the most satisfactory manner. and that forced at last to admit indisputable phenomena.

LIFE OF DELEUZE. 8 vo. several very curious modes of treatment. Critical History of Paris. Animal Magnetism. an Essay agree in bestowing the highest praise. that in the discussions of the Royal Academy of Medicine. the honor of having defended and propagated one of the most beautiful discoveries of modern times. the remainder of the articles on Van Helmont and several dissertations on the most important questions of Magnetism. : ON MAGNETISM. Letter to the author of the work entitled. of which he is secretary. 8 vo. 8 vo. and 1819. Deleuze has published nothing concerning Magnetism. as well as of several learned bodies. Superstitions and Impostures of the Philosophers of the Eighteenth Century. He is a member of the Philomathic Society. on Prevision. Defence of Magnetism against the attacks made upon it 1 vol. although he has still in his hands rich materials upon which some physicians who have read them Such are. Levaillant. 3 . both in France and foreign countries. librarian of the Museum of Natural History. de Humboldt. in the Dictionary of Medical Science. Cuvier. M.. Such is the ascendance which the wisdom and private virtues of M. Duperron. in 1828. he di- vides with M. his pleasing and instructive conversation. Upon the death of M. 1. 1819. thence all the XIX to observe knowledge necessary to to avoid mistakes. and for fifteen years has drawn up the annual reports of the Philanthropic Society. 1819. with profit. DELEUZE. his name has never been pronounced without the most honorable epithets. 2 vols. Deleuze acquire over all who know him. and Since that period give to their practice a salutary direction. Toscan. have the most celebrated of Uie learned.. he was appointed . 1813 2. cic. LIST OF THE NEW WORKS OF I. the commission have always cited him as authority. gained him many friends among and in the unanimous opinion of his contemporaries.. 80 pp. M. le Marquis de Puysegur. His rare qualities.

and 6. Conversations on the Study of the Sciences. 4 8. 1813 to 1819. : 8 vols.. vols. on works Lettres. 8 vo. 472 pp. from 1826 to 1829. A treatise on the faculty of Prevision. on the introduction of ornamental plants. 3.. in 8 vo.. two vols. from 1803 to 1831. of the 1 vol. pp. 1801 and 1806. Authentically recognized by the Royal Academy of Medicine in 1831. in 8 vo. to wit 1st. Lastly.. one of which. Physiology and Psychology. The Library of Magnetism. 12 1. 7. II. 12 mo.. Eudoxus: 3.. 8 vo.XX 4. 1836. Mialle thus writes in 1836: "A new erahas commenced for Magnetism. 1821. ism. 5. of the Plants. and 12 mo. from 1814 to 1816.. 1810. 8vo. a Journal of Magnet8 vo. 1823.. 6... 4. History and Description of the Royal Museum of Natural History at Paris. LITERATURE AND THE SCIENCES.. mo. 2. A large number of essays upon Magnetism. two vols. 8 vo. published by Dentu. 20 desirous of establishing a Magnetic treatment.. 1825. 39 pp. 5.. published by order of the administration of that establishment. 8 vo. The Loves poem translated from the English of Darwin. as . . and regarded by the commission. and the phenomena of Therapeutics. Observations addressed to those physicians who were 8 vo. Thompson's Seasons. Hermes. 1826. a vol. 8vo. The Annals of Magnetism. Paris. Literature and Philosophy... Practical Instruction in Animal Magnetism. one 3. Several historical euloguims of learned naturalists and celebrated travellers.. several articles inserted in other journals. inserted in the Annals and Memoirs of the Museum of Natural History. 1799. Letter to the Members Academy of Medicine. 8 vols. LIFE OF DELEUZE. several essays. Also. of Natural the Moniteur and History and Belles Dr. which it has brought under our observation inserted in three periodicals which appeared successively. has been mentioned in a very flattering manner in the poem of " The Three Kingdoms of Nature" by Delille.

and the example of his whole life. has so powerfully contributed to the triumph of this noble discovery $" . What surer guide can they take than the man who Ms by the superiority of his intelligence. *a XXÎ very curious branch of psychology has taken rank will be among to positive truths. the sagacity of conclusions. and natural history? it The rising generation field prompt cultivate the new laid open to them.LIFE OF DELEUiZE.

.

or physics. not the object of this work to convince men who. and it I sometimes err in the mode of explaining things. still doubt the reality of Magnetism. who believe upon oral testimony. upon all the subject of Magnetism. appertaining solely to the theory which I have adopted to connect the phenomena by referring them to the same cause. in curing and ameliorating the ills of their fellow-creatures. it is intended chiefly for those who are not engaged in medicine. physiology.JAN 6 1905 INTRODUCTION. and who. in order to succeed. as I have had the happiness of doing. being persuaded that I know more than themselves upon the subject. and who are at a loss how to make use of it. I am now going to fulfil this task. solely with the direct those view of being It is useful. without having seen any person magnetized. Several persons have requested tions. wish to try my method. I shall avoid pronouncing upon that which appears doubtful. without entering into any discussion to prove their truth. otherwise well-informed. my errors. will not affect the indi23 . plain and simple instruc- from all theory. principles I shall lay down which I believe true. and proper in cases to who are convinced of the reality of the agent. free me to publish.

and of which. If my somewhat manner hypothetical. shall not stop to detail facts in support of trine. In the second chapter. The knowledge of the processes. Thus. or who admit a spiritual influence. up to the present time. the nature of which is unknown to me. contradict the consequences to which I shall arrive. without a particular agent. there can be no change in the results. who compare the action of Magnetism in living beings to that of attraction in inanimate bodies. chapters. but those who deny the existence of this fluid. on that account. I shall speak of the indications which . My first chapter shall contain an enunciation of the principles which are general and applicable to all cases. none are susceptible of demonstration. ar- For the purpose of obtaining a more orderly rangement. I shall employ the expression magnetic fluid. and of all the con- ditions necessary for the efficient use of Magnetism. means to be taken to produce these I phenomena and derive advantage from them. my docof I shall limit myself to the citing of a few those which I have myself observed. in order to make my and simple. In the third. I shall teach the various processes which are employed in magnetizing. is independent of the opinions which serve to explain the ]3henomena. whenever exampies shall appear necessary to the better understand- ing of my subject. instructions more plain of announcing these principles be because I believe in the existence of a fluid. when somnambulism does not take place. cannot. I shall divide this instruction into I shall first lay down certain principles.24 cation of the INTRODUCTION.

INTRODUCTION. the first 25 perceivable effects afford for the choice of processes. In the tenth and Persons who read these ten chapters in course. will observe that some things said in the first are repeated I would in the others in almost the same terms. and of the manner of proceeding with somnambulists. I permit myself to speak in a . have avoided these repetitions. and of its association with medicine. so that several persons may at the same time experience the action. In the eighth. In the seventh. I will give information concerning the auxiliary means by which the force of Magnetism may be augmented. without my being obliged to refer them to what has been already said. that those who consult only one article. If. In the sixth. in some places. under the direction of one magnetizer. I shall speak of the studies which are appropiate to those who wish to acquire a profound knowledge of Magnetism. last. In the fourth. I have left them thus. and of drawing from it all the advantages possible. and of the means of preventing them. may find all the advice relative to the subject in question. I shall treat of somnambulism. if I considered my work as a literary production. I shall speak of the precautions which the patient ought to take in choosing a magnetizer. of the applications of Magnetism to various diseases. In the fifth. or by putting Magnetism in motion and circulation. of the method of developing and fortifying in oneself the magnetic power. In the ninth. of the dangers of Magnetism. either by communicating the magnetic virtue to certain bodies.

he would found a school. adding appear to be in wanted Among the men who have devoted is the practice of Magnetism. I invite them to take from my instructions all that appears to them worthy of being preserved. it is dogmatic of being not because I hold it is my own opin- ions in too great esteem. Our adver- . This kind of success is impossible for us. may and my second edition whatever in this first essay. whoever may be the author of it. he would find disciples among his brethren in the profession. It is possible for self-love to be gratified in the discovery of a truth. Our wish is to do good. and of not leaving shall consent to take in uncertainty whoever me for a guide. better than I have been able to do it. and not to quote me except to rectify the errors which may have escaped my diligence. He would call attention to an order of phenomena which belongs to animated nature.26 INTRODUCTION. style. and will profit in the correction of by them to my faults. I will receive with gratitude any critical observations addressed to me. it identifies us so to speak one with another. but never in having done good deeds. ]No person feels the imperfection of the since there work more than myself. I — — A physician who has already become celebrated would perhaps increase his reputation by publishing a good work upon Magnetism. let us enjoy it equally. must be in it many omissions. there themselves to a great number intelligence and more knowledge have a lively desire that the reading of this work may determine them to execute the plan I proposed to myself. This wish unites us. who have more than myself. more clear merely for the purpose and precise. When success is obtained.

* * This was written in 1825. on witnessing some of its results. one of which. and m m to the true use of it. without disputation. Since that time. work in concert.INTRODUCTION". Lordat. in 1831. in his recent work on Human Physiology. We have no partisans except among those to whom we have rendered service. The extent of its utility is now a question worthy of profound investigation. Let us continue. and disgraceful if they suffer themselves to oppose it through incurious prejudice. The time will arrive when a man of genius will reunite all these materials. assigns to it a high place among the phenomena appertaining to man's organization. declared that they ought to be proclaimed to the world from the top of the French Institute. The former. To promote this object. In this vicinity it receives the support of medical practitioners of unquestionable skill. Its existence. and they exupon public opinion. and the greater part of them dare not raise their voice. to spread and rear an edifice which time cannot overthrow. which is not to be found the Encyclopedias. Theses on Mesmerism have been written in Paris. . in 1842. saries 27 ercise a great influence condemn us without examination. Orfda and Arago— names of which France has reason to.. to abroad the knowledge of Magnetism. by candidates for the degree of M. was dedicated to Prof. D. or administered under their direction. may be deemed singular in men of good information. Happily. their number increases every day. through their committee. Orfila. and not to be settled by men who never think. is no who have witnessed its who decide without looking into its merits. the Royal Academy of Medicine. The evidences in favor of its utility are so abundant in European works of high authority that an ignorance of its true history. Dr. the translator has given the instructions of the venerable Deleuze an English dress. It should always be the hands of such. Let us collect the materials of a beneficent science. Let us banish the abuses and the dangers which may attend the use of it. and without the spirit of system. without fear. pronounced upon the subject an opinion which has changed the popular feeliDg in France in relation to it.be proud—have devoted attention to this subject. whose report is worthy of study as a model of accurate philosophical investigation. as a peculiar faculty of the longer a matter of question among men of science human mind. and to recall the public attention from the curious phenomena phenomena. and that should sustain our courage and our hopes. then. Dean of the Medical Academy.

.

GENERAL VIEWS AND PBINCIPLES. perceive this faculty only it. I. and we make no use of use 4. a to exercise the will.ANIMAL MAGNETISM. This substance. it is 3. we suppose that a substance emanates from him who magnetizes. then. towards the vital principle. Man has the faculty of exercising over his influence. in the direction given it by the will. CHAPTER 1. by the results. in directing will. we call The nature of this fluid is unknown. faculty: of Magnetism has been given to this an extension of the power which all living beings have of acting upon those who are submitted to their will. even its exist29 . The name We it. the which sustains life in us. by his 2. and is conveyed to the person magnetized. fel- low-men a salutary them. 5. without there being something to establish a communication between them. As we cannot comprehend how body can act upon another at a distance. magnetic fluid. except as far as is we will to The first condition of action.

occupying them both equally. ploying Magnetism. In order that one individual may act upon an- — between them a moral and physical sympathy. Thus the first is condition of magnetizing is the will. belief is necessary to induce one to use of the faculties power we a firm and steady Confidence in the he possesses. spiritual. second. there exist must they are in communication. occurs as if it did exist. or the desire of doing good. be seen how easy it is to distinguish the phenomena which belong to each. by the desire of doing good to one who desires to receive it. but everything ence has not been demonstrated. It will soon t J. As to the rest. 6. or by ideas and wishes which. as there is between all the members of an animated body. form between them a communication of sentiments. Physical sympathy is established by means which we shall indicate. If the will is necessary to direct the fluid. It follows that there are three actions in first. the second the confidence which the magnetthe third is izer has in his own powers. Magnetism: mixed action. One of these qualities may supply the others to a certain point. 9. we say other. possess makes us act without effort and make without distraction. When this sympathy is well established between two individuals. Man composed of a body and a and the influence he exerts participates the properties of both. confidence is only the consequence of belief: it differs in this only one believes himself to be endowed with a power whose reality he does not doubt. third. benevolence. physical. 8. moral sympathy. but to have . and that warrants us in ad- mitting it while is we are indicating the means of emsoul.30 ANIMAL MAGNETISM.

it. springs first. but these effects will be irregular. but it may also be conveyed to him by an intermediate body. in the course of . 11. when one has entire confidence in his powers. but attention is sustained without effort. and to continue 13. third. second. feels in himself the force necessary action of the magnetic fluid. If the desire of doing good be not united to the will to act. The magnetic fluid may not only act directly upon the person whom we wish to magnetize. or the action of Magnetism. Magnetism. because he has first determined his movement. there will be some effects. and the most trifling circumstance sometimes suffices to produced. The fluid health.GENERAL' VIEWS AND PRINCIPLES. ceases when but the direction given by Magnetism does not cease in that case. being relative to the direction given it. to which we have given a determinate direction. The accompanied with a good intention. 31 the action at the same time energetic and salutary. exercises a physical influence it which emanates from the magnetizer upon the patient. supposes continued attention. The direct action of Magnetism the magnetizer ceases to will. to is always attentive move his feet in a proper direc- tion. confidence in from three things: the means employed. This influence exerting. will be salutary only so far as it is 14. but this sort of attention is so natural to him as to be easy. which we have charged with this fluid. hence follows that the magnetizer ought to be in good 15. man who it first renew the phenomena which 12. the expression of that will. a sign. A constant will A makes towards a designated goal to avoid obstacles. the will to act. the three conditions must be united. 10.

and the degree of energy estedness. the sentiment of benevolence. and Of which banishes vanity. which prevents uneasiness in a long and painful struggle. It is so great in some persons. which unites us to every suffering being. patience. upon the moral condition of the pa- that the magnetizer ought to be worthy of esteem for the uprightness of his mind. This difference of magnetic power in various individuals arises from the superiority which some have over others in moral and physical qualities. physical qualifications. it. facility in sustaining and concentrattient. and the honesty of his character. disinter- which makes one forget himself. energy of will. only 17. the next a peculiar power. that they are obliged to moderate 18. enabling one to remain calm in the midst of he most alarming crises. the first is good health. different from that which raises burdens or moves heavy bodies. The knowledge of this principle is equally important for those who magnetize and for those who are the subjects of magnetism. and even curiosity. confidence in one's own power. and devote himself to the being whom he attends. in ourselves. 16. The faculty of magnetizing exists in all persons.32 time. but all do not possess it in the same degree. an effect ANIMAL MAGNETISM. we make of it. men who have The magnetic virtue develops itself it by exer- and a person uses with more facility and suchabit of exerting it. cise. strength of Tnind. Among the moral qualities are. it follows ing the attention. by the trial a magTherefore there are netic power very superior to that of others. and of which we recognize the existence. cess when he has acquired the . the purity of his sentiments.

All who are perfectly in communication. The magnetic action can be conveyed to very great distances. 19. since at least threefourths of the patients feel the effects of 22. of Magnetism is not perceived. our will can often exert an action when the communication is well established. We do not yet know enough of it to determine the cause of these anomalies. The very tones of the magnetizer. nor to pronounce beforehand whether Magnetism will or will not act. with the intention determined by the it throw to For this reason. Magnetism generally exercises no influence upon perThe same man who was insensible to sons in health. direction. 20. men are not sensible to the magnetic and the same persons are more or less so. act upon the organs of the patients. the by which we act. and the will suffices to give external organs. There are even . there are others in which it is evident. according to the temporary dispositions in which they are found. it in a state of good health. we make use of our hands and will. ical it. Nature has established a communion or a physsympathy between certain individuals.GENERAL VIEWS AND PRINCIPLES. 33 « Although the magnetic fluid escapes it from all the body. and that the same magnetizer does not agree equally with all patients. being produced by the vital energy. The word which indicates of our eyes to magnetize. will experience the effects There are diseases in which the action of it when ill. It is for this reason that many magnetizers act much more promptly and more efficaciously upon certain patients than upon others. are the most proper off. persons 21. We have only certain probabilities in regard to it. but it acts in that manner only with action. but that should not create an objection to the reality of Magnetism.

because it would injure their growth and weaken them. and give him a sitting of one hour each day. . and they very well and very quickly remove a casual ailment. and they are moved by the desire of soothing him for whom they have an affection. force He who is not endowed vith great magnetic himself in the course of time. They act by imitation. of them who are more powerful over certain Some persons think themselves insensible maladies. and in the same degree. some to the action of Magnetism.34 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. As as to the rest. if would exhaust he were to magnetize every day for several hours. in the two sexes. which we shall mention. This is not owing to the movements that are made. force as Children over seven years of age magnetize very well. Generally speaking. but to the loss of the vital principle or magnetic fluid. might undertake the treatment of a single patient. because he employs only just is much 25. and women ought to be preferred as magnetizers of women. 23. The magnetic virtue exists equally. with a determined will. with an entire confidence. exercises himself in it. without being distracted by the least doubt or by curiosity. every one in good health. without effort. because they have not met a magnetizer congenial to them. but they ought not to be permitted to do it. the is more one necessary. the less he fatigued. 24. They learn to magnetize as they learn to walk. But every one has not the strength necessary for magnetizing several persons. nor several hours in succession. for several reasons. Many persons feel much fatigue when they magnetize. and not enfeebled by age. when they have witnessed the operation. others do not feel any.

making no resistance. regulate. nor to produce surprising . the more difficult it is for the magnetizer to re-establish it. The more the course of nature has been interrupted by foreign agents. nor to exhibit the power with which they are endowed. having for call object the develop- ment of what physicians that is the forces medicatrices — to say. either by habits of luxury or by remedies. Magnetism does no more than to employ. Nervous persons. and children. 27. who have taken much medicine. persons who reside in the country. and direct the forces of nature. cures much more promptly. Confidence. present the most singular phenomena. and it is cures to which disposed — the facilitating of the it is essential to act it. 35 the magnetizer. In general.GENERAL VIEWS AND PRINCIPLES. its Magnetism. ized. constantly in aid of nature 5 and never to oppose Whence ize it follows that people ought not to magnet- through curiosity. Magnetism acts in a more sensioie and efficacious manner upon persons who have led a simple and frugal life. especially radical cures. It suffices if the patient yields himself up passively. therefore. than upon those with whom the course of nature has been troubled. and upon those who do not believe. and whose nerves are irritated. Nevertheless. as it does to that of most remedies. Magnetism. than those who have lived in the world. but act equally One can much fewer 28. and who have not been agitated by passions. and much better. cures. in Magnetism. when Magnetism has once gained empire over them. confidence contributes to the efficaciousness of Magnetism. the seconding of the efforts that nature makes to relieve itself. 26. is an essential condition with not necessary in the person magnetis which upon those who believe.

it is — ought not to search out any extraordinary effect. When one has acquired the habit of concentrating his attention. Magnetism often excites pain in that part of the body where the disease is located. nor to convince the incredulous. for promoting the cure. and in cases where thought to be useful. searching into the cause of it. all the time he is magnetizing him. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. he will feel in himself an instinctive impulse to convey the action to this or to that organ. When the patient yields himself entirely to the action of Magnetism. so as never to is be embarrassed.36 effects. sustained by Magnetism. produces of itself. . and to follow it habitually without thinking of it. and to modify it according to circumstances. One only sentiment ought to animate him the desire of doing good to him whose cure he undertakes. and with whom he ought to occupy himHe self wholly. and of abstracting himself from everything foreign to the object he has in view. it is useful to adopt a method. Although the choice of this or of that process not essential in order to direct the action of Magnetism. It is necessary to obey this impulse. It follows also that the magnetizer ought to employ his power with economy. without being distracted by other without ideas. the magnetizer should then suffer himself to be directed. 29. and to lose time in searching what motions it is most proper to make. He ought to be exempt from vanity. it often happens that a similar instinct causes processes which are the most him to indicate the proper for him. 30. but solely for the purpose of doing good. but to know how to take advantage of the crises which nature. It renews old 31. from curiosity. from interest.

and designate the various kinds of We them. he and life. or those who have influence over him. 33. undertake it if he feels any repugnance. We ought not to be troubled on their account. drawn towards the person who requires take an interest in him. He ought not to will put any obstacle in the way. . feel himself To he fears he should his care. The tains our health being the most delightful and most precious that God has given to man. and the patient always finds himself better after having experienced them. Any other consideration. This is what distinguishes the pains which are called critical from those which are produced by the progress of the disease. they are but transient. as his friend. 37 and slumbering pains. or that of doing good to our fellow-creatures by the influence of the will. When any crisis takes place. by the communication of the principle that sus34. These pains are produced by the efforts which nature makes to triumph over the malady. 32. he should be so devoted to him as not to perceive the sacrifices that he imposes upon himself. he ought to consider him whom he magnetizes as his brother. and have the desire and the hope of curing. As soon as he has decided. or at least relieving him. Before undertaking a magnetic treatment. or act eflicaciously. it is very danger- will explain what ous to interrupt or trouble it. He ought to ask himself whether he can continue it. if to catch the disease.GENERAL VIEWS AND PRINCIPLES. ought not to induce him to undertake a treatment. the magnetizer ought to examine himself. which he should never do lightly. any other motive than the desire of doing good. we mean by crises. faculty of magnetizing. and whether the patient.

Hence it is a sort of profanation to magnetize for amusement. ought to regard the employment of it as a religious act. . or through the desire of displaying singular effects. know not what they demand.30 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and the greatest purity of intention. and to preserve his dignity. which demands the greatest self-collectedness. but the magnetizer ought to know it. to respect himself. They who demand experiments to see a spectacle. through curiosity.

The processes of which we are about to speak are not alike employed by all magnetizers.CHAPTER The principles IL OF THE PROCESSES IN ANIMAL MAGNETISM. Magnetism depend upon their application. and I am about to teach them the manner of magnetizing which I adopted for those who. in all cases. whatever method they pursue. because every method having show the power oi is essentially vicious. * I and after having for its object the production of surprising effects. The processes. are often determined in the choice. are embarrassed in the exercise of a faculty whose existence they do not doubt. and even by the desire of avoiding what might appear extraordinary. not only by the kind of disease. Many of them follow peculiar ones. the magnetizer. Let them continue to follow the method which has constantly issued in the comforting or curing* of their patients. but by a regard to convenience and other circumstances. but. invariable and. I write fied We knowing anything about it. we have given . 39 . ought to be diversiefficacy of power and according to circumstances. the results are nearly the same. or to add the words comforting and curing. in the preceding the chapter are essential. not yet after having received instruction. What I am about to say is useless to persons who have acquired the habit of magnetizing. however.

and place yourself before him. to and not of it. that he do not trouble himself by examining the effects which he experiences. remove from the patient who would be troublesome. • made observations during thirty-five When a sick person desires you to attempt to cure him by Magnetism. and determined to all treat the thing seriously. hut to unite with you Aï in the intention of doing good to the patient. and that he be not disquieted or discouraged if up entirely. Demand self of him. nor with the effects that follow. in the first place. and your feet by the side of his. sc that nothing shall interfere with the freedom of your movements. and neither the physician nor the family make objection to it. that he banish all fear. that he give him- he think of nothing. if you feel the desire to second his wishes. to conform -himself to your-advice in relation speak of the undertaking exnaturally to be informed ought cept to persons who to regimen. Cause your patient to sit down in the easiest position possible. that . and request of them not to occupy themselves at all with the processes you employ. and take precautions to prevent all interruptions during the sitting. make him promise to be exact. do not keep near you any except necessary witnesses (one only. range things so as not to be too cold nor too warm. When persons you are once agreed. settle with him the hour of the sittings. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and are resolved to continue the treatment so long as it shall be necessary. not to limit himself to an attempt of a few days. so that his knees may be between yours. on a seat a little more elevated. if it can be so). and indulge hope.40 collected and years.

take his thumbs between your two fingers. You may repeat sit- the same processes during the greater part of the ting. 41 him temporary After you have brought yourself to a state of selfcollectedness. as far as the pit of the stomach. the action of Magnetism produces in pains. and along the thighs as far as the knees. thence to the hips. Whether by slightly touching. if you can conveniently. or farther. . You may sometimes draw nearer to the patient. Remain in this situation from two you perceive there is an equal thumbs and his. or at a distance. and waving them so that the interior surface be turned outwards. there you will let them emain about two minutes. removing them to the right and left. and bring them down before the face. or until degree of heat between your of the fingers. passing the thumb along the pit of the stomach. so as to place your hands behind his shoulders. leaving them there about a minute. that being done. so that the inside of your thumbs may touch the inside of his. and raise them to his head. as far as the ends of the feet. and the other fingers down the sides. then place them upon his two shoulders. you will then draw them along the arm to the extremity to five minutes. You will repeat this pass* five or six times. Then descend slowly along the body as far as the knees. before reascending. touching lightly. you will then place your hands upon the head. always turning your hands. or to the * I employ here the signifies all the word pass. and sweeping them off a little.PROCESSES IN ANIMAL MAGNETISM. at the distance of one or two inches. and. which is common to all magnetizers it movements made by the hand in passing over the boay. hold them there a moment. de- scending slowly along the spine. you will withdraw your hands.

42 feet. and towards the extremity of the feet. and make the succeeding passes along the arms. When you wish to put an end to the sitting. which is never injurious. place yourself on your knees in front of the person whom you are magnetizing. or along the body. as if to carry superabundance of fluid with which the patient off the may be charged. finishing. commencing at the stomach. and never mounting from the extremities to the head. and for this reason it is good to get the habit of doing it. you may dispense with putting your hands upon the head. Many magnetizers shake their fingers slightly after each pass. This method. make several passes transfingers each time. it is proper. . take care to draw towards the extremity of the hands. that they are accompanied with the intention of mag» netizing. versely before the face. at the close of the sitting. and also before the breast at the distance of three or four inches: these passes are made by presenting the two hands together. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. feet. Although you may have. is in certain cases advantageous. when they are raised again from the feet to The descending passes are magnetic. and them from each other. beginning at the shoulder. and shaking yonr Finally. It is on this account that we turn the hands briskly drawing obliquely the head. The ascending movements are not. prolonging your passes beyond these extremities. After the first passes. taken care to spread the fluid over all the surface of the body. to make several m passes along the legs from the knees to the end of the These passes free the head. You see that it is essential to magnetize always descending from the head to the extremities. To make them more conveniently. is.

when there is no special reason for using any other. and descending to the floor. and pleasurable sensation. not only with the ends of the fingers. of just before finishing.PKOCESSES IN ANIMAL MAGNETISM. They are often made use of to act better upon the arms. and it is requisite to employ it in the first sitting. we mean by the word communication. directing the fluid from the head to the extremities. they are said to be in communication (rapport). which causes the magnetizer to . and it accumulates naturally in those which have need of it. a peculiar and induced condition. making with both hands. Besides the passes made at a short distance. This manner of magnetizing by longitudinal passes. others are made. seven or eight passes. That is to say.) It is more or less proper in all cases. the legs. at the distance of a foot. and imparts strength. along which the hands are spread apart. one before the body and the other behind. They generally produce a calm. I think it 43 proper to distinguish the passes that are touching. the I give to these last name of magnetic frictions. refreshing. It consists in by the side of the patient. and the back. but with all the extent of the hand. at the distance two or three feet. commencing above the head. along the vertebral column. as he stands up. When the magnetizer acts upon the patient. and. employing at made without the same time a slight pressure. This process frees the head. is called magnetizing by the long pass. There is one more process by which it is very advantageous to terminate the placing oneself sitting. {magnétiser à grands courans. from those which are made with the touch. without fixing upon any part in preference to others. The fluid is thus distributed into all the organs. re-establishes the equilibrium.

The fingers ought to be a little separated from each other. upon the patient. Sometimes it is necessary to magnetize at the distance of several feet. A pass from the head to the feet take about half a minute. and slightly bent. and not too rapid. It is rare not to This depends upon the moral and physical conditions of the two have it established at Experienced magnetizers generally perceive it in themselves when this takes place. the stomach. at the distance of one or two inches. at a distance is Magnetism more soothing. and some nervous persons cannot bear any other. at the commencement of the sitting. the action to act is renewed in the succeeding sittings at the you wish breast. first place. It is Then. in the interior of the body. upon the enough.44 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and even better. we take the thumbs of the patient in the we are at rest. to take the thumbs a moment. and sometimes after a long trial. In making the passes. and hold them whenever This process generally suffices to es- . if instant of beginning to magnetize. Ordinarily Magnetism acts as well. there is no utility in touching. and especially by the thumbs. When once the communication is well established. the first sitting. individuals. there being between them a communication of the vital principle. so that the ends of the fingers may be directed towards the person magnetized. For this reason it is. or the abdomen. that the fluid escapes with the most activity. than by the touch. It is by the ends of the fingers. provided it is not found more convenient. it is unnecessary to employ any greater muscular force than what is required to The movelift the hand and prevent it from falling. This communication is sometimes established very exert an influence soon. ments should be easy.

it would be impossible to make him sit. one hand descending to the feet. It consists in placing ten ringers against those of the patient. The processes I have far now indicated are the most regular and advantageous for pass. you can place yourself by the wish to magnetize. and the other upon the back. not to fatigue yourself. then lower the two hands opposite to each other. make several passes along the arms. with one hand other at a distance only. or even pos employ them. and the down the fore part of the body. and also when a patient is obliged to keep his bed. The fluid seems to flow less copiously from the back of the hands than from the inside. one after the other. even if it were his sister. side of the person whom you First. take the thumb. use only one if . then. place one hand upon the stomach. to strengthen is 45 which there your also one other process. without carrying them off too far from the inside of body. so that the your hands are brought near to the inside of his. in order to sit in front of him. r he can support himself upright.j PROCESSES IN ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and the balls of your fingers touch the balls of his. In case the patient cannot raise himself. it might not be proper to place himself before her in the manner described. tablish the communication. but sible. to it is Magnetism by the long from being always proper. You may magnetize the two arms. one down the back. the better to establish the communication. take your bed in the most convenient manner take his thumbs. In the first case. When a man magnetizes a woman. and this is one of the reasons for turning the hands in raising them. and. several along he back. station near his and.

and the jause of the complaint. so as not to conduct the fluid to himself. Here are us: fluid. it is natural. while the the clothes. then at a distance. This is what which a person may confine himself until he has a reason for employing other processes. For example. dashing them aside after each pass. at that distance. When any one has a local pain. by making a few passes from the head to the . the breast. and in front of him. I have to say about Magnetism by the with which it is always proper to commence. Let us now consider the circumstances which point and to out particular processes. after establishing a communication. it is we undertake that we not by putting the hand upon the stomach can dissipate a pain in the knee. it hand. some principles to guide The magnetic when motion is given to it. in motion. then directing. draws along with it the blood. to carry the magnetic action to the suffering part. one can magnetize very well by placing himself at the foot of the patient's bed. if the forehead be hot and the feet very coid. to scatter the superabundant fluid. When the communication is established. both hands from the head to the feet. is Finish by passes along the and by transversal passes before the head. long pass. You other legs. owing to the tendency of the blood to the head. have produced without establishing I by touching.46 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. if one has the headache. It is not by passing the to cure a hands over the arms that sciatic. placing upon the stomach. the humors. at slightly touching through can hold one hand fixed upon the knees or upon the feet. and the stomach. and making first lon- gitudinal passes. somnambulism by the communication this process.

before it is entirely dissipated. your patient be troubled with an obstruction. IN" ANIMAL MAGNETISM. by bringing them down. it stops sometimes at the elbow. 47 and others along the legs. . or at the wrist. For example.PROCESSES feet. sufficient that experience has established them for us to conduct ourselves accordingly. The following rule. when we have no reason to do otherwise. leave it there for some time. and goes off by the hands. then descend. If . and after having quitted the ends of the fingers. then draw off the pain towards the extremities. and the feet become warm. a pain is sometimes felt in the lower part Magnetism seems to chase away and of the bowels. You will accumulate the fluid by holding your hands still. with some exceptions. you will draw away both the fluid and the pain at the same time. either immovable or making a circular motion. bear off with it what disturbs the equilibrium. It is it is useless to search out the causes of these facts. Would you cure a pain in the stomach? Place your hands several minutes upon the stomach. in which a slight perspiration is perceived. If one has a pain in the shoulder. and the equilibrium is its action ceases when restored. the head is relieved. the pain will descend with the hand. do you desire to cure a pain in the shoulder ? Hold your hand upon the shoulder for several minutes. recommence patiently the same process. may thence be established: Accumulate and concentrate the magnetic fluid upon the suffering part. place your hand upon the seat of it. and draw it along towards the extremities. and descend to the knees. and the magnetizer makes passes from the shoulder to the end of the fingers.

away. if it down the fore part of the body to the knees. as lieved the fluid if you beyou have introduced to be united to that of the patient. If you wish the same to cure a burn. chilblains. or if the contusion is behind the head. and that passes at a short distance are preferable for establishing and maintaining the magnetic currents. I think that. after having placed your hands upon the head for some time. You will thus prevent the blood from tending to the head. withdraw them. any one has received a blow behind the head. and that in separating your hands and shaking your fingers. You may be assured that the motions you make exbecause principally ternally will operate sympathetically in the interior of the patient's body.48 If the ANIMAL MAGNETISM. along the back. it is by the points that the fluid Turn them aside when you bring them escapes. process. without uniting them. and then wave them towards the extremities. you could draw it off again. is in the front of it. Magnetic frictions are employed with advantage in pains of the limbs. you will avoid the danger of inflamma- tion. In the headache. or a felon. or along the arm. The examples I have just cited be applied to most cases. present your fingers near. follow may eral. and if there be heat. if it is on the side. obstruction does not occupy a great space. conveying the action of your will to the Then bring your hand down seat of the injury. it . producing a contusion. if the pain be very great. and probably render bleeding unnecessary. Wherever you have sent the fluid into If it. that the mingled fluid stuck to your hands. in gencontact is useful to concentrate the action. take the head between your two hands.

and If the blood tends to the head. 49 what you will see verified. If the headache proceed from the stomach. brought near and pointed towards the part. fingers.PROCESSES IN ANIMAL MAGNETISM. draw a pain far part where it is driving it off and you will succeed progressively and gradually. act more powerfully. it will be necessary to act upon the in effect. repeat the passes over the legs and over the feet. is. it excites a lively sensation of heat. It is often The fluid passes off at the impossible to fixed. as that of hot iroi would be. at a distance pro- It helps to dissipate the withdrawn by presenting the fingers. and breathy through it. It is also observed that th< not merely at the surface. is which The head may of the hands upon also it. be concentrate the fluid better. effect. and which may be employed with success for local pains and for obstructions. from the solely by A pam . or ^ fragment of woollen or cotton cloth. Blowing cold air from the mouth duces a refreshing heat. be cooled by putting the palm and holding the fingers elevated ends of the and separate. which is charged with the magnetic fluid. to draw it down. it will requisite. upon the suffer ing part. this process alone will not succeed. andth<. the action of which is much stronger. and stomach. several times folded. breath. intro into the system. I have said that the fingers. make the usual passes draw off and expel the pain. as I have said. There is one other process. in the usual manner. but it penetrates into the interior. apply the mouth above it. Aftei it duces heat is to having employed this process. Place a piece of linen. than the extended hand. taking care to separate them as you draw them off.

a distance is a process generally used to soothe. or legs. so as to have the fluid pass from all the inManipulation with the open hand at terior surface. The fingers. concentrate the action upon the part towards which they are directed. what with the long pass. along the the 3. in nation of the sitting. communication by holding the thumbs. by I have said upon Magnetism indicating the processes which are the most convenient at the commencement. during. and at the termiI am now going to recapitulate. to indicate the processes that may be employed when no perceivable effect has been produced. Establish the the knees. upon the various kinds of manipulation. a portion It will take more will be dislodged and carried off.Medical School of Berlin. entitled. united to a point. else Touching is useless. Kluge. by waving the hands downward and outward. few words. Make passes. " Animai Magnetism as a Curative Means. . I will not here." Vienna. Professor in the.— 50 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. 2. placing the hands upon the shoulders. I will merely add. it is often sufficient to appease the sharpest pains. magnetic frictions. that the action is more lively and penetrating by the digital manipulation that is when one presents the ends of the fingers than when he presents the hands open and the fingers straight. and making passes along the arms with a light pressure. and placing the hands upon the stomach. on the right and left. relate the details given by M. At every pass. Direct the current from the head to the feet. to the extrem- * In German work 1815.* What has been said suffices. or less time to dissipate it entirely. upon the top of the head will be lessened at first m the centre. or at least to 1.

well versed m * Many magnetizers experience sensations which ought of necessity ^» goverr them in the choice o. or threenication As quarters. all curious persons excluded. I say the first sittings. these effects. and of the advantages arising from it. The mag- must be calm and self-collected. There must be a similar degree of magnetic power exerted at each sitting. then a sitting of half an hour.PROCESSED IN ANIMAL MAGNETISM. a distance with the open hand. at. and also every other witness except the one chosen at first. will be sufficient. theless.' processes. these often determine the operator to vary or to modThis then. u m . when there is no reason to prolong or abridge them. although it Is maintained by men the knowledge of Magnetism. commenced is duly sus- It is necessary to order the uniform and regular must be netizer periodical. it 51 y o'l the feet: soothe the patient by several passes finally. namely. 1 shah in another chapter speak of the means of developing ourselves. I think it important to combat an opinion which appears to me entirely erroneous. and. and of the indications they afford of the manner of proceeding:* Before entering upon the details. Bui as this precious faculty is notcommon to all. and the mode Neverof procedure first adopted must be continued. first sittings throw off a few transversal be about an hour ought to The passes m duration. The sittings and equal induration. provided the labor tained. all foreign influence must be banished. when the patient- experiences sensations. is the place to speak of ify the processes. treatment in the most manner possible. because a part the superabundant fluul by of the time is consumed in establishing the commu- soon as that has been once well established the action of Magnetism is manifested at tho first moment.

wT hose interior faculties are so energetic as to act upon themselves by their own power. that the processes are in themselves indifferent. There are likewise men endowed with such magnetic power. and to restore the equi- . by the thought and by the look. by proper processes. according to the seat of the dis- and when they advise a patient to have recourse to Magnetism. and that the will People have been led to adopt this idea at the sight of a phenomenon which some somnambulists present. but these cases are extremely rare. The processes are nothing. that they can act upon patients who are very susceptible. are not the cause of the magnetic action. to make it de- scend. and no conclusion can be drawn from them for ordinary practice. case to a general theory. if with a determined intention. and conformably to the will communicated to them by their magThe magnetizer causes a headache or a sidenetizer. one is able to displace a pain. that they serve only to fix the attention. to dissipate an obstruction. but We may even they are not in unison say they it is in- disputable that they are necessary for directing and concentrating. only. Somnambulists point out for themselves processes altogether different. and by the application of a particular alone does all. simply because he wills it. and in perfect communication with them.52 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. while directing the action upon this or that part. There are some somnambulists perfectly concentrated. to accelerate the circulation of the blood. they take great care to preIt is scribe to him the processes he ought to employ. certain that. and that they ought to be varied ac- cording to the end one has in view. and not by the will ease. ache to cease.

PROCESSES IN ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and to withdraw it by the extremities. I intended. 53 There are cases when one does much good upon the knees. they contract their muscles and make efforts of attention and will. There are some general processes that are employed at the gested duced. there are others that are sugby circumstances. commencement. in it. for which purpose. it is often injurious. by holding the hands to the same place. For example. by. and the attention sustained by the interest we take the patient. librmm. When the will is calm and constant. placing his hands It is often necessary to scatter the fluid at the close of a sitting. to say that each one might modify the processes according to his own views and practice. or at a distance. to oppose a false direction. but not that he could omit them. order to relieve him who is overcharged with different When I said that a method from mine might succeed equally well. Numbness. to I have often remarked that persons m . There are eases when it is necessary to make a violent effort. or by establishing currents. the most salutary effects ensue. though he would do niuch injury by holding them long upon the stomach. without our giv ing ourselves the least pain. more gentle or more rapid. NOTE L who are not in the magnetizing think ought habit of they to exert a great deal of force. various magnetizers act equally well by passes.ood. heaviness. But it is absurd to believe one can cure chilblains on the feet by placing the hands on the breast. disagreeable sensationSj are produced by charging the head too much. or employ them in a manner contrary to the general rules. This method is not g. by contact. or by the effects first pro- We shall discourse of these in the next chapter.

but I neglected to insist upon tliis point. M. away with the fluid. "We may then have need of extraordinary power. so that. N H . when this pain caused him intense suffering. in turning it over. day. M. but it is never at the commencement of a treatment that we are obliged to have recourse to it. of covering it with linen cloth. NOTE relieve the patient of the II. went several days ago to see of whom I shall soon make mention. One M. Then he made passes from the head to the tumbler to draw off the fluid and make it enter the water. and he applied it thus inyerted. I will explain my views on this subject. It also frequently happens that the ailment is drawn. at the close of each sitting. M. vanquish an obstacle. the water might not spill out. he wïïl experience fatigue enough from the loss of the vital fluid. to which I was an eye-witness. for that purpose. to sustain or terminate a crisis. . who leaned down head. K About five years ago. In five minutes. and to show the case where that negative method is of great importance. to the back part of the head of M. but there is no verted glass. A person ought not to fatigue himself by magnetic processes. I do not know whether it will ever return. by making and passes beyond the extremities. instead of charging him with that of another. and since that period he has frequently felt violent pains in the . he had a stroke of the sun {coup de soleil). it is I have said that. to draw it out either by the sides or by the top. thought of filling a glass with magnetized water. I will cite a remarkable fact. . in the inflammation of the brain. H a mate of a vessel. proper to transversal passes. the pain ceased entirely. you will always produce a soothing effect in drawing away the fluid. Thus.54 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. it is proper to begin the passes at the lower part of the head. have hinted that it from the patient. and is sometimes better to draw off the fluid superabundant fluid. H felt something pass from his head towards the in- He told me it was just like drawing out a fine stream of water. or a tendency to inflammation. a great ir illation. When there is a great excitement*of the nervous system.

apply this process. A short time after Mesmer. I have interdicted myself from all theory. who explained all the phenomena of Magnetism by causes purely physical. M. in which . movements it is it gives impulse to the but so long as united to organized matter. accompanied with the proper intention I believe that if. and and the will were sufficient to operate prodigies. like the rays from a luminous body. but also of those who consult them Let anyone recall the singular ideas entertained by those who witnessed the somnambulists of Suède. it 55 to dis- circumstances. or by the emanation which is conveyed to a distance. The success they obtained proves nothing to support their Those who adopted principles . Let us not. They obtain cures. disdaining Magnetism. some persons.PROCESSES IN ANIMAL MAGNETISM. but probably too much devoted to mystical ideas. either immediately. consider somnambulism as a supernatural state. in the place of this theory. doubt that the same means will succeed in causing appear. undoubtedly. Our the principle of voluntary . pretenVled that that faith all processes were useless. if there were not at this time men of good intentions. a very pious man. a system of spiritualism. they produce ecstatic somnambulism. . substituted. undertake to treat patients by practices which they think more powerful and m^re efficacious. destined to act externally. This may lead into errors. in many which ought to be NOTE III. his opinions had recourse to prayers at the patients' bedside. going into the opposite extreme. any one had drunk the water contained in the glass. the state of concentration rise to which this method spirit is demands might give nervous fluid it is bad consequences. and I would have been silent upon the opinions of the spiritualists. after the operation. and often succeeded in curing them. by the aid of the organs. and he will see that nothing can be more contrary to reason. and. who. You might. and their somnambulists are persuaded they are inspired. le Chevalier de Bartarin. he would have experienced very disagreeable effects from it. and disturb the imagination not oniy of the patients. then.

it would still be necessary to make use of them. agine that man . of reanimating strength. it they have celestial visions and inspirations but let us see in the extension of our faculties. to himself or to others. and let us not im- can give. which is active when the externa: senses are slumbering. of facilitating the circulation.56 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. the power of working miracles. Let us employ Magnetism as a means of aiding nature. If no other advantages were derived from the processes than that of curbing the imagination. and perhaps the develop ment of an interior sense. of establishing the equilibrium.

In order to found this presumption. or to a want of analogy with the magnet izer. continue zealously to follow the processes I have pointed out. There are some patients upon whom Magnetism does not act. till after a trial of five days. but this is very rare. whence one cannot presume that Magnetism does not act. It frequently happens that Magnetism gradually re-establishes the harmony of the system without producing any sensation. It is less rare that the communication cannot be established until after several sittings. whether he does not find himself better. without troubling yourself about the 57 . Modifications by which the Action of Magnetism is maniwhich the Observation of these Effects indicates in the Processes. and of the. and its influence is perceived only in In that case. to the kind of disease. felt it is not enough that the patient has nothing when you have attempted to magnetize him. owing either to peculiarity of constitution. III. OF TEE EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS. even after this lapse of time. you ought to the restoration of health.CHAPTER Of the Effects fested. by pursuing the ordinary course. or whether his disease is not rendered worse. It is to be considered whether he has experi- enced no change in his condition.

58 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and in proportion as one doubts it. and gradual effects from it. it really becomes enIf one were at first to see wonderful effects feebled. and the processes which they first employed. or else he doubts his own power. and perhaps disturb the gradual and peaceful course of nature. is to encounter a subject of Magnetism. to which persons are liable to be exposed for want of experience. which is a cure. manner who is not insensible to the action feels only slight and who. By making efforts of the attention and of the will. nevertheless. only the better to direct the action of Magnetism. one is apt to imagine he has not conducted the process aright. others . you would fatigue yourself uselessly. The instruction which I here give has for its prin- and exaggerated opinions. They will know how to modify both the influence of their will. they willnot be precipitated into exaggeration because they have seen surprising things. case is If the first patient whose undertaken is absolutely insensible to the action. it is necessary to be very attentive. and the attention would be drawn from the essential object. produced. To magnetize well. and trying processes which are thought more active. in which the Magnetism acts. he would be apt to yield to curiosity and enthusiasm. They who adopt my principles will not lose confidence in their powers because they have-not at first succeeded. The happiest thing that can hap p en to him who for the first time attempts to magnetize. and without seeking for any apparent effect. and to observe the effects produced. There are patients in whom the influence of Magcipal object to prevent false ideas netism is displayed in two or three minutes. to be sur- prised at nothing.

or in all parts of his body before which your hands pass. moderately warm. especially if you do not carry your hands as low as his feet. 59 who in clo not feel it for a long time. He afterwards feels the heat through his clothes. The effects by which Magnetism manifests its ac- tion are greatly varied. He often compares it to water. towards the close. although your if you touch him. There are some effects are constantly increasing. m some parts. whom the who We sometimes meet with persons who obtain from it. but who finally become accustomed to it. sometimes. and this numbness ceases when. wrought in the in proportion to the change malady. and the sensation precedes your hand. instead of communicating heat. When these effects have been once produced. His legs become numb. also. in the same patient. the first day. results the most remarkable and salutary. or successively. and cold upon another. or below them. There is often induced a general hands appear cold to him . sometimes only one effect takes place. sometimes several show themselves to- gether. others experience at the first time all that they will experience in the course of a long treatment. you produce heat upon one part of the body. Sometimes. you make passes along the legs to the toes. I will now describe the effects which are most commonly exhibited: The magnetized person perceives a heat escaping from the ends of your fingers when you pass them at a little distance before his face. They change sometimes. you communicate cold. and receive not the least advantage nor the least impression. flowing over him. it is very common to have them promptly renewed at each sitting.EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS.

As the state of somnambulism ought entirely to as it change the manner of magnetizing. in descending. he wakes when spoken to. I said.60 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. warmth. it you re- will succeed in forcing sittings. Sometimes he enters into somnambulism. and a perspiration more or less considerable. If. and make it pass down in the direction of the current given to the lodged. but this displacement sometimes produces very sharp pains: instead of be- . For example. Pain is felt in the parts where the disease is seated. he slee])s. in which state he hears the magnetizer. it fluid. and descend. in the preceding chapter. if the gout were seated in the head. that one of the most ordinary effects of Magnetism is. til it is it is essential to continue the action un- conducted to the feet. when this is dis- does not at first reach the extremities. and if. These pains change place. he grows drowsy. or else he wakes of himself at the end of a certain time. he feels a calm. and pointing out the conduct to be observed in various circumstances. The displacement of the malady is always a proof of the efficacy of Magnetism. and finds himself refreshed. to dislodge the pain. it is arrested at the breast or the stomach. and answers him without awaking. They are shut in such a manner that the patient cannot open them. we shall speak of it in a chapter by itself. we are merely describing what occurs when there is no som- nambulism. Now. Magnetism causes the eyes to be closed. thither in the subsequent this result But there are cases when quires uninterrupted action. and does not take place except in a small number of cases. a sensation of tranquil enjoyment.

sometimes to have it suspended. concentrate the action upon that organ. It sometimes happens that the patient desires to have the sitting prolonged. He ought to know how to calm those which are nervous. which lasted three days. but there remained in her limbs violent pains. because he feels a species of irritation. sometimes the patient experiences pains at the stomach. he experiences colic pains. content yourself with netizing with long passes. be manifested any heat or heaviness at the it head. ing troubled about these. which is even followed by vomiting. because she did not again have recourse to Magnetism. attract If to the knees. with a severe cough. suffocation. Now let us see what modifications the observation of these effects ought to suggest in the processes: If the patient feels the sensation of heat or cool- ness from your fingers. In these cases. and very often a disposition to yawn. I once saw a lady who had a catarrh. at different times. or an Magnetism produces a sense of . until they are entirely dissipated. that what I have just described are insulated effects. If magthe action of Magnetit ism excites pain in any organ. These crises ought to give the magnetizer no disquiet. and nausea.EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS. with various individuals. The action of Magnetism is sometimes accompanied with nervous movements. and are rarely united in the same case. it is well to follow his inclination as far I here repeat. 61 it is necessary to magnetize during the succeeding days. at other times. exhibited in various circumstances. At the first sitting. and to aid the tendencies of nature. If there in order to draw away afterwards. the catarrh was cured. as possible.

by making the passes at a distance. unassisted. as they often do with women. that the circulation ought to be accelerated. make and passes. If the eyes are closed fast. and afterwards making passes at the distance of several If inches. and it is often sum- . During this sleep. and continuing to the knees. make passes along the and let the hands remain some time upon the knees. irritation of the lungs. open them by transverse passes. with the If open hand. If colics take place. the patient feels anew the desire of sleeping. or placeyour hands upon his knees. if they indicate. after being roused. moderate the action. When you wish tc rest yourself.62 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and you are obliged to quit. taking precautions that no one shall trouble him. and by making passes transversely across the eyes. but not till the termination of the sitting. first taking the thumbs or the wrists. thighs. avoid letting the hands stop at the breast. If. If the sitting has been long. your you see any nervous movements. calm them by will. If the patient have pains at the back. not attended with sleep. rouse the patient gently. take the thumbs of the patient. you will leave him to sleep alone. make passes along the vertebral column. nature. and render it more soothing. Magnetism seems to act too powerfully. beginning below the breast. works a cure. carry the action to the sides. and below them. If the patient sleep. by telling him to awake. Here I ought to observe that the magnetie sleep is of itself essentially restorative. or even of several feet. or even at the stomach. let him sleep tranquilly whilt- you continue to magnetize him.

I have laid it down as a principle. to free yourself from the bad fluid with which you may be charged. that when Magnetism produces crises. but it is often useful to take something before the sitting to increase your strength. tunity. will in a few minutes restore your energies. It is advantageous to magnetize every day at the same hour. and to guard as much as possible against all things which tend to interrupt or disturb the exercise of his physical and moral powers. to withdraw it and shake it If you experience fatigue. you have ended the sitting. as much as possible. avoiding all excesses. He who undertakes a treatment ought to ave temperately. You will also avoid. and not to receive. You should not magnetize when you have eaten and during digestion. especially the sun. and. that is to say. it is dangerous to interrupt heartily. cient to re-establish the equilibrium 63 and cure nervous complaints. not to change the hour agreed upon for many days in succession. if you will cause yourself to you have the opporbe magnetized for some minutes with the long pass. After each sitting. immediate contact. you will agree with the patient upon the hour when the next one shall take place. the open air.EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS. above all. . and you will endeavor to be exact. and employ your will. Should the patient whose treatment you have undertaken appear to have any contagious disease. and off. so as always to impart. you should pass your own hands along your arms. to sustain your attention. that will take care to When you may constantly throw off the fluid from you. If you cannot do this. you be always active while near him.

it is so clear no notice. m They are salu- when they operate completely r they are injurithe patient has not strength to sustain when ous them. A fever diminishes day by day. These tary crises appear to be the effort of nature to free herself of the morbific principle. supervening in a disease. pains in certain parts. If he meant that the cure is wrought by sudden change manifested by evident symptoms. or to as to require . in the state of the patient. the cure takes place by an evident change. Mesmer says there are no cures without crises. any more than But it is true that. evacuations. modifies its progress or character. which occurs all at once. Magnet izers have given the name of crises to the remarkable changes which the action of Magnetism produces upon those who are subjected to it. which are called the critical days. In acute diseases. nervous motions. and enables us to foresee the result of it. excretions. for many diseases are cured by slow and gradual amelioration. these crises tions. it is not always true. and a hundred other diseases are soothed and disappear when no one can determine the cause of the cessation. erupgathering of humors. etc. the generally operate 02 determinate days. without any one's being able to mark the moment when they assumed a favorable character. I will ANIMAL MAGNETISM. If by this he meant that the patient does not recover his health except by a change of state. diseases. now explain what is meant by crises: Physicians give the name of crisis to every sudden change which. such as a removal of the seat of the malady. a remarkable change in the pulse.64 them. They are manifested by symptoms. and entirely ceases. in most acute that of the attack.

the impossibility of opening the eyes. they have generally designated it as a crisis. a considerable perspiration. nervous itself The magnetic by movement. which displays divers symptoms. The term magnetic state has been given to every state different from the natural one. but it be informed of it. nor permit any one to trouble him. and as. loses much of the sigit nification usually given to it suffices to by physicians. somnambulism is the most singular and most characterized.EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS. You quit . and they have called somnambulists into erisiacs. and is not equivocal. But you ought never to wake your patient suddenly. taking care that nothing check to develope itself. drowsiness. to dissipate him until the singular state into which you have thrown him has entirely ceased. spasms. that state which 65 is different from the natural one. sleep. thought this explanation necessary. and resulting from the magnetic influence. such as sharp pains in a part of the body. of all the changes of state which are produced by Magnetism. nor ought you to drowsiness or the sleep. if it the perspiration. The expression. which they are thrown by its influence. You ought to allow the crisis time spasm by degrees. come to the application: I We action has put your patient into a state different from the ordinary state. to calm the by little and little the be too much prolonged. This word is more general than the word crisis. to concentrate the action upon the seat of the pain. thus limited. the sense of suffocation. that may not be mis- taken. somnambulism. in order to let the reader understand the principle I have laid down. then to draw it off.

and until he is brought back to — his natural state. if such a degree the condition of the patient that he could not aftewards endure the action of Magnetism. all at once. but of which it is proper to forewarn those who are commencing the practice. the magnetizer ought to develop it. I is the cause ought here to speak of an effect. during which a crisis really occurs. It often happens that the first impression of Mag- . happily very rare. he I have seen this thing profeels much evil from it. essential not to disturb the j:>rocess of nature.66 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. they may not be alarmed. General Rule. in It is he is touched by any one who rouses him roughly. the faculty of entering into it again. by being rudely roused from it. Whenever any crisis is manifested. and which are often renewed during pains will disappear several sittings. when nature has re. on account of the pains in which he may excite the abdomen. It is important to have the magnetizer free from anxiety. render the return of somnambulism impossible.established harmony. is ought to avoid leaving the patient so long as he this state. and triumphed over the obstacle which of them. if it takes place. to second the work of nature. and even change to a patient is When put into a profound sleep. Persons who have been for the first time put into somnambulism have been known to lose. these critical of themselves. duce convulsions or violent pains. and commit any act of im- prudence. so that. and it was necessary to leave his restoration to time and regimen. and not to quit the patient until the crisis is at an end.

67 sive motions. and been atit tended with bad consequences. he must. and the person magnetized will not be fatigued. netism produces a ing or of crying. magnetize him by the long pass. He ought first to take the thumbs of the patient. I know very well that it has taken place many times. The effect of which I am now speaking is so rare. to exhibit phenomena. Above all. and the action of his will. and tell him to be calm. and withdraw himself in order to magnetize him at a distance by the long pass. and perhaps retain but a faint recollection of what has passed.EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS. and trusts in his own powers. and to banish all witnesses who might trouble him. to act as if the pa- tient from it as himself. as soon as he has put himself in communication by holding the thumbs. crisis. which will be very proper. suffers no one to approach. takes merely the necessary precautions. stiffness accompanied with convulof the limbs. and not with calmness and the pure intention of doing good. and fits of laughmagnetizer be In this case. I should hardly have dreamed of noticing this ef- . except in nervous and convulsive diseases. taking care not to produce any violent shock. but it was in the hands of persons who magnetized to make experiments. at the next sitting. it is important for the magnetizer to have a mind free from all inquietude. in the course of a practice of thirty-five years. If he keeps himself collected. it is essential that the not alarmed. that I have were as free not produced myself but three or four times. with the intention of soothing. and not augment the action too fast. then he should make passes along the legs and feet. If he wishes to continue to magnetize him. the crisis will terminate.

uttering shrieks. or if I had been frightened. and felt the necessity of clostfig her eyes. She gradually became to calm. and placing my hand upon her stomach. several days ago. if I had called in it is any one to hold her. I then withdrew a little. the better to make myself understood. by my side. to instruct a lady who wished to magnetize her daughter. but a laughing fit succeeded. " Oh. which going to give an account of. She told me she felt very well. to magFinally. I took her thumbs. in order draw off and chase away the fluid. keeping at a disnetize by the long pass. ISTow.G8 feet. mother to sit to show her the processes. and repeated to her. I attempted to make transverse passes. . and she threw her head back. slighest effect. who experienced not the that she herself bad The mother having told me been once magnetized. probable that the lady thus magnetized would have suffered for several days. if I ANIMAL MAGNETISM. After trying the long pass four or five minutes. I attempted I caused the to magnetize her daughter. Her appearance then changed. "Be calm! " I made passes along the legs. I wished to see if I could act upon her. and. and that she did not believe she had suffered. her limbs were stiffened. tance. ute after. she cried out. although this work is not intended to report facts in support of what I adI am vance: I was desired. she with a tone of authority. which lasted several minutes. several times. what an agreeable sensation " One min! was seized with convulsive movements. the cause of which was unknown. her neck became swollen. had not recently seen an example of it. while laboring under a slight but long-seated disease.

the first are furnished by the state of the patient. When you meet with subjects who are thus susceptible. the others belong to the sensations which a practised and attentive I shall not dis- magnetizer frequently experiences. the crises We often see. to it produces. or that the fluid of the magnetizer does not agree with him. de Puységur. and to act from a distance. and by processes much more simple than the ones I have described. two or is rare to produce convulsive the three times. before ending this chapter. in an uneasy state of feeling. after the sittings. and whose treatment it ple. exerted by persons who have no idea of it. you may presume that Magnetism is not good for the patient. I ought to say a word upon the advantages one might obtain from a very feeble magnetic action. in the most laborious class of peo- whom we presume that Magnetism would do the greatest good. If it 69 movements by method generally employed. it is not rare to meet with persons upon whom Magneti'sm produces a nervous irritation which leaves them. One might merely try. it is proper to make use of the most soothing action. If. But. until I relative to the have mentioned the deemployment of Magnetism. after three or four sittings. the same effect takes place.EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS. course of these tails last. and to the precautions that ought to be taken to obtain salutary results. and you ought not to persist in it. patients to . after the instructions given by M. and will natutions rally find their place Many when I speak of the application of Magnetism to various diseases. other magnetizers. things remain to be said about the indicawhich may direct one in the choice of procesess. These indications are of two kinds.

and who is with him the most. that the part. to effect it: Say to the person who appears to you to have the greatest affection for the patient. when we ourselves are diseased. But one might give them verbal instructions which they will perfectly comprehend. If the persons to whom you address yourself are pious. he may draw off the disease. as we communicate disease to a well man. it would be useless to cause it to be read by peasants and laborers. You can even assure him that the heat produced by breathing through a linen cloth is very good to relieve an obstruction. Tell him that one person may communicate health to another who is sick. you have a sure means of sustaining their attention.70 is ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and that. Although I have thrown all the light I could into the explanation of the processes. we can make their relations and friends supply our place for their service. and to what extent. that . the heat which escapes from the pain by holding the hand upon the is lessened. and that blowing from the mouth at a distance assists in soothing a local inflammation. They would not understand it. You may add that the processes you are teaching produce no effect when the person who employs them is thinking of anything else. and which will suffice to put them in the way of doing more or less good to the patient who Here is the way inspires them with a real interest. I will now explain how. who are never occupied in anything but their work. by suffering passing the hand over the body. or at least they would not know how to apply it. impossible for us to undertake. that he can soothe him by making slight frictions. of hand is salutary. that these frictions make the blood circulate.

one might point out to them. as a curative means. the abuse of means. and gaining the assistance of the person you are instructing. guard well against seeking to produce Then show them how practice. may keep up ignorance and favor superstition. you will have little trouble in making them follow they ought to put it in a quarter of an hour. and that you do not doubt its efficacy. while they are engaged m When they are persuaded that acting upon him. It is desirable that no phenomenon may to astonish the one merely such effects be manifested so remarkable as who is magnetizing him. or a sort of But this is what no one ought to do. Try only to soothe pains. or a form of prayer. you give such advice through goodness. and of exciting their confidence. . Ignorant people being often disposed to have faith in the efficaciousness of certain practices. extremities. asleep during the operation of passing the hands over him. to and ease to the patient. if the patient should fall any phenomenon. it is practising deception is. but as augment his confidence. warn them that. While you are making this essay. 71 directing their will. objects which have the persons whom received the benediction of a priest. It is to recommend to them to pray to God for the restoration of the patient. will magnetize very well. the bring heat to Finally.EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS. you will meet with some who. a particular sign. and the parasay nothing which we do not believe to be true: besides. m themselves. they must not awaken him. mount obligation nocent in to upon them. after a few days. Among you have thus instructed. because amulet. without any suspicion of what they are about. by magnetizing for it.

an old soldier. The pains in the reins were always very sharp. when I directed his wife. and very soon the Oudin is not cured of pains were entirely removed. whose case has been de- work " On the Spine and its Diseases. he can even make 2 use of his legs. but it is salutary. treated unsuccessHe had been pains in the loins. is posed. at- . as when sinapisms are applied. scribed by M.72 1 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. thus directed. which were very cold and white. the feet. Ollivier. a few days after. but he suffers no more. Two examples may be cited: 1. pensary of the Philanthropic Society. and is infinitely better. I then told the woman to apply frictions along the reins. and. have frequently obtained the most happy results from the sort of instruction which I have just proThe action of Magnetism. drawing towards the legs. and a wife soothing those of her husband. The wife of the man who takes care of my apartment was confined to her bed by violent pains. the legs ceased to tremble. to make slight frictions. his paralysis. in his 5 ' fully at the Hôtel Dieu. although she was very feeble. when the physicians apprised me that the disease originated in the spinal marrow. I have often seen a man soothing the pains of a wife. it does not produce surprising effects. grew warm and red. almost without touching. and He had most violent his legs trembled continually. was paralyzed from the hips to the feet. by conforming with simplicity and confidence to the directions I had given them. and accompanied with no danger. from his hips to his feet. doubtless more feeble than it would be in the hands of one who is acquainted with the power of it. afterwards in the fourth dis. He could walk only by the aid of crutches. Oudin. From the first day.

" Only in the shoulder." "Do you see what the with you ? " (After a little reflection. When it was very severe. I asked her if she still suffered pain. and a few minutes after fall into the state of somnambulism. and since that time she has not been ill. 7 tended with fever. but it returned. It is very remarkable that the husband. and in fifteen days his wife was cured. "Are you asleep?" "Yes. I did not produce it myself the day I went to see her. bematter is " Nothing . I pointed out to her husband how he ought to proceed The benefit which he at first in order to relieve her. her husband caused it to pass away. and. who had no idea of somnambulism. sir. when you are awakened." I then caused this woman to come four days. produced imparted confidence to him.3 EFFECTS AND THEIR INDICATIONS. I spoke to her. and he had not time every day to bestow care upon her. She replied. perceiving she was very sensitive to the action of Magnetism. I went to see her. and was much surprised to see her close her eyes. will you do it?" "Yes." "Why do you sleep?" "I do not know. although his wife was much disposed to it." I then placed my hand upon her shoulder." "What must be done to relieve you?" " You are now doing what will cure me.) is the matter with me but the pain in my shoulder. the third day she suffered no more." " In how long a time ? " " Three days. sir. The fourth day she experienced absolutely nothing. She then came to thank me. and this is a summary of our conversation. The first and the second day somnambulism was renewed." " If. did not cause it to occur. I tell you to come three or four days successively. and it was difficult to produce an imperfect sleep.

are taught seems to them analochildren. closed in a few days. no anxiety. I will now supply that omission. and they will of instruction to ticularly appropriate The kind unite all the qualities requisite to the efficacy of Magnetism.74 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. which she had been Among the effects of the magnetic treatment. it. Two issues. NOTE. and which I omitted to mention. and as nothing can withdraw them from the will to do good. gous to what they are naturally prompted to do in order to soothe them when they suffer. When a patient has an issue. is one proper to be premonisbed. cause I did not intend and because I avoided act- ing upon her head. It is a proof that the humors have taken another course. I directed the treatment of a lady who had been very ill for many years. there of which it is advised to keep open. . She was at first alarmed at it. but very soon she found herself better. it frequently happens that it This ought to give the operator closes after several sittings. and as they identify themselves with the object of their solicitude. it is enough to excite their confidence. and in six weeks she was restored to health. which I have given is parmothers who have young What they .

one of the most powerful and salutary agents that can be. magnetized trees. These ized. is also among the auxiliary means. OF THE ACCESSORY MEANS TO INCREASE THE MAGNETIC ACTION. or mission. AND OF THOSE BY WHICH THE DIRECT ACTION IS SUPPLIED. and cotton which have been magnetand magnetic troughs or reservoirs. by- with whom he is in communication. when the communication their meals. under the direction of one magnetizer. either at or ries between It car- the magnetic» fluid directly into the stomach. The patients is Magnetized water are made to drink of it. plates of glass. is established. and in harmony. his fluid to many and these objects become either the conductproper instruments of its trans- ors of his action. He means of some one of these auxiliaries. therefore* sometimes 75 . auxiliaries are water. and all thence into the organs. and produce magnetic effects upon persons can also.CHAPTER IV. The magnetizer can communicate objects. is It facilitates the crisis to which nature* disposed. and without fatiguing himself. and.employed. when they are not somnambulists. or the union of many persons holding each other by the hands. woollen cloth. The chain.. conduct the treatment of manypatients at the same time. etc.

or stir it round with the thumb. in general. by presenting the fingers the close to it. Magnetizers. Sometimes you may breathe upon the water. They would I . opening of the vessel. and sometimes the circulation of the blood. at the same passes with both hands upon all the surit I believe this process charges strongly. have not made sufficient use of it. and could not be wholly convinced until I had made a thousand experiments. is my make breath into the bottle. I face. and. take in order to certain it magnetize a bottle of water. several times in succession. It strengthens the stomach. There is one process which I enrploy in preference. and with a determinate will. unnecessary to repeat here that the processes pointed out for magnetizing water. and applying my mouth to the nose. appeases pains. would be absolutely useless. if they were not employed with attention. but It is sufficient to not necessary. upon my knee. To magnetize water. a glass of water in one minute. like everything else. by holding it by the bottom in one hand. and often supplies the place of several medicaments. excites the perspiration. I thus throw time. magnetize it by the hands. that I was afraid of having deceived myself. and with the other throwing the fluid upon the glass.76 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. when I am is not disagreeable to the person whom I It consists in placing the bottle magnetize. have seen magnetized water produce effects so marvellous. You may magnetize a glass of water. One may magnetize a pitcher of water in two or It is three minutes. the vessel which contains and pass the two hands alternately from the top Introduce the fluid at to the bottom of the vessel. it. sometimes the evacuations.

77 have spared themselves much fatigue. renders digestion easy. a glass of magnetized water to one who has a pain in the side.— ACCESSORY MEANS. during seven years. in vain employed all the remedies of medicine. with this difference taken the the operation was not attended with colic. it throws off from the system. they could have dispensed with many medicines. They came on by crises which colic pains in the among my . for instance. would have justly excited alarm. procured ease and a. magnetized water It carries the Magacts in an astonishing manner. they would have hastened the cure. A man of merit. all netism directly to the organs affected. for which he had. it restores the it tone of the stomach. return of health. I knew a patient who was cured in the same manner. The effect was the same as if she had ordinary medicine. and that the evacuations. if they had accorded to this means the confidence it merits. it seems to him as if that water had descended to the seat of the disease. was affected with stomach and bowels. I have purged a patient with magnetized water. I have seen magnetized water entirely overcome inactivity of the intestines which had lasted many years. the consequences of which. For eight days in succession. under ordinary medicine. You give. everyhealth. especially. In internal diseases. Doctor Roullier says that one of his patients was thus purged five or six times a day for more than a month. Magnetized water is a very great help in convalescence. by thing which resists the entire re-establishment of perspiration or otherwise. whom I have now the satisfaction of numbering friends. some minutes after he has drunk it. It gives strength.

every four hours." I gave him two bottles of magnetized water. and advised him to drink of them by the way. and. He told me that it seemed to him as if he had drunk a Two minutes afterwards. By thus drinking. After the third sitting. this heat was diffused through the whole system. which soothes him.18 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. His residence was sixty leagues off. and there remains in him the principle of disease. during more than four hours. Yet he was not entirely cured. two 01 tfcree days. the magnetized water always renders him the same service. glass of spirits of wine. I made him drink a glass of magnetized water. cation to me. From that moment livering I caused him to make use of the magnetized water. and I undertook his treatment. and in the evening. stomach a very great heat. he then drank a glass of the water. which it is perhaps impossible to destroy. and in fifteen days I had the pleasure of de- him from all his sufferings. am . and this experiment has been repeatedly tried for five years. "but I going to make a decisive experiment. she gives him a glass of magnetized water. and makes him pass the night well. and he came to lasted Paris to seek some further advice. He had hardly been a half hour in the carriage before he began to feel ill. he felt no further inconvenience. I never could travel in a carriage without a great deal of pain. his glass of water. He then wished "I am very well. and It produced in his was followed by a gentle perspiration. But his wife magnetizes him when it appears requisite. When he is obliged to travel. he reached home without the least fatigue. and returned every week." said he. to return home. He made appli- He inspired me with much interest. when he finds himself indisposed.

and bring on a perspiration. as it often happens when the patient is not disposed to this sort of crisis. who. I have seen it excite a great deal of heat. The use of it must be continued some time after the treatment has ceased. it as a lotion for wounds. or persons at- . and. was constantly cold at the feet. Patients often perceive a peculiar taste in the magnetized water. strengthens them. it gave grounds of presumption that bitter things were salutary to him. any one can easily verify it. because a ought to produce cold. because. in many cases. The bottle acts here only as every other magnetized object will. the result of this experibottle of water ment was remarkable. I am certain that with epileptics. 79 Magnetized water has been employed successfully In affections of the eyes. magnetized water supplies the direct action.ACCESSORY MEANS. in certain cases. I have not made this observaI tion frequently enough to state it as a fact. I have several times made the experiment of putting a bottle of magnetized water at the feet of a patient. Baths of magnetized water have often produced excellent effects. Nevertheless. I thought I could see that the taste which the patient found in it indicated the species of remedies of which he had need. For example. while in bed. and generally they distinguish it very well from that which is not magnetized. and generally produces a sensation like that of water in which have been mixed a few drops of spirits of wine. mention it. and yet drank it with pleasure. and not heat. When the magnetizer cannot give his patient more than two or three sittings a week. if he found it bitter.

and numerous facts seem to prove it been lost after several weeks.80 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. also. to those who are not physicians. tacked with a nervous disease which. and especially liquid food. Neverhave not to theless. magnetized water. certainly retains it days. it is proper to magnetize every day the water or other drinks of which he makes use. such as milk and broth. same manner. when one lives near the patient. like it very well when it has been magnetized. appears to be epilepsy. This is a consequence of the principle I have laid down. water given to the patient to drink ought always to be magnetized by the same person who has undertaken the treatment. that a patient ought not to be magnetized by many persons who have not a perfect congeniality with the I believe that the first magnetizer. and that. Many persons. and not acting in the tion. with whom milk does not agree. continued for many months after some sittings of direct Magnetism. the fluids of various indi- viduals not having the same quality. an object has been magnetized by several persons. We for do not yet know how but long the magnetized it water preserves its virtue. Some food. many magnetized water exercises no influence upon persons who have never been magnetIt appears that . we ought not to unite their ac- Some very remarkable phenomena confirm this Somnambulists distinguish very well when opinion. has caused the fits to disappear entirely. may be magnetized in the same manner. and this mixture of divers fluids is sometimes insupportable to them.

Magnetized reservoirs. having a diameter of half an inch. . The number of these. The lower end of this iron rod should be firmly fixed in a glass foot. Yet I ought to add that there are some persons on whom it appears to exert is no action. descending to within two inches of the bottom. however. and provided with conductors to direct the fluid which they contain. recently communicated to me. and it is never after two or three fluid of the established exce|)t lation. so that * having the bottom elevated an inch by the projection of the sides.ACCESSORY MEANS. woman who had been who was promptly cured by this means. Objects magnetized can in the same degree exert a very salutary action. The most common mode of constructing them is the filled following: Take a wooden placed round it. but those who make use of it with confidence will disco vel* that I have not said enough upon the advantages to be derived from it. ized. 1 my can cite. that of a troubled for a long time with dyspepsia. or in a jug. smaller according to the two feet high. are vessels with magnetized materials."* 81 It generally produces marked effects only sittings In order to have the magnets zer act upon the patient. the communication must be established. have convinced mo conjecture was false. and rising above the trougli two or three feet. very small. or troughs. vessel. by direct and immediate manipu- I have extended my observations upon magnetized water very much. and that magnetized water does sometimes act in a very efficacious manner upon persons who have never been mag that netized. or of one inch. among other instances. larger or number of persons to be from the floor an iron rod in the centre. Place it may retain its Some observations. although no communication has been previously established. to serve* as the principal conductor.

at points corresponding to the spaces between the bottles. and run through each cork a piece of iron wire projecting two or three inches. so that one may direct them against any part of the body. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. before the cover is placed upon it. which the patients may twine around their bodies. or trough. you will attach to the central conductor cords of eoiton or wool. for the purpose of thrusting into the reservoir iron conductors. bent and movable. lastly. Then place a second range If the baquet. to draw off the fluid. which are raised and lowered at pleasure. of bottles abof e the first. and And. you will pierce several holes. At a short distance from the circumference. fitted closely together. such a manner that the neck may and iron filings. having an opening in the middle for the central conductor. readily charged again. This being done. when its construction has been completed. Put into the vessel bottles of magcork netized water. and communicate with it by the iron wire which pierces the cork. . or other magnetized substances them. It is even proper — to repeat it three or four days in succession. pounded glass. and arrange them in be near the central conductor. pass the hands above them. Place upon it a cover in two pieces. Although everything that is placed in the reservoir has been magnetized beforehand. by the magnetizer's holding the . all well magnetized. you will fill the vessel with water. is laige. the reservoir is to be regularly magnetized. But it is when once the reservoir has been well charged. you can put two ranges of bottles in the same order the neck of one being placed in the bottom of the other. When this operation is first performed» it take:= a considerable time nearly an hour. white sand well washed.82 vertical position.

and may be very useful. it is not yet proved. carminative or You might tonic. according to the end proposed. ought to procure the principal works published on I will say this subject. terminated by a knob. in which case we ought to have a great deal of leisure. Many facts seem to authorize this opinion. more are not know whether reservoirs filled with water charged with the magnetic fluid than those which contain between the bottles only pounded glass. also try whether a bottle well magnetized. but remains a subject for experiment. iron filings. It is diffi- cult to prevent the water's escaping from the baquet. is a little reservoir which keeps up the magnetic action. would act more efficaciously . same magnetizer ought always to charge the voir. 83 I do central conductor in his hands several minutes. and filled it with medicinal matters. because we do not have recourse to them except when we wish to magnetize a great number. Some magnetizers think that the fluid which comes from the reservoir brings with it an emanation of the substances w/hich are contained in it. But a large bottle filled with magnetized water. and deHe who does this vote ourselves to Magnetism. The reser- no more about the large magnetic reservoir.ACCESSORY MEANS. but it is certain that these last are more proper and convenient. The magnetizer charges this bottle occasionally with- out taking out the cork. furnished with an iron wire inserted into the cork and forming a curvature of from three to six inches. and it might become foul in the course of time. or simply sand. and easily for this reason I give them the preference. and to study them with care. You might put into the reservoir aromatic plants.

not be neglected. in which you have put silk or cotton. the leaf of a tree.of plates of glass magnetized. and of the effects they produce. carried upon the stomach. with surI * Metals whose oxides are dangerous must not be used for this pur . plates of glass.84 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. are often sufficient to ease until the it. sustains the action during the interval of the sittings. ought to speak here of the use which is made . Such experiments should than one of pure water. A ments. It then grows feeble and is lost. These socks preserve their virtue during four or five days. in calming. but they produce no effect magnetic action has been established. magnetized handkerchief. I have very often seen magnetized socks produce a warmth of the feet which could not have been obtained by any other means. placed upon the seat of the pain. You might place on the top of the central conductor a small cap of iron or of wood. reservoir. by an iron wire. and often calms spasms and nervous move- Sometimes the headache is dissipated by enveloping the head during the night with a magnetized bandage.* and other mag- netized objects. becomes magnetized The water contained and put in of itself. with the central conductor. both because I have often succeeded. in bottles placed upon tho communication. which will become very strongely magdiscourse of magnetized objects. netized. gold. by means of them. We now come to of the mode of using them. or steel. Tissues wrought in silk or cotton thread.

. I have caused my patients to wear a piece of magnetized glass upon the pit of the stomach. local pains in the viscera. or the leaf of a Some persons are very impressible. set effect. This. their 85 and because with is. and will not again adhere until magnetized anew. application is usually acconrpanied a I very remarkable phenomenon. and fear that any other than their own magnetizer should act U£>on them. m gold or in crystal. it falls. The same thing takes place when we make use tree. about an inch and a half in diameter. and putting it in circulation. has also great inconveniences. think. in good health. and remain there several hours. attached to the neck by a ribbon. who feel an mIf * >r To produce this a medallion. the first that has it Dr. who have confidence in Magnetism. you have near you many persons.* now remains to speak of the chain a method formerly much used. a gold ring is worn on the finger of the patient. how it is formed. A magnetized object often suffices to repel all foreign influence. of a piece of steel. and under what circumstances and conditions it may be useful. which could not be attributed to the imagination." When it has produced its effect. I am going to explain what it is. will commonly adhere to the skin.ACCESSOEY MEANS prising ease. Roullier mentioned this phenomenon. though it has of all for great advantages. I prefer a lenticular shaj)e. and which is the most effectual It — augmenting the power of Magnetism. although when magnetized. I have seen many examples of it. He thus expresses himself: "In some circumstances. is placed about the neck. but which. had been observed by other magnetizers.

But to haTe a chain good. or effects of the sleep. and he who is on the left may touch him with the right hand. there are to be found from four to six persons when who take a lively interest in the patient. holding on by the thumbs. magnetic action. it is necessary that all who compose it should be thoughtful only of the patient. your two neighbors will approach each other. and your power will be considerably augmented. and that who desire Magnetism may be of advantage same persons.86 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. it is more injurious than beneterest in the patient. they go to But that does not counteract the as a single act of inattention. be If a it composed new individual be admitted has been once formed. effects so much You should avoid admitting into the chain patients It susceptible of nervous irritation. so that the chain be not interrupted. The chain of the should. Some persons in the chain often feel the faint. and. first to him. and unite constantly with you in intention. You will form a part of this chain. and who wish to aid you in the Let them all take each other's hands. If you place yourself in the centre. he into it. as far as possible. the patient will feel the effect strongly. ficial. would be dan- gerous to put persons there contagious diseases. The magnetic fluid will soon be in circulation. cure. so that he who is on the right of the patient may touch him with the left hand. especially after ought to be placed in communication. who are tainted with The chain might be made use of in families. the two persons by the side of you will place their hands upon your shoulders or upon your knees. arrange them in a circle. . without this condition. when you wish to make passes with your hands.

and in different circumstances: they do not agree equally with all patients. yet it is always proper to take precauand if you assemble a large number around tions . and even be communicated by sympathy or by imitation. fluence upon the other patients. without any direct communication between them. we did not then understand how to calm action. fil The baquet ana at tbft the chain have often been employed same lime This is done after arranging. I think then that. which do not spring from morbid in- which should be soothed When these crises occur. They are directed to For the following reasons. when we remember how they were in the time of Mesmer. therefore. This subject demands a few additional observations. persons attacked with severe diseases. be employed separately. whence it health. in the domestic the baquet. I do not form a chain method' approve of this When several patients meet round the baquet. and the same accidents did not take place at Strasburg. snce of it is that the patient may receive the influit. it is practice of Magnetism. and one of them should have an acquaintance with medicine. are exposed to crises them. they may have inapart. it is for the purpose of receiving the action of the magnetic fluid there concentrated. We know how violent these crises may become. and each one has its advantages and its inconveniences. necessary to have several magnetizers.the patients around ihe reservoir. good follows that all of them ought to be These two means should. it is not necessary to make .ACCESSORY MEANS. It is true. Although the baquet has a milder and slower acall the persons who compose in tion than direct manipulation. but when a chain is formed.

2. useful to the patient to go every day and charge himself with Magnetism at the baquet. en- largements of the glands. 3. In these it would be very sluggish circulation. They should be such as have an interest in the sick person. it is doubtless beneficial to have recourse to the chain. Hence it follows that. I when one have known it to be more injurious than useful. It is essential should reign in a most perfect harmony magnetic treatment. one. tient should is absolutely necessary that the pa- have near him only his magnetizer. or of cerviscera.88 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. either his curiosity. All who comit ought to be in good health. one of them should interrupt the action. if it be possible to form a good In disorders of the nervous system. dropsy. I have obtained from it very energetic and very salutary effects. and the person he has chosen from the commencement to assist at the sittings. to which all things are directed the others by a all are in unison. in those of inaction. use of the baquet for nervous affections. what- . etc. tain crises. but solely for such diseases as intermittent fevers.. All these conditions having been fulfiilled in some treatments which I have pursued. or Xo by by the desire of exerting a par- ticular influence. several conditions are requisite. but of these conditions fails. debility. and this canthat the not be obtained unless single will. which are often difficult to fulfil 1. etc. disorders in and especially it whose treatment exhibits those where somnambulism takes place. rheumatic pains. As pose to the chain. In diseases of the lymphatic system. in a magnetic treatment. previously to being magnetized by direct manipulation.

form of a long cone. lished the treatment. to fix the action of the five united fingers upon any particular point. about five lines in diameter at one end. there all ought to be but one If whom those who co-operate in the action shall be m its in- submission during the sitting. and the straightened fingers touch it at their extremities This used to direct the fluid at a distance. and sometimes very useful.to netizers. the large end in the palm of the hand. I have seen a patient who felt in his chest all the movements that I made while . It is also used in magnetizing water. and stirring it round in the water. and they must be very cautious not to exert a direct influence. following the processes which he points out to especially The observance of this them. nambulists. ever 89 may be the number of the patients and of magchief. I ought not to finish this chapter without saying a word of an instrument of which the magnetizers made much use in former times. which is is done by plunging it into a vase half its length. and two lines It is held in such a way as to have at the other. and must magnetize under his rule is direction. because of the pleasantries It is a steel wand.ACCESSORY MEANS. ten or twelve inches in length. This wand is not necessary. They will regard themselves merely as the aids and the instruments of the leader. he must not invite them to take the lead. in the to which it gave occasion. he who has estab and charged himself with persons better has for co-operators formed or more powerful than himself. but it is often convenient. direction. and of which they make little use at present. important when there are som> 1 speak of this in my chapter on somnambulism.

* Some have occasionally employed iron wands artificially magnetized. The magnetizer who makes use of the wand ought to have one of his own. like the compass needle. and not to modify it by a foreign influence. and not lend it to any person. Some magnetizers make use of wands of glass in the shape of a spindle: they are as good as steel wands. I have seen others who found the action too powerful. lest it should be charged with different fluids —a pre- caution to be. The wand is designed to direct and concentrate the magnetic fluid.90 pointing it ANIMAL MAGNETISM. I do not recommend them. but they certainly do not agree with all patients. towards him. and they think that they act with more power. . more important than it is commonly thought * The conducting power of glass wands evidently proves that there is no analogy hetween the fluid of Animal Magnetism and the electric or galvanic Cuids. perhaps they are even preferable.

because that term cannot be equivocal. they have no recollection of what they have been doing. AND OF TEE USE TO BE MADE OF IT. because of the accidents which might spring from it. and when he returns to the natural state. he generally understands those only who are put in communication with him. more appropriate name might have been found. OF BOlfflAMBULISM. and act. he retains no remembrance of what has passed.CHAPTFR It is a Y. sleep-walkers. which we call simply somnambulism. he can also execute various movements. that is. The disposition to walk in the sleep has been considered as a nervous affection. speak. These persons are called somnambulists. in this work. and that when they are awakened. The apparent resemblance between spontaneous somnambulism and the crises which are often produced by Magnetism has induced men to call the latter magnetic somnambulism. he answers without waking. His eyes are closed. it is useless to change it. which we should endeavor to counteract. in their sleep. but as this has been received for forty years. The external organs of sense A 91 . If his magnetizers speak to him. Magnetic somnambulism. is a mode of existence during which the person who is in it appears to be asleep. well-known fact that certain persons walk. and the state in which they are is called somnambulism.

according to the disposition and the conduct of the magnetizer. de by organs. This not the place to describe them. which is perhaps the centre of the others. They offer a direct proof of the spirituality of the soul. from the remotest antiquity. which enlightens are or nearly all. the two-fold existence of the internal and the extemalmaxi in a single individual.NIMAL MAGNETISM. Somnambulism presents phenomena infinitely vaA description of them may be found in a great number of works published upon this subject. but they are extremely rare. . that man is an intelligence served by M. his supremacy in the order of * There are exceptions to the character here given. and this in be either useful or injurious. him in respect to his own preservation. and so well expressed Bonald. but by another means. There is roused in him an internal sense.y2 A. This advantage cannot be too highly appreciated. He is sub ject to the influence of his magnetizer. and an answer to immortality. The phenomena to which it has drawn our attention demonstrate the distinction of two things.* fluence may ried. that of somnambulism certainly gives us the most insight into the nature and the faculties of man. or a sort of instinct. to all the objections raised against the truth its They make evident known ancient sages. without exposing one- self to the least inconvenience. and yet lie experiences sensations. Of all the discoveries which have excited attention. asleep. all. results is My design is solely to teach the ful means of obtaining the most use- from this crisis. especially in an age when audacious minds do not fear to employ the researches of psychology to shake the certainty of the interior sentiment which reveals to us the dignity of man.

and which engages to the prac- and his — tice of virtue. and whether it would not have been better that this marvellous phenomenon had not been at first obseiwed. it. it points out the those of metaphysics. creation. great pru- dence. and of relieving those which are serves to rectify the errors of medicine. It curable. positive knowledge. . by pointing out to us. and as many without knowing whether they employed a particBut it ular agent. or because. or rather renewed. in our time. origin of a great number it of opinions prevalent antetheir rior to the experiments which have confirmed correctness. without our being made of it it. as well as Finally.OF SOMNAMBULISM. 93 moral liberty a sentiment which is the basis of social life. either because ignorance and credulity had altered some of their circumstances. the development of our earthly existence. and the application which can be demanding a meditative mind. and other qualities which do not accord with the amiable levity and excitable imagination of Frenchmen. and that people had confined themselves merely to Magnetism as Mesmer taught persons before him practised it. gravity of character. they were made to serve as the foundation of superstition. in the dark ages. and the recompense of sacrifices made to obey the dictates of conscience. in a future life. and restores to the order of nature a multitude of facts which philosophers have disdained to examine. or a faculty common to all men. religious dispositions. severe manners. it may be doubted whether its sudden propagation has not produced as much evil as good. somnambulism makes means of curing diseases known to us the which are not. On the other hand. The discovery prepared for of somnambulism having been made.

they should not have been seized with enthusiasm at the sight of the wonderful things which accompany it. to exercise their power and satisfy their curiosity. . was impossible that they who devoted themselves to the practice of Magnetism should not be struck. people have imagined they ought to know everything. they had examined the phe- nomena by the lights of physiology. It was. of which it is necessary to make use without wandering from the and in the . preserving the harmony of all the faculties and the control of reason. often been employed. manner of perceiving and transmitting sensation. in which illusions take the place of truth. and have consulted them as oracles. an immense field is open to the imagination. and made it a secret. with a phenomenon which would not It was equally impossible that fail to present itself. and should know how to confine themselves within proper bounds. and which she has strength to run over. sooner or later. not to cure diseases. And as somnambulists have faculties and means of knowledge which we have not. instead of yielding to enthusiasm. to avoid dangers and Hence it has resulted that Magnetism has errors. but to procure somnambulism. that the more the sensibility is exalted. If. finally.94 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. the more ought they to be on their guard against what might increase that exaltation that at the extremity of the course which nature has marked out for herself. they would have perceived the danger of pushing too far a state during which an inexplicable change occurs in the functions of the nervous system. impossible that men who were strangers to the true principles to produce the of Magnetism should not seek same wonderful things. that somnambulism is only a transient crisis. in the play of the organs.

. This method is not without danger. magnetizers. and the tendency to somnambulism will be manifested by the patient's being in a state of tranquillity. If nature is disposed to this crisis. in order to give pl ace —he will wake. it presents itself often in the magnetic practice let it us see what are the means of always deriving from the greatest advantage. and by his sleeping. his eyes. You may then ask him how he is. or whether he Then one of these three things will take sleeps well. I propose to teach what it is necessary to know in practice. of itself. it. in you never seek let it come natu- Many order to profit by it when it takes place. a reflux of blood towards the brain. the be carried Jo the brain. that to produce somnambulism. by his closing fluid will. the development of which would carry me to a great extent. . and partial crises. . and of ease. and. by this means. You may then. but to rally. charge .OF SOMNAMBULISM. eyes. without entering into any discussion. they often the head very much succeed in obtaining a forced slumber. in order to produce it. or he will answer. with- out any inconvenience. I will not insist Somnambulism is known . It is much better simply to employ Magnetism by the long pass. and not to charge the head more than the other parts. and avoiding all misuse of The first advice I shall give is. 95 design for which nature has produced it and that somnambulism too much prolonged would give us habits which would not be in accordance with our or- dinary destination. pass the extremities of your fingers five or six times at a short distance before his more intensity to his sleep. he will not answer. which are of no utility. itself would become a dis- upon these considerations.

If out answering. in a gentle voice. makes a sign that he understands you. you will leave him to sleep tranquilly. in the If he awakes. there is real. somnambulism has not taken and you must not think any more respecting it he continues to sleep. you may merely make transversal passes at a distance. whether you magnetize him well. and you may make all in* . if you judge it necessary to rouse him. withreason to suppose he is entering into the somnambulic state. and. and you will wait. In case the patient continues to sleep without hearing you.96 ANIMAL MAGXETISM. and to arrange his ideas. and not commanding him with a tone of authority. If he answers without waking. to collect himself. and accustom himself to You his new condition. If he makes no more answer to this question than to the first. place. you will beware of urging him to speak. the somnambulism is course of that sitting. You will continue in the same manner during the succeeding sittings. if he finds himself better fo/ it. bidding him to awake. after his waking. has no recollection of your speaking to him. or to sleep longer. yet without answering. you will continue to magnetize him as I have pointed out. by a motion of If the patient the head. until the moment before that at which you think the sitting should be terminated. It is a happy thing for him to be by himself. will merely ask him to let you know. you will inquire of him whether he hopes very soon to acquire the faculty of speaking. and you will conform yourself as much f as possible to his wish. whether he desires to be awakened. before you put him a second question. Yet if this state of mute somnambulism is prolonged. or.

"Yes. will to influence and beware of employing your patient to speak. all that. this Merely obdemi-somnam- bulism requires. but it does not follow that he is endowed with clairvoyance. make his somnambulism more Have but one intention. Some persons have your time with distinguished It is many degrees or shades of somnambulism. useless to is occupy and there no need for mo to enter into this examination. at whatever degree it may occur. it is not your object to render him a somnambulist. but to if his If somnambulism were necessary cure him. and leave nature to employ. what peculiar precautions as. not to oppose him. or to your profound. These . Have a perfect command of yourself. quiries of §* iby him which he can answer a sign and without effort. It — may happen that his somnambulism will not pro- ceed farther. but this is of no consequence. not to awaken If him roughly." he is a somnambulist. entertain but one wish that of facilitating the cure. to point out to you the surest and the most simple path. and to instruct you how to draw all the advantages possible from somnambulism. When your somnambulist shall have given an affirmative answer to your first question.OF SOMNAMBULISM. your patient speaks. and to continue to occupy yourself about him. the increase of power which you give him. such proach him who not suffering those to apare not in communication with him. constitution rendered him susceptible of it this state — — would serve spontaneously develop itself. be patient. "Are you asleep?" you may address others to him. and to the question. "Do you sleep?" answers. of herself.

The response made to the first one will suggest others to you. which is always more or less injurious. clear.08 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. you may ask him whether he sees where . after having repeated some of the preceding questions. with an interval between them. if you have no other end in view but the doing of good. well adapted. leaving the somnambulist all the time he wishes to reflect upon them. always in relation to the concise: they should be — means of curing the patient. The following may series of questions to bulist. if you do not suffer yourself to be astonished to see one who is asleep answer you with propriety. by charging the head. but you will not try to bring it on immediately. you will let him have a little time longer to collect himself. and. Then. If you have been able to suppress your curiosity. when somnambulism has been induced. You will first employ Magnetism by the long pass. and made slowly. if you do not think of collecting observations you will put only those questions which are necessary. serve as an example of the be first put to your somnam- "Do you "Does feel well?" proceeding agree with you?" my manner of "Will you point out any other mode?" " How long shall I let you sleep ? " "How shall I wake you ?" " When shall I magnetize you again ? " " Have you any directions to give me ? " "Do you think I shall succeed in curing you?" These questions will assuredly be enough for the first day. when your somnambulist assures you that he is sleeping. it ought to be induced sooner. Questions should be simple. At the next sitting.

You You must be indicated exact in magnetizing him at the hour by him. you should let him be entirely . it. You should ask him whether he is very sure of the effect which his prescriptions will produce. with his disease. of pursued in connection with Magnetism. and by the processes which he judges most appropriate. When he is awake. you must let him be occupied wholly with himself. look for point. You should listen to him attentively. what things it is proper to warn him of. and form your questo suggest replies which he with the means of cure. and if in them there is found anything which appears to you improper. his disease is : 99 describe it. should especially take care to inform yourself well of the crises which are to bring on the cure. You must ask him what things you ought to let him forget. and what means it is proper to take to induce him to follow out his own prescriptions. you may persuade him to observing to keep his attention to the if You will take care not to tions in such a manner as can make without reflection. he says yes. that you may not be alarmed at such as he has announced. or the desire of pleasing you. if you are fearful of forgetting it. of its causes. of the crises he expects. you should take notes of what he tells you. you may request him to if he says no. and that you may know well the mode of soothing them. through indolence. When he has once explained to you what he thinks its consequences. you should ask him to search out the remedial means proper to be of the nature of his disease. you should make known to him your ob- jections.OF SOMNAMBULISM.

any attempt to prove the lucidity of your somnambulist. and not himself expressly him suspect that he has spoken. lism. which is. I believe. him what he believed absolutely necessary to know. because it would not be equally applicable to all cases. to direct ail his attention to the means he ought to adopt for the restoration of his health. that one know may sometimes his faults. you will merely tell his inclination. your principal aim. to speak to him solely. never. fidence of a somnambulist. during somnambuforbidden him to meddle with it after waking. which is when he state of somnambulism. But there is a general rule from which you ought never to depart. I cannot insist too much upon a point on which chiefly depends the developement and the direction of his faculties. that it never happens. of his disease. or to do some- awake is counter to But. also. It is very rare that a patient has the curiosity to be informed of what he has said in a thing useful. you should not desert it for a I moment. to by the concombine with him the profit means of correcting and of rendering his . provided he has not of form him of in it. to permit any question of curosity. and you will entreat him not to speak about it to any person. or to induce him to follow a course of regimen. I cannot give any advice in relation to the details. recommended that you should ineither to inspire him with confidence regard to anything that disturbs him. His cure is your essential object. in this case. has when the magnetizer.100 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. let ignorant of his being a somnambulist. I have indicated the kind of conversation you ought to hold with your somnambulist. on any account.

the more their attention is distracted by various subjects. -a . do not hear him. in effect. and the somnambu lists are often disposed to abandon themselves to th ideas or the sentiments which have affected them m their common state. to Which somnambulists are in general very much inclirfed. Endeavor to withdraw them lucidity. upon one order of ideas. the moral sensibility is ordinarily much more lively. In the state of somnambulism. a quesgreater extension. and do not engage him except in that which is most essential to him. In this. You will excite his vanity. tion no other object in view. about preventing or curing a moral disease. and. no other idea. The faculties of somnambulists are limited.OF SOMNAMBULISM. in fine. and especially do not appear as if you were astonished at the proofs which he affords of his If and that is very dangerous. to apply to his ordinary state the elevated moral sensibility which he exhibits in somnambulism. you can no more depend upon anything. the less of it will they since you have really give to the essential object. to break off dangerous associations. one will not depart from the rule I have prescribed. Their surprising penetration may be regarded as the effect of a concentration upon one single class of sensations. your somnambulist appears to meddle with things which do not promote his return to health. more destructive than a physical one. and which often aggravates the latter. You are doing right. he merely gives it a For it is then. than the intention of doing good to him whom you magnetize. employ your will to withdraw him from them. 101 conduct more regular. for when you have once awakened in him this sentiment.

would be advantageous to the somnambulist to be alone with his magnetizer. distract your attention. you It be careful to have only one witness. which is extended to objects that are very distant. of ne- He who is concessity. The idea of the judgment which the spectators will form seizes him from time to time. advantage will you magnetize. as he does who thinks himself alone. scious that another is watching his motions does not act with the same single-mindedness. You will banish all useless witnesses. As in most circumstances this would be inconvenient or improper. whom you have imparted your attempt to pursue a magnetic treatment. I shall return to this subject after having finished what I have to say about ordinary somnambulists. The more you less his faculties are observed. and the same freedom. and who takes an inwill terest in the patient. nambulists are rare. All such must. and entirely foreign to what But these sominterests them in the wakeful state. There are some somnambulists endowed with a surprising clairvoyance. in spite of himself. who is always to be the same person. and prevents upon a him from concentrating all single object.102 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. either to convince him of the effects which you produce. you will certainly have a desire to let him see your with the If there is a physician to somnambulist. and whom you have also engaged to attend when wanted. or to give him an opportunity of . from these. and the incredulous. and it is only with a great deal of precaution and reserve that we should have recourse to them. or at least do not say or do anything which might favor this disposition. all especially all who are excited by mere curiosity.

he will lose that simplicity which is necessary for his clairvoyance. and principally from There is living beings. and every experiment is extremely injurious. 103 forming an opinion upon the character of the disease. I can add another. unless he has made experiments. he will conduct his conversation with much address. but limit yoursimple and sincere relation of facts. in the same degree. he will believe no better when he sees it. he will cease to have the faculties which are really useful to him. which is in stronger than the others. he will make use of all the resources of his wit.OF SOMNAMBULISM. The physician and the somnambulist do not speak the same language. or the efiluvia of living bodies. and self to a you will do well. Give an account to the physician of what takes place. which appears to have a useful purpose. are not only affected by physical emanations. by the They . most somnambulists a development of sensibility. he will depart from the line which nature has traced out for him. to a degree much more surprising. they do not see in the same manner. What he does not believe on your authority. but guard well against yielding to this conceit. They are susceptible of receiving influence from everything that surrounds them. and. Your somnambulist would wish to convince the physician. he will seek to answer all difficulties. but also. Nothing is more hurtful to a somnambulist than the presence of a physician who is not familiarized to the processes and the phenomena of Magnetism. of which we can have no conception. though it really has its source in vanity. To all the reasons which I have given for excluding kinds of witnesses.

of the most exalted kind. If you are alone with a somnambulist. the somnambulist If is and loses his lucidity. the somnambulist may not be in the least disquieted. the fluid of each one of them acts upon his organization. But it will be difficult to prevent many of the spectators from often occupying themselves with For. If the stranger is incredulous. you have around you only the the persons who desire the cure of the patient. at other times he feels for him is perceives either a it sympathy or an antipathy. he suffers. every time they occupy themselves with something else. or jest of makes a troubled. the somnambulist generally it.104 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. nambulist with a particular affection. many witnesses surround the somnambulist. he experiences discordant effects from them. and any one permitted to enter. a sympathy. If and. as these various fluids are not in harmony. and that would turn him aside from his attention to himself: the will of the magnetizer being no longer active. and these interruptions produce shocks (secousses). and if you magnetize them all to put them in communication. and are occupied about him. In either case. his attention is divided. he does not exert the same control. they will break the communication. or who are busy with them. Sometimes the person who enters is indifferent to him. what he sees. if an antipathy. and all are in good health. If he entertains diminishes his concentrativeness. among the spectators some one who inspires the som- other things besides the patient. and suspects the sincerity of the somnambulist. which disturb the There is sometimes tranquil reign of somnambulism. thoughts and sentiments of those who surround them. and the somnambulism takes an irregular character .

there ought to be only one will active. in a magnetic treatment. which is dictated by a very praiseworthy motive. obtains for time some of the singular effects which genlucid somnambulism. and yet many wellinformed magnetizers do not pay sufficient regard to it. it is almost impossible that they should feel the impor- and that even the desire of enlightening doing more good should not mislead them from the path which would conduct the most surely to the accomplishment of tance of it. If he finds one. to which all others ought to be subordinate. head. It is proper to enter into some details upon this a person. nevertheless. or the persons who are in a magnetic state. even in the hands of good magnetizers. M» de Puységur has not failed to call attention to this.OF SOMNAMBULISM. hav<* lost a portion of their faculties. the reality of which a great number of magnetic experiments demonstrate. is. he entreats him to come and assist at the sittings. in need of precaution. At the close of the preceding chapter. I said that. When the first who has no experience. he thinks it would be useful to get acquainted with an experi enced magnetizer. erally precede Somnambulists. themselves upon the means of their object. because many persons in succession have been permitted to see them. 105 The greater part of somnambulists. As to those who try it for the first time. . feel the influence of those who ap 1. This conduct. This rule is especially to be observed when you have somnambulists. to give him instructions. and I cannot point out the precautions ex cept by recalling attention to two phenomena.

he will do an injury to it. warned on your he is attentive to himself. after having reupon the principles he has given you. When the When. 2 it follows that the presence of a magnever a matter of indifference. sitting is ended. must submit his will to yours. In my Critical History. if This inconvenience can always be avoided against part. to instruct me how to make my som- . the magnetizer can make his obser- flected and give you advice. especially of those who have an active will. great power. the habit of magnetizing Persons who are naturally emit the fluid from them. If the magnetizer disapproves of any of your processes. must not pretend to direct you in anything.106 ANIMAL MAGNETISAI. he is if. in certain circumstances. chapter fourth. and you take the necessary precautions. and who had vations. you desire to consult with a magnetizer. it might be more hurtful than that of one who comes out of curiosity. I invited a magnetizer. must beware of acting alone. even without a determinate intention. book first. proach them. must occupy himself only in concurring in the good you wish to do. you can adopt and make use of them. and. I was a mere novice. then. a pupil of Mesmer. and act powerfully. so that nothing shall affect your somnambulist except through you. if he A From this netizer is counteracts your action in any manner whatever. I have related what took place the first time I produced somnambulism. if your somnambulist. and that. must not seek the reason of the processes you employ. upon those who are in the magnetic state. and call him in to see your somnambulist. this magnetizer must put himself in communication with you.

and delirium. ceased to manifest his different faculties. and made no progress afterwards. and my young somnambulist. who had exhibited for several days the most extraordinary clairvoyance. and yet he exercised such an influence upon him. and to the transitions from one all of these states to another. and with the precautions which I shall soon indicate. effects. Refuse absolutely to show him to any curious person. and who is in communication with you. he did not touch him. but I resolved to abstain from theory. that the course of the somnambulism was entirely deranged. sleep. by all then. except when it will be of utility. but. and limit myself to the giving of precepts which I believe correct. from relating those which you have seen. have near you only the witness whom you admitted at the commencement. and graduate these questions so as not to fatigue him. I will then simply If your patient become a somnambulist. you ought to think only of the cure. May the instruction which I now give cause others to avoid the numerous faults I committed before I acquired experience of I my own! details relative to might here enter into many the essential character of somnambulism. Put no questions to him except such as relate to his health. Do not seek for wonderful means. You can give yourself this satisfaction when the treatment is ended. . the general cause of the imnumerable modifications it presents. the distinction between the states of wakefulness. and let no one approach him. until refrain. nambulist speak.OF SOMNAMBULISM. to acquire suddenly that of expressing himself by words. 107 He came to see him. without explaining the reasons of say: my adopting them.

consider it with a sort of indifference. The sight of the disorder which they perceive in their internal organs affrights them. and know how to exert your will. you will contrive with him the means proper to be followed to induce him to take them when he is awakened. If he request you to magnetize him at an hour or under circumstances which render it impossible to you. your somnambulist prescribes remedies for himself. after having announced that their condition is very serious. or whose application presents too great difficulty. When this is the case. at the moment when he thinks it would be necessary to him. and to make efforts to discover the means of cure. Somnambulists have of his as if it : own body. . You must exert the power of your will to determine him to a very scrupulous examination of his complaint. If you are calm. Others rnaniifest a reluctance to examine their disease. and do not wish to give themselves the trouble of looking for a remedy. Some somnambulists. and you will know to what you ought to direct your efforts. your somnambulist will certainly obey you.108 If . you must not partake of the fears of your somnambulist. and explain to you the actual danger. to consider. without affright. the interior were not his own. If among the remedies there are some that you cannot procure. Perhaps you will not succeed in curing him but you will procure him all the soothing influence possible. and determine him to search out the means of supplying your presence. you will induce him to substitute others. Do not lose hope. he will recover himself. you will explain to him the reasons that oppose it. even when he assures you that his disease is incurable. and the means of removing it. ANIMAL MAGNETISM.

. You do to the interest you display in hearing dissipate your not interrogate your somnambulist to if you have. for this would withdraw you principal object. nor is it to from the your curiosity. is not applicable to is Confine yourself to the knowledge of what self. at the first sittings. anatomy. found the means of restoration to health. satisfy to acquire a knowl- for what edge of physiology. part. 1° 9 it was impossioften said. especially of those which you will obtain If you make him talk beyond this. nor is it. are not affected. If . or medicine. but he could make proportion explanations which would be ridiculous in them. or in easily give you it will produce. upon things foreign to this ob- he busies himself about persons absent.OF SOMNAMBULISM. views. but it is rare sees the lesion which exists in one and the tissue of that he sees the situation. let to not requisite for his restoration. Ask him no He perceives the seat of his own disorder. finally. effects a mistake either in foretelling a describing the in pointing out a remedy. doubts. you must listen him to explain him. you would magnetize very badly. and take care his imagination dwell ject. for you ought not to have doubts. he tions. his organs. without bring him back to what concerns himself. what you were interrogate him not able to understand. When your somnambulist gives you a description without interrupting of his disease. You may afterwards request more clearly. the form. from him only vague and perhaps erroneous He will not crisis. himbut any a somnambulist says.and more in detail. that and afterwards have ble to rescue them from death. You may acquainted with about things which you ought to be in order to perform your own duty well. but you anatomical quesshould go no farther.

Some circumstances authorize the magnetizer to admit some one to his treatment. and show how one ought to conduct himself in such cases. and if a consultaIf tion would not fatigue him. . and you see no inconvenience in doing it. lucidity. But these consultations ought to be rare. there are also some which make it his duty to do it. and put her in communication. * In all cases. The same might be said of a husband. of the somnambulists.110 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. identify himself alternately with each. the digiously in different somnambulists. If your somnambulist often mentions to you a person who interests him. Do not refuse to let her enter. whose state of health gives her anxiety. it depends upon the faculties well. the clairvoyance. I will give examples.* to avoid fatiguing them. or an intimate friend. you could consent to it. as well as his own. in order to render service to one who desires and has confidence. it. and manage them As to the rest. it is necessary The sensibility. your somnambulist gives proofs of remarkable and affirms that he is able to know the disease of another. permitting yourself to wonder at the faculty he possesses of seeing at a distance. He can hardly take the same interest in all. You ought also to avoid trusting the direction of many patients at a time to a somnambulist. Thus a woman in the magnetic state might be continually dwelling upon her daughter. and you ought never to permit two to be held the same day. differ prosame somnambulists at various times. you may yield to his wish. and desires you to bring him in. and to whom she wishes to give advice. and without seeking new proofs of this faculty. and in the power of attention.

and under your direction. with communication several nambulists who are in magnetizers end by losing their lucidity. and resist his fantastic notions. You will not suffer your somnambulist to be magThe somnetized indiscriminately by any person. you will oppose it. according to your views and your method.. If indispensable business forces you to interrupt the treatment of your somnambulist. You ought to yield all that will conduce to his good. If your somnambulist has caprices. so that he may tell you whether he feels any repugnance to it. providence.and whether he sees any danger in being put in communication with him. You will console him. and if the conversation takes another turn. seek with him the means of easing them. When you you have introduced the patient.OF SOMNAMBULISM. you will oppose them by letting him know your will. Ill Before introducing a patient to your somnambulist. but a just and inflexible. If the interruption is to be of long continuance. Never suffer him to get the upper hand of you. have an under- standing with him to find some one to supply your place. Should the interruption be only for a few days. without dispute. the magnetizer taking your place should act only in your name. he should not be moved by any other desire than that of doing good. and profit by If . You are for him an attentive and benevolent. will let him touch something that the patient has worn. You will not permit any one to give your somnambulist any token of gratitude. you should give up your somnambulist entirely. your somnambulist has mental troubles which aggravate his malady. you will require him to speak only of his health.

yet this may hap- pen. is often relative to a certain order of ideas. without the intervention of any foreign influence to change the direction of his mind. of. I am going to explain the possible causes of mistakes. penetrating into the secrets of your somnambulist. The state of somnambulism is not always accompanied with a perfect clairvoyance. the magnetizer ought not to depend upon his first suggestion. you will never permit yourself to impart it to any person. and that clairvoyance. For the proper exercise of it. without distraction. for there are instances of it. and the means of preventing the consequences. and though it happen but once in a thousand times. when it is manifested in the most surprising manner. It is self a remedy which would be very rare that a somnambulist orders for himinjurious to him. if he you anything which he would not have told you in the ordinary state. you. I ueed not when tells it is not evito dently useful to him to have these secrets known add that. and variable in its intensity. it would be a sufficient reason for taking the greatest precautions. or mistakes in regard to the doses. I ought to insist upon this point. the somnambulist must concentrate his faculties upon a single object.112 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. 1 have already said that. and destroy his confidence to relieve his anxieties. You must most carefully. not even to your most intimate friend. he has any inclinations which you disemploy your ascendency in vanquishing avoid. if the somnambulist prescribes for himself remedies which appear improper for this state. It is necessary that the interest he takes in the ob- . the cause. If approve them. without trouble.

commit an error in the treatment he prescribes for himself. This would may have. either through vanity or excess of benevolence. seem to set lit- value upon their cure. They think they shall be more happy when their souls shall be freed from the bondage of matter.OP SOMNAMBULISM. suppose his clairvoyance is real. upon his own wants. and. should employ all the power of his will to bring it to an end. The magnetizer. when put into a . Many somnambulists. Others are unwilling to examine their own disease and the consequences tle it be in him an instinctive faculty. instead of being amazed at this species of exaltation. somnambulist takes in his own health will prevail with him over every other consideration. But suppose a somnambulist is occupied only about his own physical state. and he speaks from his actual perceptions. and if my readers have confidence in me. he may. ject 113 which occupies his mind. Others. All that I have said in this chapter tends to show the importance of these principles. they will keep themselves free from enthusiasm. to vanquish his indolence. should determine him to make efforts of attention. if there he will exercise it appear to be the case. This is owing to a cause to which it is proper to call attention. It often happens that a patient. are more fond of being busy about others than about themselves. and not from anterior impressions. that he will see his own body more distinctly than anything else. and to induce the somnambulist to be occupied only with his own health. which is much more dangerous than incredulity. but it is not always so. again. and free himself from all the prejudices of his ordinaryOne might tell me that the interest which the state. nevertheless. and his own cure.

now the state of me to make use of it. somnambulism.114 state of ANIMAL MAGNETISM. is afflicted at the same time with several very dangerous diseases. ordered for her stomach a remedy which would have probably aggravated the disease The magnetizer made some observaof the lungs. that. and. Some may given by which you be sure of preventing the dangers springing precautions will precipitation. whose lungs where affected. cured. without ex- amining whether they are not otherwise injurious. he fixes his attention upon that which gives him the most uneasiness. from blind con- your somnambulist prescribes for himself a remedy which ajDpears to be unsuitable to his condition. lungs allows fact. of her own accord. fifteen days A afterwards. " How my glad I am that you did not permit me to take the medicine I thought of taking. or now be from too much fidence. and that the treatment which is proper for one is not proper for another. in She would not have been. you will make your objections to him. she cried out." She was. prescribes remedies for himself. It may be laid down as a general rule. she put off the use of the remedy she had prescribed for herself. in conse- — quence. he fix his is naturally induced to to attention upon that which appears him the most serious. I somnambulist have lately seen an instance of this. if the magnetizer had been less prudent. you When . tions to her about it. and. The somnambulist at first is employed upon the organ the most affected the most severe and painful malady. she agreed that these observations were just. when the somnambulist is attacked by several diseases. and whose stomach was much impaired.

but by showing you the quantity which he it. who was under magnetic means treatment at the Salpê- trière Hospital. which alone may authorize us to make use of an unknown means. Yet if it conform to it. greatest the in life naturally put her . it is evident. was a her advice.* Somnambulists often prescribe for themselves remedies of which they have heard. or of which they * An epileptic patient. declared the only her. But they do not give us the entire certainty. You will present him the medicine. They finally resolved to able were this did who they But cure. not only by the name of the measure or weight. the magnetizer. and with the greatest attention. They knew the desperate state of the patient. Repeated proofs of great clairvoyance and purity of intention are. powerful motives of confidence. in the fright. persists. most which would follow months she insisted upon the same thing. after having carefully examined a deleterious substance. and make him touch and taste him to tell what a dose should be. and I could not believe that. and the result had never physicians. and to describe accurately the effects he anticipates from it. and give you an account of them. will 115 engage him to examine the state of his organs successively. doubtless. It If. he you may depend upon him. You will request wishes to take. a three For danger. where an error would be attended with fatal consequences. You will request him him to to explain the reasons which have induced choose the remedy in question. seems impossible to me that. they of curing her would be to excite in sudden critical circumstances. and by violent means. an individual should entertain the criminal project of putting an end to his own existence. in the state of somnambulism. ought not to it. he would not reject should happen that the prescription of a somnambulist may put his life in imminent danger. after all these precautions.OF SOMNAMBULISM.

If it is essential not to interrupt a crisis at its commencement. and you have no need of doing anything more than to hold the thumbs of the somnambulist. Lave formerly made trial. You need useful. In place of these one might substitute others much more efficacious. Many things might be added in relation to the di- rection of somnambulists. You should then call their attention to what appears more proper for them. and their profession authorized them to calculate the chances of dangei magnetizer. seen her make mistakes. times very laborious and very fatiguing to the magnetizer. it is often injurious to prolong it beyond the necessary time. courage. nature labors alone during somnambulism. would not have been and success. the time. they judged that the shock indicated might produce a salutary» crisis. and devotedness. or place your hand upon his knees. and discuss the motives of their choice. yet they are indispensable to develop and happily terminate a crisis. essential to the The greater part of cure: but this is very seldom. they demand from him patience.116 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. so that there can be no unThese processes are somecertainty about them. but I think they will be naturally deduced from the principles which I have laid down. The somnambulist always indicates the processes which are proper for him. or even to be busy about him. which could not be obtained by any other means. A able to assume such a responsibility. processes I return to the manner of applying the when somnambulism has been induced. who was not a physician. not magnetize him longer than he judges on the days and at the hour he intimates. .

say who thinks himself alone with you.OF SOMNAMBULISM. Good it is necessary to explain our will by words. 117 There are somnambulists who fear the impression I have seen some of them who of too strong a light. then you will make some across the eyes. and you perceive your somnambulist. there may be near you a third person. opened. about to which this third person ought not to know: you will impose silence by your will. as we shall soon dicates. to be caused themselves but there are others request to have their eyes ing the eyelids. but it is necessary to watch over him with the precautions he in- who and who experience fatigue by clos- There are cases when this non-apparent somnambulism can be very useful. When we and it is a rule which every one ought to adopt. when you wish to waken your somnambulist. you will first make passes along the legs to free the head. The magnetizer succeeds in doing this by making passes across the eyes. without its diminishing The somnambulist the intensity of somnambulism. then seems to be in his natural state. where it is the will. to in- terdict all experiment. somnambulists understand the will without our speaking to them. saying to him. see. " Walce /" The eyes often remain shut after the somnambulist is awakened. I agree that there are cases expedient to employ only the influence of For instance. wish to ask the somnambulist a question. "You will bring them from this condition by patiently passing your fingers many times across them Then you will disperse the fluid from the tilings . But why should we employ this mode when there is no need of it? It is an experiment. bandaged across the eyes. to open them. At the close of the sitting.

faculties Somnambulists. prolonged beyond the necessary time. which is attended with great inconveniences. perfectly abstracted. from It is of the very greatest consequence to establish a line of demarcation. until You will have the precaution to continue this your somnambulist shall be perfectly roused sleep. it would itself be a disease. If you know how to control yourself by your own will. to repeat establish it is proper never for it what he may have uttered. I have already noticed that it would always be expedient. whose interior have acquired great energy. sations excepting certain very rare cases. well denned. and which equally alters the habitual faculties and the somnambulic faculties. Somnambulism. in order to scatter and shake it off. head. If it should continue and renew itself spontaneously. it ought to cease after the cure. The somnambulist. and from the rest of the body. in somnambulism. to let the patient remain ignorant that he has been a somnambulist. imparts a nervous susceptibility. and that. and the natural state of wakefulness.118 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. when he is awakened. as far as possible. are often found in a frame of mind of which you might avail yourself advantageously to make them follow a course of regi- . between the state of somnambulism. nor of the ideas which occupied him. ought to preserve nothing —positively nothing—of the sen- which he experienced. your patient will never be informed of anything which you think ought to be kept from him. by passes made crosswise at a distance. would between the ideas of the natural state and those of somnambulism a relation which is contrary to the natural order.

OF SOMNAMBULISM. an idea or a determination which will influence them in the natural state. and of this concert with him. or to make them do things useful for them. and say to her magnetizer. will not go this evening to the theatre. you will drink no coffee. but contrary to their habits and inclinations." The somnambulist will be naturally induced to do what has been thus perscribed. but this would be contrary to the spirit and design of Magnetism. solely for the benefit of the patient. The magnetizer can. Your will probably acts merely in modifying to and you might obtain from him the performance of indifferent things. you will take no liquor. you bulist. after it has been mutually agreed upon. you toill clothe yourself in such a manner. he will have a desire for what you have advised him. who had a horror at the sight of leeches. "Prevent me from looking at my feet when I awake. you will occupy yourself no longer in such a thing." In fact. Take advantage of this empire of your will. you will drive away such a fear. his. you will take your medicines without being obstinate. He will recollect it without suspecting it to be anything more than a recollection of what you have ordered for his benefit. I have seen a lady. which he would devote himself to please you. 119 men. impress upon them. cause them to be applied to her feet during somnambulism. You may often find it in your power. while in the somnambulic state. For instance. while your patient is in the somnambulic state. you will forget such a thing. without their knowing the cause. . to induce him to take a medicine for which he has a repugnance. and a dislike to what you have interdicted. the magnetizer will say to the somnam" You will return home at such an hour.

120 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. when they can render the greatest service. moxas . and dressed the wound until it Many was healed. there is one from which persons might. nambulist during a disease for which she caused herself to be magnetized. in the state of somnambulism. in this state. she never suspected that any one had applied leeches to her. many somnambulists that one could pinch and prick very hard without their feeling it. as the best surgeons. who. tage. somnambulists are endowed with inconceivable address. when experiments in Magnetism were applied at the Hôtel Dieu Hospital. In January last. I having become soma will instance a midwife. Among the phenomena which somnambulism often presents. preserved the same faculties after her restoration to health. When she is called to exercise her profession. she goes to her magnetizer. and. who puts her into somnambulism. strength and certainty. She declared to me that. who. she could act with much more address. under certain circumstances. opened a swelling beneath her breast. if the case appears to pre- sent any difficulties. and can perform certain operations as well I am acquainted with a lady. there are some cases. even. she in this manner very successfully delivered of three children a woman whose state was very dangerous. One of the somnambulists that were in the Salpêtrière Hospital received no impression from a bottle of sal volatile applied to her nose. especially when it is accompanied with clairvoyance. and opens her eyes. This address of somnambulists can be useful to others as well as to themselves. derive a great advanThere are It is that of absolute insensibility.

their sensibility was more delicate than in the natural state. I am even inclined to think it would never occur. although this insendisplayed at the true in certain cases. and the touch of a stranger gave them a great deal of pain. I know that a magnetizer can his by his will paralyze somnambulist. netism. it is far from being general. and have been awaked. the contact of a body not magnetized was disagreeable to them.OF SOMNAMBULISM. As to the rest. it is if a surgical opera- tion were neccessary to a patient susceptible of it Mag- might be done without causing pain. and what precautions ought to be taken to insure success. Persons have concluded. from these dangerous experiments. we should learn from him whether it ought to be performed during somnambulism. by having been roughly touched by some one who was not in comsibility is have been munication. is sometimes a symptom that life is drawing towards the brain and the epigastrium. My somnambulists have never exhibited it to me. or during the natural state. if the magnetizers did not overcharge their subjects. I am also certain that somnambulists have experienced convulsions. On the contrary. and But. and if they took care to preserve the harmony of the system. who were not awakened by them. but he ought never to permit himself the trial of this experiment. if a patient has need of an operation that is painful. that. united to the exaltation of senti- ment and of thought. any limb of The absolute insensibility of the organs of sense and of those of motion. by nearly all somnambulists who Hôtel Dieu and the Salpêtrière. 121 were applied to two somnambulists. The spirit seems then to disengage itself from the .

There remains. I know that some instances of success obtained by imprudent rashness might be cited. or magnetic exaltation. he would remain in a state of excessive weakness. might become as hurtful as it would be salutary if you have the wisdom to listen to her and aid her. which I have entered appear sufficient to make you acquainted with somnambulism. with sufficient distinctness. to ertion. recommend too strongly to magnetizers to oppose the development of this crisis. and if one were to take care to free the head. if you oppose the workings of nature. and if you should succeed in doing it. and when I com- . and the somnambulist becomes independent of the will of the magnetizer. and which many German authors have considered as the most elevated You state of Magnetism. I cannot. I shall return hereafter to this subject. I believe even that it would hardly ever present itself. and of avoiding its inconveniI have also said. and when we desert it. that this crisis. and to re-establish harmony. which you could not put an end to without great exThis state. noth- ing essential to say upon the application of somnam- bulism to the treatment of diseases. then. and with the means of directing it to a useful purpose. when he The sees the limbs stiffen and become insensible. but these instances details into Wise cautiousness can never be a disad vantage. could not suddenly wake one who is in it. organs. then. to the greatest dangers.122 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. is exceedingly dangerous. ences. has been given. if the somnambulist were to busy himself only about his own health. we expose ourselves are rare. as it frequently presents itself in the course of a magnetic treatment. and perhaps of paralysis. which the name of ecstasy.

and to teach what it is necessary to know to assist nature. some of them. 123 menced writing this chapter it did not enter into my plan to go farther. But after having devoted reflection to it. those who had not seen analogous ones would regard afflictive to and that such a reputation would me. There are. and to derive from somnambulism the greatest advantage. there are others who are not. and which it is important to know. and that its development may not be counteracted. then. of which I have already pointed out the danger. and of the ideas they have had during the crisis. I was obliged to limit myself to explain what takes place most commonly. for people will be guided by the counsels of a man subject to illusions no more than by those of a man void of good faith. to speak of a very singular state.* I resolved to pass over in siI thought that lence the extraordinary phenomena. I will then tell how one ought to conduct himself with those who have reached that state. after waking. that it may not be confounded with the exaltation. and the only and constant character of somnambulism is tbe existence of a new mode of perception.OF SOMNAMBULISM. if he would derive any advantage from it. others make use of some of their senses. me determined. . of Some who. I am first going to describe the species of somnambulism of which I wish to speak. others have only the internal faculties. preserve for a certain time the recollection of the impressions they have received. Some of them exhibit a species of atdistinctive * Various somnambulists exhibit very different traction like magnetic needles. there are abstracted somnambulists. and to elevate myself above the fears excited by self-love. because it may be presented to others as it has am been to me and to many of my friends. For instance. I as a visionary. phenomena. them have all the sensations concentrated at the epigastrium. I thought it my duty to yield to more important considerations. to them or to himself. finally. but might also put an not only be obstacle in the way of my doing the good which I wish to do.

do not reach him. But it is not this which characterizes the degree of somnambulism of which I speak. to the interests of fortune. everything parts from the centre to reach the circumference. the heat is the body. but receives no impression through the organs of sense. accompanied with an intimate conviction. of which they can very well preserve the recollection. Thus the somnambulist possesses at the same time the torch which . it is It is the little interest that they take it is a novel manner of viewing objects. The somnambulist produce sensations. he feels within himself the development of a new light. in life. The somnambulist apj)ears to have lost the faculties by which we are directed the impressions and notions which come from without . It is the absolute indiffer- ence to what appertains to terrestrial objects. every- thing parts from the circumference to reach the cenin this. it is the ideas which their sensibility. whose rays are darted upon all that excites in him a real interest. At the same time. and this circumference sometimes extends to illimitable distances. on the contrary. is In this state the circulation equal through all regular. It is no longer the sensation which produces ideas. or of reputation. during the silence which he observes in regard to what is foreign to his soul. and the members preserve is so thoroughly magnetizer his as to read his with in communication thoughts.124 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. In the ordinary state. but to which they no longer attach importance. and of even quired ideas. a quick and direct judgment. and determines the judgment which he ought to form. It is the ab- sence of the passions and the opinions is by which one all ac- governed in the ordinary state. tre. the sentiment of conscientiousness is aroused. but.

precise. immortalHe is convinced that ity. they are always in us. with which. his manner unimpassioned. every thing announces in him a state of tranquillity. This life appears to him only a journey. above all. that prayer is the most efficacious pendence of the soul. Providence. us. the passions. but the distracting cares of this world. because those who have spoken of this state without having seen it have supposed it to have a character opposed to distin- what guish it really has. Taking care to make our labors on earth. with rewas never be- The inde- the liberty of man. perhaps. gives 125 and the compass that points out This torch and this compass are not the his way. are to him evident truths. during which we ought to collect what is necessary for us in our everlasting mansions. You is perceive in his discourse not the least of what called excitement or enthu- siasm. and which even serves to it. In this new situation. and I insist on this point. or at least of and dissipating the ais turning them to our advantage. means around of obtaining his aid. pride. a distinct view of that of which he speaks. elegant and state. and an entire conviction of its reality. and attachment to perishable things. his different the somnambulist has reached this degree manner of speaking is almost al- ways from that which he has in his ordinary His diction is pure and simple. When of exaltation. and. prevent us from perceiving the one and con- sulting the other. it He sees everywhere the action of fore occupied. acceptable to . the mind is filled ligious ideas. him his light. product of somnambulism.OP SOMNAMBULISM. God hears us. as well as the troubles we experience.

but we can neither set it a-going. you see the state of which I am speaking manifest itself. the new faculties with which he finds himself endowed. Happy the man who has chanced to meet a somnambulist of this kind! for there is no means of bringing forth from an ordinary somnambulist the faculties I have just described. you should listen attentively to your . He is so much penetrated with it that he forgets himself for others. persuade him that he is inspired. we can easily disturb its movements. what he sees is shown to him. and he speaks to you only to say things useful for your moral direction. appears to him a means of moral improvement. and which often sufiices to obtain their remission. If. but this does not excite his vanity. the immensity of the horizon which is spread before his eyes. then. and he make supplications for those who hold opinions the most opposite to his own. nor regulate it.126 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. because we are unacquainted with its springs. what he says seems to him dictated by a voice from within. We must consult it. It is a horologe — fabricated by nature. This sentiment of benevolence is extended to all. He delights to reflect in silence. Sometimes the prodigious difference he perceives between his new manner of viewing objects and that which he had in his ordinary state. he regards himself as the organ of a superior intelligence. the new lights which shine for him. God. and no sacrifice for the sake of doing good costs him too much. but we must not permit ourselves to touch it for the purpose of accelerating or retarding its motion. Charity is for him the first of virtues that which affords us the easy means of expiating our sins.

The only mode for you to pursue. somnambulist. not owing to a peculiar disposition of his imagination. which has need of no expression in order to be perceived and recognized by him. While is necessary to point out two conditions. however field of illusions. ideas with his. is to favor its development and its and the simplicity but by the disyour words. some person will say to me. It is the confidence that you show. Without doubt. cannot force him to see beyond the If you mingle your circle in which he is placed. you will obscure his clairvoyance. On the contrary. you will cause him to leave the sphere in which he is. you will turn aside his faculties from the object for which they are destined. which causes him to mistake chimerical ideas for correct notions? Ought I to withdraw my reason to grant him a blind confidence? And how shall I assure myself of the truth of what he tells me. your reason and good sense must combine the whole. for the moment you design to direct him. and your decisBut it ion must spring from their proper exercise.OF SOMNAMBULISM. You . bulist is not your somnambulist is giving utterance to his ldeaSj you will let him speak without interruption. and transport him into an immense The power of your will. by position of your soul. your conjectures with his perceptions. will put You great it may be. 127 no question. if I do not combat his opinions in order to hear his replies. and appreciate their correctness and their worth ? " I will answer you in this manner: I am very far from advising you to renounce your reason in order to adopt the ideas and follow the instructions of a somnambulist. "But where is the proof that this state of my somnamapplication.

. direct him. into that which appears incomprehensible. You will not exert your will to influence or You will not demand of him an explana You will not desire to his tion of what he has told you. while amusing his mmdBut after he has re-entered the ordinary state. avoid putting your somnambulist to the proof. you will weigh the degree of utility in You can then indulge your astonhis instructions. know You be astonished at what appears to you extraordinary. and taking indirect means to ascertain his clairvoyance. But this astonishment should not produce The more marvellous a fact is the more fear being seduced by appearances. at the probability of his pre- which it is useful for you to know. ishment at the penetration with which he has read your heart. and conviction. fo ought to we mistrust the impression they first make upon us. search out the circumstances that may give them a natural explanation. you will recapitulate ail he has told you. as a child lisshe relates things to form his heart and his understanding. at the sincerity of his wishes for your real happiness. but you will banish from your mind all those which suggest themselves to you. above all. will also try not to what he wishes to teach you of own accord. make no objection. you will examine the connection of his ideas. . You will listen to him with self for- and simplicity.128 will not only ANIMAL MAGNETISM. you will appreciate the correctness of his reasonings. at the exactitude which he has shown you while speaking of a past event with which he getfulness. tens to a mother when was not acquainted. visions of the future. You will not seek to penetrate You will. confidence. and you are away from him. except when you have not well understood.

to ascertain that his opinions are not produced by old impressions on the memory. magnetized by M. there is nothing which cannot be verified. She was a woman about forty years oid. then. afforded me a remarkable instance of this phenomenon. It should be only after this ex* There are somnambulists who retrace with surprising facility the ideas which they received in their infancy.* If. you will evidently perceive that he is not deceived. in all he tells you. that the torch by which he is enlightened is not an ignis fatuus.ted. to have previsions. As soon as she was in the somnambulic state. A very lucid somnambulist. that no exterior influence has con- tributed to impart a peculiar character to his manner of viewing things. by exhortations more or less affecting. and she had never afterwards been among Creoles. by lectures or conversations his You which have formerly acted temporarily upon mind. by the prejudices of early youth. by phenomena which are inexplicable. and not by discourses more or less eloquent. In these recollections of infancy. 129 Many somnambulists. she absolutely spoke nothing but the peculiar dialect (patois) which she had learned from the negress who had nursed her. from whence she came to France at the age of six or seven years.OF SOMNAMBULISM. Domingo. . to be exempt ixom vanity. have been known to read the thoughts of otners. de Lausanne. Then your confidence will be excited by a train of facts and observations which determine your reasoning. She was boan at St. There are some of them who seem to forget the notions they have acquired by reason and observation. and moved solely by the desire of enlightening others. ought. and upon whom these ideas exercise more control than those which they have since acquired. in this return towards the first years of life. as they retrograde by degrees towards the period when their minds were but as smooth tablets. we must search for the cause of the opinions of some somnambulists. when their faculties were exa. finally. but which are seen elsewhere. and yet to be the dupes of illusions which are mingled with the most luminous perceptions. nor by images and descriptions more or less calculated to move you.

at least. Then. who. convince you of the existence of an order of things different from the present order. that made thankfulness or approbation. so that no objection may afterwards present itself which has not been settled beforehand. and perhaps you will find in him a guide who will not lead you astray. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and will bring you acquainted with the source of pure profit and durable felicity. out of ten somnambulists. if it happens that your somnambulist enters several times in succession into the same state. ought in certain respects to decide your conduct. this I answer. The species of somnambulism which I have just described is extremely rare. which nothing external. that. because there probability of its being pre- sented to state is my readers. am per- suaded that. and transient. but development frequently takes place. you will continue to hear him without any expression of solitude. but with a desire to by what he will tell you. terrestrial. in the spirit of reflection and in you should form your judgment. If it has not been attended with that pure lucidity of which I have seen examples. it is our To own fault. can impart. It is essential that your belief should be supported by facts well demonstrated to your own mind. and many persons will think that. rare. in a work designed is little to teach the use of Mag- netism. if this it doubtless supposes this an unusual development of the soul's faculties. far from being a fugitive opinion. and nearly all those who have practised Magnetism have had it or less in their more power it is to observe it.130 amination. because this belief. He will. because they have disturbed I or turned aside the natural tendency. I ought to have abstained from speaking of it. left to .

or of darkness and illusions.OF SOMNAMBULISM. but then they were frequently renewed before my eyes. and people have formed various judgments of this state. some. the vanity. Hence it has resulted that. 131 themselves. ing of this would have existed. in subjects The greater part judge that I labor of my readers will. sometimes a mixture of superstitious notions with very astonishing previsions. rather. without any real foundation. again. as a gift of prophecy. would reach this state. to occupy him which were absolutely alien to him. if he had not been as a transient insanity. according as they were most struck with what was presented of Nothlight and truth. nine have been Their astonishing facthrust into a false direction. if I . some have regarded it as the result of a communica- tion with spirits. and I am well convinced that I should have seen them sooner. as the effect of the soul's exaltation. led astray by the ignorance. sometimes metaphoric language and incoherent images. others. I did not perceive their reality till very late. and long after I had published my Critical History. the curiosity. among those who have had opportunity to see this extraordinary somnambulism. ought the more to expect it. or. ulties have then made them run over a thousand paths in the vast domain of the imagination. if the natural chain of his ideas had not been interrupted. without doubt. of his magnetizer. illusion in relation to the under an phenomena and I of which I have just given an account. had conducted myself with more singleThose who will follow the instrucness of purpose. because I would not myself believe until I had been an eye-witness. if the somnambulist had been well directed. others. Sometimes we perceive in it illusions of the strangest kind.

merely answer that I do not believe they can. the bulists. and that the magnetizer has no power whatever to reproduce it. 1 ought further to mention that this state is rarely much prolonged. You must profit by the moment.The Every one can explain them as he chooses. it. by taking which they will profit by the favorable circumstances.132 tions I ANIMAL MAGNETISM. state For waking the effects. on the choice between the various forms of worship. and not let slip an opportunity which does not occur when we search for it. phenomena of vision Perhaps some one will ask . I causes of the wisest in our way is not to search for an explanation. But it is too essential an object to forewarn my readers against a curiosity always useless and often dangerous. when it has ceased to manifest itself When the somnambulist has told you what he deemed important to tell you. and this consideration alone has determined me to give them precautions. for me to neglect adding some observations in this place to the principles 1 have already laid down. have given will have the same happiness that I have had. or at least is no longer engaged upon things of the same nature. we can very well recognize. the whether the somnambulists of whom I speak could not give us some light on the dogmas of religion. but which we may seize when it comes m our way. his clairvoyance ceases. do not pretend in any manner to discover the phenomena about which I have spoken. by existence of a new faculty in somnam- but we can no more determine the nature of than they who are blind from birth can conceive of me. and on certain quesI can tions which have unhappily divided mankind.

the punishment of the evil. of the Creator.the good. the profound conviction that God never refuses to enlighten us in what we ought to know. we ask aid of Him. I have said that the somnambulist is illuminated by a light which our spirit received from God when it received its existence. But. the bounty. which is to urge you. which we have done in this. prescribes rules and practice to all. man that which the foundation of as the conscience unveils him that which is the foundation of all morals. the pre-eminence of charity over the other virtues.more to make them easily distinguish the species of somnambulism which I have called their attention. and may be our intercessors before God. Providence. the firm persuasion of the utility of worship. shows to all religion. the immortality of the soul. take an interest in us. What dence are the truths which are shown with evi- to the somnambulist? The existence. by which they pray in concert to obtain the blessings of Heaven. when you are once imbued with these render homage to .OF SOMNAMBULISM. when. These details will also serve to 133 the . They go not beyond that. which. the necessity and the efficacy of prayer. in a general manner. This light. submittted to His will. to fulfil the duties which religion imposes upon you. These are the ideas common to all religious somnambulists. to by uniting men God. to which is joined the consoling idea that those who have preceded us on earth. hear our wishes. recompense of . and who have merited the enjoyment of eternal happiness. the omthe nipotence. the certainty of another life. anterior to is human to education. but it teaches him revealed dogmas no more than it does positive laws.

but in that case. He will no longer have any other resources than yourself. "I would like very much to interrogate my somnambulist. known to discourse about religion. but if you say to him. and then all is lost. will ANIMAL MAGNETISM. he will not re-enter the circle from which he has wandered." I know very well that somnambulists have been. your somnambulist may enlighten you. to dissipate this or that doubt." says some one. to answer this or that objection. his torch is useless. you fail to have the means of instruction. It is very possible that you could make him speak upon all the subjects of your indiscreet curiosity. but they will no more be dictated by the internal inspirations. They wi]l be the product of his recollections. and ." You will gain nothing. to know what you ought to believe and what you ought to practice ? "But. or of his imagination. "Is it permitted me to avoid paying such a tax?" he will merely answer. you have to decide between different duties. your guide makes use of his torch. and are now. and profit by his knowledge. but as soon as he has conducted you to the place where the light of the sun is shining. you will make him leave his own sphere to introduce him into yours. " Consult the laws. He will utter to you very eloquent discourses. as I have already warned you. And how can you suppose that a light which is innate in» all men should throw its rays beyond that of revelation ? Is it not enough that it brings us to recognize the advantages of this revelation ? If you are in an obscure labyrinth. in embarrassing circumstances.134 principles. If. perhaps you will also rouse his vanity. you will even lose the advantages which you might derive from his lucidity.

the imagination controlling al! their other faculties. as Doctor ceptible. But this Bertrand has very well stated it in may lead us into error. it would be by himself inspired by a influence upon our souls. nished by the new impart the means to influence. Socrates. and the expression of their stamp them as enthusiasts. features. these somnambulists rule? I have given. but they do not resemble those oi whom i have just spoken. the illusions of which they are the sport. The errors tc which they are subject. if the faculties had been naturally developed.) Socrates. as does that which we enjoy ." Demon The of {See Plutarch. If ïike those which are witnessed in dreams. when arrived at the highest degree inspired but he can of concentration. by language.OF SOMNAMBULISM. if you will but conform to the Moreover. by the circumstances in which they are placed. will not fail to affirm that the state which I have described is only one of * I have said that the somnambulist. Bodies exerting an immediate spirits could communicate with us. The two states cannot be confounded. who believed else which good genius. in silence. by the persons who surround them. only have forms. 135 even about the socia^ organization. I have endeavored to It is of perception tion or by a foreign of phenomena. thought is manifested tous only because voice. new mode in the ordinary state. their manner of utterance. and freedom from external influence. which is proper to the organs of the In somnambulism the sensibility it becomes perstate in which it is latent the from internal life is exalted the instruments of our soul. avoid confounding these two classes . affirmed that we could no more see it than anything He said that section 35. owes be thinks he whom to beings the of impart no idea When a somnambulist has visions they ought to be considered as phantoms. the extravagances which tney utter result from a nervous excitement which are evidently influenced they would never have experienced.* Many gaged the enlightened m men among those who are enphysiology. appertains then important to distinguish what furmotions the and faculties the intellectual to the natural development of produced by the imaginabe may what from instruments. sometimes imagines himself to he this inspiration. internal an have could we -. solitude. and these organs are then his Treatise on Somnambulism. and who have some notion of phenomena of Magnetism." is divine.

but it is for each one to draw from these I facts. question. that. have told when and how the facts might be observed. errors springing from ourselves. will soon decide for themselves as to the degree of confidence to be placed in I wished to teach the mode of avoiding the it. whether it be regarded as the product of the imagination. the proper precautions. because us. in the highest state of concentration and abstraction (isoleme?it). but I do not. I will merely call attention to the fact. have laid down. and what line of conduct ought to be pursued so as not to trouble or change Those who see it as I have. prepeculiar state which I tend to point out the sure characteristics of truth. and merely confirms opinions uttered at all times by some of the sages. we are forced to agree that the . as much opposed to intolerance as to incredulity. by the use of his own reason. is as far removed from mysticism as from materialism. finally. and take its direction. it is I will not discuss this not the design of this work to inquire into the nature of the magnetic phenomena. that. far from proscribing philosophy. which dif- from others in the concentration of mind upon religious ideas.136 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. that the doctrine which somnambulists. and that this does not prove anything to establish the truth of the ojnnions held by those fers who enter into that state. the consequences which appear to him the most probable and the best founded. nor to prove the truth of the notions they impart to 1 have merely intended to point out how the have made known ought to be observed when it occurs. the varieties of ordinary somnambulism. that it makes no innovations. it brings it into accordance with religion. or as inspired by the internal sentiment.

my arguments cannot change their manner of seeing. Perhaps. Among the men who are engaged in Magnetism there are. it is delightful. the communication of thought without the aid of external signs. Well persuaded that they are in error. I ought to wish for new phenomena to enlighten their minds. and fake an interest in ns. that our afflictions. will crown the desires of our souls. because served the development of somnambulism in all its . such cient proofs of the spirituality of the soul. the children of a common parent. they are better instructed than I am in the physical sciences. unhappily. which were created for knowledge and love. prevision. favor the happiness of individ- and tend to establish peace and harmony in society. I cannot conceive how it is that some of the phenomena of as the power of seeing at a distance. to believe uals. where the delights of pure affection. some materialists. that Providence watches over us. the action of the will. if they had ob- sincere. finally. they are they have no object in sustaining it. men. But. and that all the torch of truth unobscured. that those who have preceded us on earth hear our wishes. and that the good will one day be united in a communion of sentiments and enjoyments. will have a recompense. ought to be united by the bonds of charity. have not appeared to them suffi- which they have been witnesses.OF SOMNAMBULISM. It is pleasant. to have one more reason for expecting another life. their opinion is opposite to mine. 137 consequences flowing from it inspire a high idea of the dignity of man. supported with resignation. and I should be very presumptuous if I flattered myself with the idea of overcoming them in the warfare of opposition.

an experi- ment worthy of their sagacity. to free yourself from all self-interest. osity. has taken charge of the treatment of a dangerous disease.138 simplicity. and the management all of somnambulism. if they had left them to the natural order of their ideas they would have ob- — tained results altogether different. from all vanity. to which may cause lively emo husband his strength habitually. if they are ever convinced of their having embraced an error. I believe I have given the directions necessary to persons who are not already enlightened by experience. ought to abstain from all other labor. as it is of their cour- ageous frankness. of devoting yourself to the patient whose treatment you undertake. to be silent in regard to the phenomena he witnesses. except what the duties of his condition impose. finally. but. if they had not excited their imagination or their vanity in requiring extraordinary things of them. by the desire of the family. without the fear of fatigue. when it required. the requisition is severe. and as the counterpart ot himself. He who. to be indifferent to the pleasantries of worldly men. to retract their first opinions. I must confess. and with the consent of the physician. In relation to the employment of Magnetism. sists in It all con- having but a single end in view —that of renfrom all curi- dering service. I invite It is them to follow the path I have traced out. to renounce almost all diversions. . to occupy himself continually about the patient tc consider who has him placed in him his confidence. to make an entire sacrifice of personal considerations. to avoid that tions. if ANIMAL MAGNETISM. they had exercised no influence over their somnambulists. so as to is empioy it.

the condition of the patient changes. in of the state. seen many instances of it. and that you are happy enough in having Him as the only one who deigns to charge Himself with your reward. and even if you are exposed to pleasantry. If the services you have rendered are soon forgotten ridicule. for The satisfaction of having done so many sacrifices? good. and. There is nothing beyond such enjoyment. some days Everything he tells certain. to appears is realized. actual the and state. said. He grows worse The somnambulist continues to prescribe remHe no edies which do not produce the intended effects. This anomaly is singular. It is also evident that great prudence should be exercised in the choice of a magnetizer. it may be seen that the Magnetism requires the possession of rare and that the love of doing good should be the sole motive for engaging in it. and our confidence But in the sequel. an astonat the first consultation. . to What shall to the accusation of charlatanry— you will remember that you have God as the witness of your actions. anterior ishing manner. unfortunately. I have stated that somnambulists do not every day exhibit the same degree of clairvoyance. I will explain. the patient He points out the remedies after.— OF SOMNAMBULISM. After what has been practice of qualities. but I forgot to mention patient that they sometimes lose it in respect to this or that with whom they have long been in communication. but I have. 139 indemnify him for so much pains. it happens very frequently that. which first produce such an amelioration as to alleviation. while at the same time they show a great deal of it in relation to others. NOTE I. as make us consider the cure be well founded. the somnambulist sees. In severe chronic diseases.

and are referable to the same cause. and the only one in which it has been examined in its numerous relations. and perfectly succeeded. . and he arrives at this .trand is the first work. with whom he identifies himself. upon the subject. It is expedient. ex professo. that. but he ought never to make a mistake the announcement of the effects which will occur. to conduct ourselves with the same prudence and the same circumspection during the whole continuance of the treatment. we recognize a man profoundly versed in the study of medicine. by intuition. As soon as the somnambulist ceases to announce beforehand. He conjectures: lie gropes in the dark he seeks to remedy the accidents which he had not foreseen. physiology. then. the effects of his remedies. and the crises which occur. by instinct. It is entirely futile to ask the somnambulist for an explanation of what has befallen him. with exactitude. and we ought not to persuade ourselves that the somnambulist will commit no mistakes in the second or the third month. A somnambulist who is charged with the cure of one or two patients. and gives notice of it. He also reduces to the natural order many facts which have been attributed to supernatural causes.140 longer judges ANIMAL MAGNETISM. they if . he is not condition to give it. In this publication. NOTE The Treatise on II. and we find too late that we should not have depended upon him blindly. the world had at first known the phenomena of magnetic somnambulism. and metaphysics. The author compares natural somnambulism to that which is exhibited in many diseases. if he loses it. "What I have applies more particularly to somnambulists by pronow said fession. almost always preserves his clairvoyance unimpaired or. to that which arises from the excitement of the imagination. during the first days. because he saw well. The greater part of the time. and to that which originates in the magnetic treatment and he proves that they all present analogous phenomena. m m . highly important conclusion. we ought no longer to place dependence on him. loss. he perceives the. Somnambulism published by Doctor Ber.

to Deacon Paris. proper for his purpose. This does not in any degree demonstrate the truth of his ingenious theory. He has searched into physiology for the explanation of ferent phenomena which depend upon a diflaw he has generalized the observations which were . and upon the the influence of Saint Médard. would not have attributed to the devil those 141 which the pre- tended sorcerers exhibited. those which were witnessed among the prophets of Cévennes. those which were witnessed at But he seems to me to make a mistake in what he says upon the action of Magnetism.OF SOMNAMBULISM. Bertrand. and he regarded as illusions facts less surprising than the ones he has seen. If he had been a witness of many of the facts which have passed under my eyes if he had examined the evidence in favor of most of those which have been reported by enlightened men he would not have thrown aside what he calls the pretensions of the magnetizers. has cured by Magnetism very severe and very inveterate nervous diseases. to a celestial inspiration. if I had not judged it sufficiently instructive and important to make it a duty to advise the readI ing of I it. — — would not have permitted myself to make critical observations upon this work. principles of that action. would also add that M. . when they did not accord with his theory. but it proves that he possesses many of the qualities which constitute a good magnetizer. though he is not endowed with great physical energy.

Look out. and the Success of the Treatment. you may dispense with the precautions I am about to indicate. I think it also my duty to give advice to persons who. and. exposure to the air. unnecessary for me to observe that. who.CHAPTER VI. in your own family. the principles which ought to direct them. a headache. pains in the stomach. Of the Precautions to be taken by Patients who wish to be magnetized. and who do not know in their own society any person in whom they have an entire confidence. the processes they ought at first to employ. in slight and recent injuries. wish to try Magnetism for the recovery of their health. OF PEE CAUTION IN THE CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZES. briefly. from the testimony of those who have seen its effects. After having pointed out. such as a bruise. or among your friends. and from the desire of having in himself the means of soothing the distresses of his 142 may . all those which do not require a treatment prolonged for many days. being ill. to those who wish to practise Magnetism. in Regard to the Choice of a Magnetizer. if he is not convinced of It is the reality of Magnetism. be at least disposed to believe in it. for some one. and the conduct to be pursued in case somnambulism occurs.

nambulism. he is obliged to be attentive lest any of the processes It is clear that the wound decency or the common usages of life. have already produced that affection and that devotedness which ought to unite the magnetizer to the magnetized. and which authorize the continuance of these The confidence and the treatment has ceased. I say more. magnetic processes never present the least embarrassment to persons of the same sex. 1 have said that women ought to be preferred to magnetize women. 2 When Magnetism is accompanied with som. A man. always of great advantage to have a magnetizer in your own family. and having leisure to give you the attendance requisite for your restoration. the ties of blood contribute. it generally imparts to the somnambulist a very lively affection for her magnetizer the wakeful state. it is that (leaving sentiments when out the case where plain good sense declares it a matter of indifference) they alone ought to be charged with 1. The reasons are these. that is to say. and when a man magnetizes a woman. good health. he is obliged to call on a woman for the purpose of administering to her wants.CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZER. and between near relations. if any crisis occurs. a character tranquil and firm. fellow-men. for example. between a mother and and husband tween a her daughter. by a physical sympathy. and this affection continues m . cannot place himself opposite to a woman and fix his eyes upon her. discretion. to establish a communicaIt is tion. friendship which exist behis wife. the We of good. and 143 who -joins to this disposition of mind physical and moral qualities essential for magnetizers. it.

or her brothers. They pecially not to express 3.144 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. often spring from secret chagrin. I know very well that. and in which he cannot employ the processes of a woman. her uncles. and esit. in 4. Chronic diseases are sometimes attended with symptoms in regard to which modesty compels silence. diseases. to avoid all the in conveniences of Magnetism between persons of different sexes. constrained feelings. an entire confidence mag- but as she does not lose the sense of propriety. have not considered the thing in All I have now said is with its true point of view. etc. this attachment is of the same kind as that which we feel for near relations. that a young woman should have a very lively friendship for any other man than her father. of which it is not proper for a man to be a witness. even after the treatment is at an end. and implies no idea injurious to the best sentiments. spasmodic movements. But it is contrary to all propriety. tizer. she is obliged to moderate it. Magnetism sometimes produces. mental troubles. Thus they who have said that. for the want of being informed. Finally. The somnambulist in her has. If she has this sentiment. and about which even a physician is obliged to conjecture. best calculated to soothe them. the out allusion to the fear that Magnetism wiii create . if she regards propriety. also many questions which a man which he cannot discourse. there are many things about which a woman in that There are state will not dare to speak to a man. and ought to have. it suffices that both the magnetizer and magnetized possess an honesty and delicacy above all suspicion. much many particulars advice that he cannot ask of cannot give her. and other nervous crises.

and. and his old prejudices did not prevent him from yielding to the evidence. and on those she has ex perienced. and a zeal for good. for several days. has obtained such success as her ardent charity merited. and shown me her manuscript. who. but in the actual state of things.* All other things being equal. M. the love of order. I have seen an instance of it in an attack of the gout. and she has drawn from them the most useful results. by which I have profited. 145 sentiments or attachments which morality forbids. by joining. her physical powera do not correspond with her moral energy. Madame de Montaux has discovered of herself the principles of Magnetism. I have there found very just remarks. the practice * I owe several of these reflections to Madame Chambon. which are not contagious diseases. for a husband. above all. his wife. and with whom she is most intimately connected. they are important. at the request of her husband. the best magnetizer for a woman is her husband. Chambon de Montaux was. one of the doctors of the faculty who pronounced against Magnetism. Madame de Montaux is of delicate health.'''' t The reader may bear in mind that these observations were written many years ago. that she commonly takes the disease of the person she magnetizes. and the practice of Magnetism His wife has many times aided causes a fatigue which she is always too late in perceiving. of the disease passes to her. . but that she has. It is the same character which has been observed in the work she published under the title of Moral and Political Beflections upon the Advantages of Mon' archy. by practising Magnetism after the instructions that I have given her. not that the cause of a malignant fever. A great change has since taken place in the opinions of men o: science m regard to this subject. singleness 01 purpose. Unhappily. After a treat- ment which she had cured. and in an ophthalmia. resources of his art appeared to him in saving patients for whom the him insufficient. the sensation and symptoms of it. de Montaux. in 1784.— Trans. One very extraordinary thing. I have seen her so ill that she could hardly have been restored without being herself magnetized. By reflecting upon the effects she has produced. or among the friends she most frequently sees. Magnetism to medicinal remedies. I showed him some facts. her sister or her mother. it One other consideration makes desirable that a woman should find a magnetizer in her own family. which I cannot account for.f CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZER. is. The motives I am going to mention will no longer exist shall when when be generally spread. He had then seen nothing. for a young lady. She has written down her observations. and physicians shall advise the use of it.

146 It is ANIMAL MAGNETISM. man to come each day and pass an hour with a people's perceiving it. but to act solely for your restoration. and who approve the use of Magnetism. for a woman. A woman does not like to draw observation. he adopts its j)rinciples. If. almost impossible. the in- credulous will indulge in ill-placed pleasantries. discreet persons will talk to the patient about the method she has chosen to pursue. In- the disease be not a very severe one. you will entreat him to read this little work attentively. and discover- Then inquisitive persons ask the magnetizer and. but it is useless to speak of it to those who do not believe in its reality. and especially the As soon as solicitations of the curious. and he has given you his word not to try any experiments upon you through curiosity. after having read it. and continues willing to render you the service you require. if many questions which embarrass him. Those who surround her. have much trouble in preventing her from experiencing some inconveniences. who may desire to assist at the sittings. you have chosen a person in whom you are willing to place confidence. you will abandon yourself to him with When . you have made an agreement with him. You will arrange things so as to fix upon an hour convenient for him and for you. because a treatment once commenced should never be interrupted. especially in a small town. in order to avoid the talk of the incredulous. and give her inquietude. you will entreat him to speak of it to no one except to those of your friends to whom you can impart a secret. and he has consented to bestow care upon you. Doubtless there ought to be no mystery in the practice of Magnetism. without ing the reason.

which the physician alone can prescribe. entire confidence. as 147 you are sure of his discretion. the pains have ceased. absolutely necessary. and even to suspend the use of those which do not appear to him sent to observe. after the magnetic sitting. Some have prescribed opium at night. if you did not let him know . inform your physician of the intention you have formed. the effect takes place without giving medicine. you will impart to him your determination. he will con- from time to time. I do not doubt. requesting him to keep it a secret. but would not the physician have cause to be injured in his feelings. If you have already taken remedies. because he may attribute the crises which Magnetism may produce to the prescriptions he has himself administered. It is essential to often insufficient . You do right. the patient sleeps peaceably. and you do not give him the opium prescribed. the changes which this new agent works in you. which then becomes useless. consequently. you will conceal from him nothing which relates to the cause of your disease. that.CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZER. to combine and modify. you will magnetize at five o'clock. the action of Magnetism is it must be aided by medicine. and. in the you wish to administer an emetic at six o'clock morning. For instance. and attributes all its effects to the imagination. to lessen sharp pains and restore sleep. In severe maladies. and have a physician. Entreat him to consent to your employing Magnetism as auxiliary to medicine. Magnetism some- times produces an effect similar to what we desire of a medicine. even when the physician looks upon Magnetism as a chimera. the remedies he prescribes. in order to judge better of the influence of the new means you wish to try.

but it is no more than right to inform him of the phenomena you have obtained. you will try nearly a month m the second case. if that you did not obey his orders. . In the first case. You will not be in the least alarmed at any crisis or transient indisposition. so that he may. you will continue with patience so long as your magnetizer is not wearied. by any means. have now pointed out the resolutions and the measures which ought to be taken before commencing a treatment: we will now see how we ought to conduct ourselves when the treatment is commenced. you do not sleep. to concern yourself until after your restoration. and it is even your duty to give him an opportunity to be enlightened upon the effects of Magnetism. as occasion requires. and you make a mystery of the motives which have influenced you? In case of lucid somnambulism. and your magnetizer prescribes remedies for you. edies. and you will mention them unreservedly to your magnetizer. with- out asking the reason. If you are put asleep. which is very rare. until He will not prescribe rem- he has made you become a somnambulist. observing his directions exactly. in the third case. This is a subject on which you ought not. or you will grow worse.148 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. the advice of the physician is no longer necessary. you will renounce MagIf . and satisfied himself that your somnambulism is accompanied with clairvoyance. one of these three things will occur: you will feel no effects. connect with it the resources which study and experience have rendered familiar to him. you will experience either relief or some one of the encouraging effects I have described. you will follow them with I entire security.

These pains prove that it acts powerfully. you will not even ask your magIf you have not beforehand netizer to calm them. you experience sufferings. fests its action. You will regard them as the proof of a salutary action. vations. without being disturbed by ill-founded fears. I taken the firm resolution of resisting the first pams that it causes you to feel if your magnetizer has — not confidence and force of character enough not to be alarmed about them would be better for you not to commence. then. without being followed by any crisis. without speaking of them to any one. to make use of ordinary medicine.CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZES. and conduct himself with all possible prudence.and there is cause to suppose the rluid . In describing the effects by which Magnetism mani- have said that it frequently brings on very sharp pains. and renounce Magnetism at the moment when it is on the physician who has point of doing the most good. you can rendered worse. person might be deceived by appearances. but such a physician is not readily found. I acknowledge that Magnetism has been known io excite a nervous irritation and an uneasiness. being no longer sustained and regulated. The impression first made. If. which it — continue after the sittings. But it requires careful attention before is say. they are necessary to subdue the disease. I am going to make some obserfrom which a person might form a judgment according to circumstances. 149 netism after some days. you will have the fortitude to bear them. with certainty. that the disease A A studied and practised Magnetism would assuredly not err in regard to the nature and the consequences of the effects it produces. becomes injurious.

after several months of treatment.i5C ANIMAL MAGNETISM. During the continuance of the magnetic treatment. which continues. you should be careful to follow a mild regimen. wait until your restoration is sufficiently advanced. fatigue of body and of mind. You It is as useful as it is consoling. and finish by having recourse to Magnetism only when he feels a renewal of the pam. should make use of magnetized water. In the succeeding chapter. so that no doubt may exist in relation to the efficaciousness of Magnetism. and which the magnetizer can always quiet. he may cease being magnetized every day. first. you as If you experience a considerable amelioration in your health. Avoid being magnetized when it is no longer nee- . and all that can excite lively emotions and trouble the tranquillity of the spirit. withdraw himself gradually from the sittings. then. is it at this result. complete cure. But this irritation and this uneasiness do not resemble the pains of which I speak nor the convulsions which occur in nervous diseases. to flatter ourselves that we shall obtain a from always arriving maladies. of the magnetizer unsuitable. more particular examination of the circumstances in which it is proper to suspend the use of it. do not. on that account. tell them the means you are employing. but we are far In long-seated frequently happens that a person. so long can without exciting the attention of others. at conscious of an improvement of health. which may be easily dissipated. 1 shall enter into a when I shall treat of the application of Magnetism to various complaints. and people of your acquaintance take notice of it. but does not increase. to avoid excesses of all kinds. watchings.

essary. for example. any one who can. it is plain that himself. he must be in good health. Mag- netism is so little known. the leg. or who is willing to magnetize them. When a per- son has a general disease. it a faculty they ought never to employ. which may they acquire the habit of fatigue the nervous system. Among many think the persons times. because. many magnetizers think that one can magnetize himself. by attentively employing npon himself the magnetic processes. since the fluid of he cannot draw the remedy from which he makes use has no longer the necessary qualities. it is true but only in regard to certain persons and to its action. But to do this. In the present state of things. there are who have been magnetized some who can. . or the When stomach. as we shall say when we come to speak of the dangers of Magnetism. either in their family or among their friends. in the habit of magnetizing. in the arm. throw themselves into the magnetic state. of their own I accord. he can dissipate or relieve it. say some persons.CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZES. and is this a great inconvenience to persons sensible to and especially to those who are susceptible of somnambulism. I think I ought not to finish this chapter without answering a question often addressed to me. a fever or an organic affection. or even from Magnetism all the good can effect. has a local pain. If 151 after having obtained it you continue after being cured. Although Magnetism consists in the influence exercised by one individual over another. by concentration. exercising it. you will become habituated to it. — certain cases. that many patients can- not find. and become very injurious. a man.

others have not the physical condition and the health necessary to follow up a treatin the reality of the agent. subsistence. But tise not enough that any one is known to pracmagnetism. and who form a lively attachment for the persons of whom they undertake the charge. who are endowed with the most happy faculties. others lack leisure. I know some of them who pass into a sort of demi-somnambulism. and modify their action accordingly. I know some of them. it is very necessary for them to find a livelihood in their entirely devoted to the practice of new occupation. to induce us to make application it is to him. After they themselves have been cured by it. The persons of whom I speak have not chosen the exercise of Magnetism as a lucrative profession. during which they magnetize with much discernment and efficaciousness. and who. and they who have witnessed their success have engaged them to continue Thus obliged to renounce every other means of it. there are at Paris many persons Magnetism. Among these. ment. who perceive the seat of the disease. in the first place. but the occupations of very few permit them to Can we not obtain a magnetizer for whose cares we could be grateful. to find out . are ready to visit those who give them a call. and whom we could practice it. Many physicians have confidence in Magnetism. some are incredulous. there are some who have much experience. when they are not already charged with the cure of many patients. they have endeavored to render service to their friends. It is proper. those to Among whom one would voluntarily make others believe application. recompense for the sacrifice of time ? To this I answer.152 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. but not in their own power.

Supposing we are satisfied in all these respects. whether he has not already engaged in taking charge of many patients. so long as it lasts. should agree never to mention any of the phenomena which take place during the treatment. he sible to establish a perfect ought not to show himself less sensible of the care bestowed upon him. the one first chosen. and who will apply to a physician to know what is to be thought of his clairvoyance. Although the magnetizer receives fees. independently of motives. we might have recourse to him to try his influence beforehand. Then the person to be magnetized should look upon the magnetizer as a friend. but. just as a surgeon would when he has come to dress a wound. The relation may cease at the termination of the treatment.CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZER. and afterwards to put ourselves wholly under his care. he ship. and if the physician who approved having recourse to Magnetism decides that it produces salutary effects. but by the desire of doing good. whether he possesses the moral qualities desirable in a friend. a decided inclination for the whether he has any instinctive faculties. provided he . for if they have no affection for each other. he should not be moved by this motive. 153 all whether he really has. if we received benefit. and treat him as such. and although the patient pays for the service. should have near will take note of him a relation or a friend. it is impos- communication. No other witness should be admitted to the sittings than The magnetizer. they ought to be in confidence and friendIf the patient becomes» a somnambulist. interested practice. on his part. in the who what he says somnambulic state. whether he is not devoted to other occupations which distract his attention.

he magnetizes with much calmness and energy.* It is not unfrequent that a waiting-woman magnetizes her mistress with as much tion. Being instructed and perfectly convinced by seeing his master magnetize. His attachment to me for more than thirty years. in the I What present state of society. has accomplished surprising cures. Why are not such examples mor< frequent? . in several severe indispositions. he might publish those of them whose publication might be useful. establish between us that unison of intention and of will which is known to be so necessary for the unity of the magnetic action. and of the influence temporarily exercised by the former over the latter. observing the precaution of suppressing the names. magnetize exceedingly well while they Marquis de Puységur has had for forty-five years in his service a chambre by the name of Ribault. de Puységur thus expresses himself on this subject. He has magnetized the marquis." le * M. without searching into the reason of the effects that he produces. the domestic entertains towards his master the affec- the respect.154 is AXIMAL MAGXETISM. valet de It is unnecessary to observe that this note is as honorable to him who wrote it as to him who is the subject of it. have said of the communication established by Magnetism between the operator and the recipient. it inconvenient for a mestic. the esteem and friendship which I have for him. He is an excellent man. M. his domestic. with as much success as zeal. fidence as well as friendship for. who had become somnambulists. who takes his place in his magnetic treatment. and of whom I speak in my memoirs of that period. without overvaluing herself on account of the good she does her. but when the treatment is at an end. and of concealing the circumstances which might designate them. in a note to the work which he published in 1811: " This clever man ^e the same that I had for an assistant magnetizer in 1784 and 1785. and who. shows clearly enough that. man to would almost always be be magnetized by his doand That can be done when he has an entire conin. not freely authorized to do it. zeal as intelligence. I have many times seen domestics. in concert with him. and the devotedness that he would have towards a father.

bu f whatever gratitude we entertain towards him. It is a great advannear one a somnambulist to whom we have tage to may have recourse. except from this crisis. people may apply to persons of whom they have heard marvellous cures related thirdly. certain things will not succeed in obtaining effects less surprising. so that he who can perform . but with simplicity. These last expose Magnetism to ridi cule. think it my duty to say a word.CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZER. possessing an extraordinary power . in order that. were in the . secondly. they furmsn arms to those who consider it dangerous. It is especially important not to let him suspect that he magnetizes while in the somnambulic state. For instance. who. by uniting intention with him and by the in Finally magnetizers terchange of thoughts and sentiments have been known. NOTE There exists A. with prudence. Some of them act only by the will. use of it except to produce astonishing phenomena without any utility. and do not hope for success. and solely with a view to do good. without endeavoriug to produce astonishing effects. yet do not do Some of them cure certain diseases only oththe less good. and they can even exert this action at a distance: they put themselves in communication with the patient who applies to them. prodigious. first. many magnetizers induce somnambulism with very great facility. in order that they may be well satisfied of the circumscribed and limited nature of the power to which I refer. they drive wise men from the subject. 155 somnambulic state. I cannot too mica make no . under certain circumstances. we ought as much as possible to conceal from him the fact that he is a somnambulist. which are not of the same kind. to rewhich I of but quest those who are naturally endowed with it to use it without ostentation. ers soothe or cure indifferently all that are curable. while others scarcely can effect it. without any apparent magnetic process. of with some individuals a magnetic power truly which I do not pretend to know the cause.

de s to come to his aid. and he has become a friend of mine. vomitings. A young woman suffered much from an obstruction peShe culiar to her sex. and in whom he induced this crisis with the greatest ease. whose husband . de G treated one day to magnetize her. To give an idea of the special faculties with which some maguetizers are endowed. Such are these of which I am going to give an account 1.150 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. M. without success. and they will have reason to reproach themselves with having. which had existed for several years. s. le Compte de G He communicated his to me his observations. of such as were indicated by somnambulists. Last year I had occasion to form an acquaintance with M. they will derive no instruction from them. I will relate succinctly what determined me to reflect on this subject. he did it with all the energy of which he was capable and in an hour he obtained a crisis which they had in vain attempted to produce. of medicinal remedies. and the pains. persuade persons attached to the good doctrine never to go and see these curious experiments.establishment of her health. he went to request M. and she had been mags having been ennetized by several persons. She experienced colics. to bring on a and to re-estabdsh her strength to such a degree that the next day the patient found herself in condition to come on foot to the Jardin du Roi to tranquil sleep which lasted all sufficed to dissipate the fever night. was run over by a carriage. positions had cured her of several indisby rendering her a somnambulist. G Three hours of continued action chance to witness many : . authorized them by their presence. and which was necessary for the re. me an account of her cure. "While they were in the most lively alarm. A very clairvoyant somnambulist was suddenly attacked with a burning fever. and of the use they should make of them. give 3. which proved to me how much power excels that of most magnetizers. made use. suffocating sensations and severe pains in the head and in the loins. Her magnetizer could neither calm her nor throw her into somnambulism. 2. and gave me a facts. accompanied with delirium. in some degree. and received very severe contusions on the head A woman.

office in a little village not far . periments contrary to the end of Magnetism. who holds an . G and Magnetism only augments my sufferings. de G upon him to try his skill. He finally succeeded in freeing the head and the side. s de M. he influence otherwise than in subordination to that of the magBut if he sees that this magnetizer desires to try exnetizer. N remarkable." was it in and tried in vain to inspire her with confidence. "There is. which her husband could not drive away. but of which he perceived the necessity. although he is in another apartment. he annihilating the action . and without the suspicion magnetizer or the somnambulist's having the least of it. he acts. The patient soon entered remedy for into somnambulism. de good. He restored her tranquillity. He succeeds very easily in producing somnambulism. such a power would be dangerous in the hands of a man capable of abusing it. in swelling a her injuries. and that she owed her life to him. and when he is not certain of being at liberty continue the treatment. but it would lose its energy. all besides great physical force. possesses which can render his action salutary. I will now give an account of faculties very different. de G the restoration of the patient to object its for which has indelicate in him to exert his would be it thinks health." said she. and he magnetizes without bringing on this crisis. is capable of he need not even be present for thi3 purpose. but she declared she saw no " my head. G the moral qualities what I say of him.CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZER. and became satisfied that the cure was complete. This state lasted s. some sort against her will that The next day he gave a second sitting. but this is only when he wishes it. if it were not moved principally by the iove of doing We perceive that M. this point. and she assured him there was no more danger. : 15 V and on the side she was soon afflicted with violent pains. s assists at a somnambulic treatment When M. prevailed he persisted for three hours in producing very painful crises. but not less M. provided he has once been put in communication. when one of his friends. when he judges to it necessary. who knew M. if he were not to read upon enlarge would and I s. three days.

he never prodaced complete somnambulism. among those subjected to had resisted mediit. I advised him to substitute. that. His son having then been ?. Although he expressed himself with the greatest simplicity. notwithstanding the desire he had to accomplish it. by taking them apart from the rest. patients a mora. a dry baquet. Their imagination sensations. of her acquaintance. Things were thus when he came to find me.i for four years. many had inveterate diseases. request M. and with those who were under treatment. it will suffice to say. But. from Paris. he constructed a baquet. and be exerts M.158 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. who could not come out of doors. which and that the small number of those who were not restored to perfect health were considerably relieved. and as many In the afternoon. But here is what may be considered as more remarkable. for his baquet filled with water. had no idea of Magnetism. and to ask my advice. over his is exempt from enthusiasm. and very soon several patients came to to cure them he succeeded in doing it. His cook had rheumatic The latter told several persons pains. I will not here relate the cures performed by this treatment. he tried to magnetize him. out the results obtained since my first visit. three months after. to tell me what he had done. agreeable and baquet feel cairn magnetizer and their to attached are They :s never excited cinal remedies. K take an interest in each other This influence is percep cible . He devoted some minutes to each one of tnem. Moreover he went to the houses of the sick. m which should be placed bottles filled with magnetized water and. he read the first volume of my Critical History. he dissipated them. what he related appeared N . influence which is congenial with the disposiAll who place themseives round his tions of his own spirit. I returned to pass three more days with him. at the beginning of last year. not being able to treat them all with direct manipulation. and he cured him. he soothed those who experienced crises. to pass two days with him at his house I conversed with the patients whom he had cured. that I desired to ascertain the facts. to me so extraordinary. at which he finished by connecting a dozen or fifteen in the morning. when. to find I went . to direct the fluid. The number of these patients soon became so considerable that.

and as though he needs only to If T had a friend use a simple act of the will to direct it. with drink they water. many my at of the patients are in a magnetic state. in their character 159 one day said. and the fatigue to which he has subjected himself has several times affected his health. N rents of it. which struck did not himself suspect they tent ion. if he continues to receive patients. and devoting himself to his good service. three or tinually emanates from him. they will We ." "Neither do I. Nevertheless. seriously ill. I afraid of thunder. He cxn see no one suffer without identifying himself with him. enter the water. Some persons have endeavored to detach from him those who came to ask his assist ance. Several persons have given him notice that. whom old. by telling them he could not do things so extraordinary but by the influence of the devil. place with the patients. he years eight child.mousrb there is no decided case of somnambulism. N see the magnetic fluid. N from what we have seen manifested in other magHe dissipated some slight affections in two netic treatments. and this vapor luminous a water. A woman was " I did not dare to be alone : at night. taken. which apwhen M. they see is for them an excelavidity. indicate the moment when he left his apartment." I was afraid of mice responded three or four at the same instant. It seems as though a curative fluid con minutes. I would advise him to address himself to this excellent man. some of them even perceive the cmmagnetizes a glass filled with When M. and their habits. and the path he had sometimes makes the relations supply his M. and the confidence he inspires in those to whom he gives a few simple instructions enables K them to succeed very well. N perceive them of Some lent remedy. N has not great physical force. now I fear nothing. a seen proaches.CHOICE OF A MAGNETIZES. No person can suppose that any other motive than charity could have determined him to consecrate to the relief of the afflicted ati his leisure time Yet he has not been able to escape malicious insinuations. and which M. M. A'. and I have used to magnetize at the house of his mother. see greatly differs that the action exercised by M. More than forty patients owe their restoration to him.

Probably there is not a city nor village in North America where there could not be found at this time 1878 one or more magnetizers. denounce him as a charlatan. . Usually one can be found in every fam- — — ily. if he had to repel the attacks of ignorance or of envy. I appeal to enlightened men: there are the ecclesiastics. and among men eminent many of them among in society. NOTE B. who have correct ideas of Magnetism. I hope they would not refuse to undertake the defence of the man whose sentiments I have made known.160 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. preserve his peace. to herself happy in the good she saw him do. he has been obliged to end his magnetic labors. who found And finally. They have also troubled the quiet of his wife. and that he will lose his office.

and with indefatigable zeal. medicine has been practised by men who have consecrated their lives to study. phy- do not agree either about the causes of disproper remedies. And yet medicine is still uncertain. and compared. in certain substances that of the constant action which exert over the human body. There is hardly a disease which has not sicians eases. who have called to their aid all the natural and physical sciences. Although it has been taught in the schools for two thousand years. and in some general principles. in the comparison of the effects obtained by various modes of treatment. A positive foundation has been established in anatomy. The science has changed a hundred times since the days of Galen. in the knowledge of external signs which indicate the alterations of various organs. the time of Hippocrates to our own days. founded upon experience. or the choice of 161 . and opposite opinions have reigned successively in the schools. and From who. discussed. Innumerable facts have been collected. unite to their own experience that of their contemporaries and that of their predecessors.CHAPTER VIL OF THE APPLICATION OF MAGNETISM TO DISEASES. endowed with the talent of observation. AND ITS CONNECTION WITH MEDICINE. in relation to which all are agreed. in the classification of diseases.

according day. The most active medicines have been cried up with enthusiasm. when pathologic anatomy still has arrived at the highest degree of perfection physicians are seen to differ in opinion relative to the use of bleeding. purgatives. in this or that disease. to their this or agreement with the doctrines of the leader of that Even at the present science of medicine has been so well taught. different sects have been seen to oppose each other. when the when the most exact observations have been collected. at the same time. The pupils of one master. and. to give it the degree of energy which cir- cumstances require alone? THien and ? When how ought we to employ it ought we to associate it with . others. course to it ? In what manner ought we to modify its action. maintain that. each one professing to have discovered the true way. leeches. doubtless very skilful. whose principles. up to no one has properly understood medicine. or condemned school. and confessing the success he has himself obtained by his method. and Peru- vian bark. others advise having recourse to many. Magnetism doubtless has a curative power truly But in what cases ought we to have reprodigious. Some physicians have declared themselves for the medicine that is to be.— 162 AXIMAL MAGNETISM. classed. may be erroneous and dangerous. The method preferred in one age has been rejected in another. too much generalized. nevertheless. Some are for using few remedies. as dangerous. his time. been vanquished by different means: there is no system unsupported by facts. as a rash innovator. while those of another school. and compared. acknowledging that he has shed great light upon the nature and the seat of many diseases. consider him. for medicine as it is.

Magnetism cannot take its rank among the sciences. and present a doctrine of which application may in either an enthusiast. and he to whom these do not present any embarrassment is who breaks down all difficulties. or ? and. all cases be made. unless it is taken up seriously. ought we thence to conclude that persons easily affected. by what symptoms shall we determine the season and too frequently renewed the duration of the sittings? All these questions. or so ignorant as not to know them. Hence it follows that it would be rash to depend upon it alone for the cure of severe diseases. where other means have been . cannot yet be satisfactorily and positively solved. other remedial means ? 1G3 What modifications of the it ordinary medical treatment ought to introduce? as a radical When cure? does it act as a palliative ? When In what cases will the effects it produces authorize us to believe it will operate a perfect cure ? Are there no cases where it may do mischief ? Are there none where it is absolutely insufficient? Ought it to be employed equally in chronic and acute diseases? What are the diseases. can receive any injury from an action too much prolonged. which it will most readily and most surely cure? Should the crises resulting from its action be always considered as salutary effects ? As many somnambulists desire to be magnetized only during a certain number of minutes. and its effects upon various temperaments and diseases its understood. in these two classes.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. and at intervals more or less distant. except in some desperate cases. but who are not somnambulists. together with mode of application as adapted to each patient. and a thousand others not less important. under this supposition.

you would have done what has always been done. we ought to make use of it every time we can. and not to discard everything else. I will here laid add a moral consideration. would have cured a patient. On the contrary. you rely upon Magnetism with- out consulting your physician. which I have down in my Critical History. because he has not entirely devoted himself to him. and you would not be troubled with the fear of having neglected more efficacious means than the ones you have employed. you have cause for self-reproach. you take upon yourself a great responsibility. and. because the magnetizer has moderated the action too much. I know very well that cases will be found. employed alone.164 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. relations and friends would not be justified in blaming you for having made the patient follow a treatment of your own choice. It is this: If. if the patient dies. with all the energy possible. or in desperate cases ? Not at all. and because he has used in connection therewith medicines which neutralized or counteracted its influence But how shall we determine beforehand whether we . vising you to trust in vise am far from ad- Magnetism exclusively: I ad- you to recur to it solely as an auxiliary to other treatments. m a dangerous malady. Ought it thence to be concluded that one should be very reserved in the application of Magnetism ? that we should not have recourse to it except in will slight affections. Medicine itself could not have raised him: this maybe true. I thoroughly tried without success. where Magnetism. observing to be prudent. but you would have followed the ordinary course. but he is not cured. with unbounded confidence.

first. to prevent the consequences of a contusion. you drive them off. and when the object tion is to dissipate a local pain. you try to dissipate it. I submitted to the judgment of several physicians. you might employ Magnetism without any other precautions than the ones I have pointed out. ousrht to renounce all other 165 means ? And is it not better to expose ourselves to the danger of not doing all the good possible to the patient. to accelerate a cure which nature is operating alone.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. or if an accident has recently arrested the progress it * Before giving this chapter to the printer. that it is the medicine of nature. not having received cine by any relief from remedies. I believed these reflections necessary to quiet the enthusiasm of those whom many astonishing cures have persuaded that Magnetism can triumph over all diseases. by examining the derangements of health in general. . and to claim for that purpose the cares of a relation or a friend. I will lay down what I consider the best rules for practice.* In slight and recent indispositions. is determined to take no more of them may well devote himself exclusively to Magnetism. one has a headache. in those which are not absolutely attended with danger. to promote the circulaby restoring heat to the extremities. the only inconvenience might be that of not having succeeded. than run the risk of leaving him to perish by renouncing the methods who is wearied of mediwho. but none other than generally pursued? useless attempts A man — — a physician has the right to give him such advice. and the only medicine truly salutary. and then the various diseases. For example. and without the least apprehension. a woman has colic pains.

This is a general have recourse to Magnetism. make the blood take for its natnral You magnetize a fluxion. and to entreat him to observe the effects which this new agent produces. Prussia.. in order thereby to modify the treatment. etc. you course. There are also some which prove the peculiar efficacy I am going to enter of this agent in certain cases. (mal cV aventuré). let us now discuss j)articular cases. a whitlow. sulting any one. Sweden. I have nothing to say upon these kinds of indispositions.166 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. etc. it. there are some of them. and as completely as possible. into some details on this subject. except that the magnetizer should set himself to curing them the most promptly. but hope to be more successful another time. and. however. and Holland. you are not to be astonished at your want of success. of circulation. for culty of breathing. for a is sprain. . In Germany. or of proving to the incredulous the reality and the efficiency of the means tie employs. without permitting any experiment. it rule. it is There if no need of con- enough the patient desires Continue it as long as you think it useful. if you do not succeed. I wish to speak of diseases for which. Although we have not yet a great number of observations made by able men upon the effects of Magnetism. without searching for any phenomena. for the stomach-ache. diffi- for a rheumatic pain. well estab- and from which conclusions may be drawn. by simply aiding the action of nature. without dreaming of displaying the power with which he is endowed. if we did not would be requisite to follow some other treatment. the lished. for a slight wound. and I say it is prudent to impart to a physician the resolution which has been taken to try Magnetism.

I am. without speaking of those in which its action has been powerless. to those which have been communicated to me by enlightened men. and to those which I have myself made. Therefore it cannot be said that Magnetism cures this or that disease. which is a very different thing. I have not been able to read their works. obliged to limit myself to the observations I have been able to collect in French. therefore. but it would be wrong to conclude from them that Magnetism is a specific for all. I invite physicians who have studied Magnetism to rectify my ideas. but. to serve as the basis of my principles. they have published the facts which they have witnessed and have drawn instructive results from them.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. There are many individuals on whom it acts very slightly. those who have written upon Magnetism have generally related cases wherein they have produced remarkable effects. 167 physicians have attended to Magnetism. but has cured these or those individuals who were attached by it. I am at least sure that I shall not go beyond the truth. have been cited. as X am not acquainted with the languages in which they have written. effected by Magnetism. as there are others who are extremely sensible to it. and English books. and that no one can reproach me with having pushed my confidence too far. or the obstacles which prevent . only that it Besides. but they do not enable us to understand either the iimits of this power. and perhaps not at all. by the aid of which one may act with more boldness. Latin. and to lay down rules. Thus the various relations which have been published of cures effected by Magnetism are well calculated to reveal to us the inconceivable power of this agent. Cures of almost all diseases.

which are not limited in duration. In acute diseases. and the cases wherein. from experiments made during forty years. we can it obtain in- struction only from our oi own experience. more often they render But. and are succeeded by convalescence. Some are incura- but in regard to no one of them can we determine at what epoch a crisis will occur which announces death or a cure. which are rapid in their progress. and to point out the line of conduct which appears to me the wisest according to circumstances. ble.168 its full effect. There are two great classes of diseases the acute. The conduct of the magnetizer should be altogether different in these two classes of diseases. terminate at a known period. call in the physician as soon as . and whether he will be benefited by it. without our knowing any very certain means of judging from them the probability of a cure. yet we know what diseases have most frequently yielded to its action. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. whose course is uncertain. to speak of various diseases. These diseases sometimes prove fatal in the end. whether an individual will be affected by Magnetism. have not forgotten the unsuccessful trials they have which they have made. when the dangers that they exhibit in their development are surmounted. or the desperate cases m succeeded. 1 am going then. In regard to this. you may be most warranted in expecting success. and whose crises and symptoms vary. or by that those who. and which. though we cannot affirm beforehand m — existence painful or languishing. after having practised a long time. and the chronic. and what manner we ought to modify its use to draw from it all the advantages possible.

the physician can enlighten you. which often indicate the you when to lessen. it. seat of the disease. or to increase your action. dications furnished The inby the physician may also be very to create a reaction useful to you. he cannot regard it as dangerous. I do not think a sensible physician would take it ill that you passed your hands over the patient with the tell he regards the practice as absolutely useless. Try to make use of the simplest processes. as you are establishing the currents of the fluid. until you have the happiness of obtaining well-marked somnambulism. You will take care to magnetize thoroughly all the drink which is given to your patient. evacuations. will intimate to modify. or the pains —you will let the physician know re- to observe it. These sensations. in . accompanied with lucidity. In case it disturbs him. etc. for in this case. If you obtain any remarkable effects. you but can.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. You will examine whether the action of Magnetism is agreeable to him. by engaging you towards a particular point. . him you desire to try Magnetism as auxiliary. it is necessary to cease. and indicate to you the questions which you should put to your somnambulist. but the som- questing him nambulist should be heard in preference to him. to this or that part. 169 and follow the prescriptions that he gives. and slowly making passes over all the body. If perspiration. and you will continue to follow his advice. You will attentively observe the sensations experienced by the patient. to the advantage of an essential organ dangerously threatened with attack. if you produce any crises. and to in preference. provided it does not hinder you from administering the remedies he has ordered. to direct it. if you allay the fever. such as desire of curing him.

Wait until your tranquillity is restored. you will find yourself embarrassed. but speaking with frankness and confidence. If the inquietude which the state of your patient causes. you should not magnetize him more. he does not agree. and your confidence banishes your apprehension. preserving the respect due to him. you should avoid magnetizing in his presence. If you have within reach a somnambulist who has already given you proofs of clairvoyance.170 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. whatever may be your o^vn opinion. from the description of the circumstances which preceded the manifestation. you may consult him. cease. you ought to upon them. son to suppose he says the truth. but you should make it a rule not to follow any one of his prescriptions without the consent of a physician. judged the and that you have good rea- and of the symptoms displayed by the patient. In this of which he had not the least knowledge. if your strength is exhausted. call in another phyIf the physicians reject sician to consult with him. I If make this one exception— when the physicians pro- . nor astonishment. well convinced of the reality of Magnetism. list It may happen that the somnambu- will say the physician has not well character of the disease. you are too much fatigued. The desire you have to produce perceptible and convincing effects might withdraw your attention from the prinIf cipal object. rely the advice of the somnambulist. has brought you into a state of nervous excitement. inquiIf your physician is not etude. order to cause your patient neither trouble. have an explanation with the physician. you will do him harm. and entreat him to institute a new examination. You should case. or the want of rest. discontinue. and be injurious to your patient.

are revived after It often . have declared employed under be me that it has been of great assistance to them Several physicians. or of three-fourths of an hour. to free the head. you should sustain the strength of the patient by Magnetism. to put an end to the comatose state. without movement impressed. happens that patients who are reduced very low. But then the effect produced suffices to point out what ought to be done. and the attacks of pain. the and you have contrived to make it descend to the breast. to to in and insur- ing their efficiency. spasms. Neither during the disease. should we magnetize too long at a time. and a perfectly disinterested somnambulist answers for the cure. During convalescence. ought to be enough in almost all cases. and you will fatigue yourself uselessly it.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. up com- the necessity of instruction. and can hardly breathe. facilitating the administering of remedies. Thus. by devoting more time to I say "in almost all cases. " Two or three sittings of a half hour. In the most violent acute diseases. it is necessary to continue until you have drawn it to the feet. being gout menced. which it was before impossible to administer." because we sometimes to keep meet with circumstances where we ought the or terminate a crisis carried to the head. who have caused Magnetism their own eyes. 171 nounce the disease desperate. and supports his assertions by arguments and proofs. to produce salutary crises. and to put the patient in a condition to use the remedies ordered by the physician. often been seen to quiet Magnetism has nervous movements. nor during convalescence.

Magnetism very often assuages a fever. it appears to repel the action. sustains It rapidly brings and develops the forces medicaon the crises which are to and malignant fevers: determine the cure. and often pro- duced perspiration. He assured me that.* most severe acute diseases that Magnetism acts with the most readiness and efficacy. and then making long passes with the palms of the hands. it gives strength to the stomach. being magnetized one hour: they feel new strength. when Magnetism produces good. toid me m very violent fevers. it puts a stop to the delirium. It it does not always act.172 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. The change is so observable that the physician can always be convinced of it. it does once act. they experience a sense of ease which surprises them. It is of great aid in putrid in the former. it consists *n dipping the hands into water acidulated with vinegar. Almost always. but when trices. he had obtained good effects by a process which I ought to mention. by this means. when it diminishes the agitation of the nerves. it im- same time. m the latter. when this action has not been previously estabparts strength at the lished. I * would not dare to advise recourse to Magnetism that. or at least its paroxysms. it it sustains the strength. . and produces evacuations in bilious and gastric fevers. It quiets the nerves in ner- vous fevers. regulates the motions. it hastens the course of the disease. ne soothed the paroxysm. A physician. which the physician can give them without inconvenience. But the violence of the fever sometimes opposes the establishment of the magnetic communication. the pulse becomes regular. It truly operates prodigies in is There no doubt that it is in the those kinds of diseases. who has practised Magnetism with great success. they even request to have some nourishment.

When there is merely a local inflammation. and augments the Nevertheless. If the the legs and the feet. is patient. a tonic. 1 magnetized on the second day of the disease. as in the sore throat. the inflammation was stopped. since it is re-establishes the equi- librium. we can. and generally accelerates the circulation of the blood. and on the day following. the upper portions of the body I have cured a quinsy under the eyes are disengaged. can perform wonders about bringing and harmony. the tumor could be opened without employing any other means. accompanied with a general disturbance of the functions. In this case. from time to time. indicates the necessity of retarding the movement of the biood. which commenced by a . of a physician whom I had invited. magnetize by the long pass at a distance. taking care to throw magnetizer perceives a burning sensation in his hands. it Magnetism.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. it is easy to turn the blood from the direction it has taken: by drawing the fluid towards off the fluid from the sides. Magnetism. then we spread the pam by making passes We continue this at a distance with the open hand. Many experiments prove that it has promptly cured pleurisies sharp pam in the side and the spitting of blood. but not less true that vital action. and with the intention of soothing. in case of a general irritation. moisten them in acidulated water. with the palms of the hands. 173 great inflammation. when a very and of weakening the applied. he can. general the establishing m a crisis. employed reat the time of the attack. In certain inflammatory diseases. properly it is soothing. which are seated in the most essential viscera. we begin by placing the palm of the hand upon the seat of the pam: we let it remain there some time.

Her son. having come to consult me in relation to the employment of Magnetism. In fact. a medical student. I advised him to make use of it by holding only for a short time .174 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and by an action altogether peculiar. if during two hours O! ai the pain is not dissipated. afterwards in the legs. . had an inflammation They had of the stomach for more than a month. such as a general perspiration we have recourse to more prompt means. about fifty years old. have known Magnetism to cure very speedily. and. are not necessitated to join some other remedies to the magnetic treatment. yet the condition of the patient became every day more alarming. employed leeches.his hands upon the stomach. I assured him that he had rendered himself master of the disease. and the instant when he is enabled to come to the house of the patient. and whether And it is seldom that we it can subdue the disorder. descend to the extremities. the following day she experienced slight twinges in the tmghs. and making many passes along the thighs and legs. and all the remedies recommended I by able physicians.Here is an example: A lady. and were lodged in the bowels. During the ccuid it make disease the stomach had lost its digestive energies. and the abdomen was entirely freed trom inflammation. very severe inflammatory diseases. Two days after. and it belongs to the physiieast cian to prescribe them. The time which passes between the instant when the physician is sent lor. and that he stomach. the young man came back to tell me the pains had quitted the which troubled the physician. considerably lessened o: if we have not on brought a salutary crisis. suffices to ascertain whether Magnetism acts well.

We should not attribute to the action of Magnetism alone the cures of diseases in which the patient has been somnambulous. it they acted strongly upon the stomach by the appli- had lost. and convulsions. having been attacked by the cholera morbus. and especially from those which have been published by the physicians of Germany. I should make two observations on this subject: 1st. To form an opinion of the curative power of Magnetism. an old soldier. was restored. The patient. proposed to try Magnetism. having been weakened by leeches and by dieting. but her health was perfectly cation of the hands. and established in the sequel. which he had known . afterward guard of the monument erected in the Place Vendôme. with excruciating pains.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. one of the physicians called to the consultation. had a very long period of convalescence. the or- dinary remedies had been resorted to in vain. the severity of the symptoms. proper to recite an instance of this kind. at the moment when they had I think it reached the highest degree of violence. and still less those in which he has consulted somnambulists. 175 As there was then no more its irritation to be feared. I have sometimes seen acute diseases cured by Magnetism alone. usual tone. they entertained little hope of saving his life. and M. we should depend solely upon relations given by physicians. Després. vomitings. M. 2d. which from the works on Magnetism. who have been enabled collect One might to judge the character of the disorder. and the progress of the cure. because then the action has been aided by remedies. a great many instances of cures eifected in acute disease by the magnetic treatment. Boismarsas.

. f portant organs are so of short duration. by A Barba. J.176 ANIMAL MAGNETISM." one very remarkabe t There are several examples of it in German writers. and in five days the patient was restored. I told her she could cure her husband. I soon saw that the patient was sensible to the magnetic action.* do not pretend to conclude from this fact that we should obtain the same result in all similar cases. but its efficiency. and I showed her how to set about it. at the 223d page of the first volume. although they expected noth- ing from he came at once to look for me. 12mo. and this is a reason for trying it in the most violent diseases. he took no more medicine. a slight sleep soothed him. of the most convincing life at that it has been it known to tinguished. although I had not recounted it to any person. Dupotet has already reported this fact in his " Exposition of the Experiments made at the Hôtel Dieu in 1820. and his wife perceiving the effect I had produced. We are sure it cannot be injurious when properly applied. the other physicians having consented. one is. depends upon a number of circumstances which we cannot apI preciate. put the recital of it into my mouth. 2 vols. The author. The anecdote there related is the exact truth. to succeed in an analogous case. less or great. When immore is much altered as to be no cases able to perform their functions. Among rekindle the proofs of the power of Magnetism. who was an eye-witness. is found in a work entitled " The Russian in Paris " printed in 1814. this return to life But there are when such a * M. I merely conclude from it that the soothing action of Magnetism can readily restore the equilibrium. The vomitings and it. as seemed to be exoxygen gas relumes the brand upon the very moment which there remains only a feeble spark. . the convulsions ceased at the first application of the hands.

to submit them to a critical examination. you can dispense with the services of a physician. in the next. that nothing to may trouble or annoy the patient. we should soon have surer data in regard to the efficaciousness of Magnetism in acute diseases. and with stronger reason if crises occur: except in case you see the essential symptoms of the disorder grow worse. and as auxiliary to medicine. who ought abandon himself entirely to you. in the sequel.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. provided you do not wish to obtain his opinion upon the nature of the disease. Continue this for about a month. produced. displays itself sooner the less inveterate the disease if the patient has already taken medicines. and if the patient has not undergone any treatment. you will . in order to appreciate. 177 power has been able to save a patient who appeared in a desperate condition. and this for various reasons: In the first place. to avoid disturbing the course of nature by foreign agents. he has tried various remedies. French physicians would take the trouble to collect the facts hitherto published. upon the chances and means of cure. the effects which Magnetism shall have If the disease is recent. The patient who applies to you has a disease more or less inveterate. to assure yourself that the changes effected are due to Magnetism. the curative action is. finally. at present we must employ it with prudence. In general. As the progress of these diseases is slow. or he has not yet tried any. there is no inconvenience in deferring the use of remedies. even although you obtain no apparent result. and join them to their own observations. Let us come to chronic If the diseases.

and which excite apprehensions for the a last resource. and the crises are at hand. which have for a long time resisted all the remedies. it is very troublesome to struggle against obstacles. For in this kind of diseases. and whether the persons who have influence or authority over him will not endeavor to oppose this decision. in the action of Maga Substitute for his drinks magnetized water. perhaps for more than six months. to reflect he must ascertain whether the patient is firmly decided to continue the treatment all the time necessary. give vice all his confidence to his magnetizer. and take the most measures before charging himself with the treatmagnetizer ought ment.178 prevail with ANIMAL MAGNETISAI. You will recommend to him to live temperately. few days. people generally desire to it is For these try Magnetism as in relation to these that the much. diseases. to have it regarded as the most important affair for himself. and dangerous to interrupt the treatment. and for the family of the patient. but life of the patients. There are some diseases which are both very severe and very long seated. the patient must make it a point of honor to First. Finally. It is also necessary for the magnetizer so to arrange matters as to have the treatment regular. for the patient. he wishes to . the origin and principal seat of which are not Avell ascertained. all and avoid fatigue and excess of kinds. from him and to follow exactly the regimen he prescribes. when the action is once well established. to take adonly. If. as I have always recommended. whose symptoms become every day more alarming. him to leave them off for order to observe more carefully netism. until a cure is effected.

but there are cases when they are very important. And it would be very advantageous. such as sickness. In torpid diseases. This physician opght not to assist at the treatment. I have myself cured m three instances. But he should never be admitted for the purpose of satisfying his curiosity. chain. with whom we ought not and cannot make a mystery of it. . employ Magnetism with all if the energy possible. the or intimate friends. or a necessary journey. in case any circumstance. you have the means Many examples of the cure of dropsy are given in it the books. In imparting it to the physician in whom we have confidence. it is 179 and skill of a physi- one who is acquainted Magnetism. until a cure is effected. may Let us now enter into some details relative to the various chronic diseases. essential to choose treatment undertaken should be kept secret from all but the relations that. in those of the lymphatic system. avail himself of the information cian. and favor the magnetizer with his observations. in like manner.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. It is proper for the magnetizer to have a good substitute ready. or of augmenting his belief. and according to the severity of the comapplication plaint. Their be modified according to circumstances. which are the most common. imposes a suspension of his duties for some days. Aid yourself with the of forming one. he may see the patient in the intervals of the sittings. that he may not order with the effects of remedies which might oppose tke development of crises. we should request him. provided he is not familiar with the various phenomena of Magnetism. The precepts I here give are very rigorous. to say nothing about it.

and then drawing it off. manifested by inflammation and local pains. when the most able physicians and surgeons had advised their extirpation. Critical pains are experienced in the region of the obstruction. proper to blow upon the affected parts through a linen cloth several times folded. breast. cured by it. ment is sometimes very long. to lessen the pains and the inflammation. if they have been given in large doses before the magnetic treatment. remaining least pain or inconit is in this condition for several years after the treatment had ceased. and I have been successful in that way myself. although they have ceased to exert any action. moving them round to spread the fluid. until it has passed. crises Magnetism produces diuresis of perspiration and of You may nevertheless. but the . I have seen some of them which would not entirely disappear. Magnetism is the most powerful of all remedies. a crisis when it can be done withGenerally. it creates no cause of alarm. When the action is established. when the gland begins to comes on. In obstructions and enlargements of the viscera. This crisis is transient. when much enlarged and very painful. but would be reduced to very small size. and which. in selecting which you should consult your physician. The treator you may use the breath. second nature by- light sudorifics or diuretics. you may employ Magnetism by the long pass. They will then take effect. lessen. as before. and magnetize them thoroughly. You should present the points of the fingers. have not caused the venience.180 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. out fatigue. Magnetism is a sovereign remedy for enlargements I have often seen the glands of the of the glands.

You might. to see whether the is susceptible of somnambulism. attempt. and in this case. patience is required. I doubt whether they can be radically cured. and we do not know but he may be cured. it may produce a crisis beyond the ability of nature to support. and the patient will die much sooner than he would if the obstruction had remained inactive. 181 is patient grows better each day. Magnetism may be dangerous. by using laxatives.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. sult a physician. When they are hereditary. two or three times. you should consort. you should not undertake the treatment. he will tell what ought to be done. By rousing the sensibility. fifty-eight . but to magnetize by the long pass. Ulcers which have exhausted the resources of medicine have frequently been healed by Magnetism. however. The obstructing substance may be thrown out of the system. I have known examples of this In order to avoid this liability. The history of Greatrakes suffices to prove it. by exciting a lively movement in the obstructed organ. for if he becomes a somnambulist. But when the obstruction of an arrived to such a point that functions. it essential organ is performs none of its and its tissue is destroyed or entirely changed. who will determine whether the obstruction has become incurable. I will mention a few instances: years old. When much these diseases are long seated and inveterate. Insensibility to Magnetism proves the cure to be complete. Magnetism has wrought astonishing cures in scrofu- patient lous diseases. and the obstruction dissipated gradually. had an ulcer on the A woman. not to concentrate the fluid upon the seat of the obstruction.

and it was apparently healed by topical applications. because it was not attended with somnambulism. Magnetism. last man. Soon after. and. She was deprived of sleep. seventy-five years of age. A woman A who had an ulcer on the leg for ten years was cured in thirty-five sittings. but this proved to be injurious. wished to she make had no idea. made use of magnetized water. and took no medicine. the correctness of which I went thither to ascertain: 1. exposing an orifice. and desired nothing but death. But two months afterwards. nor with any phenomenon calcuThis woman constantly lated to excite curiosity. This fact is still more worthy of attention. She suffered continually. of which he quieted the violence of the pains. there rose on the top of her head a swelling. he restored sleep. who for the three months apprehended the necessity of hav- . when M. The four facts following just took place at Corbeil. At trial of first. She was one day magnetized by a very strong man. notwithstanding the strong repugnance which this frightful malady naturally inspired standing the fatigue he experienced —notwith— he had the courage to continue. he still magnetized her once a week for several months. being accomplished. burst. 2. le Chevalier Brice. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. the ulcer increased. purulent. a geographical engineer attached to the postofiice department. which having acquired the size of an egg. who put her asleep. and the happiness of succeeding The cure after four months of uninterrupted care. mingled with clots of corrupted blood. the bones of the head exfoliated. and fcetid matter. he produced crises.182 leg. The patient was about five years in this state. and poured forth a greenish. and the physicians judged it incurable.

perhaps it is even to be feared that. the cure is not very prob- M. for two years. it eases the res- piration. Last winter the wound opened. If there is a cough." said he to to astonish him.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. Ihe patient. and quickly brings on an observable relief. The opening a quarter of an inch in diameter. de Puységur has just published an account of an analogous fact. we can perhaps succeed in restoring the equilibrium. but become somnambulic. had been it bled with a sore in consequence of which had been dressed with lint. oppression. difficulty of breathing. This sore was few days. it acclerates the final crisis. lessens the cough." In pulmonary phthisis in the last stages. to use influence. proper to try Magnetism in a slow fever. if it is produced It is by an * interior suppuration. me. He was restored to health with such rapidity as greatly " I have traveled much. closed in a 4. prescribed remedies for himself. "but I never saw the like of this. having . 183 ing his leg amputated. by augmenting the activity. di- minishes the sufferings. I do not believe that Magnetism can effect a cure: it is beyond its power to regenerate an essential organ which is almost destroyed. and he suffered much.* now 3. lost an arm in service in 1813. or A soldier weakness. much moderation and pruthe use of Magnetism only so continue and to dence long as the patient desires it y and feels its soothing It is requisite. on account of an ulcer as large as his hand. restores the strength. If this fever be of a nervous kind. is no more than trou- A man who had been wounded. and his cure was not wholly owing to the magnetic action. then. but it does not prevent the progress of the disorder. which increased from day to day. is almost cured.

convulsions. or torpor. for a quarter of an hour. and a treatment of two months estabone of lished him in perfect health.* In nervous diseases. iting ceased. that it it it an excitement of frequently happens irrita- does not act. powerfully aids medicinal remedies. etc. both of them ceased to vomit after the second sitting. Two whom had strength. was for twenty years afflicted with this cruel malady. We have seen wonderful effects in casual and chronic vomitings. by J. during the months of October. or a nervous fever. we the action it is can induce somnambulism. 1820. Barbier. Asthmatic attacks are almost always soothed by Magnetism. and "I am persuaded that this disease could be entirely driven off by a prolonged treatment. inaction. been troubled in this manner for fifteen months.' ber. generally quiets them. He followed my advice in having reOn the second day. ' .184 able. November and Decern. sometimes aguments the * See the "Exposition of Experiments in Animal Magnetism made at the Hôtel Dieu at Paris. and it often produces crises more or If there is a general irritation. when all medical means have been thrown aside. M. It acts without producing apparent it If there are spasms. who resides at Rheims. less singular. He could not. Dupotet. and even has a particular efficaciousness.. Magnetism is a sove- reign specific. were lately magnetized at the Hôtel Dieu. But as borne directly to the seat of the disease. crises. if there be a prostration of girls. unless ANIMAL MAGNETISM. keep the lightest food upon his stomach. the nerves. the vomcourse to Magnetism. the other for ten months.

. and speedily. The attempts may be fruitless. is precisely that which offers the most convincing proofs of the power of Magnetism I mean epilepsy. but the patient is whose imagination tention is very excitable. but they are not attended with any inconvenience. it and when many remedies have been taken. the most formidable by the dangers to which it exposes. . that in the great number of epileptics who have been under magnetic treatment. Of all disorders. With such somnambulists we most require calmness and prudence it is with these that we should most fear to be dazzled by wonderful results. never hesitate to employ it. In many other long-seated . and in the greater part of other diseases when they . If many epileptics have been radically cured. But it is certain see so distinctly his disorder . or the more whose nerves are very delicate present strange crises.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. and whose at- distracted by a thousand objects. and led away by It is especiaily necessary to be attentive. It is not because we are sure of triumphing over it. does not and its remedy. with many others the violence and the frequency of the attacks have been diminished merely and I have found such in my own practice. therefore. We should. that pro- duces singular phenomena but this does not prove it will cure the more readily. curiosity. and the most inaccessible to remedies. it is less efficacious in the nervous affections which are called vapors. many more perfect cures have been obtained from it than from medicine. 185 In general. tion. the most frightful in its attacks. The somnambulism of persons traits of marvellous clairvoyance. that the patient do not remain in the magnetic state during the interval between the crises. are long seated.

he who had attacks every day may be regarded as cured if he passes two or three months without having any while it is necessary to wait a year to form a similar judgment in relation to one who had these attacks only once a month. in order to prevent the return and des- troy the cause of them. til ANIMAI MAGNETISM. but in tnis one. therefore it we cannot know beforehand whether treatment. before the employment of reason for confidence Magnetism. will yield to the magnetic The attacks being generally irregular. it when the patient is freed attacks. When several of the epochs . they may be suspended for a longer or shorter time without having the cause destroyed. Hence from his it follows that. and devotedness. A good magnetizer will hardly ever fail to put a speedy stop to an attack of epilepsy but he would do wrong to conclude from this that the cure of the state in disorder is easy The treatment of epilepsy demands on the part o f the magnetizer. or m several other causes. . you ought not is tc commence it: if it a treatment un- you are sure of continuing it a crisis. the worst thing is to leave the patient in the which he is. in a derangement of the nervous system. For example. in an irregular movement of the blood or of the humors.186 diseases. and renewed at epochs more or less distant. in the suppression of an evacuation. It may originate in a defect of organization. essential to bring you have excited to a close. longseated or recent. But we have more when the attacks are frequent than when they were rare. is necessary to continue mag- netizing him. courage perseverance. Epilepsy may be hereditary or accidental. great confidence.

for the convalescent to carry about him an object magnetized. which the magnetizer will take care to charge. which ought to be day of the treatment.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. we may discontinue magnetizing him every day. From the first month. the malady is designated by the name of symptomatic or it the sympathetic epilepsy. * I have read four oi the consultations given by different physicians. who has had attacks of epilepsy ever since she was nine years of age. He is first employed from the even almost sure of curing the patient. Somnambulism has been frequently induced in cases of epilepsy. we may between the sittings. every other day. the magnetizer knows what he ought to do and what he ought to expect. at the end of the second month. and finally a month. intervene but we should constantly con- tinue the use of magnetized water. to herself all sorts of medicine. then two days. at first let a day. fection. also. they entirely disappeared. then three days. in the fourth. and declared it necessary to magnetize her two months more. If it occurs. with the fluid. and a long time after discontinuing the sittings. It would be well. and her health She interdicted is now as good as any one can desire. was called an incurable hysteric af- . and had been unsuccessfully treated by able physicians. at 187 which the patient usually experiences his attacks have passed away without his having the least symptoms of the disorder. the attacks became weaker and less frequent. I am acquainted with a young lady of twenty. In first three. from time to time. provided he conforms himself to the principles I have given for the direction of somnambulists.* It is three months since she had recourse to Magnetism. They were very frequent at certain periods. and that without this the disorder would return.

painful. prevent him from attending to things foreign to his health. As the disease was caused by an accident. It is in this malady that we most frequently obtain a very lucid somnambulism. and the cure is generally wrought by singular crises.188 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. the seat of which is in the abdominal viscera. and her mother has great trouble in making her continue a treatment of which she is wearied. not flatter his vanity by appearing astonished at his clairvoyance. When it is in this disease somnambulism naturally ceases. variable in their symptoms. carefully avoid exciting the imagination of the somnambulist. She says she cured. pre- —diseases — serve his self-possession. not push the magnetic action beyond what is necessary. a proof of the perfect re-establishment of health. and which medicine herself despairs of Magnetism exerts the most powerful and the most salutary action. It produces wonderful effects. sometimes very violent. In the diseases which physicians tions call hysteric affec- which are long. . The magnetizer ought to restrain his curiosity. interdict to himself all ex- periments. attended with extraordinary phenomena. Unhappily. not yield to his caprices. I do not doubt that she will be radically cured. watch that he follows a suitable regimen. and about which we should not be alarmed. provided she does not interrupt her treatment before the termination of the period she has assigned. she imagines that Magnetism makes her sleep three hours every day of natural sleep. and as is the somnambulist has given proofs of great clairvoyance. She does not believe in somnambulism. but we should not forget any one of the precautions I have mentioned. and absolutely break all communication between the magnetic and the ordinary state.

the gayety. and yields in the same manner to cure is Magnetism. it is proper to make magnetic If Magnetism acts in a perceptible manand appears insufficient. The strength.MAGNETISM ITST DISEASE. Magnetism is effectual in all kinds of paralysis. After each sitting. and because there are none in which such deviations are more dangerous. The the good bodily condition. return by degrees. as if they served with a mustard poultice. the complexion. his feet were red. without restoring motion. and conducting the action along the thighs to the extremities of the feet. but with ual diminution of the this difference —the often effected without apparent crises. and by a grad- symptoms of the disease. It almost always restores the sensibility. then necessary to magnetize. I have magnetized a man who was in this condition. and re-establishes the movement: but sometimes sharp pains appear as the sensibility returns. Paralysis of the organs of motion is sometimes attended with pains. you should seek to aid it by the remedies prescribed by the physician. or leucorrhcea. the appetite. for the magnetizer It is then necessary and his charge to have patience. same effect takes place in chlorosis. but I greatly relieved him. It is of the spinal marrow. had been In paralyses which . The hypochondriac affection is nearly allied to the is hysteric affection. 189 I here repeat several things which I have said in my is chapter on somnambulism: but it is because there no disease in the treatment of which the magnetizer more exposed to be carried beyond bounds by the wonderful phenomena. which the magnetic action can ner. The paralysis of the lower limbs often springs from an affection drive off. I did not cure him. In palsy of the limbs. frictions. commencing at the back.

when there is a continued state of But when the disorder is accidental and there is much reason to hope for success. I make this remark because nothing more fully proves the efficacy of Magnetism than this disease. especially when they proceed from a moral cause. however. These spasms ordinarily terminate in a diuretic movement. will cure this disorder when it is hereditary or of long standing. and since they have cited sixty cures of paralysis. when people wish to publish magnetic treatments. I presume that a cure is impossible. In the next place. and they owe their health to Magnetism alone. In spasms. the patients not having been somnambulists. at the same time. I do not. they did not prescribe remedies for themselves. it is proba- you will m ble that there have been ten times as many. Magnetism speedily soothes spasms. when ganization. In the "Relations of Cures effected in France/' find more than sixty of paralysis. they prefer to choose the ones which have presented singular phenomena. recent. by re-estab- lishing the equilibrium.190 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. originate in the disorganization of a part of the brain. Recourse should be had to Magnetism in cases of mental alienation. As a proof of this. a concentration of the vital power generally takes place towards the in- which becomes evident from the coldness and paleness of the extremities. it brings back the heat towards the parts which were deprived. while. which the magnetic action favors. and it springs from a defect of or- phrenzy. believe that it terior of the body. I will mention a fact of which 1 was a witness. . and this number only three are mentioned as somnambulists. In the first place.

Those whose presence frightens or repulses irregular. with scirrhosity or ulceration. and eventually with somnambuis he has a prevalent idea.* might produce a soothing influence folsleep. and entirely to soothe his fits.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. one them will not accomplish it. the cure was complete. and medicine has so few resources. and there re- mains no symptom of the excitement which preceded the frenzy. that we should not . I know very well that the greater part of the trials of this kind would be If fruitless but here the thing is so important. in an essential organ. His family made application to a all man who possesses in a high degree magnetizer. neglect a means whose success is possible. and to whom they submit without resistance. Magnetism is the best * The history of the disorder and the cure of the young Hébert published by the Marquis de Puységur. 191 so insane afflicted A young man. the magnetizer may chase it away by an effort of the will. in the qualities which constitute a good to see the He went young man. to make his presence desirable. These are the persons who would most readily succeed in curing them. and after reiterated attempts for three days he succeeded putting himself in communication. are threatened. In fifteen days. Persons whose minds are alienated are often known to experience pleasurable sensations in the presence of certain persons who have a natural dominion over them. as to became be placed in a lunatic asylum. then their restoration almost certain. twenty years old. It is probable that with most insane people whose fits are lowed with lism . When women . and to stop the fits of madness which spring from it. is one of the most curious and most instructive works that can be consulted in relation to the power of Magnetism to calm the agitation of the nerves.

it first dissipates tne pain. You should choose the moment * st au This process oiighi o. except you are ab'out to commence the long passes.' pregnancy. will particularly avoid putting them on the head. which are very frequent. you will content yourself with lightly magnetizing so as to establish the general the system. noi. and also some severe dis- eases. but I do not will bring about a cure if the disease has of al> and the most active believe it made much progress In this case. m this disease. remedies. Many turbance inconveniences.* You You will when avoid putting them on the stomach. harmony of In intermittent fevers. to be employed 11 there is reason to suspect a . according to the length or time since the appearance of the disorder. by concentrating the action upon the brain. notwithstand ing all the care bestowr ed upon it. almost always establishes the It is sooner or later. and restores the strength. When the desired effect has been produced. for fear of causing a tendency of the blood thither. requisite to direct the action feet letting the from the sides to the hands rest a moment at the knees. but the disease reappears afterwards and grows worse. from whence sweep off towards the feet. then the application of the hands upon the stomach. you must take good care not to provoke it. are produced in women by a suppression or a dis- m the course of circulation to which nature has subjected them It In these cases. Somnambulism being frequently displayed you may expect to obtain it. you should first employ the long passes upon the arm. but for the reason i have just hinted at. the efficacy of Magnetism is proved by in- numerable circulation facts.192 ANIMAL MAGNETISM.

If there any irritation. after a few sittings. and draw the fluid from the head. say from three to six. you is should then act at a distance. if it has existed for years. You may make a trial of various processes. If the pain is periodic. will not return. 193 when you the attack commences. produced by a gather-' . It is proper to magnetize several days more. the firei and the fever only will take place with great You will also magnetize on days when there heat. which often takes place with persons very sensitive to its action. Fevers very frequently cease will not be any attack. by conducting it towards the sides. provided Magnetism does not immediately excite one of those motions. with the most soothing bility. put your hands upon the head for several minutes. and give the patient magnetized water to drink. in the The megrims which have stomach. Those which are nervous are more difficult to cure. if habitual. The it feet will become warm. To cure the headache attended with cold feet. the it head will be free. continue with the long passes. which may be discovered by the state of the tongue. to prevent the return of the complaint. this process is not proper.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. In pains of the stomach which proceed from de- hand upon the stomach creates a heat which is tonic and curative. If the over the limbs.atid make repeated passes processes. if it is if it is the consequence of a blow. If the is headache be accidental. you should not dispense with an emetic or a purgative. yield to the application of the hand upon the region of that organ. the application of the stomach is coated with bile or with sorcles. make use of magtheir seats netized socks. You will often fit have time the satisfaction of arresting the ague try.

may bring on a serious disorder when we neglect to sustain and direct the movement we have first given. be accompanied with a violent fever. they are merely disThey are most generally soothed or dissilodged. etc. the most ordinary effect of which is to re-establish the" perspiraThe ills caused by the suppression of a local tion. as in the feet. but be classed with the acute diseases. at the first sitting. but there is danger. when we cause. The sudden dislodgement of a humor. it ought to be considered as a chronic In this disease. which must not be left imperfect. and impose the necesit may . Rheumatism is generally chronic. which exacts prolonged attention. in order to destroy the In general. the hands. it is essential to continue the use of Magnetism. and even carried off. Pains produced by a stoppage of the perspiration are almost always cured by Magnetism. this perspiration. In rheumatisms. the head. disappear in the same manner by the return of that perspiration. etc.. sciatica. the pains are sometimes considerably relieved. at other times. have dislodged a periodical pain.. The cure cannot take place except by a crisis. perspiration. which has been fixed a long time in an important organ. you could easily throw it off on a sudden. and we have no grounds for supposing it to have been effected until we see that the expected attack has failed to come on. until the epoch when an attack is expected to return.. if you do not continue your treatment many days in course. by bringing on a crisis. which may be effected by drawing towards the You must take some care to keep up extremities. case. pated by degrees. after a treatment of greater or smaller duration.194 in g in ANIMAL MAGNETISM.

drawing beyond the extremities. of all the diseases treated by Magnetism. who. will judge whether he can dispense with having recourse to other remedies. cure her magnetizer. in fifteen have also seen a somnambulist.MAGNETISM IK DISEASE. It is in acute rheucall in matism upon certain subjects. to declare physician belongs to the proper to do in order entirely to dissipate the inflammation. what ought to add that. for a long I . after half an hour of magnetic action at a small distance. we should not imagine the This cannot be done without a disease to be cured. who were affected in every limb with pain so lively that the slightest touch was insupthat. portable to them. I do not know whether it would cure the gout seated in the foot or the hand. and by processes. to prevent the recurrence of the pains. and to destroy the cause of the disease. from the effects first produced. In this case we should magnetize at a distance. have seen patients. that I could give them frictions without their experi- encing the least unpleasant sensation. although somnambulism has been very rarely produced. so violent that the patient could not put his foot to the earth. but I have seen a fit of the I gout. sity of a 195 medical treatment analogous to that of inflammatory fevers. crisis. or a prolonged treatment said. days. become so much relieved. the most soothing We should hasten to a physician. as I have al. rheumatism is the one in which the most success has been obtained. relieved by one sitting. and so cured by three that the pains have not returned for eighteen months. Magnetism operI ates in the most prompt and surprising manner. But when the pains are thus assuaged. when there are chalky concretions (nodus). who. it it is ready and.

As it is only six months since this cure was wrought. When affection is constitutional. more efficaciously than bleeding. the gout has mounted into the it head or the to the feet. which I have lately made. I believe that Magnetism is better suited to them than any other remedy. and In most cases. by obstructed evacuations. it strength. were perfectly successful. by bad diet. suffered with the gout in the knees and 'n the For this along the legs. purgatives. it must at least be very difficult. When chest. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and who judge that the treatmnet takes a long time. produced by bad air. I think Magnetism would be an excellent remedy in scorbutic affections. and blisters. If the eyes are weak. if the cure is possible. It is true that the patient was very sensible to the magnetic influence. it acts penetrates into the brain. In ophthalmia. and that the cure is very uncertain. ter of purpose she merely employed passes continuing them each day for a quar- an hour. Diseases of the eye are so numerous and so various.196 tiras. but the magnetic action will greatly aid the power of medicine. that they are become the special object of study with a class of physicians who attend exclusively to them. I cannot affirm that the somnanilist does not mistake in saying the disease will never again return. etc. and has reached this its last stage. The magnetizer ought to employ an energetic and well-sustained action. feet. imparts to them dissipates the mflamit . and perfectly in communication with me. Magnetism readily brings down Three experiments of this kind. because it directs its action immediately upon the organ of vision.

of ophthalmias for which the most skilful oculists had judged it necessary to make a compli- many The processes should be varied cated treatment. and place the fingers upon the temple. we hold the thumbs over the eyes.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. . for a quarter of an hour and several times a day. . One might also. end of and when I ceased to magnetize. rather. In the plain we cannot succeed in the remedy. I of distinguishing the faculty of seeing the light. and The pupil recovered its sensibility. 197 a ten- by turning eyes. hold in his hand a bottle of magnetized cases. mation. in all bathe the eyes with magnetized water. which almost always excites a peculiar sensation. especially in effects. If there is it off : want of action {atonie) we act directly upon the eyes by presenting the fingers united at the ends. or when it springs from organic injury. remarkahle seen out this process.* When a disease of the eyes has reached a certain it is point. at the blindness returned six months of patient attention. or. furcaused it to contract but I could go no which ther . times seen cures effected in a few days. when blindness had been total have. from which I have an inflammation in the interior of the nose. according to the nature of the disorder. to water. It is expedient. it aside the humor which has dency to the optic nerve I have sensibility to In an incipient paralysis of the would be well to restore motion and it.the ' i I forgot to point * In speaking of magnetized water in another chapter. certain objects. presenting the mouth towards the eyes at the distance of a quarter of an inch. for seven gutta serena. at the end of fifteen days. restored years. If there is an inflammation we should seek to lessen it and draw we establish the equilibrium.

For two months. whose total blindness was attributed to a and who was cured in a fortnight. Opacities in the cornea of the eyes {taies) have been frequently made to disappear. who had had. related this fact to me. degrees. a film . he resolved to underphysicians . and who recovered it while being magnetized for another disease. M. the child having into administer remedies spired him with much interest. in consequence of the smallpox. If the it is by long standing. During two . who. Here is another instance to prove that we may sometimes succeed by continuing with patience. . I do not think it would be possible to destroy a well-formed cataract yet I saw. it was useless but. the action appeared absolutely powerless the third month. Geritz. a physician and a professor in the Institute Georgicon. months. cataract. the film grew thinner and in the succeeding one. take her treatment with Magnetism. the cure was complete. had one eye entirely covered with a film so thick that she He judged. although at first we may have produced no effect. and authorized me to cite it. at Keszthely. being at Pesth.198 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. I am acquainted with a woman whom this disorder.was consulted in relation to a girl eight or nine years of age. who had been consulted. Paul Geritz. during his recent visit to Paris. the disease being incurable by the ordinary means. had deprived of the use of one eye. produced by the smallpox. ever since her birth. a woman . I magnetized a young woman of seventeen. at Corbeil. M. as did all the could not see the light. had not been of such probable that I should have sucdisease ceeded in curing it. that.

MAGNETISM upon the right eye. I have not yet spoken of a class of diseases. possible to feign an imperfect in presence of per- take no precautions to verify the reality and I recollect having been for three days the dupe of a person whom I thought incapable of deceiving me but whatever address the pretended somnambulist may have. The faculties pecul- sons who . The film was made considerably thinner. Accidental deafness yields to or resists the magnetic treatment. scald head. some of These are cutaneous phlegmasias. regulates the progress of the disease and faciliates the eruptions. and by blowing into Deaf mutes it> to determine thither the currents. they are often dissipated with surprising quickness. iar to somnambulists cannot be successfully imitated by any one not possess them. all the strength she could desire. biles. according to the cause which pro- The most appropriate process consists in directing the Magnetism into the orifice of the ear by the fingers united to a point. In the smallpox and the measles. left 199 eye was so feeble that she could not read or work by the light of a wax candle without much fatigue.* As to buzzmgs and pains in the ear. others acute. * It is by accident the eruptions somnambulism . If it hastens and strike in. as the smallpox. lesion of and not in the absence or the any essential parts of the organ. It is the same with the toothache when nervous. I believe Magnetism a remedy for all. the chickenpox. yon may discern the deception at the first examination. As to the left eye. which are chronic. who doea . apparently when the deafness has originated in torpid action (atonie) or obstruction. pimples in the face. the measles. have sometimes been successfully treated. it acquired. m DISEASE. duced it. ulcers or carbuncles. etc. if I had not been and whose obliged to discontinue the treatment. and it has preserved for ten years. and I do not doubt that it would have entirely disappeared.

you may lessen the pains. it makes them reappear. and greatly hasten the maturity. In biles. If the bile is already formed. pregnancy ought never to be an obIn this state. by employing a local action. I have several times made the attempt with complete success. I have seen a child of five or six years cured in two months. and if we make use of a soothing or a drawing cataplasm. especially if magnetized water acts as a It is purgative.200 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. upon which we concentrate the action. but it will always be well to try it before having recourse to medicinal remedies. For pimples in the face. we should take care to magnetize it well. and similar affections. which occasioned It has also been fear of premature accouchement. we ought to make passes along the arm as far as the extremity of the finger. For a felon. which was a powerful drastic. There are possibly cases wherein Magnetism would not succeed in curing the scald head. we should employ the long passes. greatest even render the known to remedy serious accidents. by the long passes. by the trough {baquet). which is very dangerous. There are many instances of it. which may be readily supposed from its increasing . it is possible to reduce it by faciliating the circulation and producing a slight crisis. and repeat the passes over the legs. and especially by magnetized water. would be attended with good results. It has often been service. probable that the use of Magnetism in tetters. and then draw it off from the end. if you magnetize at the moment the înflamation commences. it can stacle to the use of Magnetism. The state of seen to render the pains of childbirth more easy .

MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. when it has been interrupted. passes ought not to be made along the thighs and the legs. Obstetrics. the close of a very laborious accouchement. iv. . particularly in re-establishing the natural course of the milk. He has employed it by blowing upon the chest through with some reason. He supposes. and quieting pains and nervous crises. 201 the strength. Thiriat. in the state of pregnancy. the newly-born child exhibits scarce any sign of life. Professor of has ascertained by experience. especially during the early months. a linen cloth. and the introducis tion of air into the lungs. that the same means would be very efficacious in recall[See " Bibing persons to life in cases of asphyxia. and development of their organization. Mothers employ it by a natural impulse when they see their children suffering. After the birth has taken place. 149. ple did not succeed in exciting this movement by various means. if peotion. it gives them strength. such as frictions. I believe that. which necessary to establish the respiraIt would then perish for want of air. because it has not strength to move the inspiratory ples I At muscles. and succeed in soothing the » * it is plain that favors we should abstain from Magnetism when we wish to let tne miiK dry up.] Magnetism drives away most of the pains of children at the breast. and can be determined by the princi- have given.* The choice of processes depends upon circumstances. M. that Mag- netism produces the desired effect very speedly.- liothèque Magnétique" torn. Magnetism still may be of great utility. They might give the blood a movement which it is important to avoid. p.

success if they had entire confidence in the power with which na- ture has In general. at the hour of the treatment. A me physician who has. he comes to ask in a few minutes. Finally. I took away the pain Ever since that. Wolfart. them. tells that this celebrated magnetizer used to have a week for very young children. who carry them in their arms. he said that. A child of five years. They would have much more endowed them. whenever he has the slightest comfol- plaint. they perceive that he who has magnetized them has the power of curing them by the processes they have seen him employ. or hold them by the hand. by their gestures and their cries.202 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. which I have verified: A child of eighteen months. which the children regard with delight. sitting twice a at Berlin. Among the numerous facts which prove the speedy and efficacious action of Magnetism upon children. children are very sensible to the mag- they have experienced benefit from it. me to cure him. Her father . that I see every day. after having placed around the trough the nurses and the mothers. for eighteen months. the children that had been carried thither many times. and they are netic action. He also told me that he did not recollect seeing any of them cry during the time of the sitting. their desire of being conducted to the place again. a girl. testified. lowed the treatment of M. had an orgelet. he makes several passes over them. having been stung in the nose by a bee while I was walking with him. that. which caused her much inconvenience. As soon as eager to demand the same assistance when they find themselves unwell. I will record two.

after having attended unsuccessfully a young lady who had a considerable curvature of the spine. At the first sitting. 203 took her upon his knees. and magnetized her. without his experiencing any sensation. whose bowels were extremely loose All imaginable means had been for a long time. and he has not since had the least symptoms of his complaint. She continued the treatment several days. gelet had disappeared. who had first administered the communion service to her. for a long time. and he charged himself with the direction of tebrae the treatment. employed to remedy this weakness. a girl. whose lumbar verits formed a considerable projection. Magnetism produced an extraordinary evacuation. An able physician related to me.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE. In a fortnight. he made a trial of Magnetism. the vetebrae recovered their natural position. that. she had consulted many . His mother at of Madame length began to magnetize him. joined to internal remedies. the child was cured. twelve years old. which seemed to demand. at the end of some months. . and the orfell asleep. she awoke. putting his hand over her eyes. or who had defects of conformation. and internal pains for two years. Chalons on the Marne. The child immediately One hour after. Surprising effects have often been obtained by means of Magnetism upon young persons who were rickety. the vertebral column restored to I knew proper position. there was another movement of the same kind. a respectable clergyman. advised her mother to magnetize her. the well-contrived mechanical means of our days. and was much astonished to see. had a child of six years. This girl had a fever. at the second. and at the third.

and nearly all of which contain useless details. The number of those who have given their testimony is more than two hundred and fifty. known tial to be incurable. proposes to publish an exposition of all the cures effected in France from the time of Mesmer until the present. accord- ing to circumstances. and of which M. physicians. and have made much progress. The works from which its authorities are extracted make more than sixty volumes. or under their direction.] . — Trans. Magnetism often produces a change which astonishes us. because they attack an essen- organ. but early infancy. at Corbeil. and that it will be cured in a after short time. but the patient very soon relapses into his * One of the founders of the Magnetic Society -which existed at Paris. from constantly relieved her.— [This valuable work was published in 1836. some of which are very difficult to find. more in relation to the effects produced by Magnetism in various diseases. or theories more or less hypothetical. had one leg shorter than the other by and a callosity at the hip as large as the fist. could not cure her. Magnetism who. a girl of fifteen years.* I I return to general observa- have said that. le Marquis de Puységnr was president. six inches. will form two octavo volumes. which we cannot pass. or a cure. The compiler chiefly intended to give an account of cures made by physicians. In six weeks of treatment. and to the I will not say mode tions. and taken much it medicine. the mode of treatment. the callosity diminished one half. In many chronic diseases. One may therein find all that can throw light upon the kind of diseases. and which we do not doubt that we have obtained mastery of» the disease. she recovered her strength. I saw. of application which I think preferable. with analytic tables. and the leg lengthened three inches. we must But it is useful to be forewarned that the power which we employ has limits unite confidence to will. This work. at the same time. and the crises which have brought relief. the manuscript of which I have read.204 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. in order to succeed. This collection of facts will save the trouble of searching for them in a great number of books.

diminishes exists. and is not attended with inconvenience. and an amelioration which we could not have obtained by all the medicinal remedies. It is because Magthe accessory it netism. former in state. How many people of my acquaintance owe to Magnetism a supportable existence. In these. which cannot triumph over an organic affection an advanced stage. puts an end to pains. there are many diseases which are constitutional. Governing himself by the nature of the malady. or which principally attack the nerves. and the patient ordinarily loses all confidence. it swellings: but the essential malady always afterwards reapjpears. it quiets the nerves. expect more from it than can perform. or not have recourse to Magnetism except when the need of it is felt. Magnetism because in a we have produced may act beneficially without destroying the cause. Besides. one might cause himself to be magnetized a quarter of an hour daily. but it is a reason for not flattering ourselves. in supposing he might find a better magnetizer. gives strength. One would be wrong processes. This is no reason for not making a trial of Magnetism. dissipates at it first diseases. Magnetism has less influence. We it should not. or might succeed by more active tient to his It is necessary for the pa- know how to resign himself to living with enemy (as the vulgar saying is). and for the mag- netizer to have the courage to continue a treatment which does more good than any other. 205 and perishes at last. for not de- claring as certain the cure of a long-seated disease. it it restores sleep. without flattering themselves with the prospect of being restored to perfect health! . or which originate in the blood. therefore. few days a notable change.MAGNETISM IN DISEASE.

Magnetism ceases to act. Her stomach was m a very bad Having had an opportunity to see her during state. During two years. after having at a very perceptible amelioration. without being able to cure her. born in Paris. after the aid of Magnetism the contrary. then the pa- he renounces it. by Magnetism. and I made trial of it for two months I put her asleep several times within succession. This is very prudent. but I could never prevent their return. for which the resources of medicine have been exhausted. or at least to manifest its action. and to be finally cured. When she returned home. and has recourse to medicine. he magnetized her almost every day. I succeeded ing off the pains when she had an attack. she had tried a great number of remedies. She had consulted several physicians. was for three years tormented by the tic douloureux. a disease has been has been renounced. I made her hus*band engage to continue the treatment. very interesting. and the magnetized water. happens pretty frequently that. a journey which she made to Paris. and made great use of Peruvian bark. when the patient dared no more to please himself with a hope of restoration. and married in one of the provincial towns. I advised her to try Magnetism. drivout producing somnambulism.206 It first ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and which has afterwards been aided by Magnetism. On known to be weakened. I am going to cite an instance: A young woman. cured by tient becomes dissatisfied. new medicinal remedies. in case he has not yet taken any. after a very long time. but the attacks became less frequent and less pamfui. but I ought to observe that I have never seen a disease. of which she made constant uso m .

MAGNETISM IN DISEASE.

207

rendered her digestion very easy. Finally, at the end of four years, she was, by the perseverance of her

husband restored to perfect health. The subject of which I have just treated
tible of great
shall

is

suscep-

development.

When

able physicians

have studied Magnetism, they will be able to give us new light upon the modifications which the seat and the symptoms of different diseases require
in the application of this agent.
details into

Nevertheless, the

have entered appear to me sufficient for the direction of persons who wish to employ their faculties in the doing of good. If I have sought to inspire confidence, I have taken still more

which

I

care to maintain that confidence within the limits of

prudence.

By

following the plan I have traced out,

have cause to repent having made use of Magnetism as an auxiliary to medicine. It remains for me to make two observations, one of which is applicable to all the severe diseases which have been cured by Magnetism, and the other to those in which it has exerted a great influence. I have said that, when one has restored health to a patient, and when the convalesence has terminated, no one
will
it is

necessary to caase magnetizing.

But people

have remarked, in many diseases, that, a year after the cure, they have experienced disagreeable feelings, or some symptoms which rouse their concern lest the cause of the disease may not have been entirely deWhen, therefore, we have ended the treatstroyed. ment of one of these diseases, I think it a very prudent precaution to have recourse anew to Magnetism for a fortnight, when about a year has elapsed since the termination of the treatment which brought on the cure. This is not always necessary but, in the
;

208
uncertainty, you
especially
if

ANIMAL MAGNETISM.
would do well to follow this rule, you are not far from the magnetizer to
a communica-

whom you owe your restoration. When Magnetism has established
tion
ized;

between the Magnetizer and the person magnet-

when the latter has entered into the state which we call the magnetic state; and, above all, when he is a somnambulist there is no doubt that the magnetizer may act upon him at a distance, if he

makes a vigorous
serve that the

effort to that end.

I

ought to obper-

exercise

of this

power exacts the

greatest precautions, and that

we never should

mit ourselves to make use of it for mere experiment. It is, without doubt, very curious to try whether we can make our action perceptible to one who is distant from us, and who is not conscious of our at-

tempt; but
iences;
it

may be attended with many inconvenmay even give rise to mischievous results.
it
is

When
is

there

to excite demi- crises,

no somnambulism, the inconvenience which we can neither de-

velop or sustain.
state

Upon him who
is

is

susceptible of

danger of producing that with persons who are not in communication with him, and who, by touching him, or by seeking to awaken him, may do him injury. I have said that he who would magnetize ought to free himself from all curiosity; and it is, in this case especially, highly requisite to make the

somnambulism, there

when

the patient

is

application of this principle.

Yet there are

cases

when the magnetizer should

make

use of the faculty which he has of magnetiz-

ing from a distance; but this should be after having taken all the proper precautions, and never through

motives of curiosity.

Your

patient has sharp pains;

MAGNETISM

LN"

DISEASE.

209
;

you presume they will prevent his sleeping at night you have discovered that you can assuage these pains by your presence; occupy yourself with him, and magnetize him by the thought, with the sole intention of soothing him; it is probable you will succeed in it. If your patient is a somnambulist, ask him, when in the somnambulic state, if you could do him any good by acting upon him at such an hour. If he makes you engage to do it, then take the proper precautions, so that nothing may interrupt him; tell him at what hour he ought to be alone, or with the person who is accustomed to assist at the sittings, and to whom you have imparted your intention. Thenceforth you have nothing to fear, and somnambulism, brought on at the hour when nature has need of it, But people will say that will do him much good. somnambulism has been brought on by the imagination of the patient, and not by my thought and by my will. People will say nothing about it; for you ought not to tell any one of the phenomena, at least But I should not know myself until after the cure. whether I have really acted upon him. Of what consequence is that? Do you magnetize in order to convince yourself, or to cure your patient? If to cure him, it is indifferent whether you cure him by your own influence, or by that of his imagination. Besides, you have no need of searching for extraordinary phenomena to fortify your own faith; and if you have a somnambulist very susceptible, chance will offer you so many wonderful facts, so many convincing proofs, as to astonish you. Once more: When you magnetize, it is not for yourself; it is
solely for the patient

who

has delivered himself over

to your care, your benevolence, and your affection.

210
It

ANIMAL MAGNETISM.
has frequently happened that a magnetizer has

continued the treatment of a somnambulist, who had been obliged to separate from him, and that the

somnambulic state, a detail of his crises, and what must be done to This will always succeed with a finish the cure.* prudent magnetizer and a docile somnambulist. But if the precautions have been badly taken, if the magnetizer neglects to occupy himself with his patient at the appointed hours, it would be better, a hundred times, to break the communication, and abandon the patient to nature. With many subjects we may renew somnambulism by means of a magnetized object. This facilitates
patient has written, while

m the

the action of the magnetizer, but

it

does not

dis-

pense with the necessity of thinking about the patient in order to sustain and regulate the crisis.

They who are not acquainted with the phenomena of Magnetism will consider as absurd what I have just said; but they who have once recognized in
themselves the influence they can exert upon their

somnambulists would be exposed to commit imprudences,
if I

did not warn them of the danger.

It

is,

duty to make known what I know to be the truth, without troubling myself about the opinions of the incredulous. I do not ask of the pertherefore,

my

sons to

whom

I address this instruction to take

my

word
I

for the reality of the extraordinary phenomena. merely request them to follow the advice I give them, whenever these phenomena present themselves.
* I possess several letters written in a state of somnambulism. They are much, superior to those which the same persons write in their ordinary state, not only as it respects depth of thought, but also elegance of style and choice of expression.

MAGNETISM IN DISEASE.

211

NOTE.

A physician
servation

of the faculty of Paris has just sent
I think
it

me an
it

obre-

which

useful to publish, because

lates to a disease of

A constant vertigo
ism.

which I have not made mention. and an accidental chorea cured by magnetS
,

—Mademoiselle

aged thirty-eight years, experi-

enced, on the 17th of October, a violent fright, which suddenly

changed the state in which she was, by producing a suppression. Twenty-four hours after, there were heaviness in the lumbar regions and in the lower parts of the abdomen, headache, loss of appetite, irregular motion in the arm and the leg on the right side. These motions greatly resembled the Saint Vitus's dance. The physician employed, for the space
of three months, all the appropriate remedies
tives,

— leeches,
etc.

seda-

antispasmodics, sulphate of

quinine,
to

He

con-

sidered the stomach

and the abdomen

be better; but he

could not succeed in dissipating the vertigo, in re-establishing the course of the blood, or in quieting the nervous motions.

The

patient,

who was much
it.

afflicted,

Magnetism would not be useful
physician advised her to try

in these circumstances.

demanded whether The

He

ceased giving medicines,

and recommended her

to

live

temperately.

They com-

menced magnetizing her

in the middle of January, only three

times a week, and twelve or fifteen minutes at a sitting. The patient drank nothing but magnetized water. At the begin-

ning of February, the nervous symptoms were gradually disappearing, and totally disappeared by the middle of the month. The patient recovered her freshness and gayety, the blood retook its natural course, and in the month of March her health was restored.

CHAPTER

Yin.

OF THE INCONVENIENCES, THE ABUSES AND THE DANGEES OF MAGNETISM. AND OF THE MEANS OF PREVENTING THEM.

The opposers
it

of Magnetism, after declaring that
I will not stop to prove that

does not exist, have declaimed against the dangers
it.

which attend

what

m

they have said of the processes employed to put it action, and of the effects it produces, is very far
truth,

from the

and that the anecdotes they have

I it odious are entirely foreign to it. agree that Magnetism has been sometimes abused, and is still liable to be abused again. But a danger

cited to render

ceases to be important

when we

are

warned of

it,

and have easy and certain means of avoiding it. Magnetism is an agent of inconceivable power. Its utility depends upon the way in which it is employed; and in this it is like fire, the use of which is not interdicted for fear of conflagration. They who will conform to the directions laid
in the preceding chapters, will never
to fear the least inconvenience

down

have occasion

from the use of Magreaders

netism.

Yet, as

many

of

my

may

not see

the importance of the precautions I have recommended; as others may be alarmed by what nas

been said of the bad consequences of some treat212

DANGERS OP MAGNETISM.

213

ments; as others, finally may reproach me with having misstated the motives of those who condemn Magnetism I think it proper to devote an article to recapitulate and develop what has been said on this subject. I would rather fall into repetitions than

leave the least uncertainty about things which are I am now going to point out the inconessential.
veniences,

the abuses,

and the dangers
that
all,

of

Mag-

netism; and I will
will

show

without exception,

be infallibly avoided by applying the principles which I have established.
obtain more order and clearness in this discussion, I will consider Magnetism under three points of view; and I will speak, first, of the moral dangers which may attend the practice secondly, of the dis-

To

;

order which a

wrong

direction of this agent, or the

want of some essential conditions, may produce in the animal economy; thirdly, of the inconveniences which spring from a blind confidence in somnambulists, and from the erroneous opinions to which a person is
sometimes conducted by a sight of extraordinary phenomena.
First— Of the Moral Dangers of Magnetism, and of the of obviating them.

Means

In describing the processes, I said that we might employ light frictions, the application of the hands upon the chest, upon the heart, upon the knees, blowing with the mouth, looking steadily at the patient, but I also said that these processes, pointed out etc.
;

as the most active,

may be laid
a

aside for others, which,

sustained

by the will and the

attention, will be equally

efficacious.

When
is ill,

man

is

desired to magnetize a

woman who

he ought to avoid whatever

may

214

ANIMAL MAGNETISM.
the most scrupulous modesty, or cause the

wound
least

embarrassment, and even whatever might to a He will not place himself directly in front of the person whom he intends to magnetize; he will not request her to look at him; he will merely ask her to abandon herself entirely to the influence of the action; he will take her thumbs during some moments, and he will then make passes It is unnecssary at a distance, without touching her. to observe that some one of the family, or a female friend, ought always to be present. If the magnetic processes are attended with any inspectator seem improper.

conveniences,

it

is

neither in society, where one

is

obliged to avoid impropriety of conduct, nor in the
public treatments, where
all

things are ordered in a

ought upon this point; not that they should restrain the employment of this salutary agent, but that they should direct and oversee the method of employing it; for it will be their fault if anything reprehensible should be mingled with the good which ought to be derived
It is in the hospitals

decent manner.

—and

I

to fix the attention of superintending physicians

from

it.

I will explain:

Physicians and medical students attached to the
hospitals are

now beginning

to try the action of

Magor

netism.

They

choose, in preference,

young women

young girls attacked with nervous diseases, because they believe them more susceptible, and more likely As they are accusto present curious phenomena.
tomed to touch indiscriminately all the patients,
either

to ascertain the seat of disease, or to dress their

wounds and

ulcers,

and

as

they never have any other

idea than that of fulfilling the duties with which they
are charged, they do not suspect that the magnetic

DANGEES OF MAGNETISM.
processes

215

demand

a particular reserve, and precau-

tions taken beforehand to banish everything

which

might act upon their imagination or upon that of the
patient.

I

am

willing to believe that they respect

themselves so

much as never to permit
;

the least thing

injurious to modesty, and to repel every

thought but the very effort which is made to chase away an intrusive idea turns one aside from the object which alone ought to occupy
foreign to the end proposed

the attention.
;

They ought,

therefore, to distrust

themselves to dread equally the impressions which they can experience, and those which they can produce ; and to take measures in advance, so that nothing shall trouble the purityof an influence which has, at the same time, both a physical and a moral effect.

These are the counsels which I ought to give
lation to this subject, until

in re-

Magnetism is

so generally

known, established, and practised,
unnecessary.

as to render

them

When
who
her.

a physician intends to magnetize a woman keeps her bed, the clothes ought to be kept over
If she can rise, she

ought to be clad in the most decent manner. The physician will not touch her except to take her thumbs, or to make frictions along
the feet outside of her garments. All the passes will be made at a distance. It is often necessary to
concentrate the action upon an organ ; for example, upon the solar plexus, the liver, or the spleen. In

he will present the fingers brought to a he will make use of a glass or steel rod, in order to avoid touching. It would be proper to have a nurse near the bed during the sitting. ISTo person should enter the room. The magnetizer should not permit himself to make any experiment and, if
this case,

point, or else

;

216
lie

ANIMAL MAGNETISM.

obtains somnambulism, he will ask the patient only about her disease, and the means of curing it. He
will give

an account to the chief physician of the
that a nurse,

re-

sults of the treatment.
It

may happen

endowed with

intelli-

may perceive, with her own Magnetism, and feel the desire and the power of doing good. In this case, the magnetizer will excite her confidence, and get her to
gence and kindness,
eyes, the efficacy of

take his place, after giving her suitable instructions

how

to proceed.

He
it.

not to speak of

always recommend to her The time is not yet arrived for
will

nurses to consider the exercise of Magnetism as one
of their most important functions.
I

have here spoken of the employment of

this

agent in the hospitals, merely because several trials have been recently made of it there.* I suppose
that, if

the

young physicians continue
it,

to

occupy

themselves with

they will not neglect to learn the

conditions essential to the success of the trials which

they would make to furnish a powerful auxiliary to therapeutic medicine.

Let us return to the employment of Magnetism in The precautions already pointed out will suffice to banish all the inconveniences attending
society.
it,

when

it

is

several days, and

merely intended to make use of it when neither somnambulism nor
itself.

magnetic sleep presents
cessarily be

But there must ne-

many

others in chronic complaints which

appear to require a very long treatment, and whose
*It is now used in them very extensively in many parts of Europe. Sir David Brewster says that the medical colleges in Germany have professors whose business it is to deliver lectures on this subject, in its connection with medicine. I have learned the same fact from an intelligent German,

and from several travellers.— Trans.

and choose for . and in the difference of circumstances in which they are found. can women be magnetized unless by men ? " This is my . by banishing all the possible dangers. Magnetism between persons of different sexes ought to be proscribed. cause another person to take his place to magnetize a female patient. I foresee that some one will seek to put me in contradiction with myself. These are to be sought in the advanced age of one of the parties. In these kinds of diseases. proprieties. then.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. and preventing even ill-founded suspicions. reply : It is to be desired that experienced physicians only should be charged with the direction of the magbut it is one thing to have the dinetic treatments . He must. " You have/' says one. but by observing all the A . The only men who can undertake the treatment of a young woman are the father or the husband. therefore. and another to perform the manipulatory processes. into greater details. cure is 217 preceded by crises and by a decided mag- netic state. and devote his cares to each one. physician might gather round a magnetic reservoir a great number of sick persons of all ages and of each sex. " a hundred times uttered the wish that physicians only would make use of Magnetism how. according to circumstances yet he cannot charge himself with a direct treatment. unless the principles and morals of the two individuals prevent the fear of an improper influence. I have told the reason in another place. I I think it useless to go ought only to point out the exceptions to what I have given as a general rule. rection of a treatment.

far distant the physician who has an extensive practice will have two treatments. even without his own knowledge. in long treatments. undertake the treatment of a disease. and another for women. If the father or the mother cannot themselves magnetize their son or their daughter. and particularly when somnambulism occurs. the virtues.218 this ANIMAL MAGNETISM. more susceptible of new impressions. and having equally the confidence of himself and of the patient. but because. What has been related of the dependence which somnambulists have upon their magnetizer. especially in regard to young persons. being. perhaps. are urged by the deand charity supposes almost all sire of doing good . persons who. But this dependence is only relative. As Magnetism establishes confidence and friendship between the magnetizer and the patient. the precaution of interdicting the use of it between persons of different sexes is not the only one to be taken. purpose a woman instructed by him how to proceed. when it shall become an essential part of medicine and this time is. not only because opinions communicated by intimacy. the sentiments. the magnetizer will at length. rest. I say more When Magnetism shall be generally recognized. they ought to character and the principles of the person know the who per- forms the are office for them. He will thus avoid affording occasion for improper remarks. has given rise to ill-founded prejudices against somnambulism. and the prinAs to the ciples of him to whom he restores health. It has neces- . one for men. exert a moral influence capable of modifying the temper. without any selfish motive. not . as they : — — are.

One might wound or kill. which he repugnance.* The experiments which have been made to show that one could make somnambulists obey his will. and throw him into convulsions. Thus so long as a man wills to be free he remains so in somnambulism. because the desire of satisfying him predominates over the reluctance whidh he experiences. When he perceives that the magnetizer designs his beneiit. and cannot have the consequences which some have dreaded. and which he has judged necesHe profits by the ascendency of the latter to work for himself. ought always to have a female friend near her. in spite of ourselves. carry disorder into our physical organization. to take a medicine to feels a sary. and the existence of a being sufficiently depraved-to take advantage of it we need not . and the use of his will. . Sometimes he obeys the orders of magnetizer in things that are indifferent. since they * IVr. but he could not demoralize a human being without his consent. citing in support of his opinions : several remarkable facts "Exterior agents may. 219 sary limits. and. as much as in the ordinary state. honesty. inquire whether any danger might result. to which he state. but the magnetizer could not obtain from him either the revelation of a secret which it is his duty or his interest to conceal. without any moral danger. and to put himself in an advan- tageous position. he determines to vanquish a bad habit. The somnambulist preserves his reason. he yields to him. if we observe the rule laid down above— that a woman." Yet suppose the possibility of a lethargic somnambulism. to resist an inclination or an injurious fantasy. fortified by him. which may be continued in the his waking state. but our moral constitution depends only upon our will.DANGERS OP MAGNETISM. but very imprudent. A reprehensible act of volition Passavant expresses himself thus. when magnetized. nor things essentially contrary to the principles of is attached in the common would cause him to revolt. have always been experiments of curiosity.

it will augment the if it is evil when it there is too much excitement. the patients uselessly. Second— Of the Dangers that may occur to tJie Animal Economy. can pro- duce no good results in a torpid state of the system.220 fatigue ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and when they are well convinced that it is a sort of profanation to em- ploy for amusement a faculty which us to do good to our fettoto-creatures. It is that. themselves a determinate property. . attach themselves more and more to the practice. which would be unjust if applied to ordinary medicine. either by the Abuse or the Misapplication of magnetism. Those who have wished to inspire the fear of employing this agent as a curative means have based their observations upon very specious reasoning. God has given by a remark worthy of at- among is those who are induced by some renounce it as and some. those of the heart become more lively the longer we have enjoyed them. The enjoyments of the mind are enfeebled by the loss of novelty. and may prevent their restoration. People will absolutely interdict them when Magnetism shall be so well known as not to astonish by its phenomena. The defenders of this agent have answered that it cannot be compared to medicines which have in Magnetism. source of the last is inexhaustible. Since Magnetism has a very powerful action. as their curiosity is extinguished. These last are captivated solely by the pleasure of doing good. they have said that this action ought to be salutary or injurious. If it is a tonic. according to the nature of the disease. I will finish this article tention. The curiosity to attempt Magnetism. and of the Means of avoiding them. on the contrary. soon as their curiosity satisfied. soothing.

DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. it is by re-estab- lishing the equilibrium. ties The union of these quali- puts them into a state for employing this agent. Let us not. Let us consult experience. 221 say they. acts upon the whole syStem. then. If it soothes. all by the theory which is most and I think that if Magnetism were purity. The power of their soul predominates over all the interior forces It excites or soothes them at will. collected for forty years. sometimes insufficient. have demonstrated in general the curative power of . The answer employed jurious. all Their action. in certain circumstances. it is by re- calling the vital fluid into the organs in is which there a deficiency. But I ought here to consider Magnetism as it can be practised at the present time. it seconds the efforts which nature is making to throw off the principle of the disease. of the patient. in is dictated apparently true. Magnetism has not done some evil. ion. will be always more or less salutary. which never hesitates. with a charity so expansive that they forget themselves. dwell upon an abstract theory. and freed from all excould not in any case be in- Some privileged beings exist who are endowed with a lively faith. and are identified with the suffering being. and by the persons to whom this instruction is addressed. but to ever truth may be found in the motives of their opinInnumerable facts. not to dispute with them. to know if. with a confidence exempt from pride. during which they are directed by an instinct more sure than the calculations of reason. Let us listen to those physicians who condemn the use of profit by whatit. if it strengthens. it its traneous principles.

or because the latter has too strong an action. I am persuaded there is hardly a disease which. so that it induces a struggle in which it cannot triumph. or because he does not know the mode of application which is useful.222 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and that its application ought to vary according to circumstances. in cer- tain cases. ought to take to prevent the recurrence hereafter. you will not give if yourself any uneasiness. is of a nature to be aggravated by Magnetism properly employed. unless the patient is forced by a There kind of instinot to demand its continuance. But has it not sometimes produced effects contrary to what people have desired to obtain ? If it be true that it has. Magnetism ought to be employed with much reserve. When there is an exaltation of the . but you will stop you do nervous not make a state of calmness succeed this first shock. you will even draw off the fluid by transversal passes. it is prudent not obstinately to struggle against obstacles. either in the degree of force. either because of peculiar temperament. or because there exists no sympathy between him and the magnetizer. and withdraw one's self gradually from one end of the apartment to another. by itself. are certain persons on whom Magnetism causes a nervous irritation. When this is perceived. and what precautions we Magnetism. In these circumstances. or in the choice of the processes. it would be well to magnetize at a distance. we must examine in what circumstances they have occurred. We know by the somnambulists that. or because the action is too feeble. in the duration of the sittings. But it may happen that Magnetism does not agree with this or with that individual. which produces trouble. to what causes they ought to be attributed. with the intention of soothing.

for many years. and the omission to sustain a crisis which has been excited. or excited a contrary movement. often excites lively pains. . it is 223 prudent to moderate. The species of nervous irritation of which I have spoken does not in the least resemble the pains which Magnetism produces or renews in an affected organ. When a person has deaided slight by Magnetism. nervous system. it is necessary to regulate it so The accidents that it may not bring on any disorder. and they often make known the seat of it. This leads me to speak of a real danger —the inter- ruption of a treatment commenced. You may expect to see them renewed at the following sitting. or by a humor which. It is cus- tomary to continue these critical pains for a certain time. until there is no longer an obstruction to the free circulation of the fluid. recent indispositions.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. and which This danger is nature cannot develop and terminate without being nothing in very serious and in organic and long-standing diseases. These pains prove the action of Magnetism. person might do much mischief by magnetizing with energy only once to drive off an internal pain caused by a tumor. and you need not be In palsy. and to calm them as well as we can before the end of the sitting. Magnetism affrighted on account of them. or even to suspend the action. attacks an organ at certain periods. which have occured by the rude interruption of a treatment ought not to be attributed to Magnetism. because St re-establishes sensibility in the limbs before restoring movement to them. and result from its efforts to expel the principle of disease. but it is A ranged a movement which was established. and sometimes in the intervals.

The second fact is still more remarkable. pains in the head. I relieved The follow- ing month. the headache having returned. but to the imprudence of the magnetizer. for me. fall. I had continued to magnetize her for a month. telling her he had hopes of and became completely the gutta serena. in order to produce some crisis. when I re- and she was suffering much. well.lady. and. . lieved her of the attack in half an hour. I shall make myself better understood by citing two examThe first is that of a lady who for twelve years ples. ANIMAL MAGNETISM.224 . if. proposed to her to come to the house of that lady. she sent was very The next day she two days afterwards she had insupportable pains in the body. She was attacked with a violent fever. when I drove off the headache at first. there for three years. it as long as it is necessary. I do not doubt that this acute disease was produced by the humor displaced by me. and that it would not have taken place. at her house. blind. for several months. and of which she was cured by ordinary medicine. where all the remedies were essayed. she was sent to the Salpètrière. except when he is sure of continuing girl of sixteen. having Persons who took much interest in her caused her to be placed under the care of able oculists. which lasted six weeks. A who lived in the country. who was magnetizing a . as her parents were without She was fortune. hav- ing had a experienced. but clearly proves that one ought not to permit himself to attempt the action of Magnetism. She was sent forthwith to the Hôtel Dieu. when a medical student. It her as before. One day. She was finally declared incurable. Since that time she has not had a return of the headache. had a I was violent headache every month.

I employed Magnetism by the long pass. nevertheless.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. The poor girl was sent to the infirmary. which continued every evening and a part of the night. since that period. She accepted the offer with gratitude. I spoke of this in the preceding chapter. and. She came to my house every day. and made passes along the legs. and were accompanied with a fevei. which. They finally became insupportable. at that time. if the crises had been sustained. She was eleven months in this suffering condition. 225 curing her. vision Perhaps. It is evident that the pains in the head were critical pains. produced by Magnetism. and he who had offered her his cares magnetized her with energy for an hour. which became at first so benumbed that she could not move them. This is the same girl whose treatement I continued for nearly a year. After five sittings. was not painful. but she did not find the magnetizer. . where many remedies were administered to her without effect. She experienced an extraordinary sensation. but the following night she was attacked with violent pains in the head. who had left word that unexpected circumstances obliged him to suspend the treatment. excepting her blindness. The pains increased from day to day. She came then to the lady's house. she was restored. She returned to the house of the lady. she has enjoyed good health. when some one requested me to magnetize her. and some of her acquaintances undertook to see that she was attended thither every day. and that they would have ceased in a few days. because the effects which I had produced after the cessation of the pains made me hope to restore her sight. might have been restored. by putting his hands upon her head.

he knew neither the means of directing the agent that he employed. In certain organic diseases which are very severe and long-seated. nor of calming the crises. But it is well to sav here in what case nervous crises mav occur. the development of which has not. interrupts the action. and since 1784. and the results which they ought to have. it would be necessary to have a somnambulist suffi- ciently clairvoyant to announce the crises. if he ing crises. but I have never seen a serious accident follow a violent crisis. and how all their inconveniences may be avoided. aid be wanting. Magnetism really produces nervous crises in disorders of the nervous system. they are the consequences of the efforts of nature to change a bad direction and re-establish . Many persons fear that Magnetism excites ner- vous commotions. if he were directed by a physiIf this cian versed in the knowledge of Magnetism. happily very rare. I have seen the interruption or the false direction of a treatment have. the scenes which once made so much noise are no longer reproduced. the true principles of Magnetism being well known. because they recall to mind the effects which were produced at first by Mesmer. to describe the manner of developing them. but they are necessary for the cure. I can only recommend confidence and courage.226 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. been hindered. the efforts of nature to take a new direction may produce the most painful and alarmIf the magnetizer is frightened. In these cases. The magnetizer would be equally assured. the patient runs the risk of succumbing. in the course of time. the most fatal consequences. But at the time when Mesmer connected patients for the first time around the baquet. and even convulsions.

while the subject himself agitated. he calms them by a soothing action. or around a magnetic reservoir. and nothing disturbs the employment of your faculties. namely. when its action is concentrated upon the head. and by Let him not be troubled let him have his will. or when an extraordinary use of force is make employed suddenly. to exert its power. the patient attacked by it should be instantly taken from the chain. to destroy the cause of the disease. Employ your force gradually. and you will never excite the least trouble in the one you magnetize. the operator is Do not magnetize unless you are yourself in a state of calm. instead of being tranquil. resists the action. are communicated from the magnetizer to the . or to obtain singular effects. Magnetism ple also excites nervous motions it when peo- out of curiosity. and especially organic diseases. The magnetizer does not interrupt them. Have no other desire than that of curing. If. It is very essential to know that Magnetism renews attacks which it gives the strength to support. that the Rheumatic magnetizer must be in good health. pains.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. a nervous crisis displays itself. accelerates the progress. and led to another It is known that nerplace. vous attacks are communicated by imitation or by sympathy: and this is a reason for not exposing the other patients to them. when. nervous affections. but crises the patient will find himself better it the equilibrium. that he may be calmed. I ought here to reiterate a condition essential to the success of every treatment. 227 — patience and the desire of doing good— and after the than before. in a treatment wherein several persons unite in a chain.

magnetize any one whose lungs are cation there similar affected. house. have ]ust said that a magnetizer whose health is essentially bad may communicate the disease to the person whom he magnetizes. A young lady. without precautions. when her magnetizer was attacked with an inflammation of the As he could no longer go out of his own larynx. he sent every evening to the patient a mag- m * The magnetize. that in the magnetic communi- may is established a sympathy between the organs of the two individuals. as he throws the fluid from him Bell. with facility proportioned to the thoroughness of the communication between them. whence it follows that a person whose lungs are delicate cannot. who for a long time had a very serious nervous disease. and not passive.* Hitherto I have spoken only of the dangers to which we are exposed in magnetizing. I have several times to be feared of it. 1 it necessary to know them. who enjoys good health sometimes sympathetically ex periences the pains ol his patient. and her health appeared to be senShe flattered herself with the sibly ameliorated. and will therefore point them out. was magnetized by a friend of her family. the reason oi whicn is. I will merely recite a fact which proof seen the struck me forcibly. prospect of obtaining a complete cure. This thing is especially somnambulism. he gives. he is actJve. the vital fluid may be vitiated.228 AXIMAL MAGNETISM. who rendered her She' very soon had a somnambulist the first day. and-does not receive. 01 at least morbific principles it with I be thrown off will add. favorable crises. In the state of disease. I which spring from somnambulism are To avoid them. person magnetized. persons who are is not somnambulists. . but he does not catch the principles ov the disease. still Those greater. that. without danger.

but by the fault of the by a momentary of I The dangers which am abuse of his own power. that she was perfectly re-established in health.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. and when he desires it. and making use of all the remedies which her clairvoyance suggested. you will Do diminish his lucidity. solely with his health. ments. except it be for some good purpose. Do not suffer your ject. Do not put him in communication with any one. 229 somnambulism The young lady was very soon attacked accompanied by the most alarmwith the same ing symptoms. and the greater part of magnetizers are not instructed on this point by their own experience. magnetizer. And it was only after a very long treatment. retard his cure. netized handkerchief. the magnetizer ought to conduct himself in such a manner as infallibly to prevent them. Avoid magnetizing him in presence of many persons. disease. another magnetizer came to her aid —a circumstance which did not prevent her in the greatest from being danger when the former one died. the natural consequences of somnambulism. and do him an Yet this injury may be ordinarily repaired by injury. . They are. They are not caused happily. I confine myself to a succinct summary of what I have said on this subNever interrupt a crisis. somnambulist to be touched by any one who is not in communication with him. proper cares. Happily. Occupy yourself Follow the processes which he indicates to you. and. about to speak are. not fatigue him with experiIf you neglect these precautions. I will not here return to the accidents that sult may re- from temporary inprudences. which renewed for two hours. much less frequent. with some indi- viduals. as they are very serious and difficult to remedy.

I know that some exceptions to this rule may be cited. Persons who have been for a long time somnamhave been known to preserve. on the contrary. a nervous susceptibility which bulists renders them impressible in the highest degree. Somnambulists who are no longer ill are generally poor somnambulists. your somnambulist any longer than he tells you it is necessary. It does not even convince the incredulous. and this presents many inconveniences. and they hope through them to render service to other patients. when thoroughly . and you to be habitually in a directions: must avoid by observing the following Do not magnetize. All this does no good. disembarrass him of the fluid with which he is charged. and the tendency to somnambulism is not in accordance with the ordinary habits Many magnetizers preserve somnambulists of life. so that there may be no intermediate point between the ordinary and the somnambulic state. and that somnambulists. They are often made use of for experiments of curiosity. but it is wrong to have confidence in such somnambulists. somnambulism. even after their restoration to health. They are exhibited to persons who interrogate them upon various subjects. and the slightest action of Magnetism to fall again into an imperfect may cause them of them have been seen This it is netic state. Some maga great inconvenience. and wake him perfectly. In terminating each sitting. will. As soon as your patient is cured. after their cure. new complaint renders them useful to him.230 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. refrain absolutely from the until a desire of preserving in him the somnam- bulic faculties. that they cease. Never speak to him after he awakes of what he said in somnambulism.

cured. compared to the dangers to which one exposed by turning somnambulism aside from the single end to which it should be directed. If this should occur. or to the perfecting of their moral qualities. are is nothing. discretion. and made almost habitual. if you interrogate him about political affairs. There is not the least doubt that such an abuse of Magnetism may carry trouble into the nervous system. it will be your own fault. or to announce the future. it ought . man will not seek to produce it. and might even make him idiotic. since persons who have never been magnetized have been seen to be naturally in a state similar to that of the most extraordinary magnetic somnam- but this state demands so much management.. If you exact of your somnambulist things which are difficult and contrary to his will if you should wish to act upon him in such a manner as to make him see the dead or spirits. etc. It This phenomenon very has its source in moral and physical independent of the magnetizer's indispositions. if you compel him to go into distant times or places. you will do him much mischief. is a surprising clairvoyance. to tell you what numbers will be fortunate in a lottery a thing which he knows no better than you. have been infrequent. that a wise bulists. — . and derange the imagination. and disinterestedness. But the inconveniences of a somnambulism too much prolonged. from which they can derive no advantage. fluence. to derive advantage from it. to discover things lost. 231 known to preserve. to obtain of them surprising things. either to their health. for many years. and requires so much prudence. by exciting the faculties of somnambulists. that is.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. or to sustain it by magnetic action.

in the . I sj)oke of this extraordinary state in the preceding chapter. and especially in those which have been published in Germany. and produce the greatest disasters. are purified in their tranquil current. nel. or to the patients with whom he consents to interest himself.232 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. when not abused. and we not abusing it when we employ it solely least disorder are sure of for the pur- pose of learning the means of doing good to the somnambulist. I think this danger has never been better exposed than in a pamphlet entitled "Mémoire sur le Magnétisme animal. and who is governed by the desire of witnessing marvels. the most elevated of which has been called ecstasy. présenté à V Académie de that. When this state has reached a certain degree. If. and if you fear you shall not sucIt is ceed. then. but if you build dikes. the authors have distinguished different degrees or states of somnambulism. and experience. Somnambulism of itself is a state of calm. united in a single chan- the forces of nature . you see somnambulism taking this direction. you should renounce the treatment. the magnetizer has no longer any control over it. coolness. it will overflow its banks. not to be attributed to Magnetism. and hands of a magnetizer who lacks force. In many works on Magnetism. never at the first time that this state becomes sufficiently manifest for the will of the magnetizer to be inefficient. I ought here to state that it is very dangerous. it is necessary forthwith to oppose it. but wholly to your Somnambulism will never produce the temerity. during which all put themselves in equilibrium. The stream of life then flows freely its waters. it may be attended with the most fatal consequences. or magnetic exaltation.

nambulism was the subject of I believe that the accidents which have sometimes resulted from somnambulism have never occured ex cept when it has been pushed too far. or when its beneficial and restorative action has been counteracted. the when taken to be They even see the moral condition of the patient. They believe them infalli- both in the judgment they give of their own disease.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. and I from the pen of a distinknew the man whose som his observations. the cause. Berlin" 1820. and this credulity makes them lose arrives. they con- tinue in the illusion. and the crises which are to be expected. and prescribe the most suitable remedies by indicating the effects they ought to There produce. without doubt. they clearly explain the origin. If the remedies ordered by them do not succeed. they have become credulous. enthusiastic magnetizers have a blind faith in their somnambulists. Even when a mischance are. they suppose it is because the prescriptions have not been followed with sufficient exactitude. This is 233 guished physician. some somnambulists endowed with such a lucidity. Thirdr—Of the Dangers to who place too much which Persons expose tJiemselves Confidence in Somnambulists. and the nature of the disorder. all pru- dence. Many ble. if the remedies have done mischief. . that when they have been placed in communication with a sick person. they regard the mischief as a necessary crisis. and the precautions which ought first symptoms are perceivable. They announce a disease which will develop itself in several months. As they have sometimes seen inconceivable wonders. and in that which they give of the diseases of others.

since we are engaged in a career in which we do not see the rocks and quicksands. and they do not perceive others which a physician would notice at the first glance of the eye. and him appropriate advice. In order to avoid all the dangers of a blind dence. and especially what you are ignorant of yourself. If he perfectly describes the symptoms of the disease. observe the following directions: confi- When you have been so happy as to meet with a somnambulist who has given proofs of his lucidity. but these somnambulists are rare. as it has often happened to well acquainted with me— it to you. is evident that he is the disease. if he sees clearly what it is impossible to divine. clairvoyance do not always preserve possess It and do not except at certain moments. they see very well things which no person in the ordinary state could conjecture. If this to point out the treat- treatment exhibits nothing that can be jurious. Let us not doubt of the faculties of somnambulists. and if it does not oblige the patient to in- re- . give penetrate his thoughts. and let him speak without interrogating him.234 ANIMAK MAGXETISM. often happens also that the-clairvoyanee of somnambulists is not extended equally to all objects. if he speaks of remedies which have been employed. and of the effects they have produced. and even those who have given it proofs of this inconceivable it. present your patient to him. but let us be the more prudent. and this knowledge will be very useful Then you will request him ment to be pursued. if he points out the origin of it. sustain his attention.

I have collected a large number of facts. By this means. which I have examined in such a manner as to leave me in no uncertainty on this head. but you will combine what he says with what the physician in whom you repose entire confidence tells you.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. in certain cases. if he be may be at least exempt from prejudice. even if the treatment does not succeed. provided the physician is not himself a will apply to not a partisan of Magnetism. and say things not prompted by instinct. and. in talking with him. for. There are profession of at Paris somnambulists who make a giving advice for a fee. you will have no cause for selfreproach. and that the patient will be cured after having experienced such or such a crisis you will follow his prescriptions with the most rigorous exactitude. the somnambulist may yield to his vanity. you an enlightened physician. and the Magnetism do not fail to say that I can affirm their somnambulism is pretended. who. and from which he has experienced relief if the somnambulist affirms that the medicines which he points out will produce such or such an effect. which you will follow You will not in case he sees no danger in it. magnetizer. there are some which. you will have no risk to run. put your somnambulist in consultation with the physician. and I have ber of them with the most scrupulous attention. They differ enemies of among themselves in the degree of their faculties . great numa examined the contrary. and you will submit to him the advice of the somnambulist. 235 nounce that which he is already pursuing. among the remedies indicated. — — But if. might do mischief.

I have seen some of them who have cured very severe acute diseases and inveterate chronic perceive. and I recollect having precautions no sons who take whom I thought incapable of debeen for three days the dupe of a person somnambulist may have. after having an imperfect somnambulism in presence of perto verify the reality. Each of the somnambulists of whom I speak has methods of investigation peculiar to himself. by boldly changing the treatment pursued up to that time. . the habits. after a quarter of an hour of concentration and of silence. discover what no physician could and describe with exactitude the character. I have conducted to the houses of these somnambulists patients whom they could not have known. they have singularly astonished me. At other times. others examine separately and successively only all the organs. and of whose state I was myself ignorant. The attention of some is at first struck with the most serious evil.* but all are really Among those whom I have observed. disorders. and ct is viewed them apart. but there is not one that has not exhibited to me proofs This clairvoyance has appeared to of clairvoyance. and the inclinations of those who consult them. there is not one that I have not known to commit errors. divine the origin. the cause.236 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. me imperfect and limited on several occasions. and the stages of the diseases. qualtities. and of their moral somnambulists. that they endeavor There are to determine their reciprocal influence. The faculties you may discern the deception at the first imitated by any one who peculiar to somnambulists cannot be successfully * It is possible to feign : does not possess them. and I have seen them. pretended the address ceiving me but whatever examination. commencing at the head. determine the seat of the pains. For instance.

Some of them consult for persons who are absent and unknown to them. . them take and mag- have seen them carefully distinguish between what they thought themselves sure of. and what they thought merely probable. and they sometimes expe- rience the pains of the patient so much as to suffer considerably after the sitting. when it is presented.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. and * Ii is necessary to envelop these tilings in paper. do nothing more than to touch with one hand the pulse of the patient. To what I have just said of the somnambulists by profession. 237 some of them who. netize with zeal. I ought to add that I have noticed in many of them by conjecture or chance. he will exert an influence which will furnish him with new reasons for his incredulity. I do not pretend that they do not often deceive themselves. while with the other they feel over all the body. it is possible that. in cases where they had nothing to guide them. or something which he has worn for several days on the stomach. that they and minutely his physical and moral condition. much uprightness and sensibility. in reference to their varying faculties. and. in an astonishing manner. and where the disease for which they were consulted had charin such close will describe exactly acteristics too rare for them If to come at the truth he who consults has for his aim. next to the skin. Some hair of the patient. without knowing it. but to put the somnambulist to the proof. not to have had the packet opened. I Some of the most lively interest in their patients. to the somnambulist. not to enlighten himself.* suffices to put them communication with him. to make this examination. but I have seen them many times succeed. they thus perceive by sympathy which are the affected organs.

who have not taken the pains to inform themselves of the by the somnambulists of whom I speak. and renounce all other business. and require secrecy. would continue to see patients. The persons who apply to them are very glad to be able to acquit themselves of the obligation. those who. would consent to direct them and sustain their strength.238 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. Such a measure would create inconveniences a thousand times more serious than the ones sought to be obviated. they have no reason to complain. It is proper that they should be recompensed for their trouble and the sacrifice of their time.* But without pretending to make any particular application without disapproving what exists I ought to show that somnambulists This is what I — — by * profession. and as no one designs to deceive them. these somnambulists could no longer find a inagnetizer who. which fatigue them. had to say to justify an abuse which will exist so long as Magnetism is not practised in families. refuse to give a consultation feel themselves to when they did not be in possession of sufficient clair- voyance. would demand a higher price for their services. under the direction of a physician. in the actual circumstances of the case. and which. when the state of the patient appeared desperate. ought not to be condemned. those especially who succeed in throwSome men. if they have merely satisfied their curiosity. and the persons who obtain a consultation from them would not dare to submit it to a physician. for fear of compromising their obligations to the somnambulists. they would not declare the opinion they had formed respecting it. would have the police forbid their giving consultations. or. In the first place. of giving consultations every day. In the second place. obliges them to take care of themselves. by a disinterested zeal. The part which these somnambulists have taken. services rendered every day . if they have received good advice. those of the somnambulists who have the most delicacy would think they ought to renounce a practice which is interdicted to them. in spite of the law. having risks to run. Finally.

the impressions which they receive change their nature moment. consulted.DANGERS OP MAGNETISM. 239 ought in general to inspire less confidence than those of whom I spoke farther back. are ignorant of the faculties with which they are endowed during sleep. becomes a habit. InThe acquired stinct no longer acts independently. ing themselves into the crisis. recollections. in the waking state. ease. What I am about to say is supported by the true principles of Magnetism. he must in some sort identify himself with the patient. and confirmed by numerous observations. to see the dis- for whom they are all. Professional somnambulists are rarely in a state of abstraction (isolés). are mingled with that species of" inspiration which develops in the somnambulist a faculty absolutely foreign to those which we enjoy in the common state. interests. or the love of good. somnambulism. and it is difficult for them to iden- tify themselves alternately with each one of those Besides. prejudices. one's self. to divine its origin. and who. is The somnambulist is also required to point . from which it is to be presumed that they have not reached the degree of concentration which ordinarily precedes perfect clairvoyance. there is established a communication between this and the ordinary state. to describe its not symptoms. In order to have a somnambulist judge correctly the state of a disease. its It supposes a forgetfulness of and personal interest must necessarily alter purity. by being too much prolonged. As they see at every When many patients in the course of the day. ideas. for the motive which determines him to identify himself with a suffering being can be no other than the sentiment of pity.

and their complicated prescriptions often appear to embrace useless things. they rarely think of examining themselves. The somnambulists who receive in succession sev- hour they have appointed. As they desire you to entertain as favorable an opinion of their lucidity as they themselves do. because they have made use of them. A somnambulist who consults only with the desire of relieving a suffering being. It may also be remarked many professional somnambulists have a pharmacy peculiar to themselves. and is not always united with it. they endeavor to rectify their judgment. a certain The lucidity of somnambulists varies from one moment to another. but they depend upon the first sensations they feel. but I am not certain. to be sure of their own lucidity. according that number of medicines which they are acquainted with. and prescribe remedies after the habitudes they have acquired. out the treatment. provided they do not experience too much fatigue. when he perceives that he is not for the moment endowed with perfect clairvoyance. I cannot devise the remedy. to circumstances. is The faculty of seeing remedies very different from that of seeing diseases. They order. they are dexterous in the manner of expressing themselves. I and try to find me in a more favorable condition. They would not willingly deceive you. If they perceive that they have erred. says to his magnetizer. ease. and I cannot permit myself to say positively. "I do not see well to-day. and to pereral patients. each one at the . think themselves obliged to answer the questions put to them.240 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. The patient must return." etc. am not well acquainted with the dis- I suspect such or such to be the case.

is put in communication must desire to receive use- ful advice from him. may take place without any misgivings. of whom insidious questions are if Somnambuasked are much avowing embarrassed. 241 suade you that you have not well understood them. and. they almost always conjecture some of the symptoms. if you appear surprised at it. Somnambulists of this species have often gone to see physicians who are prejudiced against Magnet- and who wish to sustain their incredulity by experiments. they make they are troubled. and he who efforts. they would not have drawn lists this conclusion. proof of the lucidity of somnambulist» are dupes. they do not on that account think hemselves in error.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. for our interest influences our manner of viewing things. If they had known the principles of Magnetism. and our conduct. they find pretexts for excusing their error. he must be sustained by the confidence and the will of the person who magnetizes him. and very soon they are put in contradiction with themselves by some one better informed than they are. our decisions. and with an entire honesty on their part. in order to have a somnambulist lucid. They have almost always succeeded in putting them at fault. When they do not discover the essential disease. Besides. If the remedies they have ordered do not produce the effects they expected. they speak at random. they profit by this discovery to direct themselves and to augment your confidence. without our knowing it. determines them to answer. and plausible reasons All this for modifying their treatment. If he is exempt from all inter- . and they have thence concluded that all those who profess to have acquired ism. and vanity. or the fear of their ignorance.

endeavor also to find out whether in his conduct he has always shown himself worthy of esteem. and as it were by One might apply to flashes. If you decide to consult one of these somnambulists. them. I never permitted myself to consult somnambulists to put them to the proof. Even those whose clairvoyance is very imperfect have. . and whose goodness of heart raises them above every other sentiment. and not upon my own observations.ne houses of any except those whom I knew to have given evidence of clairvoy ance. if he preserves his independence he will tell the one who conies to consult him. and to derive from it some information. not to put them to the proof. combine. It seems to me not very proper to employ insidious means to iearn we ought the truth. but to hear their advice with attention. in order to judge of the degree of confidence which they merit. it is natural that he should — — employ the resources of his wit to supply the instinctive faculties which fail him. and as I have said. that and discuss what they have said. a surprising lucidity. but it is at * What I say here is founded upon facts which. I am not in condition to answer yonr questions. have been related to me. It is not during the sitting. it is afterwards.242 est ANIMAL MAGNETISM. We cannot be certain that a somnambulist will not deceive himself. "I cannot consult for you. It discovers itself to him who searches for it with perseverance and honest intentions. at certain moments." But in the contrary case. there are some of them who are endowed with the most astonishing faculties. I will point out the conduct you ought to pursue. and which you can do without fear. do not limit yourself to the inquiry whether he has given proofs of lucidity. but to weigh.* Yet these somnambulists may be very useful. and whose intentions are not in accordance with his. I have not even gone to .

It may also be that the somnambulist sees the disorder very well. and reflected upon what he has told you. least necessary to 243 be assured that he is incapable of deceiving others. at the judgment he has formed of your condition. that you will permit yourself to invite him to direct his attention to any particular organ. It is desirable for you not to be known. and even astonished. and you will take note of all the remedies that he prescribes It is not until he has finished telling you to you. you will answer yes or no to his questions. In all cases. when you have with him. but it be- . to the somnambulist. without testifying the least If he describes the symptoms of your dissurprise. if he discovers its origin. If the somnambulist has a sensible and enlightened man for a magnetizer. before you take the remedies prescribed. what he has seen and perceived. I suppose that. The physician will certainly find in the advice of the somnambulist perceptions calculated to enlighten him. in order to that he knows nothing of your disease. will known by you mit to him the advice of the somnambulist. and what he advises you to do. but this not always possible. directly or be sure is indirectly. this will be one motive for confidence. you will be entirely satisfied. You will then address yourself to a candid physician. order. but mistakes in regard to the remedy. for it may happen that there is a complication of diseases of which the somnambulist has seen but one.3DANGEBS OF MAGNETISM. or to interrogate him upon anything which disquiets you. after having quitted him. if he finds out what could not be have some reason to believe in his clairvoyance. and subhis senses. you will not communication in put been inform him of what you suffer.

which know neither the prin- the direction. because this for persons work is not destined solely Magnetism to do having heard of cures çood. disengaged from sensation and all terrestrial interest. while he profits by the intelligence of the somnambulist.244 longs to ANIMAL MAGNETISM. patient. have just spoken. of ciple. But the details into which I have entered appeared to me necessary. and to whom he devotes himself. but also for those who. to practise who wish . and direct the treatment. the physician ought to preserve his supremacy. somnambulist prescribes remedies for himself. we should conform ourselves exactly to If he is charged with only one his prescriptions. and to modify the treatment in consequence. it is only when physicians have declared the case to be beyond the resources of their art. it of a dangerous approve or to But with the somnambulists of whom I disapprove. and that they know no means of curing the patient which has not been tried. and you will follow his advice. As much as I love to contemplate somnambulism in its purity. if he sees therein no is The physician solely to inconvenience. he ought to be heard with great a lucid When confidence. nor the limits. sees nothing without her but what charity is enlightened by the torch of — it is painful for me I to consider it as a com- plicated faculty. him to appreciate them. presenting itself with vacillating and diversified characters. in whom he takes interest. and makes use of the remedies indicated. If reason permits us to depend solely and unre- servedly upon a somnambulist by profession who has given proofs of lucidity. provided there appears to be nothing in character. when the soul.

but there are few persons who have sufficiently studied this state to escape being dazzled by its phenomena. my counsels more per- In somnambulists there are developed faculties of which we are deprived in the ordinary state. such as seeing without the aid of the eyes. Somnambulists may give erroneous views to those confidence. if I stepped aside to enter into many on this subject. It should suffice for me simply to trace the route you ought to follow. I should wander from the path before me. yet I will make a few observations. I know that a thorough who consult them with too much knowledge of somnambulism places one beyond the reach of this danger. which will render the justdetails ness and the importance of ceivable. and. not only in regard to the treatment of diseases. at sight of the somnambulic phenomena. appreciating time with rigorous exactitude. and to distinguish wha't produced by the imagination from what is perceived by the new faculty developed or revealed by is the interior sentiment. in the first place. having a presage . I have seen persons who. and without being acquainted with the precautions which are necessary to distinguish between their instinctive notions and the illusions to which they are often exposed. so as not to be led astray. but also in regard to things not less important. what is still more astonishing. reading the thoughts. seeing at a distance.DANGEES OF MAGNETISM. hearing without the aid of the ears. come to consult them without having the least idea of the circumstances which favor or trouble their clairvoyance. were led to the adoption of most absurd and extravagant opinions. effected 245 by somnambulists.

taught us to recognize these conditions as it re- gards the external senses. seem the product of inThe But all this does not exclude error. As to the exaltation of our ordinary faculties. it predominates. has need of being attended with certain conditions. if all were exalted together. harmony would be preserved. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. the elocution so pure. these objects must be situated in the light.246 of the future. the imagination may assume a prodigious activity. the memory may recall a thousand ideas which were enlists tirely effaced. this faculty acts alone. at more than the others. if not at the expense of the others. brilliant. and man in somnambulism would be in all respects superior to what he is in the ordinary state. we are ignorant of the qualities necessary to the free unfolding of the new faculty of the somnambulist. but this is precisely what strikes people least . One faculty exalted. which is a happy circumstance. Further. is But it is not so. Thus. at a certain distance. flected and that the rays of light refrom them must not pass through a medium which distorts the images. and harmony no more exists. while the testimony of each of our senses is rectified by that of the others. It sometimes happens that reason bears the sway. On the contrary. among them. so spiration. as to may become so elegant. exercise of the faculties peculiar to somnambulists. in order to Experience and habit have give us exact notions. and to the same degree. as well as that of our ordinary faculties. "We know that for our eyes to impart to us a just idea of the form and color of objects. But there is often with somnambuan extraordinary exaltation of the faculties with which we are endowed.

and which is necessary to maintain the supremacy of reason. finally. silt. in regard to their own selves . by any means. which are imperceptible to us. there is not a case where we can reckon upon the exactitude of its application. The only infallible means is. We will now see how we may prevent somnambulists from running into error. that cer- mind with extreme tain associations between objects become perceivable to him. that all the faculties of the mind from the truth when their exaltacan tion has destroyed the equilibrium which ought to reign among them. upon him in all that his imagination can realize the phantoms ful it has created. it is if there are facts enough to prove its existence. that the poetry. that the facility of associat- ing his ideas. and preserve ourselves from the influence of their illusions over us. never extends but to a certain number of objects. which he may seen at a very distant period come up vividness. he not reflect that things. of expressing them in the most delight- manner. of what he believes and of what he says. that is. 247 is. of investing them with all the charms of of joining them with some unperceived truths. — faculty of prevision.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. not to let them busy them- draw man far on anything except the subjects in relation to which experience has taught us they have lights wnich we cannot have. least forcibly. the most inconceivable of that conditional. which he causes to shine with the brightest splendor is not. and that. that the prejudices of his childhood operate afresh their power. The display astonishing fact to hear a somnambulist ject to which and people do have heard or before his much information upon a subhad heretofore paid no attention. a proof of the truth.

who. the more more the soul is disengaged from all termore estranged from all passion. of themselves. or which have been taught us by tradition. These ideas are inherent in the human soul. Their disposition to piety might edify us. abis. stracted and concentrated in himself. And spect. and political discussion. and without being invited.248 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and to interdict them absolutely from all religious. the inner sense will be the more quick. without perceiving its relation to other souls free from matter. without ascending to its origin. the restrial interest. m this re- But in regard to things which have been revealed to man. this is the reason why the somnambulist. which cannot know itself without also knowing the cause and the end of its existence. and the health of those who are perfectly in communication with them. expose the fundamental ideas of religion. The precept I here give is not in contradiction with what I have said farther back relative to somnambulists. they have merely the same gift that we have. their imagination will be exalted. but if we make them reason about mysteries. they will no longer draw consequences from innate principles. are proved to us by the order of the universe. health. For the view of the order of the universe be the more clear. and especially by the inner sense. metaphysical. Providence. . and the knowledge of the essential principles of morals is the result of the unfolding of our will intelligence. it does not belong more enlightened than we. the immortality of the soul. The existence of God. to somnambulists to instruct us. the unfolding of intelligence will be the regular. and they wili give in to all sorts of errors.

and the indiscreet curiosity which would go beyond this will be always tasy. I cannot too much recommend your never permitting them to enter upon such a Ecstatic course. ideal world. If it is dangerous to consult somnambulists upon the dogmas of religion. punished. illusion and reality will be mingled. I know that many persons have been led to embrace is the reveries of what fidence they have lists. The metaphysical acumen of certain somnambulists . and they have exerted the most fatal influence upon those who have had the imprudence to listen to them as oracles. not to be separated except by the aid of reason and experience. otherwise well informed. it is not less so to consult them upon political affairs. where. they do not exhibit less in the strangest errors.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. in this somnambulist sees what is concealed he cannot communicate it to us. somnambulism is often exhibited without being induced by Magnetism. to us what it behooves us to know. a clairvoyance which would appear miraculous. as in the actual world. had in mystic or ecstatic by the consomnambuis. I have seen men. They will conduct us into an ideal world. Even when. or from some hypothetical views. the us. They who enter into this state manifest. upon certain points. 249 but from the prejudices of childhood. more than we can give to those who are born blind an idea of from the phenomena of vision. God has revealed to what we are required to believe. as to religious doctrines. The way to escape from this danger not to let the somnambulist wander into the regions of fan- and to limit ourselves. called ittuminism. become the dupes of their visions and their predictions.

without being excited. but for this of his it is necessary for him to speak own accord. and the proofs of lucidity which they exhibit in relation to certain things of a useless nature merely serve to mislead the judgment of those their visions for realities. because of the penetration he possesses. yielding to his instinct. or of the Eclectics of the third century. in which sublime truths were associated with senseless creeds. I repeat for the last time — if you desire to avoid the danger of the influence which somnambulists may . who mistake have seen persons who had certain proofs of the clairvoyance of a somnambulist consult him about the conduct of their domestic affairs. and in cerI tain circumstances. without being solicited.250 is ANIMAL MAGNETISM. who is in reasoning. except that of having more wit. and more unfortunate. It generally conducts us to systems analogous to those of the Alexandrian school. but it does not repose upon a solid basis. Somnambulists who give themcslves up to this species of research ordinarily lose the most important faculties. I do not deny that a somnambulist may sometimes. will tell you. This merits some attention. "Do not undertake such a journey. he is deceiving you. the result will be A But. " or. give excellent advice. and I have also seen them by this means take imprudent steps. advantage no enjoy will he if you argue with him. over you. and even because of his ability to foresee the issue of an event which is in progress. "Beware of such a person. and without very good somnambulist. thorough communication with you. sometimes very surprising." facility in conveying it ms thoughts. Doubtless it is better than that of the materialists. and suffer themselves to be guided by him.

There are some of them who would sacrifice themselves for others. namely. and these would go into convulsions if themagnetizer had a thought injurious to modesty. from all I have just said. and never to excite them. but the principle genslightest somnambulists preserve the passions and the inclinations which they had in a waking state. they display in the ordinary There are some of them who calculate their and profit by what is told them to procure themselves some advantages. finally. and would reject the thought which would wound decency or the moral sense. and yet not to maKe use of it except to retain them in subjection. that the greatest wisdom and the greatest prudence are requisite for the good management of somnambulists. Vanity and jealousy are sentiments very common among them. Many angelic purity. and about what they may know better than you. . 251 exercise over you. m bad But -et hands. and for preventing their gaining an ascendency over the magnetizer. It follows. In many works upon Magnetism somnambulism is has been represented as a state of purity. upon the means of re-establishing their health. in which man superior to the passions. be attended with many dangers plain and upright men be teaness.DANGERS OF MAGNETISM. preserve in somnambulism Some may be found who the depravity which state. or of direct- ing their moral conduct. mav. there are some who are profoundly selfish. that this state. let tnem but ex acy. do not consult them except about what appertains to their real interest. that he ought always to preserve his suprem- own interests. there are some who are of eralized is absolutely false. Those who have sustained this thesis are supported by some facts. in some sort supernatural.

an unshaken will for good: let somnambulism only for the object for dence has destined it. compassionate charity. the spirit of proselytism. let them repress their let a them employ which Provicuriosity. the rage for experiments.252 ercise ANIMAL MAGNETISM. an unbounded confidence. — . be the only motives of their action and they will never have any thing to dread.

and the robbing him of the glory of having discovered them. This proves that they were not so important as their author thought them.CHAPTER IX. and also to explain its consequences. trary to the received principles of physics. and yet the practice of Magnetism has been attended with the greatest success. as soon as they had consented to arrange the matter. They have never been clearly explained. and at the same time teach them of select students. he would not divulge a secret of which he thought himself the sole possessor. and the to establish his priority of discovery (pour prendre he published its fundamental principles in twenty-seven propositions. Several of them seemed conto give. AND OF DERIVING ADVANTAGE FROM THIS DEVELOPMENT. OF THE MEAN'S OF DEVELOPING IN OURSELVES THE MAGNETIC FACULTIES. the proofs of which he reserved. to whom mode of its application. These propositions were very obscure. announced his discovery. and those which his pupils 253 . and that the effects which he produced. and the development of which he promised date). But to let the world know how vast and important that theory was. unless they would allow him a certain When Mesmer number plain all he could exhis theory. and to take the measures he judged proper to prevent the abuses of his principles.

and the cause of the and if the name current is . were not essentially allied to his doctrine. if not for the gen- eral system of physics with which he associated his discovery. Mesmer afterwards spoke much of the currents. ivhich penetrates all bodies without apparently losing its activity. at least as far as action of Magnetism. " Experiment has proved the existence of a subtile matter. Mesmer also said. as that of the poles. for Mesmer was both a good observer and a learned physician. as well as the twenty-seventh." This proposition has been left unexplained. the degree of force with which it escapes. the nature of this emanation." People have not sufficiently reflected upon this proposition. by subtile fluid. produced. and they will search in vain in most of the works upon Magnetism to discover how it leads the degree the physician to decide in relation to the state of the sick. the flowing of a we can ascertain. means and to the utility derivable from it. and I agree useless to look into this subject now. The supposition of currents passing and repassing through bodies. but if experiment. of its it relates to the proper its power. to the and strengthening its action. effects. directing The twenty-seventh of the commences in this manner: the physician in the icay propositions of Mesmer " This doctrine will put of forming a correct judg- ment of of each individual's health. given to this emanation.254 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. Yet we cannot but agree that the assertions of Mes- mer merit the greatest attention. and no account has been given of what he meant by the term. appertains to the general system of that it is Mesmer. in the thirteenth proposition. especially in the treatment of diseases.

and not being endowed with the faculty of perceiving in myself the diseases of others. as of a thing known to all the world by an oral tradition.. M. they have spoken of it only in a vague manner. d'Eslon. an excellent observer. de Lausanne recently gave a long extract from the manu cri )t I have just cited. having first been instructed by M. and I am convinced that what I had neglected to look into was a very remarkable phenomenon. are physical and physiological probought to be examined with the greatest which lems care. I could not speak of it from my own experience. in the numerous memoirs which they have published. had added much to the knowledge he had acquired as a pupil. thing upon this subject in my " Critical History" because I did not well understand its nature. I in- . the observation of which is the most useful in the practice of Magnetism. and who. 8vo. I have also read a manuscript work. attention to the action of the currents. direction 255 it takes. d'Eslon. I have since read some manuscripts of M. The phenomenon mentioned by Mesmer has been known to a great number of his scholars. d'Eslon. in which the question has been treated of.OF DEVELOPING THE FACULTY. It was in particular known to M. written thirty-six years ago. and not having paid at Strasburg. This knowledge was common to several of the members of the Society and yet. by a highly-intelligent gentleman. who fixed upon this subject the attention of almost all those to whom he taught the practice of Magnetism. which it is therefore I have myself scarcely said anyuseless to explain. It forms the first volume of the work entitled "The Processes and Principles of Magnetism" 2 vols. 1819.

their hand This efis benumbed. It is also well known that without any instruction It is well known that they magnetize much better than they do when awake. either while magnetizing various patients. nor give their explanation. I cannot here lay down all the principles. the better to succeed in the treatment of good somnambulists discover the seat of the diseases of persons put in communication with them. and to exercise themselves patiently in the method taught by the author. whom they are in communi- their magnetizers. and the direction which we ought to give to the fluid. perceive a pain which extends to the elbow. I must to practise limit myself to let the reader who wish know the principal it phenomenon. This faculty of perceiving the seat of diseases. it ceases with the . does not belong exclusively to somnambulists. sympathetically. Magnetism to read this work with the greatest attention. and the indications with which diseases. when they hold hand upon the seat of an internal disease. sometimes by passing the hands over them. and examining with attention from the head to the feet. fur- nishes us. pains in the part of their body corresj)onding with that which is affected in the patient. Of course. I know many fect diminishes with the disease. or while carrying the action of Magnetism upon any organ of a patient with cation.256 vite those ANIMAL MAGNETISM. when they are attentive to the different sensations they experience. sometimes by experiencing. who. it is also developed in many magnetizers. and even becomes swollen. and that they give to the magnetic fluid the most suitable direction.

of the examination and comin the I * I nave no longer this book in my possession. The author therein unfolds a curious. with many pupils of M. moment when as a crisis will terminate. by instinct. and when I of alleviating a sick person. cure: 257 is and its cessation Indicates that Magnetism no longer necessary. It was published at London. but very systematic theory and it demands of those who . nearly thirty years ago. make me think I should have acquired it. the processes best calculated to direct the action well —beiug I shall the most useful of all the going to treat sue cinctly of the mode of acquiring it. to iudge of the . and sometimes the nature of the disease to foretell a crisis which is in progress. work wish to practise Magnetism a knowledge of things which do not appear to me at all necessary. and of making faculties to the magnetizer. de Maineduc. I was induced to 't by the desire Yet some effects which have perceived in various circumstances. . had I taken care to notice the causes which produced them. d'Eslon. of some observations which I extracted from the English work of Dr.OF DEVELOPING THE FAQULIY. of the theory explained have just cited. of own my conversations with the late M Varnier. in an octavo edition. and to choose. and many members of the Society of Strasburg. With others <t does not show itself until after reiterated attempts. I have not observed it in myself .* and finally. I am use of it. but of the explanation which many magnetizers have given me of the method pursued by themselves.because my occupations have not permitted me to magnetize except by intervals. The delicate tact which enables us to perceive the seat. What say is not the result of my experience. I first saw a physician experience this sensation the time he' attempted to magnetize. by whom I have seen wonderful cures effected.

by the of his will. if you do not perceive it it after you have tried a quarter of an hour. but which they who are in the habit of magnetizing. and who have observed what passes in This disposithemselves. He first perceives a change operated in himself by the action in which he is engaged. collect. is useless to continue.258 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. are things which it is impossible to describe. which leaves us in no doubt as to our success in alleviating him. The change which occurs in us when we act magis netically and the feeling which persuades us are magnetic we are in communication with. of which composed a determined intention. recognize with certainty. the . of a lively interest which the patient inspires in us. and which draws us towards him. he puts himself. self the various sensations which affect him more or less. and of a confidence in our power. in a state different from one. and according to the degree of attention which he pays to recognize and distinguish them. parison of a great nessed. and this new manner of being renders him susceptible of new impressions. —that — is to say. he throws off and directs beyond him- nervous or vital fluid. He then experiences. number and of a all which I have "witthose which I have been able to of facts When exertion man magnetizes. by the reaction of him whom he magnetizes. tion is banishes all distraction without our making any effort. ac- cording to the degree of susceptibility with which he endowed. he concentrates his attention upon habitual his a single object. when the passes we make When experience has taught you that you are susceptible of this feeling.him whom we wish to magnetize.

he was obliged to continue nearly three-quarters of an hour. who. are also tions Besides the change in the moral dispositions. and you will ceass if you have no more success. he was sure in the first. at the it was necessary had given it. the following days. have been intimately connected with a man who had a very energetic and a very salutary magnetic power. you should in a state to magnetize. when she begins ceased. On the contrary. contrary. When he had once put I the fluid in motion within himself. whose effects will be manifested in the sequel. it is extremely probable that you exercise upon him a real action. He of a quarter of an hour his In the last case. when the patient feels nothing. and exer- magnetic action. When he had begun to act upon any one. and I have though at first the patient experienced nothing. or otherwise he found himself the rest of the day in a state of agitation. if you perceive in yourself a manifestation of the disposition of which I speak. for.OF DEVELOPING THE FACULTY. it seems as if the vital action were carried cises a outwards. there some signs purely physical. or some sensa- which will indubitably assure the magnetizer that he has established a communication. he was sure of the never seen him deceived. either by some crisis or by an amelioration of health. efforts of will 259 make would be untime more on three or two availing. or that persevere. that he had not acted. I am acquainted with a lady. al- . to let it pass off in the direction he if end hands were not warm. for then it proves that you are not that you could will try You your action does not agree with the person on whom you wish to act. Commonly his hands are warm.

der. Then she acts no more. The two others do not show themselves distinctly. so that when they place one upon the stomach of the patient. after an hour of repose. other. the examination of diseases such a manner that Place yourself m all the parts of your body may be as much as possible opposite to . at the end of several minutes. to magnetize. This sensation proves that the fluid penetrates the patient.260 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. These effects occur only when the communication is well esThey can manifest themselves to a greater tablished. I here stop a moment to tell the means which the author of the work published by M. experiences much heat in the hands. Let us now come to the effects produced upon the magnetizer by the reaction of his patient. The same thing takes place when she magnetizes Her magnetic faculties are re-established water. After a sitting of three-quarters of an hour (more or which depends upon whether the person she magnetizes draws off more or less of the fluid). perhaps it is even necessary to have peculiar dispositions to acquire the knowledge of them. and known to a great number of magnetizers. except to those who have made them an object of incessant study. it seems to them as if their hands touch each less. and the other behind his back. a correspondence which is established between their two hands. namely. de Lausanne has pointed out to establish the intimate communication which is necessary to the end which he proposes. her hands become very cold. or less degree by three phenomena of a different orThe first of these phenomena is very ordinary. especially when she walks in the open air. Some magnetizers feel.

like me. and holding your fingers slightly bent. While drawing your hands slowly before your well all patient. or at Withdraw first yourself by degrees to make passes at at the distance of an inch. continuing to observe your sensations. I am ignorant whether there are persons who have not the necessary temperament to obtain this end. then at several inches. or of prickly heat. 261 and hold him by the thumb six or eight minutes.OP DEVELOPING THE FACULTY. and consequently the part upon which you ought to direct the action. in a manner more or less sensible. These are the three phenomena. These sensations will be either of cold. or of slight pain. Then make very slow passes along the arms and before the body. failed in patience and perseverance in their researches. feet. you will feel. perhaps only at the end of some months. They will indicate to you the princicipal seat of the disease. To determine this. have not. it would be requisite to know whether they who have never attained it. at the distance of three or four inches. and whether the habit of magnetizing without taking notice of their sensations has not hindered them from following the necessary course to develop them. from the head to the least to the knees. or of numbness. perhaps at the first time. as they pass along before the affected organ of the patient. Here I will tell you what you will experience. and this is the advantage derivable from them: 1. direct- ing your will and concentrating your attention upon him. the corresponding parts of the patient's body. giving to your hands only the force necessary to sustain them. different sensations. perhaps at the end of eight or ten sittings. or at the palm of the hand. . either at the ends of the fingers.

but when they are once recognized. provided you abandon yourself entirely to its action. And here there is something more important. as it were. I will add one thing. that may make its action be felt upon your but by withdrawing yourself. takes a certain direction. and which will conduct it from one place to another. This is a sympathetic action noticed in many somnambulists. you should first approach by little and little to render the sensation more strong. If an organ on the right or on the left of your body.262 2. the reason of which I will soon explain. for instance. longer or shorter. ANIMAL MAGNETISM. This vapor will These are what are called the ulty of perceiving currents. 3. you magnetize. and then withdraw yourself gradually to the distance of two or three feet. by instinct. you may be sure that the sensation will be transferred from the right to the analogous organ on the left. oj>posite. It .corresponding with those which are affected in your patient.. which has been unhappily too day. you will assist nature them is by carrying the vital action upon the deficient organ. you will follow them naturally. liver. as it were. a vapor which escapes from certain parts of the tient. for it may be that the you experience pain in affected organ of your patient may act at a little disis tance upon the organ in you which his spleen. It is evident that this sensation intimates to us the seat and the nature of the disease. you will augment or moderate your force at will. You may experience a feeling of pain or a diffi- culty in the internal organs of your body. much neglected in our of your pa- You will perceive. body and act upon you as a slight force which will attract or repel your hand. The fac- often acquired only after a time.

the magnetizer distraction J but it is must be free from well to remark that. or earihe chest. he examines successively all the parts of the patient's body he shuts his eyes and concentrates his attention. and they direct you to follow ail its ramifications. They also indicate the is moment re-estab- when it is terminated. he expeand sometimes m a very painful manner. they direct four action. or appearances of an affection of The currents conduct you to the part where the cause of the disease resides. A very severe disorder of the liver. for then calmness lished. and which he develops in them.OF DEVELOPING THE FACULTY. they can even indicate to the physician the remedies to be employed to aid and favor the work of nature. o The which currents will enable you to perceive a crisis is at hand. excited It is by Magnetism. They also enable you to discover the principal focus of the disease. When he is in communication. aches. . to observe the cur- rents carefully. has once habituated himself to when he being directed by them. is 263 of the by these currents that the analogous organs maortetizer are sometimes affected. or of tha some other viscus of the abdomen. or ophthalmias. but spleen. I make no effort of attention to fol- am acquainted with a I to him whose work those have man who was closely allied He perceives ihe cited. and you feel nothing further to attract you to it. the crises which they are soon to experience. s often accompanied with no pain in that organ. he magnetizes. He very soon perceives his disorder of riences beforehand. or of it produces either headaches. whom . almost useless to say that. he needs to low them. you are withdrawn far from the body.

the curwhich he follows involuntarily. because those who shall once have acquired the faculty of perceiving them will read the work I have cited. A dry and burning heat announces a great tension of the fibres. or in the palm of the hand.'' Ibid. to spread the fluid. inaction. augment it gradually. de Maineduc: I wili enter into " A sensation of cold almost always indicates an obstruction. until this heat becomes gentle and moist. because this phenomenon is more frequent. concentrate it upon the spot that produces coldness. and inflammation. and this vapor stop. du Mag. or a stagna- You must at first exert a gentle and soothing action. until If the patient feels a sensation of cold from your hand. then spread it out to re-establish the equilibrium." Prm. ought to add something relative to the sensations which are felt at the ends of the fingers. and it is good to be aware of the indications thence to be derived. I conducts him by different routes. be as it were wrapped in a vapor.— — 264 Lane! to rent oi ANIMAL MAGNETISM. . at the roots of the nails. to the place where it must have sometimes seen him magnetize several hours in succession He does not cease until the crisis is terminated. and then conduct themselves according But I to the experience they will soon secure. What I am going to say on this subject is extracted from the work entitled " Principes du Magnétisme" and from that of Dr. and tion of the humors. you should continue you have changed it into a sensation oi gentle heat. You must use 1 the circular motion. no further details concerning the currents. in which you will not always succeed at the first sitting. an enlargement. according to the opinions of those who have observed them.

" Ibid. This indicates a movement of the patient's blood. because. which you must favor." " is they are commonly called acrimony in the blood. what arm. and of heat. " When there is sordes {glaires) in the stomach or lungs. and formication. to re-establish the currents. the magnetizer has a sensation of acrimony.— — — — — — — — 265 fin- OF DEVELOPING THE FACULTY." Ibid. "When the nerves have lost their tone. if they are felt humor more or less when you hold them before the and of viscera. circulation. if there is no inflammation. " Contusions produce heaviness and swelling in the hand. if it appears to me indisputable that the sensations experienced by the magnetizer indicate the seat of the ." Ibid. contraction. "In obstructions. and an incipient evacuation. as though a thread were bound round them. if perceived when you touch the head or the at the ends of Ibid. "The pricking sensations at the ends of your gers indicate the existence of a acrid." I will say no more on this subject. activity." Maineduc." "The magnetizer sometimes feels a fluctuating movement in his hands and fingers. " The presence of worms excites formication Ibid. dryness. by making passes along the sides and thighs. Numbness want of your fingers indicates You must then magnetize with Ibid. feels at the Sometimes he ends of the fingers a circular pressure. he perceives a weakness in his fingers and wrist. and pinching {pincement) in the fingers. they are the proof of an irritation. the magnetizer experiences a sensation of thickness and stiffness of the fingers." Ibid. if there is inflammation.

When the pulsations and if the acceleration continues. of The theory treated of in this chapter will not be much utility to the greater part of the persons to this instruction is addressed. by means of them. his left all his hand closed. the acceleration of the arterial movement. it ANIMAL MAGNETISM. of assisting ordinary medicine. the pulse is raised. Magnetism. they will be always sure of do- acquire the faculties of ing much good. I thought it my duty to point out the means of developing them. after be- ing put in communicatioD. Babst for the knowledge of the means of exploring the nature of a disease in which he has always succeeded. We are indebted to M. In consequence. without any . It seems to me that a person might feel more distinctly effect. he concludes that he has found the seat of the disorder. at the same time. I have tried in vain to experience this are accelerated. he holds. considered as a means of relieving our fellow-men. when he puts his hand upon the seat of the disease. determine its character. Let not others be disquieted on this account. is an instrument of charity which all men of good intentions may employ with success. of aiding the action of nature. by conforming to the principles I have given. seems very doubtful whether he can. by placing a finger of the left hand upon the temporal artery. he but I advise magnetizers to observe it. so as to feel the pulsation of the artery in the thumb. he draws his right hand slowly before the body of the patient. and directs attention to that hand. but as whom them many of will be disposed to which I speak. of facilitating the crises. He has observed that.266 disease. stops.

and diminish the ills to which they are exposed. and they perform cise of this faculty cures in proportion to their strength. Yet Magnetism presents phenomena which may enlighten us upon our physical organization. its laws. and perhaps the of practice observing everything. and metaphysicians unite to study them. It is an action in living beings resembling attraction in inanimate matter. of explaining everything. of admitting nothing which lacks accor- dance with our acquired notions. often induces us to exercise it. Why do children whom we have seen magnetize. and they will soon make a science whose application will add much to the various branches of knowledge which are destined to strengthen the ties that bind men together. of rejecting everything of which our senses do not afford a direct proof. but they believe they will. This action hath physiologists. and everything not found in the philosophy we have adopted. . study. magnetize with success ? They do not account for what they do.OF DEVELOPING THE FACULTY. is much less favorable to the exer- than a benevolent simplicity unaccustomed to investigation and discussion. without any 267 knowledge of the physical sciOne might even say that an innate instinct ences. Let physicians. and upon the faculties of our soul.

Magnetism may be considered under two points of either as the mere employment of a faculty which God has given us. at least. to have somnambulists who 268 .CHAPTER X. and whose applications are extremely view — varied. having recognized in themselves the faculty of doing good by Magnetism. having duties to fulfil or business to follow. OF THE STUDIES BY WHICH A PERSON MA Y PERFECT HIMSELF IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF MAGNETISM. or as a science whose theory embraces the greatest problems of physiology and psychology. or with some poor patients. care of many patients at a time. Hence it follows that the persons may wish to make use of it in their families or among their friends. without any other aim than that of curing or relieving suffering humanity. but who. do not magnetize except in circumstances where it appears to them necessary. or. The second class is composed of men who. having wish to join to the practice of Magnetism the study of the phenomena it exhibits. to establish treatments for taking leisure. to enter largely into it. without seeking publicity. hoping to succeed therein. without any motive but that of charity. in this subject who are engaged be divided into two classes: The first class comprehends those who. to form pupils ca- pable of aiding them.

I advise them tent of the career they will have to run. the processes by which they have succeeded. than to stop in the midst of their en- . way as to es- tablish a regular code of laws. or to search for extraordinary phenomena! Let them continue to employ. am it. they taste without mixture or distraction the satisfaction of doing good. Their lot is very good. 269 may enlighten them. they are strangers to the vanities and the inquietudes which attend conflict of ojnnions new attempts. May they be so wise as not to meddle with any theory.AUXILIARY STUDIES. This class is separated from the preceding by a great number of degrees. which must be successively mounted before one can find himself situated where he can command a more extended horizon. As ond to the persons who class. they will unboastingly. When it speak of whom they are interthey have obtained a cure. publishing sufficient to them in all cases. not to enter it. without any other design than to benefit the patient in ested. with confidence and self -collecte dness. extending may lead to new applications. compare. to the uncertainty which springs from the and of various points of view under which things are presented to us. they will not even need to have recourse to desire to belong to the secto consider at first the exIt is better except according to circumstances. I there- fore advise those of the former class not to think of passing beyond their limits unless they are masters of their own time. and whose consequences. and have some preliminary knowledge. whose principles may daily. be certain. to examine closely. so as to engage other perThe direct instruction I is sons to employ the same means. in such a and arrange the phenomena.

I see the superiority of those who possess it. and to avoid being duped by the errors which There is also a necesare found in various books. It is not in my power to impart to others much of the knowledge they ought to have. in order to appreciate the facts. In what appertains to the practice. therefore. should have at first some elementary notions of physics. he might be ruined before he is enlightened by his own clination to experience. as his fathers did before him. I think it useful.270 terprise. of physiology. but I perceive the need of it. and I could point out the mode they must pursue to acquire it. collects every year the Should he give way to an inprice of his labors. what I am going to say would be to them absolutely It is useless. and of producing the most Without surprising and the most salutary effects. imperfect notions expose us to dan- gerous errors. desirable that persons who wish to study this subject thoroughly. In what relates to theory. I suppose the men whom I now address to be entirely convinced of the power of Magnetism. of anatomy. a prudent simplicity is preferable to science. and of medicine. to end this work with some advice to those who wish to elevate themselves into the region of which I have only had a glimpse. . ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and to have recognized in themselves the faculty of using it. pursue an experimental method. ' The laborer who cultivates his farm. but the chart of which is well known to me through the relations of those who have run over it with more or less success. and especially the disposition of mind which is requisite to direct its application to the object in view. this first condition.

the reality of which they do not deny. but because it history." in the Encyclopaedia. and. the in a mass. and gives an idea of the sents proofs. may be added " Les Annales du Magnétisme? " La Bibliothèque du Magnétisme? and other works recently printed. I think that they who are not ac- upon with quainted with foreign languages may commence my " Critical History? not because this work is preworth more than many others. . been written I speak. You should not neglect to inform yourself of the objections made by physicians. To those books. and of the explana- tions they have given of the phenomena. the application the means of avoiding the it contains a appeared succinct notice of all the books which have when it in France upon the same subject at the time was published. the to the cure of diseases. of the development and of the relation of the various faculties of facts the soul. which I have classified. with much " Mesmerism.* * of the articles in which essential to has heen attacked." he would voluntarily deof most of the difficulties he proposes. the of which faculties. the processes. because phenomena. I do not think before the publicame. if his article had not been composed have found in it a solution tion of my " Defence of Magnetism. he must read in order what has Magnetism. so that the view of certain marvellous them may not precipitate them into false systems. of which it is easy to procure a catalogue. in my " Defence of Magnetism. sity for 271 to be versed in that part of philosophy which treats of the origin of ideas. and I would have it You will find.AUXILIARY STUDIES. finally. in the article which he has spoken the author of the article for the great politeness with he passes upon eulogium the of deserving myself of me." some references to most is know were pended upon his judgment. I owe thanks to talent. and presented. and the preliminary knowledge. Those objections which it afterwards collected. Supposing a person to have the dispositions. hut I think. inconveniences.

have been led to assent to action and to the effects it produces.272 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. treating of questions foreign to Magnetism. Eschenmayer. Kluge was the first . le Baron de Strombeck. they have combined the knowledge ac- quired by Magnetism with what they have drawn from other sciences. Wolfart. Georget. in which the authors. although not traces of and several of them have asMagnetism with the most eleEnnemoser has much erudition of a critic. Such is the work of M. in his " Recherches et Doutes" although he read them superficially. tème Nerveux? You entitled " Physiologie will also du Sys- ture of the diseases in examine into the nawhich some of the most exseen in the work of Dr. and other authors of the same time. the writings of Maxwell. by M. traordinary phenomena of Magnetism are spontaneously presented. as may be Pététin. will consult the You works on medicine and physiits ology. are an inexhaustible mine. and the German works of Kluge. All these authors agree to the same facts. But the instruction to be obtained from French and Latin books is nothing compared to what may be obtained by those who are acquainted with foreign languages. Passivant. Kieser. contains excellent precepts and very curious facts. The Dutch work of the celebrated Dr. and in the history of Mademoiselle Julie. of Groningen. Wienholt. Backer. he points . You will not fail also to read the fine dissertation of Yan Helmont. and Nees-von-Esenbeck. Ennemoser. much out Magnetism in the historians and philosoto give a phers of antiquity. sociated the theory of vated philosophy. who are quoted by Thouret. and. they differ in regard to method and ex- planation. Wirdig.

His work carries light to the head and charity to the heart. . spread everywhere. who searches for the explanation of the phenomena in a very singular theory of the general system of nature. expanded. and the authors of "Hermes" modified the hypothesis of Kieser. in which phenomena are compared and explained by a very ingenious hypothesis. and much more subtile than light. namely. the certainty of the principles in which they all agree. Kieser is a bold and systematic genius. In other respects. 273 classical work. based chiefly upon anatomy and physiology. which have been observed with the greatest care. he is a metaphysical spiritualist. not to lose any opportunity to make obserI ought here to lay it down as an important principle. and rectified the theory of Mesmer. but still more by those vations for ourselves. Without adopting the opinions of these various authors. Passivant unites his theory to the most touching and sublime religious sentiments. He has thrown great light upon the application of Magnetism to the cure of diseases. Wolfart has published in succession all that he has observed. in which he is aided by several of his pupils. unhappily too much neglected. we ought In studying these various works upon Magnetism. Wienholt observed and ingenuously discussed. and the facts upon which they equally depend. Eschenmayer admits the existence of an organic ether. He adopted. carefully collects a great number of individual practice or in his public treatment. you will at least derive this advantage from the study of them. not only by those who are pursuing these investigations by themselves.AUXILIARY STUDIES. Nees-vonEsenbeck. either in his facts.

those which are owing to a very great excitation of the organs of sense. and pass. such as are daily produced with perfect facility. You will endeavor to discriminate. before you think of taking notice of the striking phenomena. from those which may have been produced or modified by the will or by the imagination of the patient. to see. but which is displayed only in regard to real and sensible objects. test. in the various phenomena which the same somnambulist often presents. from those where the same clairvoyance is clouded with illusions. those which originate in the action of the magnetizer. The solution of the highest problems iu physics would be unintelligible to rant of the laws of motion and city him who is igno- the action of electri- same in the study of this You should begin by closely examining the subject. such as somnambulism. to distinguish what is common to all.274 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. we complex. those which demonstrate a clairvoyance more or less extensive. the task of enlightening others who have undertaken by their writings. all should commence by the most simple principles. and collect new phenomena. from those which announce the development of a peculiar sense. You will also examine whether there is not a magnetic force pervading and caloric. such as merely prove that Magnetism j>roduces influences which are peculiar to itself. It is the . finally. and what is peculiar to each of them. you should not neglect to form acquaintance with persons who practise it. While reading works published upon Magnetism. to such as are In sciences. for these are complicated by several causes which it is first necessary to study separately. by degrees. most simple and the most common effects.

perchance. and. indepenwhich somnambulism has it As to the curative action of dently of the indications been able to furnish. only to have seen to be carefully scrutinized. which acts it. Hence. if. tends it is we cannot know how far shall ex- —in what diseases and upon what temperaments have sub—until physicians most efticacious mitted to the magnetic treatment a great number of patients whom they have examined before the treatment. it is necessary not many facts with your own eyes. and to know if it be curable by ordinary means. in certain disorders whose character is well marked. for the reason that the somnambulists of the same magnetizer have generally a certain analogy among themselves. to determine the nature of the disease. we have arrived to the point where it would be truly philosophical to form a theory. may Up to the present time. nature. which are proved. and to establish a theory resulting from this comparison. 2^5 upon men when disposed to receive and when voluntarily placed in circumstances that concentrate and direct it. nearly all the writers who have wished to lay down general principles have founded them upon some facts of the same order.AUXILIARY STUDIED. and all their circumstances Magnetism. to judge of the changes that may have been produced. after the treatment. you should endeavor to class and compare them. to discover general laws. but to have collected a great number of others. This is very natural. to which they are not applicable. After having collected a great number of phenomena. Yet the multitude of cures effected in a short time by the magnetic practice. such as . because of the identity of the influence exerted over them. without regard to other facts.

and this is all that the method of study proper for Magnetism has in common with what is appropriate to other sciences. I have merely said it is necessary to pass from the most simple to the most complex facts. who wishes to gain instruction that he must have in were. but successively. there is but one for he who magnetizes ought never to make — phenomena present and develop themselves. patience. rheumatisms. The most himself. and But I have not yet spoken to fix its applications. as it difficult thing for a magnetizer is. these qualities if would be more injurious thev were not united with much reIn the physical serve. if you wish to examine the general subject of Magnetism to determine the rank it occupies among the grand phenomena of animated nature. the more desire of discovering truth. In the investigation of Magnetism. and the other to reason. medicine. one to act. and moderation. and the objects requiring attention. the greater will be his progress. in the practice of Magnetism. of acquiring knowledge — observation let and experi- ment. two persons. In these. even in there are two means and sciences. is a proof of its efficaciousness in diseases of the same kind. intermittent fevers. contusions. who must not exist together. . the more activity in vanquishing obstacles. and note them down after experiments.276 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. etc. I have now pointed out the kinds of knowledge to be acquired. He should the each sitting.. glandular enlargements. of the plan to be pursued to gain skill in the practice. to discover its laws. the more ar- dor one has for the work. without which the notions drawn from books amount to nothing. than useful.

— take note of it. and this is possess simplicity of character and little knowledge of the subject are often more proper to cure diseases. and try to reach which will be more certain. doubtful of everything. you will you will recall to your mind what you have seen.AUXILIARY STUDIES. he of the note doubt of nothing. and admit no fact except upon incontestable evidence. he should be distrustful. While you are magnetizing. the mind but one idea— confidence of success. when to that subordination in but will your exert merely a witness. The magnetizer. even reason itself ought not to be busy. you will combine all the circumresults stances. opinions. no principle. you must withdraw from all prejudices. 277 you must occupy yourto whom you self wholly with the cure of the patient have devoted your time. but also when you are admitted to see * attentively without then unite intentions with the magnetizer. should have unbounded confidence. that. than those who the reason why men who You must conform to this precept not only when you are yourself magphenomena. with this single difference. and look on you must conduct permitting yourself to form any judgment. In a word. you must not take note of anything. you must not of the magnetizer. you were carrying as if just sitting. and which are not contrary to any of the truths of physics and physiology. unless supported by a series of observations congruent with themselves. This self-denial is a thing very difficult to men habituated to observe coolly and to men who suffer themselves to be carried off by the imagination.* ' But after the termination of the sitting. You must not investigate. while actshould ing. But when he takes phenomena presented to him. You must netizing. . magnetic yourself when you assist at a you are on the process yourself. search into the causes. as succeeding observations confirm them. and knowledge. the soul ought to have but one faculty active the will to do good.

to the prop- erty which certain substances to a particular quality have of imparting the fluid passing through . what relates to the construc- tion of baquets. and if they were more enlightened they might not succeed so well. and concentrating the action which Magnetism may exert of Upon this subject. who have a lively imagination. who was so sucwas neither a learned man nor an enthusiast. and to the precautions influences exerted it by certain substances. and especially than those are versed in the sciences. imparted by his will and by the appropriate processes. strengthening. Many rustics and matrons. attacks of fevers often succeed. others. as it respects modes of treatment. who believe they possess the gift of healing —some of them. to the the chain. Greatrakes. trials. or the means of directing. to ascertain the best is.278 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. But no longer applicable. w^hen once put in motion. the Irish gentleman cessful in curing various diseases. the toothache. and who has an acquaintance with the physical and natural sciences. means of employall ing an agent which perhaps. has well studied the particular efrects of this agent. or magnetic reservoirs. and others. to the direc- tion of extensive treatments. bruises. and of the natural develop- ment of phenomena which this this principle is action produces. itself. I wished to speak solely of the direct action which one individual exerts over another by an emanation from himself. to the employment of requires. — When I laid it down as a principle that the magnetizer ought to interdict himself from all experiment. ought to permit himself a man who various nature. or at least it should be modified. diffused through For instance.

of communicating to it such or such a virtue.AUXILIARY STUDIES. may give us some light upon this subject. and of many other celebrated physicians. to class them. Aman in of distinguished learning has just published two volumes octavo. sary for a long time to collect all the known facts. it is in the power which man has of directing this fluid. but frequently. and. and even upon vegetables. can make in the effects of Magnetism. he considers Magnetism in all its relations. to the question whether there are bodies which insulate the magnetic fluid* or retard its action. and an agent which penetrates all bodies. to the action of Magnetism upon animals. the observations of M. consist in this. the presence or the absence of the light. . in in which be- He magnetic fluid may be. because our external senses teach us nothing about the internal principle of life.. and others which are conductors of its action. for it is easy to select facts in support of such an hypothesis as one might desire to imagine. and and the consequences of this theory lead to results seen and announced beforeuntil the applications hand.. This problem I believe to be incapable of solution. the temperature. and taking note of the circumstances. made all All this cannot be known except by trials prudently. 279 them. the researches of Messieurs Provost and Dumas. Let no one be in haste to form a theory. until we see a theory spring spontaneously from their arrangement. of M. as Van Helmont thought. The recent discoveries of M. CErsted. and of various physiologists. or concentrate it so as to render it stronger. and to remain in doubt in relation to the causes. etc. of modifying it. without having this scaffolding of plausible proofs It is necesserve for the erection of a solid edifice. to group. finally. Germany a work. to arrange. the state of the atmosphere. * What we call the as Kieser believes. But the problem does not etc. Ampère. the hour of the day. upon the influence of electricity in the phenomena of the animal economy. to the difference which the seasons. de Humboldt upon the electric gymnotas.

to search out. it. and produce. phenomena analogous to those which the practice of Magnetism brings to our view. can be employed without the concurrence of the human will. I merely recommend to him not to neglect anything. there is reason to reject his theory. without having been magnetized. in the books of and physicians. which he calls tellurism. philosophers. and circulating in all bodies. by reading the works published.- 280 lieves there is ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and not to historians. the same principle. most of the phenomena obtained by the magnetic processes. I invite philosophers to examine this theory. to separate them from all the hypotheses to which they have given birth. there is none at all to deny the facts upon to judge of it. science. — Accord- ing to him. My ignorance of the German language does not permit me but the testimony of Kieser is of great weight. a baquet regularly constructed can. to consult the works of the enemies of Magnetism as well as to those of its partisans. and directed by his will. or siderism. what things ought most particularly to fix his attention. in the course of time. animated by his spirit. modified by man. act upon a patient who comes to place himself there every day for a certain time. and which are certainly worthy This is not the place to enter into greater details upon the researches which a person should devote himself when he wishes to study Magnetism as a He who has this object in view will learn. . and if. in Magnetism two different actions one which depends upon a vital princijrie spread throughout nature. the other. and solely by the action of certain mineral or vegetable substances. as I suppose. He thinks that the first sort of Magnetism. which he sustains of attention.

These phenomena ought not to be rejected. if he had not been first convinced. and determine the part it acts in the drama of nature. the works published upon 281 By reading Magnetism in the various schools. The phenomena of somnambulism which it offers are truly wonderful and instructive. and you cannot use too much care to distinguish facts in themselves from the colors with which they have been invested by enthusiastic and credulous narrators. penetrate some from what does not belong to it. we shall soon perceive that there are effects which have been exhibited everywhere. Dy his own experience. though often attributed to chimerical causes. and it is impossible to get a conception of them if you nave not seen some of them with your own eyes. the most of them are real. of the power of Magnetism.AUXILIARY STUDIES. always with the same characteristics. free it all its extent. be hasty in adopting general principles. see through the veil which covers . and phenomena which are presented only in certain schools and by certain magnetizers and which one might vainly seek to reproduce himself. from Van Helmont to the present time. I have now pointed out the road for you to follow. if you would reach the elevation from whence you may its behold the subject in mysteries. The various relations that have been given contain facts so unlike of its depths. because it is essential to avoid them if you would make a just application of the knowledge you have acquired by reading and observation I have said that one wouid gam but vague ideas from books. people have drawn erroneous con elusions from them. But upon the route I have traced out there are stumbling-blocks of which I should warn you.

but. have uselessly sacrificed in satisfying yourself by reading. I would compare somnambulism to a microscope which causes objects at its focus to be distinctly seen. though imperceptible to the naked eye. somnambulists. to the errors of the imag- from the manifestation or the development of a real faculty. and it and confined to a ceris only by comparison . on this side of or beyond the focus. you are at least convinced of their reality.282 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and know not on what to rest your faith. and the im- The clairvoyance of wholly distorted. but it is in each individages are ual limited to certain objects. I have many exampies of somnambulists endowed with an astonishing ination. and you might employ the time which you would. perhaps. is not less incontestable. stages and its circumstances. that you are dazzled. to discriminate. much attention and prudence are requisite. in the discourses and in the perceptions of somnambulists. that — of the senses. inconceivable as it is. the rays cross each other. in examining its successive Even in this case. When you have once produced these extraordinary phenomena yourself. absolutely foreign to those which we enjoy in our ordinary state. and especially when requested to speak on subjects which excite their imagination. to the nervous susceptibility. to the influence of acquired ideas. in the exercise of their plied to things positive new faculty ap- and within their scope. what appertains to the exaltation in appearance. tain order of ideas. clairvoyance. the hues become more brilliant. who would speak at random if asked by what means they were enabled to see. you cannot perceive the tie which connects them so marvellous. there is no exaggeration in what has been related concerning it.

and affirm by reasoning from some phenomena considered separately. by enabling them to distinguish what belongs to Magnetism from what is due to other causes. have told you to how many errors you may be exposed by an incomplete and limited examination of the phenomena. go further. by furnishing them the means of verification. but might also be induced to deny even the reality of Magnetism. and what are the conditions which favor its development. yet this knowledge will be useful to secure the observers from many errors. physicians to It is essential for learned men and know that the most profound knowledge of physics and of physiology will never lead them to the discovery of the theory of Magnetism. by authorizing . I ought now to advert to those which spring from an inconsiderate application of the branches of knowledge which do not belong to Magnetism. it is somnambuvery probable that those theories would their respective I by not resemble each other. would be very much like explaining vegetation by crystalography. To explain magnetic phenomena by the laws of electricity or galvanism. that. I am convinced that a person will never make a real progress in the science of Magnetism when he I looks for its principles in other sciences. what is its origin.AUXILIARY STUDIES. by anatomical considerations of the functions of the brain and nerves. that you will be enabled to perceive the extent of which it is susceptible. 283 between great numbers of facts. a person might form not only the strangest hypotheses. in which truth has been separated from illusion. If two magnetizers were each to form a theory of somnambulism from the facts exhibited lists.

) designated the last as the spirit. no idea of which can be caught from known sciences. its nature is a mystery. the body. that these two elethe one upon the other. This was the opinion of the an- — cients. Among the laws that regulate the action of matter upon matter. its union with organized matter inconceivable. It has its own laws. radically different in their characteristics and properties ments act. who (char de Pâme. that there is in nature two sorts of ele- ments. and most of the laws by which mind acts upon mind are unknown. Magnetism. etc. it has peculiar principles. Living bodies which are composed of mind and matter* act upon living bodies by the conibi* Instead of recognizing only two elements in man. although the existence of our soul has been demonstrated. and matter. ft would perhaps be more exact to distinguish three the soul. considered as an agent. So much I can say with certainty. : of electricity. and an intermediate element.— 284 ANIMAL MAGNETISM. determined by calculation. which is the principle of life. is It not so with the mind. or the chariot of the soul This is also the opinion of most somnambulists who have . to reject all consequences them essentially contrary to well-known physical laws. but each one posspirit sessing laws peculiar to itself. and verified by experiment such are the laws of motion. of the transmission of light. Considered as a science. which cannot be known except by observation. is entirely diffrom the other agents of nature. of attraction. common with me and many enlightened men. many have been successively brought to light by observation. but which I merely propose as an opinion: The theory of Magnetism is based upon this great ferent principle. but I permit myself here to add an opinion. and many of its faculties are known to us. which are not identical with the laws of matter.

for plants are alive. you have need only of will. is distinct from the principle of intelligence. and comparing the various phenomena. strike equally aside of the truth. that we can arrive at the discovery and the elucidation of these laws. nation of the peculiar properties of the two. Mag- netism. To practise Magnetism. and charity. Longer details would be useless. and the difficulties they must vanquish to effect their object. partakes equally of the two elements which compose our being. have permitted myself to lay down the route they should follow. It wiil be perceived that this metaphysical question is foreign to my subject. I speak of it merely to avoid the imputation of not knowing it. The object I proposed to myself being to teach the it is practice of Magnetism. contrasting. 285 It is perceivable that there are in this action two distinct The knowledge of them govern constitutes the science of the laws that Magnetism. being an emanation from ourselves. elements. in a brief way. confidence. is an incontestable fact: one is The which principle of life is distinct acts from matter. This is not the place to enlarge upon this idea. and a mixed element. because it is a principle upon matter and organizes it. and it is only by observing. matter.AUXILIARY STUDIES. . and all the books which have been written since men have been treatthat I ing it as a discovery would acid nothing essential to reached the highest degree of clairvoyance. the other is not. what I have said in this chapter. Hence it follows that those who would establish a theory of Magnetism upon the properties of matter. to excite the persons rather to restrain than who wish to study it profoundly. and those who search for it wholly in the faculties of the soul. directed by volition. I will therefore merely sum up. That there are in sentient beings two elements essentially different.

in order to become acquainted which he with the influence of mind upon organized matter. as that of Magnetism. and to explain how one man acts upon another by his will. and. finally. by your own experience. so sublime. proclaimed by M. and of the various conditions in is found. when we may act efficaciously by abandoning ourselves to the impulse of the heart ? . de Puységur. an entire conviction of the power Next. purity of intention. To examine into the cause and the similarity of the phenomena. then of the organization of man. namely. you must have gained a general of the agent. and an entire confidence in employing it. acquaintance with the natural laws. you must have first acquired. a firm belief in our power. demands only singleness of faith. an active will to do good.286 the principles ANIMAL MAGNETISM. and inspires us with the desire and the hope of relieving them. Let us thank Heaven that the exercise of a faculty so useful. and the development of a natural sentiment which connects us with the sufferings of our fellow-men. What need have we to consult the wavering decisions of the mind. you must rise to another class of ideas.

and to add the new ones at the conclusion. then recently introduced to our notice. to lessen the the most respectable testimony. NOTE I. on reflection. the fact of the wonderful influence which may be exercised. child about nine years of age. it is destined to produce much good. attending the school of 280 . It is. since they tend lic curiosity to see them repeated. and since they establish. and the appendix of each part embraced such communications as were received at the time of its publication. and can find no exwho permitted them. that many of the experiments detailed in this to the subjects Appendix must of them. preserve the original form. in proportion to the authenticity by which they are supported . useful to let them remain. we must In such hands. To that portion of the correspondence to which physicians of high standing have contributed. look for the legitimate exercise of this agency. and those the inexperience cuse except in of convince scientific men of the power of in their strong desire to have been injurious howpubever. must now appear to every one conversant with Mesmerism. This work was originally published in three parts. as an auxiliary to medicine. these It was then intended to make a new arrangement of it and to the translator's notes as soon as another edition should be put seems better It to press . but. NOTE A II. by this agency.APPENDIX.—Page 34.

290 Miss S . Joseph Balch. and evinced The gentleman is a resident of this city. is afforded in the I case of a sleep for the being in a nervous state. in this city. she sitting at one part of the room. informed me that one of his daughseven years of age. . to be asleep in the school-room. She was so much terrified at the result of the miscalled her into another room. The child had been once before. A young medical student. . by a lady who had never before tried her hand at this tears. about ten that she was in a magnetic sleep. . ters. and causing sleep at the first trial. She related correctly what he had done. they became alarmed. put her little sister. betrayed her agency in the matter by bursting into came and gave information. on whose veracity I can ened. Benjamin Cozzens and Mr. he went into an adjoining room. found. and cried because she was not permitted to be magnetized. in the course of fifteen minutes. without her knowing anything of his intention. business. After being some time in the magnetic state. was put to time by her husband. years old. the j'oung scholars One of Miss S and others tried to rouse her. with that smile upon her visage which is peculiar to those who are gently roused from it. She merely spoke to her. Dr. This was done. An instance of the power of magnetizing without manipulation. of this city. and. and ask her to wake up. she was very eager to experience the effect again. between two and three years of age. out of her direct vision. being called in. Some time afterwards. "was. and he in another. learned these particulars from Mr. she was awakthe usual proofs of clairvoyance. during an intermission. that Miss S her distress. she was asleep. about a month ago. and she came out of her magnetic state. so that her mother could not rouse her. a son of Commodore John Orde Creighton. It was effected in about five minutes. and only once. When first woman who. into a deep magnetic sleep. depend. APPENDIX. and told her she need not be frightened she had only to go to Anne. a friend of mine. began to read it. not succeeding. taking down a book. Jr. put into the somnambulic state. but. soothed chief. See page 202. soon perceived A little girl.

what he will then ask him which he is acwith anything rarely fails to tell. other things being equal.—Page 54.APPENDIX. and requests take from your hand and drink it. as if it were really taken. where a person whom you select it will whisper to taste like. An empty glass does as well as a full one. as long pracwell as upon the strength which belongs to it. some suppose. A handkerchief folded may be changed into a child. or caressed. to impart to case trial is satisfactory. He somnambulist to it the The somnambulist is drinking. and will be accompained with all its usual effects. in the second. state. The success of all experiments of this kind depends upon the control which the magnetizer has over his own imagination. a pear. a cat. etc. A peach may thus be transformed into an apple. It occurred of one boy's putting another into the to which was related me by an eye-witness of the took place in this city. if it be acquainted with the It may be he is but slightly quainted. 291 An instance same fact. as may happen to be. conception strong form a can medicine which the magnetizer of may be administered in this manner. thrown off with violence. that the effect is pro- Any duced merely upon the imagination of the patient. fixes his him what you wish to have mind upon the it the desired quality. This is a well known and common fact. tice will enable a man to call up a clear conception of the article which he wishes to administer. NOTE The power III. an iron ball. tempted to be imposed upon him. or In the first case. evidently involved another condition to render the the patient must know the article at. fondled. and he will succeed in A proportion to the clearness and strength of this conception. and thrown into the lap. it will be a dog. exercised over the imagination of the patient is not the least singular thing connected with the subject. viz. The magnetizer returns. A glass of water being held in your hand. as the feeling or the prejudice Nor is it the fact. you will cause the magnetizer to be called into another room. . liquor whose taste is induced into the glass of water: in this glass of water.

and we must either limit a familiar word to one of its significations. Water is magnetized by making a few passes along the tion vessel containing it. Mr. At page 54. menmade of magnetized water. and sometimes not at all. and accompany- ing the action with the steady exercise of the will. without appearing to use the eye. and is appropriate in the technology of Magnetism.—Pace Clairvoyance. 102. of Troy. —This term is used to denote the faculty and epileptic persons. and of the manner of preparing it. generally press it lightly against the epigastrium. This experiment differs from the ones described above. distinguishes it from other water by a peculiar sensation which it excites in the stomach. The where the seat of vision was on the back part of the head. wrote a sentence upon a piece of . will he found on the 76th page. Somnambulists. are always neld with ine blank side next to the seat of vision. such as Dank -bills. which enables them to see things near. so as to be read from translator has seen one case right to left. or adopt that which is already introduced. The objects examined. and another.292 This brings is APPENDIX. It seems to be a more expressive word than any in the English language that could be brought to convey its meaning.sightedness. peculiar to somnambulists Its literal signification is. as to the effects which it shall produce. testing the clairvoyant New York. where it was on one side of the head. and also things distant. the taste is not altered " The patient generally much. me to the design of this note. stirring it with the thumb." NOTE IV. An explanation of its uses. Stephen Covill. since they were to influence the taste merely. near the organ designated by Spurzheim as alimentiveness. clear. being desirous of power of one of our somnambuiists. its technological signification somnambulic state. and the superscriptions of letters. invent a new one. when they wish to examine an object attenis. In the present case. and being withal a sceptic^ not h withstanding the evidence offered by the statements and by the thorough convictions of some of his own friends. because the idea meant to be conveyed is peculiar. clear-sightedness in the tively.

APPENDIX. The following letter known. with a request that he would find out the contents of the No person but letter ana write the same on the back of it. and requested her to read the contents without breaking the Miss B. Sir Previous to the experiment of Mr. by the way. Miss B whe. as it came.n with his own sea and a number of wafers. aod i> was opened in the presence ' : ' The writing on the back correinside. Capron. while she presence of was in the somnambulic state. 4 No other than the eye of Omnipotence can read this in this envelopement. folded them all up in a deep-blue sheet of paper. I then directed it to Dr.Thurber presented the letter. In the morning she gave the following as the sennight tence contained therein. This number will be published before an answer can be reIn the second number it shall be made ceived from Troy. in the Mr. Jesse Metcalf will inof a o' witnesses • rum be? . enclosed between two thick cards. whatever may be its purport. directed to Mr. 293 paper without the knowledge of any other person. it 1 to Miss Brackett. may serve to show on what basis we raise our confidence-. with the above sentence written upon the outside of it. myseii Knew what. sealed.'- The letter was then sent back in an envelope. was in it Dr Capron brought it the next day tc my courting room. Animal Miss B. and the seals had not writing the with spondee exactly been broken. which Mr. took the letter with her on retiring for the seals. Hopkins wrote down at her dictation. Magnetism may be rendered useful. Stephen Covill. sealing it with four seals. Henry Hopkins and a number of others. took the precaution to sea.' and carefully folded up the sheet so that the writing was covered with three thicknesses. Isaac Thurber Mr. to prevent the transmission of light. as Mr. On another occasion. of Troy. is perfectiy biind in the natural state. There was something where the stars are placed which she could not read. ****** 1837. the seals not having been broken. and put the whole into a larger sheet. I had done this thing to try the clairvoyant power of I wrote this sentence on a sheet of paper.

and placed it about four or five feet from my writing-desk. I authorized to say. a line stating that there was no gun-bar- on my wall a short distance from desk. all the suspicion very naturally remained. came from Dr. A still more interesting proof is exhibited in the following relation.— 294 APPENDIX. she invited the patient to go latter had been told to home with her. and of scientific attainments. was there on a visit "Isaac Thtjuber. form you for she bas resided many weeks in his family recognized a lady of her acquaintance in a house about a quarter of a mile off. It is proofs are abundant." In order to prove whether a somnambulist can really visit a place where he has never been before. To try this. who sent a somnambulist to the residence of her father. seen when in the magnetic state. proper to state that the gun-barrel had probably never been in the room before. that the somhis notions nambulist derives from the mind of the person in communication. am whose words are the . who. Miss B. Brownell. I knew. and then only in spirit. that lady. but In about thirty minutes. though it be an astounding circumstance. who was with not know its contents. and describe the present appearance of things there. many trials have been made. I one day put an old spike into a gun-barrel. which. and received a satisfactory description of it. which. and as tho when awake. is true in all its important facts. and is known to have created a great sensation Fortunately the witnesses are gentlemen of hich at the time. After the sitting was at an end. I then sent a note to Dr. rel and did not go into the house. Brownell. standing. would induce us to view the subject in an entirely different light. requesting one of his patients in the somnamhim to ask her what was in a gunThe lad who carried the note did lying on my desk. she readily told at the door of several Still rooms what she had seen within. what she had remember. against the wall. but that there was one leaning against the Other facts affording similar it. barrel bulic state. had never been there till that morning. My object in sending her to that — house was. One of these was made by a young lady in this city. came immediately back. to see if she would recognize Yours.

in this case. Arrived. the girl was right — all that ailed the man was "What yond the the an enlargement of the spleen. her immortal spirit. why not admit that. In presence of several of them. The relation is extracted interesting article in the " Salem Gazette. to their surprise. is that well?* 'Yes. and then entered. saw with- out the aid of the eyes. the fact in the well-attested case of the Now. and bade the girl. there is an enlargement of the Several questions were then put to confuse her. go (in spirit) to the man's house. released from the body. it looks just •Yes. currency of truth. in the state of vision.' the same as yours.' also to ascertain if she knew what the spleen was. when.' 'Now I want you to tell me what ails him... and spleen. and at the same time having a bandage over her The doctor had a patient. that there might be no mistake.' 'Well. and where Still the situated. 'A man sick. may be learned by any one we set it down among list of curious coincidences. First look at his head. heart. and Dr. in certain states . etc.' 'How do you know ? Do you mean to say that you see the internal organization?' 'Is the liver. do you see anything wrong?' 'Yes. She could tell correctly the time by a watch. or admit that the girl actually possessed a supernatnral sense of vision. liver complaint. to all which she gave satisfactory replies. though enveloped in a cloth. as was believed. doctor was incredulous. But now comes the proof. described the house. B who. the man died. "Dr. shall we say to this fact? Shall It is substantiated be- possibility of a doubt. called on every physician in the city. and narrated the story of the girl. for the time being. well?' Yes. roved freely and at the will of the operator? "As list." . In four days. the body was subsequently opened. B. of the eyes. if is no more strange than famed Springfield somnambuwe admit that the soul. who was sitting near him. having obtained permission to institute a post-mortem examination. operated upon a young lady.APPEXDIX. frequently left the body. 'What do you see?' asked Dr. she. and that. or anybody's else. 295 from a long and of Providence. as passing through Providence. and could see and hear without the aid of eyes or ears. B. at the doctor's request. sick. during the period of magnetic sleep.

reading this communication. He gave me the following account: . man at whose nod the giant oak. we cannot believe it. It is out of the common order of nature. bow down and adore with deeper reverence that Great Being from whose almighty will these millions of human wills emanated/' . produces all the wonders of Animal Magnetism. other senses or faculties of the mind act independently of their material organs? We soul thus exists after death. wise men believe and. it is a miracle. falls prostrate. whose servant is the lightning. but "Now. in . and rises again in beauty to adorn his mansion. and no farther ? though. "But some say. were they not so common. B. whose power extends to the huge dwellers in ocean's unfathomed infinite. without the body. which for centuries has braved heaven's thunderbolts. and air. whose intellect spans earth and encir- But who can set bounds to the Man — before the steady gaze of — cles heaven. in the above-mentioned cases. who lays his will upon the everlasting rock. nervous system. On substance but some of the particulars were imperfectly stated. enter the next room. He replied that it was. and ocean. and why not in the state of temporary death caused by Animal Magnetism? What know we of the nature of that deathless spark within us? And if we allow that it may. . I conversed with Dr. and it becomes as wax. and travel hundreds of miles as easily and quickly as it can so many feet. whose highway is earth. we cannot deny the possibility that it may in the same manner annihilate time and space. ' power of his mysterious will? Who ' shall say to Thus far shalt thou come.296 dî the APPENDIX. the facts. which nearly accorded with what I had heard stated. our will operates through more tangible means. fools may laugh.' may also know the dominion of the human will? whose eye the forest-king trembles and flees. are as wonderful as the alleged fact that this same mighty agent. 'We cannot believe that God has given such a dangerous power to the human will. believing. If actual experiment demonstrates the fact. and asked him whether the statement there made was correct. operating through the nervous system. who is one of our oldest physicians. reasoning. godlike man—who can set bounds to the untried it. thinking.

she answered. "Not knowing what little to. have not been.' " I do not see any. to from she could find such a man. "I then was. told .' I reit looks bad to you.' ' ' ' ' ' .APPENDIX. She was then requested to describe the situation of the furniture in it. she replied. and whether her clairvoyance might be trusted to at ihat time: she described it very exactly. and see if there is any disease there. I "After some it is time. " How large is his spleen ? " It is a great deal longer and thicker than your hand. 'The part " How do you know ' ' called the spleen is enlarged. in order to discover whether she had got into the right place. them." it is enlarged? ' ' " It is a great deal larger than yours. " The see if 297 of a mile patient lived more than a quarter residence. 'when we speak of a person who is we suppose he has an imaginary complaint. she says.' ' " His spleen! spleeny. " Do you see mine ? Yes. and tell what the disease * He Never mind that looks so bad I do not like to do it. which was not in sight from the room where we continued all the time. examine him.' "As I supposed him to be affected with a diseased liver. plied.' other part to call her attention requested her to look at every part of him.her to and desired her " She said. and with indigestion arising from a diseased state of the stomach. then at my my house. to see if that waa diseased. said I. '"Examine the kidneys. 'No. accustomed to looking at the interior of a body. examine the whole intestinal canal. What do ' you mean? ' ' " Said she.' 'Nothing is the matter with *.' " ' Is the liver diseased? ' * No. 'His spleen is swelled. She saw him.' said she. * my patient had been sick a longtime. On being asked in what room. I requested a somnambulist. at the same time pointing out to her the situation of the house. enlarged. in the third room back from the street. I asked her to look at the stomach.' '"Well. because you .

and asked her if that was what she saw for the stomach. in order to ascertain whether she really distinguished the different organs. " "What part did you tell me was diseased? After a little * ' consideration. I was not acquainted with that flower.' " While I was gone into the library. she replied. She remembered it. No. Every once in a while I saw fluids pass from his stomach into his bowels. She "I then asked her what the shape replied. and she gave a very correct description of them.* " I then conversed with her in reiation to the other viscera.' " *I will go into the library. intending to pass it by. if you were to see it ? '"I think I should. She succession. while throwing open the leaves. I asked her if she had conversed upon the — ! . stomach was. she was asked whether she remembered having examined the sick person. she said to a lady present. that it was like a flower it. enlarged. if it looked like it.' ' I believe I told ' you the spleen is " How came you to call it the spleen? " I do not know. ' ' ' ' ' * ' ' m " Then turning to the true plate. that's what I saw for the stomach.' or see any plates of them? " Should you know the plate representing the stomach. to see whether you know the internal organs.298 APPENDIX. I wished to talk with her about it when she awoke. 'Ko. to put her hand where the spleen is sitShe immediately placed her hand over the region of of the "I then asked her uated. clared that neither of them resembled the stomach. and do not recollect the she gave name "I then requested her to recollect all about this. " After she came out of the somnambulic state. in the garden. and bring out some plates. That's it. I showed her a plate somewhat resembling the stomach. the spleen. she deTurning to several plates said.' "'Did you ever hear any description of the internal organs. as she had done in her sleep. unless she noticed it she immediately cried out. saying.*' " On returning with the volume of plates. as if accidentally.

with one voice. there has been a peculiar delicacy exhibited while in the magnetic state. cannot destroy that native sense of propriety which seems to be quickened in the somnambulist. no doubt. clared she never had. weigh fifty-seven ounces. Though the mignetizer undoubtedly possesses the power of changing the appearance of things to their perception— such an apple into a walnut. any enlargement of that organ. declared they could not. as turning * " Mr. subject. you have stated that all the physicians present at the post-mortem examination declared they could not discover. B. or seen " 299 She de- any plates of the internal organs. Seven days after this. and water into lemonade yet he. from conversation with me. whom sixteen were "I then stated all the particulars of the examination by the somnambulic patient. "I then opened the body. by external manipulation. to the utter astonishment of the physicians present.— APPENDIX. individually. found the spleen so enlarged as to Its usual weight is from four to six "No other disease was perceptible. which. of physicians. of the discovery of the diseased spleen. and requested the physicians to ex- amine the body to see if they could discover the diseased spleen from external examination They. Among the somnambulists that I have seen. seri- prefind "Eighteen persons were present. I therefore beg you would make this correction in your second edition. A general invitation was given to examine the body. came on about three days before his death. and. If there were any who did not do it. did not make such examination." * NOTE V.—Pago 219. and died on Saturday. Hartshorn : " Sir In the account you have given. "On Monday. vious'to which I invited all the physicians whom I could ously in the city. Thomas : C. the third day following. it was presumable that they were satisfied with the examination of those who took that trouble. the patient was taken more ill. except a general inflammation. gentlemen have since told Two of those me that they. probably." . ounces. a post-mortem examination took place.

about the consequences of making short tion. though a very slender probability. "when M. The authors I have cited in the preceding paragraph are of the same opinion. page 392. if some rough attempts made to rouse a somnambulist. a contrary nature are thrown out against us. some instances of told me exactly the same things. My somnambulists have If. that in 1784. declared to him that they preserved in that state their judgment and their reason. passes before the head.—Page 66-122. because it does not take from all those who practise it the vicious propensities of their hearts. as though it One instance of professed to do what it could not perform. de Puységur saw. by persons who doubted the reality of the sleep. that they perceived very quickly the designs of the magnétiser." NOTE VI.—Pace The gentlemen who have 95. have effected the object and thrown a temporary suspicion upon Mesmerism itself. through a want of proper means of informaThis fact. which M. since they have been obliged to depend upon the experience which they gained from their own practice. this kind has sometimes produced strong scepticism in the minds of many persons. is the more remarkable. practised Magnetism in this coun- try have arrived to the observation of the same general rules which govern the more experienced practitioners of Europe. the control without it as with it. and all the abuses of which complaint is made would have existed as much Foissac says. then. was observed to me by one of them who had never This read on the subject. not to be wondered at. and that these could readily cause them to awake. . Hence it is proper to know that there is always a liability. NOTE It is VII. and not the cause. which he exercised over somnambulists. Deleuze calls charging it too much. he' was affrighted at the thought that others might turn But all his patients aside this power from its holy intention. I will say that Magnetism has been the pretext. then. of these disorders.300 APPENDIX.

but from its curious ger of having its curative and restorative powers overlooked They want the proof When this rage shall have subsided in the rage of curiosity the magnetizers will have leisure to pursue their avocation without interruption. And the maxims of the benevolent Deleuze. of the tongue. . of the muscles the eyelids. PARALYSIS. obtained have they well of Sychar. produced in the presence of many persons. however. the from Samaria of woman the ment. and when and astonishwonder in depart they it. the curious phenomena must be exhibited. like and aswonder the excite to seen. who forbids such experiments. that it may be found to be effectual of this kind. before Magnetism can gain converts to faith in its curative and restorative virpostues. APPENDIX. He has another not. seen a person paralyze the limbs of who had never been put into the' magnetic sleep by him it seems to be a necessary condition that a perfect communica The time tion shall have been established at some previous and upon others while they were not power which gained by the practice of Magnetism is. translator has himself witnessed the exertion of this paralyzing power. both upon patients who were in the mag netic sleep. each one claims the privilege sending one into his ture described. real its from not subject the of estimate phenomena form an dansome is there And nature.. without this condition is When and of the patient is in the state of magnetic sleep. who tried all means to detect imposture or misThe magnetizer would act. and few are satisfied with hearing about the power of houses sessed by somnambulists of visiting in spirit the of their neighbors and friends. how in a trial ever. and hearing his of own furni- Didymus. have they and relate what these of hear merely who they Hence tonishment of others. NOTE The VIII. by the wiii merely upon take. 301 of having a patient waked by such means. so great. will command the respect and the attention which they deserve. own house. utility.—Page 121. Unfortunately. has been of the face. this paralysis of the limbs.

of Pawtucket. to reply to . 1 inquired if he were able to magnetize. we left the house. The individual alluded to had never been magnetized but three times. Sept. Daniel Greene. " Providence. as to have rendered moment. it. and thereby obtain conIro. a statement of the facts in relation to note. and would attempt n on another patient that we were going to see that after noon. they are our gers whom we do not know. . Practical Instruction in Animal Magnetism. On the contrary. 1. untii the present your note of the 25th ult. with whom you are acquainted. August 25. he continuing at the distance of eight or ten feet from the person whose limbs were to be paralyzed.«ta Yours tt respectfully. 1837. In conversation with Mr. that 1 wish to obtain from you. as he bas been the most extensive. the part indicated on a slip of paper thrust into his hands. in whom we have perfect confidence as to their integrity of purpose. w Webb. over a single limb.. Thomas "Dr. impossible for me. . oi late. the author mentions the power that some magnetizers have of paralyzing the limbs But the instance which of a patient in the magnetic state. m " H. Dear Sir: My time has been so much occupied. He said that he had done it in the case of Miss J. whilst.' which I am now publishing in English. » it " T. and not uttering a Nor was this effect produced by stransingle audible word. the rest of the body remained in a naturae state. that consumed several hours. and who have never been known to be devoted to tricks of legerdemain and diablerie. Hartshorn. C. 1837. with permission to make use of it it in a a valuable addition to the authentic matter to be embraced in the appendix of each number of I shall esteem that work.country. if reminded of it. and did not present a very striking exemplification After trying various ex oi the usual magnetic phenomena. magnetizer in this.302 APPENDIX. in writing. own citizens. who as you probably well know.. ' ' periments. " Sir: In the " Providence. and even now I am so circumstanced as to be unable to do more than write a very brief reply. is the most powerful. you recently related to me is so much more extraordinary.

magnetizee and the gentlemen present * there will of course appear nothing conclusive upon the subject of Magnetism. observed if it I then. she. it. which was done promptly. will. but unavailingly. as was shown by the working of the muscles inserted into the upper portion of the shoulder. confining them to the space some reaching from the top of the left shoulder to the extremities He afterwards requested her of the fingers on the same side. pinched. did not hurt her. it. to a certain extent. G. She said she could not. though less severely. " To a person not acquainted with the magnetizer. the experiment was and satisfactory. Greene then went through the usual manipulations dozen or twenty times. . Abner Jones. leavingnieep impressions with my nails. and the patient reso to do. anything. 303 my interrogatory. power by means may satisfied ourselves of the existence of a of which. "Mr. we returned. upon recollecting it. one individual obtatn mental mastery over another. nipping with the thumb and finger as hard as I deemed it prudent erless to. to raise the left hand to the There was evidently a powerful effort made to do this. and Mr.APPENDIX. was a perfect dead weight. and Mr. Upon inquiring with an incredulous smile. * Mr Benjamin Hathaway. of Providence. were present. without seated herself upon being requested any reason being given her for making the request. having forgotten the subject matter of But. and complained that I hurt her. ing it. to one liftstart. the other hand. in what is here detailed but to those of us who had previously examined • other patients. of New Tork. when she drew back from me with a sudden The arm. restored ence in it and about and there was a very marked differas it passed from the magnetic to the natural state. I poised it on my fingers. without saying that I had not done anything to her. not obeying the dictates of the owner's She was asked to raise her right arm to the head. I gave it a severe pinch. It was completely paralyzed— devoid of motion and sensation. and with perfect ease and freedom. but the limb remained pow- and motionless. in the same manner. Again she was directed to stretch out the left hand. head.

304 APPENDIX. he established himself at Ratisbon.. but very soon Switzerland. Among the persons who have possessed this extraordinary power. just as tne physicians present requested of him. It was rare to have the from their afflictions at the first exorcism. " Should a suitable opportunity hereafter present. When he wished to act upon a patient. He consecrated to them several hours. Tyrol. but it was not always the case. Hartshorn. notice of him may be found in the volume of Doctor Foissac. he made it small. quick. and Suabia sent him theirs. caused them to weep tc laugh. strong. and that they should be treated with exorcism. which had resisted all the resources of the medical art. They found a small number of persons to contradict the xacts. " Gassner had the power. " I remain.» "Thomas H. irregular. persuaded himself that the greater part of human infirmities might be attributed to no other cause than demoniacal possession. thus operated the most extraordinary cures. to make the pulse of his patients vary. mentally. "Mr. and often many days. page 446. etc. feebie. by his will. patients delivered himself on his knees before him he almost always touched the affected part. yours. 1727. Gassner deserves especial mention. born at Braz.) The number of persons resorting to him was so considerable. intermittent. After having gone over different provinces. Webb. . in the circle of Suabia. Thomas C. and final iy. In the mean time. and he cured four or five hundred a year. or who were rather. A brie. under the protection of the lord bishop (jyrince- évêque. and soothed or agitated them simply by expressing his order in Latin. he made him place an essential condition to be cured. that he often had ten thousand of them encamped Gassner regarded faith as in the neighborhood of Ratisbon. I will translate a portion of it: "John Joseph Gassner. "He . great. I may furnish you with a statement of some singular cases which I have witnessed. having been delivered by exorcism from a long-continued disease. Sometimes he rubbed his hands upon his waist or upon his neck. He began by curing the sick persons of his own parish. Ht para lyzed their limbs. slow.

On his journey to Bavaria. or by Magnetism. advance One evening Mesmer went into the garden of M. He prepared a tree. He. At this distance. strange to tell. while he remained in his place. under whom Mesmer studied. d'E a pain in the side.'' Mesmer himself was endowed with Boutes. the nature and the properties of which it was reserved the same degree of. he recognized iu his exorcisms the presence of the virtues of Animal Magnetism. M beyond Orleans. "About this time. and they could no'. first argued the question whether they could have been done by sympathy. power. in his "Recherches et Munich. and asnori time after.concluded that Ms power-was derived from the devil.* one of the first physicians of his age. he pretry sented his cane towards farther them. they d'E near the great basin of should pass alternately round to the other side of the basin. would have exhibited effects equally remarkable From the notes reported by Thouret. to which he was subject Some persons have been seen who were not able to sustain the experiment without fainting 'One day Mesmer was walking in the woods of the coun. which whether exerted in the form of exorcism or of manipulation. being consulted by the Elector of for him to make known. but he declared he did no know any one sufficiently well versed in occult philosophy to perform such wonderful 1 things. * De Haën. de and Mesdemoiselles ' . in relation to the cures of the curate at Ratisbon. being one day with Messers. Camp proposed that Meudon. Camp and M. forbidding them to come Immediately their knees bent under them. le Prince de Sou bise wth six persons. Mesmer published his first observations. Mme la M. not conceiving how Gassner had been able to perform such cures. however. the celebrated De Haën.APPENDIX. .' I shall translate a ' 1 few instances: and •'Mesmer. went ahead of the company to chase him He began tc run but suddenly turning round. 305 But. He made them plunge a cane into the water. and plunged his own into it. experienced an attack of the asthma. Two girls* taking advantage of the freedom of the country.

consented to do it.— 306 APPENDIX. in 1820. ble. Mme la D an d P de p r de held on the tree without power to leave it. 1829. enlargement of the result than a very appeared to be sensibility her which during profound sleep. Jules Cloit The committee thought their duty to embody in this report. Cloquet. le C being able not to bank. 1829. several times The two evenings previous. Mesmer than called his servant to take away the bodies . He lucidity. . Cloquet that he should operate she was plunged into the magnetic sleep. de T fell senseless. by M. and read to that learned body the following statement: "You have it all heard of a fact which at the time fixed the attention of the Chirurgical Section. but the ideas while it upon proposed to M. as one of the least equivocal proofs of the power It relates to Madame Plantin. In the report of the committee appointed by the Eoyal Academy of Medicine in 1831. intention. who consulted M. although well accustomed to this sort of scene. 'It was necessary to wait a long time for each one to come to himself. was magnetized gery. his himself on sustain a very strong man. and which was complicated with a considerable enlargement of the M. who disposed *The Academy was. about an ulcerated cancer on her right breast. which she had had many years. even he found himself in no condition to act. Rue Saint-Dennis. I do not know how it was. considering the operation to be indispensable. experienced. Ang . April 12. of reducing the breast.—Page 120. M. on down a sit obliged to was Mons what recollect effect do not I limbs. at the session of April 16. Cloon the 8th of April. but it was terriM. as he said. and Pharmacy. the physician of this axillary ganglions. living at 151 quet. but. divided into three sections—Medicine. M. Sur- Trans. this woman by M. Chapelain.* and which was commuit nicated to quet. their preserved all annihilated. with the years. whom he had magnetized for some months. woman. aged 64 of the magnetic sleep." NOTE IX. may be found at Paris. Chapelain. and it was agreed that it should take place on the following had been able to obtain no other Sunday.

in the position It was of a person peacefully wrapped in a natural sleep. artery. no emowere manifested. the patient was put on the bed. nor in the voice. as soon as she waked. and took off the tumor. commencing at the same point. the patient did not cease to be in the state of self-forgetfulness and passive insensibility. not even in the pulse. The wound was closed with sticking-plaster. left arm being sufM. still in the state of somnambulism. and passed round to meet the first. A ligature was applied to the lateral thoracic which was exposed during the extraction of the gang An hour hemorrhage ensued. sustained her. fered to hang by her the armpit. which did not dressing was removed on the succeeding left there forty-eight hours. and did not exhibit the slightest sign of sensibility: no ures. a slight The first . and even led her to speak of ii with composure. in which she was several minutes before the operation. patient dressed. M. M. Chapelain had put her The patient into the magnetic sleep since she came back. lions. her. Every arrangement having been made for the operation. was charged to hand the instruments and to make the ligatures. in the operation was ten or twelve "During all this time. The time consumed minutes. the patient continued to converse tranquilly with the operator. M. to support the operation with- out fear. which she always attended at the same hour. after the operation. They were not obliged to hold her: they merely no change in the perspiration. she undressed herself and sat down upon a chair. second. Cloquet. above the tumor. and dressed. on account of their proximity to the axillary artery. movement of the limbs or of the feat- tion. and continue. while. "On the day appointed for the operation.APPENDIX. she repelled the idea with horror. Pailloux. spoke with great calmness of the operation she was about to undergo. nearly an hour since she had returned from mass. Cloquet The dissected the enlarged ganglions with caution. 307 when in somnambulism. First an incision was made from "M. the side. found the and seated in an arm-chair. separated the tumor below. Chapelain held the right arm. a student at the Saint-Louis Hospital. to the inner side of the breast. on his arrival at half-past ten o'clock in the morning.

" Providence. and who could command more time to devote to making particular experiments. Chapelain the patient. when about sixteen years of age. expressed in a note. Four years since. and seeing her children around her. NOTE X. J. injury she gradually . Fouquier. Itard. " Sir: In compliance with your request. the patient manifested no sensibility nor pain. From the immediate effects of this and at the end of the year her recovered. Guersent. Mass. for two days. weighing two or three pounds. " After the dressing had been put on. the* subject of this case." The following names were appended to this report: . Bourdois de la Motte. This woman did not appear to have any idea or any impression of what had passed but. Husson. J. The wound was cleansed and dressed anew. Leroux. The pulse preserved its natural beat. that is to say. dur. August 31. she had the misfortune to have an iron weight. Guéneau de Mussy. dated the 24th inst. she experienced a very lively emotion.308 APPENDIX. which the magnetizer terminated by putting her asleep immediately. is less to be regretted. April 14. M. Marc. I herewith furnish you a statement of the case of somnambulism which I have under my charge. as you are able to obtain statements of many of the particulars from a number of respectable gentîemen. Tuesday. awoke whose somnambulic sleep had lasted ever since one hour before the operation. fall from a height upon the top of her head. " Miss L. on learning that she had been operated upon. 1837.rng which time she was subject to the most violent spasms. to append as a note to the work you have in progress. This brevity. Thillaye. President. The injury which she sustained was so considerable a? to deprive her of her reason fora number of months. who have witnessed the case. Brackett. is a respectable and intelligent young lady from Dudley. and other serious derangements of her nervous system. '• Numerous professional engagements at this time will render the statement necessarily very brief and general in its character. however.

with some friends which she had residing in this city. As is usual in cases nerves. in respect to her eyes gans. Being her friends. was daily The disease with which her eyes were afcalled amaurosis. for the purpose of making a visit of a few days. the it was entirely that years half and a two not till the end of destroved. growing worse. her was requested to see her and examine I matter of curiosity.APPENDIX. often of a paralytic character. that for fifteen months she was unable to utter a single guttural sound. though somewhat improved. was still far from being good. a considerable excitement upon Animaniagnetism. In the to prescribe a remedy for her all the usual course of conversation with her. and vocal last . in hopes of her being able. to obtain a livelihood as a teacher in that or some When on her way to Boston. and or- could only whisper in almost inaudible tones. at the time. and stopped. without material benefit. and havin investigating it with a view to its remedial upon some influence salutary ing become fullv convinced of its the subject of diseases. about the middle of May her general health. she other similiar institution. which was so complete. the improvement in her general health. an reception the after immediately commenced which eves. her of the injury. 309 Notwithstanding. gradual and it was very was sight of loss of amaurosis. arrangements had been made by her friends to send her to the Asylum for the Blind in Boston. affection of ever. especially those of a paralytic character—it occured to might be beneficially practised in this case. upon dependent upon a the supposition that her complaints were organs. The . after finishing her education. as a dernier resort. proposed a it. when I first saw her. howgeneral health was partially restored. and affected of the nerves supplying the me that it paralysis trial of I accordingly. "There being. in attendance. at this time. in the family of one of rather as a case. " Considering her case as a hopeless one. I found that means in such cases had been perseveringly employed by the most skilful physicians. fected is and which threatened total blindness. and being myself engaged effects. it is an affection of the optic . " This was her state. Simultaneously with the loss of sight. than from a hope that I should be able deplorable malady. she sus- tained a loss ox voice.

with the exception of thirteen days at one time. it is difficult to determine. but it is probable that it is owing to a combination of both these causes. she has been magnetized daily. or whether. she desired me to make an experiment. and " From the time of the first experiment to the present date. mental vision. though totally blind when awake. having consulted her friends and obtained The their consent. as generally seen. kind manifested in several have been of several different kinds. it astonishing at became more and more so from day to day. sometimes twice daily. and three or four at another. . though with more exertion to see objects that cases. On this occasion she manifested many of the usual phenomena of that state. This wonderful power is manifested. or perhaps more properly the magnetic phenomena. when examined by her. and watchwere folded. The first and most obvious of these phenomena is what the French term clairvoyance clearsightedness. though the seat of vision has varied at different times. before she was thrown into a profound magnetic sleep. are never held in a direction to be seen with the eyes. to read letters that were enclosed in boxes. in her being able to see any object that is presented to — her when in the magnetic sleep. "The magnetic phenomena. therefore. drank her tea. The number of times she has been magnetized. "The somnambulic. Objects. She has been able. though very first. first sitting occupied about forty minutes. to prove the existence of this power and with you have had frequent opportunities to witness. by becoming better acquainted with the subject. "Whether were in consequence of the magnetic state becoming more and more perfect the more she was magnetized. following day. first. m being three and a half months. considerably exceeds one hundred.310 APPENDIX. or vision without the use of the visual organs. etc with as much ease and confidence as she could have done had she been in a waking state. trunks. from which point she has entire success. Experiments have been varied and multiplied almost indefinitely. and each different ways. but are laid down upon the top of the back part of the head. etc. the full possession of her sight. She walked about the house. we learn to elicit those phenomena with the better success.

and the desire to have as many distinguished and scientific per- sons see and investigate this case in their own way as has been consistent with her convenience. for necessary that be to seems another power. etc . To test this power. and apparently in- voluntary action of the muscles seems to favor this opinion.APPENDIX. a the imageffects by may be occasioned agination. but observes all his actions and therefore these motions may Or. be willed to have in her hand various kinds or any other things may cakes. . stance. On the contrary. which may be called somnambulist's those or intelligence.. In the ofciects no. and also as witnessed in the attraction and repulsion in the application of I do not wish to be understood to the artificial magnet. and those ination acting ' The want of time upon an excitable nervous system. . •' at the will of the magto partake There is a class of phenomena which seem more of a phj'sicai character than those above mentioned. and opportunity on my own part. whichShe can. wines. 1 have made a great number of experiments. in using the be voluntary and in obedience to his will. 311 " Secondly. satisfactorily. of the magnetizer mean that this phenomenon certainly partakes of a physical character. been able to determine.cn as — se J trcm one piace to another. been has it c> xOCCinoi. whether all the senses can be used in reference to things not present. as is the case with vision. is manifested in the of the person or magnetizer. in this case. this exercise ot hertransporting of or called. not only understands the will of the magnetizer. powerful. understanding the will of the ' with whom she may be in communication. it must be admitted that the patient. may influence be upon the improduced powerful magnet. this power is manifested in the ability to see instance. present— in a distant city. This she says she does through tnt air. be changed from one to another netizer. Another description of phenomena. though the sudden. of fruits. as witnessed in the attraction which takes place between the hand and the magnetized. for inhave been almost uniformly successful. animals. birds. have prevented my making experiments calculated to establish this point conclusively ne:ther have I for the same reasons.

Capron. Providence. about the middle of May last. Should I. to follow out the classifica- phenomena which I have here merely glanced at. ever find it convenient to communicate to the public a more detailed and better digested history of this case which is my present intention I shall attempt. at differfour guest. August Miss Brackett has lived in or five weeks. pursuing this mode." 30. I have myself no doubt of the fact. respect. have been observed in other cases. or however interesting itemay be as a means of dissay from covering the condition of our absent friends. and more clearly arranged. "Yours. when Miss Brackett came to this city. her general health was far from being good she was totally blind. Henry Hopkins states that . or the machinations of our enemies. it gives me great pleasure to be enabled to my own observations. it is still more interesting as the means of mitigating the suffering will be recollected I incident to human nature. At present. until a greater number of facts have been established. unable to speak excepting in the lowest whisper. as an invited was totally blind when she that He is satisfied ent times. " In speaking of the magnetic phenomena. her vision is partally restored. "With much "Mb. though. however. to attempt to theorize appears to me to be entirely futile. that. when he first Her she first came to live with him. voice. It have stated that. however interesting as matter of curiosity and wonder. his family. dition is materially different at this time. and . Hartshorn. etc. and she speaks natural tone of voice. from some recent observations. after giving — the result of tion of the my investigations.— 312 APPENDIX. " In conclusion. differing materially from these.. however interesting Animal Magnetism may "be when considered in relation to science. I mean only to refer to those which have been manifested in this particular Many others.. Thomas C. ever. 1837. perhaps we may arrive at some raBy tional theory. Mr. howcase. of which it is neither necessary nor proper that I should speak at this time. G. Her conHer health is in her good.

and often walks in the garden among the flowers. such as a book. but when she was in her ordinary state. about four weeks. While at his house. and her appetite poor. Her eyes have assumed a healthy appearance. She has resided in his family. Her eyes were very much inflamed and painful. without experiencing inconvenience. in the natural state. in this manner she holds whatever things she examines. He was not acquainted with her when she first came to Providence. and general health. except in low whispers. If she wishes to examine any flower very closely. she did not speak. is ment to be attributed. they are not troublesome. for instance. she has generally been magnetized every day. She is now able. she holds it just behind her head. she steps into a chair. near the top. and the lamp where it could not shine so as to pain her eyes. 313 became acquainted with her. the lids were scarcely open. She has been magnetized almost daily by Dr. or a fan. Mr. at different times. and could not understand her very well at first. Jesse Metcalf says he has known Miss B. She has since improved very much in her eyesight. in a house where she has not been before. because her voice was very feeble. during which she would walk about the house as well as any other person. Her eyes appeared to be quite inflamed it was necessary to keep the blinds of the room al. to discern the outlines of objects. most always closed. Hopkins permits me to publish the above statement. without taking off her bonnet. She would sometimes remain in the magnetized state ten or twelve hours. appearance. she enjoys a walk as much as any one. she would have to grope . spirits ticity of Mr. Her natural cheerfulness and elashave improved with her health. In the magnetized state. was eo low and weak that it was difficult to hear her speak. Capron and it is to this that this improve. about two months. There is also a very great improvement in her appetite. and brings the top of her head towards it. they were easily affected by the light.APPENDIX. except in a very bright light. so as to be painful. Her health was quite delicate. To look at any picture hanging up in a room. She can even lay aside the green shades which she used to wear.

. is intelligent. She cannot. She can only see their lips move. is Unless she reading. or Miss B. such state. hear the conversation between any two individuals. when in that state. Metcalf permits me to publish this statement. especially picThis makes her delight in being in that tures. She cannot even hear the person with whom she conShe hears him verses. Capron leaves her in the magnetic state. and appear to be transparent. she While she was residing at the mansion of Stanford Newel. and wonders they do not talk. having heard them very vision. as do Mr. Mr. she walks along the streets with perfect ease. She describes Mr. seat. found there Hannah More's "Private Devotions. Miss B. ing from her . and could remember some parts of the discourses. she eD joys with great pleasure. she cannot enjoy the pleasure of is one cause of her being so fond of remain- ing magnetized. invited guest in his house. and is an paint. looking at objects well. and feel her way." . APPENDIX. only when he addresses her.314 about. the family the house every member of . is of pleasing manners. yet she can see them. M. and hears any She has been to meeting person she is-directed to very well. things very accurately. are very much improved. all other walls. when he talks with anybody else. says the walls of the house. what part immediately in tell can she state. She can see through them. and describe what kind of paper. Metcalf says that her general health and her appetite When in the somnambulic stale. which he made at my request. who is Miss B. portraits. he first and converse with all his family. In the magnetized state. and this magnetized. She cannot then talk with any but these persons nor can she hear anything addressed to her by any one else. etc. where she has interested all the family. has eleven in the family. is on them. has reWhen ceived a good education. Esq. or with answer tells her to some member of it. ing Miss B. three times with his family in that state. of in the magnetized moving orturnwithout is. includnow staying with him. and is cheerful and pleasant. When Dr.

it difficult for her NOTE XL . Newel's family soon discovered that by giving out the first line of several of the poems. verbatim. and the intricacy of principles they may involve. are equally without sufficiently considering the great variety of phases they present. In this manner she had learned at least twenty of the have seen the book. and that is. as though they since those who are familiar with . the early date at which it This serves also to explain are stated so minutely. she observed that she had been reading most of the night There was no light in the room. L literary institutions. It is the fine-type edition of This exercise Messrs. One thing The adds much to was drawn up. This she took with her when she retired one night. tion of the facts as they exist. One of the ladies of Mr. speak dogmatically. danger of carrying such minuteness too far in this subject. to prone who are not. in regard to this subject. I but the natural activity of her mind makes to sit idle. tion of a memory of the writer. Hence we hear men. B. To make theories is very easy but to observe facts requires patience and caution. its phenomena. 1836. and more willing to bestow care upon it. as witnessed and practised by assist the " To for the gratifica- . Boston. and those form hasty conclusions. the following brief account of Animal Magnetism. before she was restored to the natural state. doubtless has a tendency to retard the progress of her cure. and in the morning.APPENDIX. 315 a small work which has been printed since she became blind. i836. This paper was not intended for publication: " Providence. noblest our tleman at the head of one of from notes taken at the time of experimenting. Crocker & Brewster. a genfollowing paper was drawn up by M. every day. she was able to repeat the whole. and few of his particular friends. had established everything they utter by a careful observawhereas its acknowleged difficulties ought to make us more cautions. pieces. 12th month. its value . which are why circumstances now so well known to be There is no attendant on most exper'msnts of the kind.

on Animal Magnetism. — ' . Far from finding an associate in his immediate of . to which. his experiments at finally the Report of the French Commissioners read. "To and (It tures were attended. it became the general topic of conversation. Charles Poyen's lecPawtucket witnessed. ' : T a young man. he came to the conclusion to embrace every opportunity for gaming information which could lend assistance m forming a judgment. and as questions of this sort What do you think. known by the name of passes The attention of the writer was first called to the subject by peof certain ' ' rusing notices published in Boston papers of wonderful effects. carry into effect this resolution. circle. Far from putting little was thought of the an intimate friend gave him some account of a lecture he had attended (perhaps the evening previous).—Individual. however. that the object in coming was rather to behold wonders than to investigate. assisted by certain manipulations.) But still being unsatisfied. but subject. he could give no satisfactory answer. simple statement phenomena produced upon one individual by another. without occasioning any painful sensation. proper to remark that the experiments at Pawtucket were far from being satisfactory It seemed co be the opinion of the experimenter. ihere is Animal Magnetism?' 'Dost thou think. in good health. as follows. I do not believe it and to prove to its fallacy This circumattempt by its strangeness. such as producing a sleep so profound that a tooth could be. caused by Bugard and others. principally by the agency of the will.316 APPENDIX. the only way remaining seemed to be for the wnter to experiment lor himis self. He was unphilosophical enough to exclaim. M anything in Animal Magnetism?" were repeatedly asked. therefore. and actually was. There was apparently. has been penned. till ' ' ! stance is mentioned to show that the writer was far from be- ing prejudiced in favor of what was then generally believed to be a humbug. he undertook the investigation alone. no exertion to remove whatever might -ead to suspicion of artifice. by Charles Poyen. drawn. It contains a himself. Mr. " As. attempt. of course. . except occaFirst which he did. L about twenty-three years of age. confidence in these statements.

that all he and must do and keep his eyes open as long as he could. A. Ten minutes. G C . m. and effect same as last. ' produced an incessant tremor of the hands.' S. convulsions — continued little .' Notwithstanding repeated laughter from the brother. effects. with constant motion resembling rapid winking. 13th— Time. " Third attempt. that he was to be magnetized. Effects. occasionally. The brother. "Sixth attempt. "Fifth attempt. with a laugh. motions of the whole body. "12th mo. (a long before thou wilt be asleep ?' teacher) was called in. about eighteen years of age. said to be nervous. . The magnetizer— 'George. lids partly closed. C. a young lady. and . and an innocent and affectionate disposition. convulsive occasionally sudden producing sleep. before evident effects were was to sit which he still. particularly in the hands and arms. subject to attacks of croup. motions of the feet. twenty-five or thirty minutes. George V One minute.APPENDIX. .' replied G. etc.. Time and effect same as above. The process ceased. Time. The manipulations were the same as those his brother mentioned in the French report under the name of passes. lids closed. supposing of The magnetizer now despaired the nervous system to be affected by the imagination. a young lady. and effect same as be- — — fore. 'How 'Yes. ' . Knew nothing more of Animal Magnetism than the name. yet scarcely five minutes had elapsed. time. Subject. twenty-five minutes. drowsiness and great difficulty of keeping the eyes open flow of saliva to the mouth. worthy of note. and mistaking the convulsive motions of the eyelids for voluntary. Subject. and. Of good endowments. change during the last five minutes Twenty minutes. apparently in good health.— Subject.— He was called writer's to the told room about 5 p. in good health. "Fourth attempt. "Second attempt. 'Art thou sleepy. but still in motion.— Subject. Effects. about seventeen years old. Fifteen minutes.' But no reply was obtained. to There was no one in company except assented. seated in a rocking-chair.— Subject. a lad fourteen years old. time. sional difficulty of digestion. and requested to ask him a question. convulsions increased. nothing 317 Time. exclaimed.

his schoolmates retired.318 APPENDIX. George? key. however. the magnetizer mentally directed him to reply. It appeared to be the general wish that he should be waked. as before. he manifested great . he repeated the names of several of the teachers. uneasiness at the presence of iron. Reply. His brother. etc. He immediately magnetizer. and by the same means communication with those around him was readily established and broken off. At this sitting. Upon the return of the magnetizer. and he was requested to How dost thou know? 'It name it. being asked who was present. ' he felt well.) And room.'— at the same time withdrawing his head. which head.' about has iron endeavored to by shaking him. 'Thirteen. etc. His eyes remaining closed. rubbed his eyes. The trembling of Said his hands still continued. which he named. 'A knife. (A key being held by his forehead. but ceased in a few minutes. The great ease without hesitation. as knives.' (Wrong.m. After repeatedly endeavoring the in vain to awake him. to which he replied. He went to sleep panied by "Second — He was in presence of his class. profound sleep was produced. to invite the superintendents and teachers to witness magnetic sleep. A knife was held before his forehead. when he answered immediately. speaking his name aloud. he was. pencils.) ' What 'A is it. Commenced magnetizing about 7 p. females the names of most of tne he did. twenty-five in number.) with which he comprehended the will of the magnetizer A single menial request was at this sitting is remarkable. and most of the following. till which he did repeatedly. when magnetizer left him for a few minutes. to which he replied ' correctly. Come. (Eight. accomtwelve In convulsive motions. minutes. and arose from his seat. Several articles. taking him by the hand.' said the but in vain. The company were completely astounded.' being requested to wake him. generally. were presented to different parts of his head. George. correctly. it is time to wake up.. it. he spoke being asked whethei any he was reAgain present. his quested to ten what was held by women were in the . asked how many there were in the room. sitting. asked how many there were present. without getting any answer. or reject the hand of any one sufficient to cause him to take present.

) Something about a comb. he replied. Finally. Upon presenting two dissimilar ones. sleep in nine minutes.APPENDIX..' 'Feel anything?' (Being pricked .' What is this?' (A shell being presented. when Magnetizer offered his arm.' 'What lesson art thou to re- this • morning?' 'Spelling.) 'Paper. at the will of the magnetizer.) his head round as if to count them. George?' (The paper being removed. and in the D received the answers which follow.) book?' Philadelphia Expositor. Being asked if he done. and a ring of attraction.' thou Dost him. all being perfectly satisfied that he was completely subject to the will of the magnetizer.'— moving ' Dost thou (Right. because he felt a bunch of attraction. (A comb.' He thought he should not remember the comb. as he did not see it distinctly.) 'Acid. till the magnetizer. which proposal being mentally to opposed by the magnetizer. also not. which he immediately arose. He said he had some recollection of a key. 319 generally correctly.' "12th mo.) Being requested to remember the comb after the sleep ended.' Dost thou eight in the room besides the three excepted.' (Right. by the rise thoughts of the magnetizer.) 'What is it. . he immediately selected it.' (Right.' thirtywere (There 'Dost thou count Jonathan?' 'No. Is I feel pleasant?' 'Yes. and that he alone could awake him.' said the magnetizer.) ' count Samuel?' cite 'Don't know. and that he knew it to be a key.' (Paper being near in magnetizer's other hand.' (hesitatingly. willed that he should rise. lids closed.) 'From what 'What smell has this?' (Ammonia. and invariably took or rejected the hand of any one. 'Dost thou count thyself?' 'No.' He immediately rubbed his eyes and awoke. Magnetizer asked him if he perceived a comb before his face to which he replied in the affirmative. expressed by a sign. or not. 14th Third sitting Pulse seventy-nine.) 'A shell. A requested him and walk with him. 'No.. Magnetizer put the questions. me?' count 'No. he promised to do so. in accordance with the wish of S. a line of attraction. according as he He would was commanded to or S. converse. A. 'Come. George?' 'Thirty-eight. he could not be prevailed upon to comply.' room?' see I can't * ' knew what he had — — ' * ' 'How many are present. was accepted. 'it is time to get up. George.

. some of whom had come in after he was put asleep. He was requested to wake in two and a half minutes. After a few experiments. he was again put to sleep in two minutes. C was explaining to his teacher the method of solving a question'in algebra. Convulsive motions entirely ceased. — G-.' 'Who has it?' 'Moses. magnetizer retired to an adjoining room. mag- He complied. In two and a quarter minutes sleep ended. Pulse somewhat increased. and generally told correctly what was held before him. pin.) ' ' ' — 'Wilt thou wake. in just three Yes. — about the same as prevous sittings.' 'Who pricked thee? 'J S this? ' being presented..' 'How many in the room?' About seventy. when permitted by the magnetizer. 18th Commenced about half-past 6 p.' 'How dost five minutes after nine. and willed him to sleep in one and a half minutes. He told the number of persons correctly. "12th mo.) 4 APPENDIX. netizer waked him. he was requested to which he did to a second. and mentally requested magnetized to by come to him.) Steel. obeyed the will of magnetizer. He told the number in the room correctly.' (He fulfilled his promise to a minutes from now? little past nine. Magnetizer stepped to a distant part of the room.' . to be fully satisfied that he was asleep. m. —Fifth sitting. George..' Some copper about it.) "N. He shut them at the wish of the magnetizer. 19th. but not closed. He manifested much uneasiness Convulsive motions at the presence of iron. magnetized readily sleep in four minutes.' (The magnetizer. etc. who sat at the distance of four feet.' ' ' second.' (Being eighty. by the will alone of the magnetizer. as before.' 'What is this?' (Button. Sound At this time. " About five minutes after. and answered various questions put to him others.' ' What What with? ' ' ' A is 'What is the matter?' 'Pricking pin.) 'What time is it? (Being 'Quarter of nine.) 'Yes. awake in just Finally. B. Lids fixed. " Lastly.) 'What time dost thou say it is?' 'No (Right. after .) 'Button.a 320 under the nail with a festing sensation.' (At the same time manime. " 12th mo. accompanied by a motion of the hand downwards.) thou tell?' 'By watch.) ' What ' (A file ' is this? (Hare's aerometer. ten minutes.

After tea.' Magnetizer. Magnetizer said. proceeded immediately to the table. and wished to know if he had finished his lesson. and he was free from convulsive motions. His eyes were open. Several attempts were made to deceive him. but just as we were leaving the room. being asked the reason. He knew nothing of the intention to put him asleep. which. After he had gone through the explanation. he commenced upon the questions following. he could perceive no change. 'When art thou going to wake up?' 'When 1 get my sums done. besides several partitions. rendered him some assistance. minute longer. but could get no answer. and laid aside.a APPENDIX.' entirely forgetting that he had solved them during his sleep. maghim he had interrupted him some during the afternoon. spoke to him. which he was to solve 321 two others to finish his lesson. wake up.' Magnetized took off his cravat. — Sleep near. was rather singularly accomplished. and then to wake. Magnetized still sat engaged about his lesson. he said. not having seen the magnetizer before that moment since a . He found magnetized explaining his sum. ' ' ifi quarter past 3 p. G. feeling some anxiety at his inability to wake him. 'I have two more sums to do. and magnetized about. but one only succeeded. magnet was brought produced in half a minute. Magnetizer then stepped to an adjoining room. that he might get through sooner. George. R a teacher. not recollecting that netizer told *'Sixth sitting. as his teacher informed. A bar when magnetized manifested great . Come. vat. To take the nearest route from one to the other. he said he remembered nothing that had occurred. five of which were shut. he rubbed his eyes and awoke. at the same time telling him to finish his lesson as soon as he could. As soon as the questions were solved. but manifesting a fixedness of countenance. No reply or sign of waking. between whom and the magnetized there were as many as three stone and brick walls. Being questioned. m. seven doors are to be passed through. On returning. 'It is warm. he inquired for his cra- We he had laid it aside. when magnetizer went to ascertain the result. seated himself in a room at least seventy feet Magnetizer distant. He replied. The process of magnetizing continued about two and a half minutes. at which time he was looking in his book for the answer.

with the same iron.' 'How dost thou know?' Upon (Right. Being asked how it felt. net.' 'Which the same pole toward thee? Nortn it. he replied. he had no what had occurred but complained that he he had been receiving severe electric shocks. and from the south pole. Whether the magnetizer or any other person held the magnet.' result. even when it was presented at the distance of eight feet.) reversing the poles. Magnetizer said dost thou not ' 'What sit stu*! is it. netizer I Magnetizer 'What is the matter George?' 'Giving me ' 'Which pole is it?' know?' 'It pushes. with the same result. that he was not at all pleased with the experiment. negatively by induction. — Seventh sitting — Magnetizer ai least one .' (right) — at time moving his head towards 'It pulls.' It seemed to be rather agreeable to him than otherwise. the magnetized sprang as if he had received an electric shock though nothing was felt by magtried the same. pole. Still the shocks were felt To ascertain whether the will of the magnetizer was at all concerned in the production of the shocks he wilted that the magnetized should feel cold. and the hand of the magnetized upon the head of the magnetizer. that perhaps himself might be magnetized.' times repeated.. Indeed. It was formed by placing the hand of the magnetizer upon the head of the magnetized. it was impossible to deceive him. if touched by a hot 'How dost thou This experiment was several In a word. — H The connection was made by several persons (pershocks haps five) taking hold of hands. he instantly started back as 'South. the shocks were feit as before ' not to be a non-conductor recollection of felt as if On being waked. where the connection was made Glass proved But in vain. Just as the connection was being made. 25th. he showed. to which he moved his head. The novel thought occurred to the magnetizer. It pulls. He therefore concluded to form the circuit and know the result. he invariably moved his head toward the north.322 uneasiness. Magnetizer extended his hand towards him. by words and varions movements. Magnetizer then withdrew his hand and brought his head near to the forehead of the magnetized at which he manifested the same uneasiness as at the south pole of the magnet. George?' 'Mag- 'Why is *It hurts. "12th mo.' APPENDIX.

Neither did he know whether the magnetizer was at the institution at the time or not.' (Two entered while he was C 'In a house. asleep.) How many are there in the room. and the izer.' Is he walking or running?' 'Running. ' W ' . no one can stop it. L. m. . At the same time. Being asked by J L. . but not at what hour. and with the other seemed to feel for some one. and then moved it towards the place at which he said the magnetizer was.' 'Canst thou see the bridge?' 'No. answers as often received. A communication being tnus established between nim and J. the following questions were put and answers S .) It may be proper here ' 'Coming. and a half minute. S by the hand. W.) 'How dost thou know he is in that direction? 'I feel him pull. to * "'Where is the magnetizer? when he put thee to sleep?' (Right. J supposing them both to be present. he wished him to speak to J L.' 'In what direction is he?' (Magnetized placed his hand upon his forehead. J.APPENDIX. as at the last sitting. L. iS proceeded to join the company. . S J B.' (At the same time manifesting uneasiness at what he called the pulling of the magnetThe last two questions were often repeated. How 'I saw him. 323 miles distant.' 'No. . to that he was coming. he replied. it is dark.' ' Where was he ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' . magnetizer wished him to speak to none but the two individuals just mentioned.) same Shall I stop the pulling?' Thou canst not stop it. 6 p. now. C his brother. magnetized whispered something which was not audible. when he ceased to answer the questions of J. he took J. . also. Perfect sleep in one Magnetizer directed him to shut his eyes. or the lamps in the streets?' it. S what he wished. B and myself. and then tell one present.' dost thou know?' 'Has he an umbrella?' How dost thou know ? 'I feel he has his hand on Yes.' (Magnetizer does not now recollect whether he ran any or not. C was informed that he was to be magnetized some time during the evening. C J At the same time.' Canst thou see the streets.' remark that G. J L. When magnetizer had approached about one mile. and who are they?' 'Four. L. . About the same time.) "Magnetized was shocked. S and C. — — received : and sitting. Time.

This is in cases where it was almost im- possible for the latter to obtain the notions of the former. I take this occasion to express my thanks. has fur- me the following account of his experience as a mag- very observable. differs tuitive I would refrom some others in regard to the inknowledge of time. which is claimed as one of the fac- ulties of somnambulists. or see it on the nearest watch . become to striking similarity of conclusion between them that there is a It is and our own magnetizers. to one who has had a chance acquainted with the statements of foreign writers. C. and C. was terminated by the will of the magnetizer. and seemed !' ! . whose family she now resides — whose case is a very peculiar one. to whom I am indebted many opportunities of seeing and trying interesting experi- mer gentleman. to such as have leisure. A. 'Faster faster "At thirty five minutes past six o'clock.with J.he put out his nand. magnetizer arrived. Her waking up at the hour indicated by her magnetizer is a strong objection to his own conclusion." NOTE for XII. that somnambulists borrow their notions of time from the thoughts of others. He has even now a patient who wakes every morning evening previous Bratteile. cannot see while in the magnetic state. until those principles are as clearly demonstrable as those of electricity. and it should be an inducement. and of the universality of principles. P. saying at the same time. The forin addition to all other obligations. with whom. and found magnetized asleep. smiled. the sleep of the magnetized After a few moments in conversation. Potter. nished netizer: ments. in precisely at the hour he tells her to the a fact which I learned from Captain James This young lady. to investigate the subject. certainly a priori proof of the strongest kind in favor its of the reality of Magnetism. Avhich is. glad to see his friend. L S C of the magnetizer. in compan}. supposed to indicate a wish to hurry the magnetizer.324 APPENDIX. V. without any directions from the magnetizer During the early part of his sleeping. Of his own accord. on the entrance and J. To Messrs. mark that Mr. he had been conversing. he made various gestures.

nor did she sending her on such an errand. She replied that she spoke to Mr. She gave a correct account of its appearance. of small things know "I took a number from the shelf. She replied that she could. I asked the patient what she said. Day. forty minutes each. She answered. and en- . and at a time when it was generally closed. as a pretext to the number in the room. upon looking. his wife. she after a became sound I asked her. ever obtained was a married At the fifth sitting. There are seven and two children. the article below was written : "The first good subject I lady. where men only had been employed.APPENDIX. I knew that she had never been in my shop. a small girl who lives with them. few questions in regard to her feelings. has occurred since or other time-piece. Day. and asked him what time in the evening it was. 325 This case. however. and two ' ' . of about asleep. She said. to see if she would observe it. she did not know. and observed that the short time I sat upon that drag could not have rested me. to my astonishment. I then asked her if there was any one in at the time. On my return I took an out-of-the-way road.' directly to ascertain the fact. it being occupied by another Mr. She stated the number the same as ascertain precisely my subject. ' I asked her to tell the number of persons in the room directly over where we sat. she told me exactly where I had been. I asked her how it appeared. I asked her the time by the clock in the other room. " The girl asked the time of night. I sent While she was gone. of about twenty-three. I found three of my apprentices at work. whether she could see anything out of the room where she was sitting. I found it to be correct to a minute. When I returned. and no one but him up the maid made reply. twenty-two minutes past eight. family. and sat down upon a drag for a few moments. and to whom she spoke. I supposed that there was no one there. subject told the the reason of There were two ladies there whom The maid was not in the room when my in number my the chamber. ladies that I do not recollect to have seen before. I went directly thither. it being evening. and. She said there were three. what way I returned.

the time of day by a dozen watches that were in the room. they had passed Newport that afternoon. she said that t?ie clock did not go. the information obtained from new subjects to be much the most correct. and both hands hung directly down. as it was a fixed habit for the occupant of the house to sleep at that time in the evening in his chair. and remarked that it would be a perfect test of her clairvoyance. jects. I took a piece of blank paper. I think. as they saw them taking down the clock when they passed through in the afternoon. rect. "1 have the most indisputable proof of their seeing to a great distance. Newport is thirty miles distant. gentlemen came to see one of my subjects one evening. but the character of the witnesses. of this kind. I do not mention this as an insulated fact. They are apt to get into this habit I consider after being magnetized a great number of times. to which she and myself were total strangers. but as one that will not admit of contradiction. and had observed some things to test her clairvoyance. and she told what took my watch and covered it as closely as possible in my handkerchief: she mentioned the time to a minute. " She gave a minute description of every house and room which they directed her to. and marked one or two capital letters with a lead pencil.326 closed APPENDIX. to their vanity is and desire to an- asked them. The gentlemen were astonished at its correctness. without their being taken from the fob. where she found an old gentleman asleep They said it could not be otherwise than corin his chair. they being the Honorable Judge Durfee and Judge "Two . although they frequently fail in experiments they were. times appear to draw largely from their imaginations and swer every thing that preconceived opinions. them perfectly tight in I my hand. and a place where my subject had never been. not only from the nature of the proof. and partly to their inThey someability at times to distinguish small objects. I find a great difference in the veracity of sub- owing partly. On asking her the time of night by the clock at Newport. She had no diffiShe would frequently tell culty in telling what they were. They sent her into a room of a house there. and placed them between the leaves in the middle of a book.


APPENDIX.
Staples, both of our

327

Supreme Court, and Horace Manchester,

Esq., attorney, of this city.

"I have had gentlemen from Boston, Salem, Newport, Taunton, New Bedford, New York, and other places, who have witnessed experiments of seeing to a great distance; and in such cases I have directed my subject to go (as we term it) to their respective places of abode, and have generally enforced the most perfect conviction. " I sent a subject to New York that was never in the city. She gave a most correct description of Trinity Church, the monuments in the enclosure, their situation, and the whole I then sent her into a broker's of* of its internal structure. He informs me tha\ fice in Wall Street (Mr. Yernon's). She said she saw nothing except the description is correct. She could not see any goods, a few books and some money. although I called it a store. Mr. Yernon was an entire stranger to myself, as well as to the somnambulist. "A good clairvoyant will never fail to tell the denomination of a bill, the superscription on a letter, or any sentence distinctly written, even if it is folded so as to rringthe writing on the inside. I have lately been trying some very interesting experiments, in connection with two or three gentlemen, upon the faculty of clairvoyance, which i should not feel justified in laying before the public in their present unfinished state.

"I have found that all my clairvoyants can tell the time; but upon asking them how they tell, they will say they see some neighboring clock such as that in their own house, or the nearest church. I said to a patient of mine one evening,
:

No; our clock had been stopped fifteen minutes two hours after she had been put into the magnetic sleep. I have told them to wake by a prescribed At other times, time, and have found them very accurate. they would wake before half the period had elapsed. "There are some subjects, however, that are very exact in their time of waking, very rarely varying more than six seconds from the prescribed time. I have told others to wake in four minutes, and m four minutes more to go to sleep again; they would wake in three minutes, or less, and,
'

Can you

tell

what time

it

is ?

'

She

said,

'

does not go.'

Upon

looking, I found the clock


32S

.

.

APPENDIX.

go to sleep again in the same time- I have to.d others ro wake in four minutes by a certain ciock ;r watcn, and îo i0 sleep in the same time; they would wake at cue exact time and go So to sleep one minute, or one minute and a ua f too soon. that I am convinced, not only from ine artificial divisions of time, but from a great number of experiments that they
either see

some timepiece, or guess

at its duration.

'

NOTE
Ko

XIII.

SOMNAMB ULISM.
one who reads medical works is ignorant of the frequent occurrence of natural somnambulism. A hundred cases could undoubtedly be quoted from the best authorities. A remarkable and well-authenticated one recently appeared the "Boston Medical and Surgical Journal."' I do not know whether to class the following relation, which I find in a very eld translation of Pliny's " Natural History.' with Does not its resemblance to what is facts or with fictions. induced somnambulism authorize us known to take place to consider it as having some foundation in truth?

m

m

read in Chronicles, that the ghost of Hermotimus Clazomenius was accustomed to abandon his body for a time, and, wandering up and down in far countries, used to bring

"We

home news, from remote
possibly be known, unless

places, of such things as could not
it
it

had been present there

;

the while his body lay, as
practice
it

were, half dead in a trance.

and all This

continued so long, that at last the Cantharidse..

who

were his mortal enemies, took his body and burnt it to ashes and by that means disappointed his poor soul when it came back again, of that sheath as it were, or case, where she meant to bestow herself " Pliny b. 7 ch 52.
.

some similarity between the above relation and the following, which is extracted from Watsons "Annals of
There
is

Philadelphia,

'

page 235, edition of 1830
people of Caledonia nave so long and excluit

"The good
surprise

sively engrossed the faculty of second sight, that

may

justly
witii

many

to iearn that

we

aiso

have been favored

APPENDIX.
at least

329

one case as well attested as their own. I refer to the instance of Eli Yarnall, of Frankford. Whatever were his He fell into intern first peculiarities, he in time lost them. wanderer, and died in Virginia, a perate habits, became a young man. He was born in Bucks county, and, with his There, family, emigrated to the neighborhood of Pittsburg. into a fit of when a child seven years old, he suddenly burst laughter in the house, saying he saw his father (then at a distance) running down the mountain side, trying to catch a jug
of

When

whiskey which he had let fall. He saw him overtake it. the father came home, he confirmed the whole story,
all.

to the great surprise of

The
visited

boy, after

this,

excited

much

wonder and

talk in the neighborhood.

Two

or three years

after this, the family

was

Friend, with other visiting Friends from

have heard, in a very direct

by Robert Verree, a public Bucks county. I manner, from those who heard

Verree's narrative, that he, to try the lad, asked

him

various

questions about circumstances then occurring at his own house, in Bucks county; all of which he ascertained to have been Some of the things mentioned really so at that precise time.
I see your house is made partly of logs were these, viz. and partly of stone; before the house is a pond, which is now let out; in the porch sits a woman, and a man with gray
:

'

hairs; in the house are several men,' etc.

home, he ascertained tha"t his millhad been just let out, to catch muskrats; that the man in the porch was his wife's brother, Jonathan; that the men in his house were the mowers, who had all come in because of a shower of rain. In short, he said exactly iota was realized. every "The habit of the boy, when he sought for such facts, was to sit down, and hold his head downwards, his eyes often shut and after some waiting, declared what he saw in his visions. He has been found abroad in the fields, sitting on a stump and crying; on being asked the reason, he said he saw great destruction of human life by men in mutual combat. His descriptions answered exactly to sea fights and army battles, though he had never seen the sea, nor ships, nor cannon, all of which he fully described as an actual looker-on. Some of the Friends, who saw him, became anxious for his future

"When Verree returned
his house

pond before

;

330
welfare, and,

APPENDIX.
deeming him possessed of a peculiar
gift

and a

good

spirit,

desired to have the bringing of

therefore committed to the mastery of

him up. He was Nathan Harper, enThere he

gaged

in the business of tanning, in

Frankford.

excited considerable conversation; and so

him as to be troublesome to his could to discourage the calls. Questions, on his part, were
therefore shunned as

many came to visit master, who did what he

much

as he could.

He

lost his faculty

by degrees, and fell into loose company, which of itself prevented serious people from having any further wish to interrogate him. " To instance the kind of inquiries

sented to him,
their

it"

may

be stated that wives,

which were usually prewho had missed

husbands long, supposed by shipwreck, for instance, would go to him and inquire. He would tell them, it is said, Another case of some stMl alive, what they were about, etc. inquire who stole his was, a man,, for banter, went to him to pocket-book; and he was answered, no one; but you stole one out of a man's pocket when at the vendue; and it was so. "His mother would not allow him 'to divine for money,' lest he should thereby lose the gift, which she deemed heaven-

derived.

"These
them."

are strange things.

I give these facts as I heard

The above were
to be obsc

cases of natural

somnambulism; and

it

is

v

d,

that such subjects are frequently in condition

to talk with

any

who

address them.

This was the case with

recently thrown into gentleman of this town, as will a somnambulism by induced in this published Appendix.* It is laid be seen by his letter, down by some writers on Magnetism, that the diseases which produce the one may be cured by the other. Where somnambulism is induced by the magnetic process, the magnetizer

the Springfield somnambulist,

who was

gains suck a mastery over the patient, as to turn his clairvoyance to a useful purpose; which is, to look into the nature of
the disease

which made him naturally subject

to this crisis,

* The fame has been done in the cac~ of the TTxbridge somnambulist. She was found, as I am told by Dr. Parsons, to be exceedingly susceptible to the action of Magnetism.

APPENDIX.
and
to point out its

331

proper remedy. Not only so but Mag other aid, restores sueh persons to without netism alone, health, and then generally ceases to act upon them.

In one of the numbers of 'The Magnetizer," a series of papers published by the translator in the ''Providence Journal/' the following description of a magnetic sitting may be found. It is designed to convey to the imagination of the reader who has never seen anything of the kind a correct conception of the real power exerted, and of the feelings excited by its contemplation
:

sometimes astonished at my own indif ference to the singular 'phenomena exhibited by my friend, while He is this evening sitting beside me the magnetic sleep. he is in his arm-chair, while lam at the desk penning these observa-

"I confess

that

I am

m

tions.

myself.

He has been asleep about an hour. No one is present but He is immovable— in his deep and placid serenity. His
is

raindrops against the casement comes with thrilling distinctness of sound to break the stillness of the room; and, now and then, the lightning, which leaps from the nven cloud, sends forth its lulling thunder in the But these cannot arouse him from his slumber distance. There is on his countenance that godlike tranquillity which the
breath
scarcely heard; the pattering of the

ancient artists strove
fabled deities.

to

express in the representations of their

His eyes are closed; he feels not mortal touch; the surgeon might sever his several joints, and the exquisite nerves There is of feeling shall not convey the intimation to the brain. repose. ordinary as in irritaton, nervous no movement, no restless

" In vain has
name.
ship

Carlos,
not.

who has

just entered, called

him by

his

He answers

How

shall he hear the voice of friend

who hears not the voice of thunder? His ears are sealed as The mysterious will hath closed the avenues cf with seven seals. But from this dreary death of intelligence in the mortal body. sensation, how quicklg is he roused! By a simple volition I cause him to see, to hear, to recognize, everything about him. I can send him forth instantly, through the thick darkness of night, into distant lands, and cause him to bring us iiidngs of our
absent friends.
intellectual

His spirit seems to delight in this activity; his countenance brightens up with various emotions. He glides along the surface of the earth and ocean, as rapid as the

332

APPENDIX.

lambent borealis ; and ever and anon, as different scenes arrest Ms attention, he bursts out into involuntary exclamations of
pleasure or surprise, of joy or sorrow. T/ie smile that tells of some ludicrous sight is occasionally seen to play over his features.

Anon,

the hot tears course

down

in every lineament.
the generousfervor
jShe
' '

He

is

his cheek. Powerful feeling is weeping over a death-bed scene which

he accidentally witnesses in a distant city ;

and he cries aloud, with

' Se is gone, poor of excited sympathy. has no protection for her orphan children but God /'

man!

Instantly by a power which
to others,

than 1 think it seems
sleep.
lose

I sprinkle

the

more mysterious to myself him into the profoundest waters of Lethe over his spirit. His muscles
is

I replunge

their tension ; his

limbs, their elasticity; his

senses forget

of slumber settles upon hisfeatures, and he becomes as void of sensation, of motion, of volition, as the beautiful creations of Canova, or the stony victims of Medusa."
their office ; the placid serenity

sometimes necessary to send a somnambulist to examine This has been practised to some extent here; and h will be practised much when Magnetism becomes more exGreat caution should tensively appreciated in this country be used, in such cases, to test the clairvoyance; and it seems proper to give some hints tc those who seek direct evidence 1. If you send them of this power from somnambulists. away give them time encugh to look round after you have assured yourself that there is no mistake in the house to wnich you senci them. 2. It ycu are in communication, keep yourself perfectly free from excitement, and attend to what the somnambulist says 3. Observe simplicity of conduct; the wearying somnambulist by asking questions which not manifest scepticism or an intention to embarrass him. 4. Be
It is

the sick.

carefui, as far as possible
for the

not to ask unimportant questions: properly trained, does not view your interrogatories as intended to test his clairvoyance, but to efctaiE information oi things as they are. Apollo himself, in me paimy tranciuiu-ty of his soul, took it in high dudgeon,

somnambulist

if

says Piatarch
sides

be interrogated about so many trifles. Bemost somnambulists imagine you to be present with mem wherevet they go, and think you can see as well as they can. It therefore requires caution and skill, not only to obtr

APPENDIX.
tain infomation

333

from them, but

also to direct their attention

to the proper objects.

The Marquis de Puységur

says, in his

work

entitled * Re-

cherches Physiologiques sur V Homme?

page 423. "There are somnambulists whose active energy makes them almost spontaneously perceive all that can be useful and salutary to themselves. There are also some who are inert and indolent, whose intuitive faculties are not manifested unless their de velopment is aided. A somnambulist may be compared to a person having very good eyes, who is unexpectedly placed upon His vision would an eminence rising from a vast plain distinguishing aujnhing without extent, sweep over a great remarking any; and without He would wonder at all things,
the most beautiful situations, the most interesting objects, would often be the very ones to which he would pay no
attention.
It is

exactly so with

many

somnambulists.
that

do not

arrest

and

fix their attention

upon

If you which ought

particularly to interest them, they will often observe nothing
in the vast and indefinite

domain of

their perception."

NOTE

XIY.

TRAVELLING SOMNAMBULISTS.
The somnambulist always appears to have a perfect knowledge of what the magnetizer is doing. If he occasionally loses trace of him, it is because some other person is in communication, and absorbs his whole attention. But the magnetizer generally keeps his control over his patient, even

from him; that is, he can cause him to he can make him answer the no answer to the question return and question of one person, power of seeing any one the lose of another; can make him present; can make him call for any particular article of food, all by the mere power of the can wake him suddenly, etc. will, ft sometimes happens that such experiments fail: but
though
at a distance

sink into a state of insensibility;

,

evident that the patient commonly has the faculty of di vining the iciU of his magnetizer. He seems to be drawn towards him by an intense impulse. He can almost always tell where he is. I have known one somnambulist, who,
it is

334

APPENDIX.
left

by the physician that magnetized her, would volunhim through all his professional calls and give a pretty correct account of them to the persons left in communication with her. At the same time, she would mention how many and what description of persons were in the several rooms of his patients. I could never discover an architectural anomaly in the descriptions given by somnambulists of the houses to which they
tarily trace
It is not proper, however, to conclude that they never commit such an error, though I have made many experiments of the kind. I will explain my meaning.

when

are sent.

Somnambulists frequently get into the wrong house, and frequently give a wrong description when they get into the right house; and it requires some tact to draw from them a correction of the errors into

which they

fall at

the

first sight, as

well

as to discover the cause of their being led into the

commission

of such errors.
into one

But when they get into a house, or imagine the)' have got which neither they nor any present have ever been

w ill be congruent be true or false in respect to the house supposed to be visited. Thus, if the somnambulist describes the fireplace in the parlor as being on the north side, and a door as being on the right of the fireplace leading into the room back of the parlor, he will, when carried into that back room, make the fireplace there correspond with the position of the chimney previously indicated in the description of the first room. As soon as I took notice of this congruency, I varied the experiments very much, to ascertain whether it is always so. After examining one room in a house, in relation to the position of the windows and the grates, I proceeded to the second or third story in one of the back rooms, to get
into
r

— — they will give such a description as
whether
it

in itself,

a description of
scription of the

it

;

then

down

into the yard, to get a de-

back part of the house; then into the front yard, to look into the parlor window, and describe the situation of things from this new point of view; then to one
side of the

house, to look in at a

which we had not yet been; then
story, directly over the

into a

window into room in

a

room

in

the second
fire-

room back

of the parlor, and the

place

was

found to be on the south side, exactly corresponding

APPENDIX.
with the rest of the description.
tried

335

by me when

I

was not

in

somnambulist, but conducted it communication with them, in respect to buildings which neither of us had ever seen. But it may be said the somnambulist, having a good idea of the manner in which houses are generally built, could not fail in a matter of that kind, and if he merely imagines himself to be in a distant house, he would not be so obscure in his imaginary perceptions as to make such an architectural error, for the imagination must grasp the whole object at once Besides, there is also reason to believe in all its complexity. that the somnambulist borrows the whole description from the model in the mind of the person in communication with him. To all this it may be replied that innumerable examples are given, some in this book, of the power not only of transition, but also of transition and clairvoyance united, which were properly verified. And, in the next place, these trials were, some of them, made when the person in communication
in

This experiment has been communication with the through a person who was

had no particular knowledge of
the obvious explanation.
If

architecture,

tion of the design of the experiment.

and no intimaHence we must adopt

you wish

to carry a

somnambulist to your own house, or
it is

to the house of a friend,

not necessary for you to trace

out the path for
all

him

to travel; at least I

the trials I have made, and they are

have found it so in many. Just take the

hand of the somnambulist, observing first to request to be put communication with him. You must remember, by the way, that it requires much circumspection on your part in making the proper advances, especially if the somnambulist be a woman and you a stranger. After being put in communication, take his hand, and ask him if he will go with you to your house; (you need not tell him where, or in what direction it is); and if he says he does not know the way, tell him you will go with him. If he consents to go with you, carry your mind home, and he will soon be there with you. Bid him let you know when he arrives. He will enter the house, and will surprise you by the correct description which he will give you of it. At the same time, if you have ordered some one of your family to make an arrangement of the furniture
in

336

APPEXDIX.

you know what the aryou will probabty discover that he does not derive his ideas from your own mind. You may, however, influence his mind, and mislead him. He will sometimes make wonderful mistakes in some things, while he is wonderfully
in a particular room, -without letting
is,

rangement

He who is acquainted with the mode of proceeding will frequently, by attending closely to their motions, discover the cause of their mistakes. I have known several cases analogous to this. You send a somnambulist to examine the house of a friend. He describes the house correctly, and your friend correctly. He says your friend is sitting at his desk in his study. You go off
correct in others.
satisfied that all is right;

but on writing an account, and

re-

ceiving an answer from your friend, you are astonished to learn that he was not at home on the day in question. How

Somnambulus contrive to give such a if he did not see him? The following stances of the kind to which I refer.
did

description of
letters

him
in-

present

FB03I DOCTOR HARTSHORN.
" Providence, September
1,

1837.

"Dear

Sir" In compliance with your request, I cheerfully

submit to you an account of an experiment in Animal Magnetism, made a few evenings since by Mr. William Grant, at his father's residence, in High street. The person magnetized

was a young lady, a relative of the family. Similar experiments had often been made by him, and it was by particular request that he consented to gratify the curiosity of a few individuals on this occasion.

There were present, Bishop

Brownell. of Connecticut; Dr. Brownell, of this city; Major Lomax, of the U. S. Army; Mr. E. Dyer, Jr. Mr. Potter, and myself. Mr. Grant placed himself in front of his patient, and
;

fixing his eyes steadily

upon

her, she soon

gave evidence of

being in the magnetic sleep. As it seemed to us among the most interesting and extraordinary facts, in connection with this subject, that the person magnetized could visit mentally, and describe, distant places and objects, we concluded to test The magnetizer was accordingly her powers in that way. requested to direct her to Newport. She soon signified her
arrival,

and was directed from the landing, through the town,

because it was covShe was asked what the covering was. at the same time turning her ear.APPENDIX. they appear to find no difficulty in doing it.instrument was. that it had many more strings. and answered ered. 337 Passing through the front to the residence of Major Lomax. and family. to strike the keys. had never seen anything like it before. to remove his doubts. rewas ascertained that in the immediately moved from the front parlor to the one rear. as to satisfy all present that she was not exercising Major Lomax had prewould hit upon and deviously intimated to me that. but she declared She now drew her hand rapidly across. corresponded with the There was in the parlor a harp of large size. it Upon subsequent inquiry. and who alone was in communication with her. but she said she could not. that she if tion it a covering of green baize cloth. She now went through the motions of it was green baize. inasmuch as the article in question was rare. that she had seen a guitar. and then into one of the side rooms. that walls always When told to pass . Grant. seem to be transparfrom one room to another through the partition or a fastened door. To the queswere a guitar. She was asked what the instrument was.— Trans. communicating with the first.* The gentlemen were assured that the young 7"^v the harp had been on that evening ent. the furniture. As the Yankee prerogative of guessing. by means of a door. that this was not like one. there were no keys. and laying it aside. the entry. and immediately her attention was arrested by an object which she said was a musical instrument. who did not know what the. she soon as she had entered the room. She next took hold with her thumb and finger. however. she answered that it was not. and it had fact. Major Lomax assured the company. and listening with apparent surprise and pleasure. She was told to play upon it. untying the covering. and answered that she could not tell. and motioned as if to spring the chords. This description. as if to vibrate the strings of an instrument. She was now told by Mr. probably what She was now directed to return to she had never seen. if his house. it would scribe a particular article of furniture in serve. and was much larger. she gave such a description of the interior. door into the entry. as forcibly as anything could. and enter the room on the opposite side. * It is asserted by all clairvoyants. she declared it to be a parlor. lifting it from the instrument.

Upon seeking to know how far these statements corresponded with the facts. A. in your present inquiries. C. they talked together. to go with me I guided her to the house of a brother-in-law. very respectfully.). to Boston. asked Miss Brackhouse. m . „. in an interview at my own rooms. when I should have said he was bald on the top of the head. /. in conclusion. the furniture of the drawingsince. "Isaac Hartshorn. I am happy to give you any statement of facts in my power. etc. also a stranger to had never been in Newport.Ti/r "Mr. I ett (the and neither more nor less. she being in the state of magnetic somnambulism. October 3. Hartshorn. She said. Again she said that a man was spreading a cloth on the and floor in the back parlor. indeed.„ » H. FREDERICK FARLEY. and of the singular and illusions to which they are liable. T. and she was them. said there was a gentleman in the front parlor standing near the window reading a letter. the uncertainty which attends the when they are at a distance in errors to seek illustrations of relations of somnambulists spirit. not having been at home between half 3 o'clock and 8 o'clock.. I confine myself to this point. and has his concurrence. and that he wore spectacles which had not silver bows. m. when 1 should have said they had gold bows. ' ' It should be remarked. and a little black boy came in.. that this statement submitted to Major Lomax. " My Dear Sir: In reply to your note of yesterday. nor can I have the least objection to the use of my name in connection therewith since I mean that it shall be a statement of . and upon requesting her to describe him she described the occupant of the house as accurately as I should have done to any inquirer. it was found that the occupant of the house was not at home at that hour (half -past -past 6 o'clock p. Tuesday Mornihg. As I understand you. FROM REV. been has " Yours. facts.338 APPENDIX. with remarkable accuracy much of the described and she arrangement of the house. that his hair was very thin. It was indeed about the hour when . Miss B. " Somewhere about two months blind lady).

and many articles of furniture. "After this. its entry or hall.' she streets. me! I. 1637. and even now I fear I «shall be ' able to give you but a very succinct account of ihe state of things on In your note of the 28th September. She replied. it was found that nobody inter- "Upon leaving the house. exhibited the faculty of clairI do not re- member several distinct rooms. truly . on going into the street she made this re return to Boston. voyance. a single error in regard to the things around her in And. commanded him to desist. 'Well. movement replied. 339 the male domestic of the family might have been preparing for the evening meal. of the foot. its she • ' ' ' ' ' he is laughing at you. although. but rupted him. accompanying the words with a suitable 'Ah. I'll thank you to mind your own business. upon returning through the was nothing she com- plained constantly of being jostled by the crowd. Farley.' I rejoined." PROM DOCTOR JOHN FLINT. and where placed. with perfect accuracy.' or words to that effect What now ? I asked. in my house. the external appearance of the house at Boston. scribed as well. as I before hinted. Dear Sir: I have been so much engaged since my return from Providence. the china closet. exterior. then I'll kick him. That boy is troubling There. my . both what they were. there to cause any un- usual crowd at that time. Miss B. as if I saw him. the church on Church Green. saying. you've made him cry now. both drawing-rooms. " Boston.APPENDIX. but after having visited my house. she also deT "Very r . T t yours. "In this interview. she crossed the street to inspect in examining While apparently engaged of a sudden drew herself up with an air of great dignity. "Frederick A. October 1. as I afterwards learned. you wish to know if Miss Brackett was correct in relation to the fire sin Pearl street. You will perhaps recollect that she did not say there was a fire. that I have not until now found leisure tc comply with your request.' said she.

10 o'clock ' ' . you may remember. Finally. a friend. that it was on the evening.' Neither was I much more successful on visiting the office. and put it into the closet. she said.. for she dismissed that with two or three remarks. was satisfactory evidence to my mind tbat she must have seen it. 'You are not very neat. and at the very time. she answered that there was a girl about twenty-five years of age.. 'There is a lamp raised upon a pole.' And. Between half-past 9 and which corresponds with the time when Miss B. I then prevailed upon her to step into the kitchen. I think it — was on her visit to Boston. but answered all questions by saying. dressed in a small figured pink calico dress. however. Upon mak- ing particular inquiries respecting the evening. and she gave a decided negative answer. I ascertained. consequently many people were collected in the street. I did bring some dough from the cellar into the kitchen. neither could I ascertain that there was any disturbance in the streets for several days. and concluded that Miss B. and upon inquiring if any one was there. and that the watchman sprung his rattle. Immediately upon my return. sir. Miss B. There was no alarm of fire on that evening. and that no one was with her.. is not known. is the cause of so many people's running?' and then observed.' Upon asking her what time in the evening. . but said she mixed bread on Monday evening.' 'It looks nearly as bad as Dr. I inquired of the girl whether she mixed any bread or cake on Tuesday evening. I then left her. must have been mistaken. with eyes as large as tolerably-sized tea-cups. and that she was mixing bread or cake. yes. The girl soon followed me into the parlor. and worked it over. for a certainty.' which. — being next door to the on the alarm being given by the watch. would not give any account of my parlors. Capron's. and in conversation incidental^ remarked that there was a disturbance at a neighboring house a few evenings before. That a lamp was taken from the engine-house watch-house very probable. 'Why. such as.340 mark: 'What APPENDIX. was passing the evening at my house. however. and exclaimed. 'You can see as well as I can. E. The fact. but that the people were returning. we were in communication with Miss Brackett. on requesting her to follow them. Mr. she soon said she was in Pearl street. sub r osa.

[See Note X. I hope you wiL excuse • me sir " Dr. Flint. " I wonder you could leave me in the house of a stranger.). 18 the gir wouid not answer me. You wili recollect. before " I wonder he shouid go off so. " Here it She took the vessel. I took her to visit the house of a sister of mine. I said to Miss B.. Flint inquired where sh. but." Dr." She returned. she says. Flint and myself being both in communication with her " Let us sit down here in the parlor I wish you would have the goodness to ask the Miss B. upon leaving my house. G. after giving her a reasonable time to iook around. G and upon . about eighteen months old. and.' — made the request. 's - G * In order to obtain a more particular description of things. immediately gliding down into the girl to bring me some water. and she described the cistern. Mrs. carrying i" to the place from whence she took it. and wishes to see you. and her remarks concerning the dog." I drank. Then he hears everything addressed directly to him." But when a somnambulist is not sent abroad. she evidently took another door leading from the same entry. I will pin your dress for you. Mrs. for 1 drew some and tasted it.—Dr. though at any part of the room.go. observing. that there was a child in the bed with her (Mrs. and her little girl.pump. coing.] . have given Mr Hartshorn water out of the wrong pump: this is the good water I gave him the hand basin to drink from.' She likewise remarked. she asked me where I had been. that the description of the relative position of the pumps. 341 "With regard to her giving you cistern-water* to drink. otherwise is entirely destroyed. from a tin wash-bowl. During the time the two were in conversation. when I wished Dr. Your brother is in the other room. saying. '. G. etc. I retained my seat. " I shall have to do it myself. Flint young my hand from hers. she added. was in bed at that time. for she will not answer me. and have found no cause to alter my opinion since my return. Once. " There. "If you will get up. and said she found the basm hanging up by the side ot it But. " the other pump has good water in it.. I was fully satisfied of the correctness of her statements then. and on taking her hand again." versation of others. I it. into the parlor." said Miss B. assured mè.APPENDIX." said she.. and went into Mrs. J kitchen. but not the conto converse with her alone.. You may be in communication. said. after waiting for a reply. For. she exclaimed. and with her fingers arranged as if she were holding a dish. chamber. or to touch her person. as I supposed. it is not by any means necessary to retain the hand. Sometimes he is told to converse with all who are present. It may as well be added in this place. several of whose friends from Boston were present. withdrew " I will return directly. was accurate. as he has in this letter. that to have hold of the the communication releasing it was necessary for each of us lady's hand.

and have just received . Thomas C. in New York. with. Mass." "John Flint.— 342 APPENDIX. Covill. "Mr. ' ' I am. Your friend and servant.'s hair. G." Providence. other than the eye of Omnipotence can read this in this **** ** 1837. and as no reply had been received. with a request that she wouid read it withto Miss out breaking the seals. giving Miss Brackett's readme ci the letter directed to her. I would remark. I shall be ' ' upon which you would like a more happy to furnish them. of Troy. If ' there are any particulars detailed account. which confirms the truth of Colonel Stone's statement. her. Society of she was easily induced to do it. Brigham. that Miss B. as is frequently necessary. Isaac Thurber has received a letter from the gentlemen in question. was correct with respect to the coior of Mrs. pastor of the First Congregational West Bridgewater. read the sealed packet in the following manlier: "No The envelopement. I detailed the experiment of Mr. verj' respectfully. enclosing one addressed Brackett. I received a letter from Rev. I promised to make known the result in this part." true reading was Troy. As he is a particular friend of hers. that Mr. Hartshorn. August.. "No other than the eye of Omnipotence tence in this envelope. 'Dear Sir: About three weeks since. though such communications have generally been read with reluctance. Miss B. as it requires great exertion to read through several thicknesses of paper." I will merely add. but want of time must be my excuse. 1837. New " can read this senYork. I fear I have not given you a sufficiently minute account of the matter. sir. Stone. 1877. about four years old. October 5. As the whole has been laid before the public in Colonel Stone's " Letter to Dr. • 1 addressed a iinc to Mr. NOTE XV. Richard Stone. In note fourth of part first.

The young lady is a strong one to prove the alleviating power of Magnetism. the magwill him to give it to any person in the room. came safely to hand and. [See a note at the end of the Appendix. and places it where he was requested to place it. - - Experiments of this kind have been tried frequently. and it will by any be done accordingly. you are at liberty to make such disposition of it as you may think proper.APPENDIX. may one. that no clairvoyance.' " Should you consider this fact of any importance. with whom I am acquainted. Yours." C. knows when the right person presents his hand. " G Capkon "Mr. will not give it up to any but the person designated. and conveyed the charge in safety. me by Mr. to seize the object. the somnambulic state. when requested to hand any object to has an- though the magnetizer endeavor to exert no influence at but says the time. Potter. other. the somnambulists retained their hold. a somnambulist has anything in his hand. own What is equally singular was related to A patient of his. it was read correctly. though she does not see. MiMer.] . taining with the seals unbroken. With almost inconceivable dexterity of evasion. with respect. an answer from him. L. She does not she always several of offer any explanation of this herself. though not a word be said If another individual attempt to take it by grasping it. She is under the medical care of Dr. Hartshorn. [See Note X. all at a time. the som- nambulist evades him with the rapidity of thought. T. but without success.] fact that NOTE When netizer XVI. even when he says nothing. 'Your letter conmine. or by insinuating his hand between the object and the hand of the person to whom it is offered. to my gratification. This has been witnessed by case of this my friends. L. when she is in is. I have seen several persons try in this manner. in which he 343 says. The some somnambulists have the faculty of seeing through opaque substances is established beyond a doubt.

of Schenectady. It is found in the " Memoirs. given which was related to tuxet. and read it: " Except ye see signs and wonders. while in the somnambulic state. opened the Testament. but at length said she would it. Somnambulists frequently display ingenuity and acuteness An instance may be of thought which are very striking." 3 and Manuscripts of General Lafayette. "A German greatest discovery scholars. which. New York. of Paw- Professor Yates. NOTE XVII. will probably give the death-blow to su- . is a grand philosophical discovery. perhaps to dispel the lingering mist of incredulity.. Mr Dumont. published vols. " NOTE Somnambulism XIX. Correspondence. he has instructed among whom your humble servant is called one of I the most enthusiastic.344 APPENDIX. _______ NOTE XVIII. After various experiments to test the clairvoyance of the lady one of the gentlemen. by his Family. As it was written in English. On being desired to do so. did. before I go. The following passage is extracted from one of the letters of Lafayette to Washington. that friend's at Fishkill interview with the made us laugh so much house . having made the upon Animal Magnetism. me by Dr. of Newport. pointing to a verse. just. and Rev. and. called Mesmer. the reader will perceive the peculiarities which stamp it as the production of a foreigner. had been admitted by him to see a patient of his.issued by Messrs. 48. you may depend upon. and. ye will not believe!"—John iv. doctor. Saunders & Otley. requested her to read She declined reading it. she pointed her finger to the following passage. I will get leave to let you into the secret of Mesmer. know as much as any conjuror ever at his which reminds me of our devil. read one on the opposite leaf. Cleveland.

the same agent is employed. upon the attempt to explain them rationally as daring. they generally are. there is no failure. meannification of the word miracle. and are the least likely Prepossessed. there is uncertainty. And if. and not in the other. in the other. and the healing of the sick by the touch. and even impious. But if it were necessary to quiet the apprehensions of such people. may both be sustained by the same laws of vegetative growth. it might be stated that the least miracle recorded in Holy Writ is beyond comparision greater than any* The turning of water into thing effected by this agent. tree that is eaused to spring The Yet the first accelerated in one case. in the other. exhibits an instance of miraculous power exerted. wine. In one. therefore. in the two cases. Such is the case with some very conscienThey do not consider that tious. Omnipotence plication of is displayed as much in the extraordinary ap- known principles as in the application of those us. and thâ other follows the course of nature in It is its slow development. attribute natural appearances and events to a supernatural cause. the cure is instantaneous. which are hidden from and that the idea of a contraven- tion of natural laws does not of necessity enter into the sigThe word miraculous. peTstition. we cannot help perceiving a vast difference in the effects produced. may with propriety be applied to every exerDivine power which surpasses our ordinary experience. a derogation from the virtue of recorded . long and tedious. They principle whose them to a relations. To affirm that the two things are the same. through ignorance. The superstitious are they who.APPENDIX. is an assumption not warranted by a eareful attention to the facts. but very weak people. and they look unaccountable full of see all history is exerted in for. gaining its maturity in a hundred years. and the one that throws out its branches one by one. tion of ing wonderful. not. at least in 345 some of its forms. from the earth instantaneously to a great growth. with the opinion that a supernatural influence all uncommon things which they cannot unwilling to listen to one who refers are they account laws are but little known. are the only things that are approached in semblance by the magnetic action. as to have faith in the power of this agent. In the one.

—Page 145. "When we examine the subject coolly. in order to tbrow it off from ourselves. have led enthusiastic men into a wide and boundless field of speculation. and they are they who have broached the doctrine to which allusion has been made." so may the discovery of this new power in the human mind destroy the lingering rem nants of superstition. and the suggestive energy with which they are fraught. subject. while it also rescues from the reproach traces of of utter falsehood many a tale of barbaric times. As the progress of astronomy dispelled the dread inspired by eclipses and by comets. and it is for this reason that Deleuze considers good health indispensable m a magnetizer. NOTE XX. — .346 miracles to suppose principles is APPENDIX. the wonderful effects The crude and They laid it are like the first discoverers of Nootka Sound. They imagine there are no limits to this power. The transmission of the symptoms from the magnetizer to the magnetized is frequent. and sorcery will soon be capable no more of perplexing the minds of men. And if there be any truth in the theory of a fluid. Transmission of Pain. which 'from their horrid hair shook pestilence and war. In the case of Madame Montaux. Witchcraft magic. simply be- cause the mist prevented their seeing the opposite shore They do mischief to the cause of truth by rash attempts to sustain unfounded theories. who down on their charts as a vast inland sea. we shall find m it what has been practised for centuries. If this occurs more frequently than we are aware of. we see ihe opposite effect taking place. and are worthy of being implicitly followed in cases of contagious disease. derive additional weight from this circumstance. the directions given by Deleuze to flirt the fingers at the termination of a pass. for superstition will be known no more. we bave obtained a faint glimpse of the the supposition by which they were performed. but ill-digested state of gratuitous our knowledge on this which have been produced. exorcism. it may account for the peculiar oppression and weakness which some persons feel after magnetizing. because they cannot fix them.

in the corresponding organs. Cleveland. as did those of M. there cannot be much doubt. an uneasiness. rejects the opinion of existence He says that the idea originates or is perpetuated in tne minds of the magetrzers. . he may woik bag to have the appearance oi acnild. there is in reality is an illusion of the imagination. and he may induce the patient to caress it as such but the mo ment he withdraws his attention from the subject.—Page 159. The Magnetic Fluid. among the learned. I 347 have known a somnambulist. were there no fluid. magnetic influence was so great Her that. in consequence of sitting down and taking t^e hand of a patient then being magnetized for that complaint. tne object returns to cause a iady s what it really is Foi instance. NOTE XXI.—I have heard patients say they can Whether this see the magnetic fluid. it returns to its proper appearance and she hugs tne illusion no more/" If you try this experiment and rind out that every impression some o: thai kind is of necessity transient. K has long been a matter of question in his its M Bertrand. work on somnambulism. they immediately experienced a pain. of Pawtuxet.APPENDIX. and sometimes a sharp ogist Qeorget. she was the first of the two to fah into the magnetic state. or whether a fluid. to be afflicted with a violent side-ache. whi there not be * I am assured by Dr. when in her natural state. whenever he put his somnambulists in communication with a sick person. susceptibility to the although the magnet- izer did not direct his attention to her. that he has whom neither he nor any other person has ever succeeded in one patient deceiving by experiments of this kind. The same thing has been observed by the celebrated physiol- says that. tion of somnambulists cannot be permanently affected in regard to an object As soon as the will of the operator ceases to act. and is thence transfused into the minds of their patients. though they have been often tried. That such might be the case. He affection. but it has frequently happened that patients have professed to see the fluid when they who magnetized them were not And it must also be remembered that the imaginatluidists.

because they have not exerted sufficient energy of conception. we in the infer that the hammer had no agency former one. and that it is difficult to conceive how it can act without a medium. and at an ofher time very strong. tain degree at may be given to an iron rod. heated to a cerand held in a certain direction. that the effect is produced by the vis of the magnetizer. erted. let him remember that somnambulists vary greatly in If and not only so: the same individual has it at one time very weak. however. and make them constantly affirm the same thing in regard toits existence. It should. that some somnambulists do not -see any fluid. then. It ought to be stated here. from the latter fact. and is attended with such diversity of powers. we are guilty of an absurdity altogether analogous to the one hinted at above. any one thinks this a strong objection to the theory of a fluid.348 difficulty in APPENDIX. even when their attention is drawn to it. and many who try to do it fail. It would therefore seem impossible for a mere opinion among magnetizers that such a fluid does exist. under certain circumstances. But if. as somnambulism presents so great a variety of phases. nature in the course of a long time. It is difficult to conceive how any effect can take place without a material medium. we cannot be too cautious in adopting theories. by a smart blow one end with a hammer. be borne in mind. unless we can present the apology of a thorough in- . especially such as tend to foreclose all further ina positive effort to vestigation of the points in question. it requires induce a deception of any kind. and the rod may acquire polarity Polarity silent operation of by the if left in the same position. we should not reject an opinion which is supported by the authority of perhaps nine-tenths of the European writers on the subvoluntatis ject. to produce an illusion so strong as to deceive their somnambulists. or that the will and influence of another's mind do not produce any effect when they are exthe clairvoj^ance . It may be granted that somnambulism may. adopting Bertrand's notion ? Besides. power of . Allowing. occur by the mere power of the imagination but this does not by any means admit the conclusion that the phenomena are attributable to the same cause.

we may argue from the general fact. it was completely paralyzed. requested Dr. Mr. it was found thai." at the same time she extended her hand towards me.. She seized my wrist. Grant. I suspected she had done it voluntarily. and The riI began the passes in the same direction as before. If a pa- tient requires the manipulations In order to be put to sleep. shoulder. is it not a proof that the imagination does not play the most important part in producing the magnetic sleep? Of course. the subject. willed to have the shoulder paralyzed. but. stating his desire to investigate. being in the natural state. of Prov*Miss fingers. On ." said the somnambulist.APPENDIX. so that she could not move it. she is in the was on a visit in New York. made several passes along her hand from the wrist to the ends of the fingers. and his utter disbelief a . William Grant. in order to conhe possessed this power. with my other hand. magnetize that vince him forearm. Several " Now bring persons in the room came to examine the hand. lias the power of paralyzing eïtfler of her own arms or will. exbecame muscles gidity of the fingers and the tension of the violence. when we wish to lessen the magnetic action or relieve it entirely. as he afterwards declared." said I.* and I had determined not to exert any will during the manipulation. own her of mere force the by tnat and naturalstate. for I have heard of their doing it of their own accord. back again.upwaid passes. she could move the forearm very well. when idence. on requesting her to move her. and the result may The assist him in perceiving the force of the argument. and you cannot effect it by the . with considerable treme. "' You could magnetize very well. Let any one try the one for the other. 349 it We may hold it in doubt until is proved to be correct But we could give another reason iu favor of the theory. Rogers called "While Miss upon her. asking the question. A m its power. it must not be forgotten that some magnetizers make no passes at all with very susceptible persons. The Doctor took hold of the same time. and. you can magnetize my hand. ' Well. Sitting once with a somnambulist while she was in a magnetized state. vestigation. but since the passes are generally recxuisite. David L. It was paralyzed. it a youuglady magnetized by Mr. tbe lower part of one of her arms. and. I took her lightly by the wrist. she observed <o me. passes are always made downwards to produce an effect. Dr. Rogers to. and at the Miss A. and upwards or transversety.

Clark.—Page 185. made me change to the wrist. Among the many individuals who have had an opportunity to witness them are Rev. the direction of the passes from the fingers and eight or ten of them restored the hand to This is a question which may one day he the natural state. In the consultations she has had. it involves important con- siderations in regard to the processes employed in curing the sick NOTE XXII. of Pawtucket." and is not. liable to the suspicion which is involved in the consideration of pecuniary interest. —Miss . has been I have seen one of his pathirteen years of age. a somnambulist. Drs. and Dr. course of conversation: She had been troubled with epileptic fits They were at first irregular in their attacks.350 APPENDIX. perhaps. of diseases which affect the bones. about six years.—Page 181. In order to state this case correctly. Tates and Potter. Scrofula. Brownell. and. of Charleston. of Boston. that few who know the circumstances would hesitate to rely upon them in cases of dislocation. He began to magnetize her in the month of January last. Brownell. This young woman has exhibited some of the most striking traits of clairvoyance. satisfactorily settled. C. has been successfully by Dr. Joshua B. S. She is not a " somnambulist by profession. Daniel Greene. m diseases of this class. A. cured of the king's NOTE XXIII. Rev. Eev. she has Flint. therefore. and gathered the following particulars in the treated for this complaint . etc. of this city. and has continued the treatment up to the present time. of Philadelphia. I have just been to see Dr. John A. whom he has —Mr. and so much confidence has been inspired in the correctness of her observations. Kaufman. successful tients. Epilepsy. but afterwards . been successful in pointing out the causes and the seats of some diseases. evil. of Schenectady.

351 they came on as frequently as once a fortnight. In the magnetic state. of her complete restoration. prevent the patient from waking at the specified time and being : desirous of trying the extent of his influence. fearing that the visitors at his house might. Brownell had told her not to answer them. she is punctual in doing Dr. At the fourth sitting. He then took the Fall River steamer. At the third. She has not had an epileptic fit since the commencement of the treatment. he told the Rev. about sent about twenty-four hours. which lasted about three-quarters of an hour. in about ten minutes.n the river. ten miles dow. On up at the appointed time (5 o'clock).t would be ' . used. during which no medicinal remedies have been administered. that he intended to " cut off the communication between them. intending to be ab"While on the passage. Frederick A. which started at 3 o'clock. and future exemption from the attacks. She is generally awakened by making the reversed passes. Brownell once left her in the somnambulic state at it. At the second. and making no motions of the hands. his own house. She has been under magnetic treatment about eight months. sleep was induced in about twenty minutes. she declares that she is perfectly cured. while in somnambulism. but is easily roused by the volition of the magnetizer. she was put into the magnetic sleep in a minute. since which time no*manipulatory processes have been At the first sitting." On his return. who was in the boat. after which no one in the get any waking replies to the questions which were asked her.APPENDIX. that Dr. and in communication with several visitors. he learned that she had ceased speaking at fifteen minutes before 4 o'clock. Brownell ceased the treatment on her assuring him. Dr.* * This case occurred more han five years ago. before the visitors had retired. and sometimes once a week. bidding her to wake up at 5 o'clock. The health of this young'lady appears now to be fully established. the magnetizer standing about eight feet off. no apparent effect was produced by the manipulations. and shall have no return of room could the disorder. Farley. and they were very severe. by their experiments and conversation with her. bne said *. If she is told to wake up at any given time. she gave as a reason for her conduct.

among the the conscripts destined to grenadiers of guard Certain writings which racks. not with surrounded bed on a mun went to him. "M. two large volumes. He was told that M. The next day he returned. Hébert had passed a very bad mm M recently informed Farker Her brother Mr Thomas Injurious to prolong the treatment me that her nealth nas continued very good.—Page 196.eeches prescribed who with a somnambulist. Ducommun put ht the temples . neighbors. Ducom him. Having gone to pay a visit to M. heads of Cécité. J Blindness. a nurse. which. I have received. NOTE XXIV. but with the air of a person who placed no faith in it. Ducommun. there are several performed upon persons totally or partialiy blind.352 APPENDIX. and ad the nalia. and OphtJialime. M. Goutte Sereine. and in had been given aim to do at the barthe performance of which ha had already passed several nights. the latter proposed to magnetize him. It will be recollected that Mesmer had nearly succeeded in restoring perfect sight to Mademoiselle Paradis at Vienna. In the appendix to the first part of this work. patients. among other foreign books on the subject. He consented. I cannot refrain from translating two of them. to which Deleuze refers in a note p 204 Among these cures. were published. with his eye stiii more red than it was in communication the day before. by the way. Hébert was at Paris in January join the i814. and would doubtless have succeeded thoroughly. had he been permitted to remain secure from the attacks of bigotry and ignorant malice. are duly authenticated by the names of physicians. and found him parapher medical domestics. and ner ap( 1843 ) pearance seems fully to justify ths assertion M . occasioned an inflammation of the right eye. and witnesses so that they may as justly claim our attention as any on record. containing an alpha betical list of cures effected in France. have inserted some articles in relation to Miss Loraina — cles Since those artiBrackett which the reader will recollect. The whole of that case is detailed at length Many others also maybe found under the in these volumes. seen having The two succeeding days. from the time of Mesmer to the present.

and that the physician had declared him to be affected with a nervous malignant fever. from the cold. he caused leeches to be ap- On the 6th. himself a copious bleeding on the right arm. he experienced relief. put him to sleep by touching his stomach. and that my ' ' ' own prescription. but when he knew that I had been magn etized. "The next day. M. leeches at the of his stomach. The physician would not do it. and told him the to request his physician to bleed the next morning.' "The next day. February 3d. When him he was awakened. On the 5th. and finally. had communicated the same irritation by sympathy In the evening. and placed his hand scarcely touching him. 'He will be so much this plied Hébert.' Yes. he said the eye was cured. clysters. returned. Ducommun to all the nervous system. M. The latter had told him he had been better during the day. He approached pit the bed gently.' Why? he ordered it himself. and that it was only necessary to cover it with a bandage to protect it plied at 9 o'clock in the morning. temples. He approached him. Ducom- mon showed him to his prescription. M. he wrote to his father an account of his . bathing of the feet. which. "M. had been presented he was excited against you. 'as he told me more willing. irritated by the inflammation of the eye. who told him to send for a surgeon merely to bleed him. and he went out.APPENDIX. on the 27th. It was the optic nerve. M. and asked the patient the effects of the bleeding. night : 353 . but he put M. Hébert was in nothing. Hébert asleep. etc. barley-broth {sirop d'orgeat) for drink. and the remedies proper for him. and found the patient sitting near the fire. alone with his nurse. if it appeared him proper. better. declaring he would never set foot in the house again. and could tell the cause of his disorder. and made him write down the state of He ordered for his health. that he had had a frightful delirium that four per- sons could hardly hold him. Ducommun was grieved by this disappointment. he was much he ordered for himself clysters and foot-baths. somnambulism. given in somnambulism. upon the and saying At the end of several minutes.' to him. As soon as the patient was bled. Ducommun arrived.' remorning such was his intention.

the mistress of the house where he resided sent a servant to M. which had there caused He prescribed for himself an emola little globule of blood. but he could obtain no information from the persons in the hotel. and the singular circumstances of his cure. in case the blood were not two days. and its sad results. a leech was to be applied to the eye directly on the affected part. Ducommun's. and to he magnetized. but had lost his . "The next morning. Hébert. and he was cured. Du- commun wrote forthwith to General the Baron Préval. disease. nevertheless. the symptoms had diminished by degrees. without any information. right eye entirely. that the fever had seized him anew. Finally. Ducommun. and without regarding the state of his disease^ had compelled him to dress himself forthwith. — Trans. The General had the goodness to grant the request. . to inform him that M. Ducommun. and. having still the hope of restoring sight to him. lso one had thought or dared to ask these agents whither they were conducting M. he received a letter from M. and cooling poultice. where he had nothing but straw for bed and covering.354 APPENDIX.and. they had cast him into a cold and damp prison. After man}' explanations of his adventure. Three or four hours had hardly passed away. in which he announced to him that he had been arrested as a refractory conscript that. to obtain leave of absence for M. " Hébert hastened to the house of M. but. he went to the houses of all the friends lient dissipated at the end of . and carried him away with the poultice over his eye.* "On the reception of this distressing intelligence. He went to ihe police office. Hébert. who. when he perceived a foreign body introduced into his weak eye. without introductions. and * Many examples of the danger of interrupting magnetic treatment are given in this work. M. Hébert had just been arrested by two agents of police. Hébert. Ducommun ran immediately. and the ophthalmia had returned. as nothing prevented his going out. without hearing his expostulations. without more ample information. he came to pass the evening at M. of the prisoner. after fifteen days of fruitless search and painful expectation. M.

be calm. we now to commence ' a new treatment ?' ?' ' ' Until 12 o'clock still to-morrow. Ducommun put the young man asleep. which would cease at that epoch. let me breathe out my In the wakeful state I command rage and my chagrin. M. is true.' Why not a longer time last Because there remains a trace of the inflammation. and I should be one-eyed for life but by means of the remains of this inflammation. the latter magnetized him. I will recall the dis- . Do not abandon me. If it were completely passed the eye would be radically cured. it. which ought to be broken anew.' What must be done to your eye to commence with ?' Recall the ophthalmia my eye is in the condition of a limb broken and unskilfully set. who. not apparent it . there were no human means capable of curing of theirs ! What injustice !' ! " ' ' . where he lived. but I injure myself by doing it. M. If you do not treat me yourself I shall never recover my health. ?' Ducommun told him to go and ask leave of absence for a fortnight. myself.' Ah. had come from Merlerault. sooner in the magnetic state than he burst out into the most Wretches !' cried lively emotions of anger and despair. and said. This tends to console me. " When the elder Hébert was gone. alarmed at what had befallen his son. The crisis occurred as he had announced it.' 'How much time have ' ' ' ' .* " As soon as he was awakened. to enable him to bring him under treatment. ' How many ' days are required to accomplish a complete cure Twelve. He obtained it the next day. and dissipate the sadness into which I am plunged. but much weaker than the first one.' said he to his magnetizer. ! ! ! what infamy My friend. throw me into criminal to he 'to treat me like a vile If 1 am not dead.APPENDIX. M. no mence a new treatment and if it were not done in that space of time. He examined it with there were three days left to comattention. which appeared to be verygood. but which was insensible to the impression of the Hébert was no strongest light. but which nevertheless exists. Ducommun demanded whether his eye was irretrievably lost. it is no fault prison to refuse me all aid ' . and returned in the evening with his father. 355 after the examination of his eye.' "When his passion was calmed. sir. .

M. and to continue this three days. I shall always sleep when you wish me to. the sight will it return. he was perfectly cured. cut it into it two equal parts. the patient said he could see the light. and informed him he had just found out how to preserve . "The fourth day. the irritation he wished to produce could not occur.' " He then said was necessary to put a handful of coarse salt into boiling water. " This effect took place as he had predicted. if one would uncover his eye a moment. On the tenth day. moisten the whole with four spoonfuls of rose-water. I will treat it as it ought to have been treated. because his eye would be still feeble and delicate all that time. the inflammation began to diminish. "This collyrium. On the fifth day. all at once he uttered a cry Ducommun days.356 ease . as he had directed.finger. He then ordered for himself the use of green specta- cles for two months. Ducommun testified his sorrow at losing him at the moment when he had a sick son. that. the pain was not so sharp. but only once.' said but I assure you the water will raise a part of the salt. that he should lose his clairvoyance in less than 'Will you cease to sleep?' 'No. but I shall cease to see so long as I am well. Ducommun observed to him. to place his eye above the vapor. ' * I am sorry for chemistry. On the twelfth. three drops of which were put into the eye by the end of the. and. take off the shell. put it into a fine linen cloth. he ordered for himself the following collyrium: Boil a fresh egg till it is hard. in order to bring on a speedy in flammatïom M. Hébert reflected an instant. he gave notice to M. and use it to make three injections daily into the affected eye. which will irritate the eye and bring on an inflammation. in consequence. was the only remedy employed in the cure. and he could bear daylight for a few instants. "Some days after his entire cure. take away the yolk.' At these words. the salt does not volatilize with the steam. M. he. put in the place of a piece of white vitriol as large as a pea. on account of the various treatments which it had received. The experiment was made for my own satisfaction. APPENDIX. two of joy. accord- ing to the laws of chemistry. press out the liquid through the linen. and as fast as the pain and the inflammation disappear.

not even to himself. he assured us he should be clairvoyant so long as he was in. Ducommun adds that he never saw a somnambulist less fatigued with holding consultations. at Paris. wounded in the knee. under the charge of M.APPENDIX. As soon as he was in somnambulism. and had lost her sight. A large blister was ap* " 'We know. 'that the execution of this means waa preceded by a terrible nervous crisis. We once had occasion to see M. 47. He remedy or the treatment. that other somnambulists asked his advice.* "M. . he mentioned the consultation of the doctor. where she bad had along fainting fit. D celebrated most Not being satisfied with his advice. provided the same means were not employed which had then just been used." No. . by a change in the ordinary laws of Magnetism. . when he should awake." The next case which I shall translate is that of the Mar- chioness of Rousses. and told us in what Then he detailed the respect appearances had deceived him. after he had been put into somnambulism in pursuance of his own direction. aged forty-five years. 357 afterwards told him put off the execution what was to be done of it till the next day. 1816. he should see no more when sick. in 1818. more prompt and correct in seeing diseases. p. good health but. Madame la Marquise des Rousses. or more sure in pointing out the for this purpose. originally published in the " Bibliothèque du Magnétisme.' ''''—Trans. Ducommun to be magnetized. She was conducted home by her attendants. Hébert in somnambulism. was suddenly struck with an attack of the gutta serena. while in the midst of the Petit-Bourbon street. he came to M.' says the compiler. and at first consulted one of the was he physicians in Paris. The next day. "On the 26th of June. M. dence. " Such was the superiority of his clairvoyance. B a member of the Society of Magnetism. and pointed out the remedies with the greatest readiness and the most entire confi. cause and the effects of his disease. and made him promise never to teli this method to any person. Ï6. coming from mass at the church of Saint Sulpice. his clairvoyance while in health.

as some might think. he proposed to magShe consented to it. The an swer did not arrive at the time specified. l'Abbe d'A plied immediately to the back of thg neck. B to write a letter to her son. He ing. ali hope " During the first months of her disease the marchioness experienced inconceivable pams n the nead. she re turned to Paris in the beginning of July.tseit axl at once by a swelling so extraordinary in the muscies of ihe back part of the head. and in a few minutes netize her. and stopped at the house of M. three days afterwards. while she was in the somnambulic state. The disease without being apparent. She caused M. B to whom she spoke of her sad condiTouched with her misfortunes. she saw him arrive from America. Important Havre and this is what prevented his answer from arriving in due season. One day. she was in somnambulism. B arM. and where M. althogether foreign to the treatment of Madame des Rousses. . after two years and a half of suffering. "Finally. and announced the time when an answer would arrive. M. Her clairvoyance was gradually developed in a singular manner. Lemaire. she met M. that her head dress was moved by the violence of their contraction Not able to endure ihe bed she thus passed three months extended upon a sofa. and she returned to Paris. and she re- magnetized her : moved into the country. 1818. and with her own hand added to the letter two lines. The next day was removed she experienced something like an electric shock she saw something flash before ner ^yes and Recovering her senses. and land at Calais there tion. rived at her house with a somnambulist M. It will be seen that this circumstance was not. she perceived that she fainted again she was totally blind was vain. him to go suddenly to . l'Abbe d'A By good fortune. .358 APPENDIX.* and the inquietude of Madame des Rousses caused her to quit the country-seat used to go every week where she lived." des Rousses affairs obliged *"M. »t when — but indispensable affairs obliged him to dis continue the treatment Her health grew worse. manifested . and without sleep T had then occasion to see her. a young remained but a few days at Calais. B to magnetize her. consulting with herself about the fate of her son. who had been absent ten years.

Filled with confidence in Divine same day for Havre. produced an extraordinary effect upon her organs. will give it an viz.' Yes.APPENDIX. and I shall I must go thither.' said she. in his turn. ' ' ' ' ascertained it to be a fact. She put her hand to her head.' said he. And he. in consequence of wound in the head. The second day she experienced in her head the most violent pains. M. it is true. and especially on the night of the 20th and 21st of October. and I see all the humors flow out by the ears. blind also. A strong excitement. soldier. B put the two in Madame communication. Madame Instantly des Rousses employed herself in ately. she heard. of 359 a gun-shot twenty-three years. between 4 and 5 o'clock in the morning. He declared that the flowing which had taken place through the ears ought. to have been diffused over the the death of the patient. s he had the happiThe impression of this moment ness of embracing her son. Lcmaire that he would see well enough to walk. impetuous tendency to the head. and consequently to have occasioned Madame des Rousses did not recol- . the blood. Some one went and. She seemed to herself absolutely light-headed. according to all the rules of the art. the She fainted and remained in a profound stupor until 8 o'clock in the morning. and. Madame des Rousses departed the ment of horrible sufferings. which had flowed from the ears during the sleep which had succeeded her fainting fit. she perceived with rapture that the sight was restored to them.' searching the places where the hacks usually stand. I must depart immedisee him at Havre. and with a very black matter. some days after her arrival. and made them examine each other's case. 1 . Finally. street. She looked at them all. des Rousses told M. back part of the brain. after a moProvidence. and. assured her that the same cause which had deprived her of sight would restore it. This excitement will be occasioned by the presence of my dear son. " They found her inundated with blood. " The physician. constantly over her eyes. was con- founded by an effect so extraordinary. who was immediately sent for. raising the bandage which she kept report of a pistol close to her ears. and finally found some in the Bouloy There are two left. as she thought. when some one entered to call her.

her ordinary she had two months before and that from this moment she had renot to go beyond the ears at each pass.. "We have entered into some details in "regard to the Marchioness des "Rousses. work. M. "Since her return to Paris. she has been magnetized many times. to imagine anything more touching and interesting. in compliance with the desire of some one of the members. in order to remove all doubt in respect to this case. FROM DOCTOR CLEVELAND. here presented with letters from various fail to be highly interesting. which cannot country are turning their attention to this subject. "Dear Sir: It gives me much pleasure to comply with to your request that tion the results of I would communicate you for publica- my experience and observations in Animal . These letters embrace percisely such cases as are stated in Deleuze. B While attended her to one of the sittings of the magnetic society. took the first volume presented to her. but from the high characters of the authors in their own profession. " Patvtuxet.360 lect. B order to concentrate the action of the fluid there. 1837. even without the aid of glasses. her sight is so strong that she can read. October 2. not only from the nature of the cases whose treatment is described. there. or write. in APPENDIX. and has ordered for herself the few medicaments which were necessary for the completion of the cure. because we have had the happiness of seeing her many times. and read without hesitation." NOTE XXV. Most of the intelligent physicians of the The reader is physicians. and have thus stamped the "Practical Instruction" with marks of its intrinsic desire to value. Madame des Rousses. that announced quested M. Wc were present when she made the It is impossible relation of her treatment in somnambulism. it has sustained itself to the satisfaction of all who have approached it in this spirit. At present. and. with a become acquainted with its claims as a remedial agent. in state. so far. this effect.

when Deleuze Is thoroughly studied. and are ever liable to be excited therein. or of producing sleep. hesitate about having recourse to this agent. lest it should be abused by the ignorant. of January of the present year. affecting principally the nervous system. Magnetism of disease. I can induce such persons to have confidence enough in it to make a trial of its efficacy. but of well-informed fear. His character and his long practice have justly made the "Practical Instruction the textbook of all European practitioners. even the snapping of the fire. It above the fear of having selfish motives attributed to us. Neither the patient nor myself had ever seen any manipulations. worthy of attention. the least noise. and she knew nothing of Magnetism. in five successive hours. as it was then but recently introduced to public . It will be found. England. when a sense of duty obliges us to tell what we believe to be an important truth. as a theraputic agent in the I 361 removal or mitigation am the more willingly disposed to submit the following cases.APPENDIX. but also with the complicated machine upon which he is to act. and when the subject of which he treats is better known. because they have not sufficient evidence of sts nower. and with the peculiar sympathetic movements which are constantly going on. Her nerves became notice in New the "About first much excited as to baffle all the ordinary means of quieting them. from the firm conviction that many persons who are laboring under severe indisposition. I will also suggest the propriety of applying to some magnetizer who has an acquaintance. She was fast sinking for the want of rest. by communicating them. I gave it atrial. throwing her into painful spasms. * The observation here made by no little Dr. she was attacked with an inflammation of the lungs. " Having heard of the effects of Animal Magnetism in cases so of this kind. If. but Miss recently much impaired by disease. which resulted in procuring more quiet sleep. than she had experienced But it took me an hour and a in as many preceding days.* "First Case. even by name. that his cautions on this head are not the result of timidity. and who might be relieved.— The first case I will present is that of possessing a constitution originally firm. not only with the diseases to which we are liable. Cleveland is requires exertion of magnanimity 10 rise ' .

have had an opportunity to see this patient. On the evening of the fourth day. though every precaution be used to bandage and secure her eyes. from whom. After an hour and a Owing. by a slight effort. when. Dr. she reads any book witn facility. Cleveland. This was repeated daily. '" Case second. I was requested . years of age. and found I was called to attend Miss douloureux. to visit Mrs. in violent one-fourth part of the time. her life was. and from her attending Di L L Milier obtained the following history of her reShe had been laboring cent and her then present situation. and many other physicians. though it was less I saw her soon after. nerves. and. disturbed state of her mind perfect sleep was not induced. "Dr Dr Eldridge. and she A firmness was imparted to the soon became convalescent. and my perseverance was rewarded by the most clairvoyant somnambulism at this first essay. and removed it as before. it returned again. I resorted to Magnetism.362 APPENDIX. Somnambulism did not occur. preserved wholly by the salutary . . half before she was put into this sleep. In ten hours. had become considerably emaciated and was daily losing her strength. in my opinion. Her clairvoyance is very lucid. Perry. and while in the magnetic state. had not left her chamber. pursued the ordinary course of treatment out affording her the least alleviation. with the same happy effects in relation to the repose which she enjoyed. though I have good evidence of her not having closed her eyes one hour for the three preceding days and nights. — . At the end of seven hours. the pain returned. of East Greenwich. of Pawtucket. of Newport. of Providence. to the half complete relief was obtained. "Case third. between thirty and forty physician. During this 1 time she. influence of the magnetic practice. I the tic under severe attack of a her laboring withfor four days. could not sit up but a few minutes at once. it was permanently removed. — On the third day of last June. Her nervous system had become so much deranged that she could not see her friends. which I had despaired of imparting by the usual medicinal means and although she is not restored to perfect health. however. for three months under an affection of the liver.

if you can. timidity. though she slept but one hour. worst or the most unhappy state sadness. and was satisfied that this was also Now. Magnetism was continued several days.—Mrs. I found she had passed a comfortable night. " Case fourth. followed by the same results. and at the end of two weeks she was able to ride out. ' ' — — fect of procuring a copious evacuation of bile. Her health soon began to improve. as to to seriousness. affording her all the relief. it being the first she had had in forty-eight hours. about thirty years old.APPENDIX» at that time.' says Dr. without being attended with the debilitating effects. which had the efI the large accumulation of bile. ' chondriasis. I discontinued my visits on being assured by her that she was getting well fast enough. and she recently assured me that she should resort to it again. could not continue long. afford me any alleviation from my present sufferings if you can in the least smooth my passage to the tomb it is all I can expect.' said she. This being called to was suffering for the deprivation of sleep was the occasion of see her. was with hypochondriasis. list' want of resolution and a disposition all activity "with respect to all undertakings. She was confident that she owed her restoration to Magnetism. I then magnetized her again. and thus rendering the use of cathartics unnecessary.' " The first attempt to procure sleep proved successsful in thirty minutes. her former miserable condition. Cullen's description . ' ' my found that the principal cause of her suffering was which nothing but powerful doses of calomel could remove. and. the opinion of her physician. I cannot give a better account of her situation than by giving Dr. From this she experienced temporary relief. future events. she 363 want of sleep. if she found herself relasping into of calomel. she appeared to be convinced that she strength. by the aid of Magnetism. and an apprehension of the of things. although she said it rapidly exhausted ber In short. as every in the present case. lessness. is characterized by languor. and therefore. she felt much refreshed. W afflicted of this disease. . a symptom therein described obtained The state of mind peculiar to hypoC. The next morning.

the favorable change in her appear ance was evident to all the family. I had an understanding with the husband and family that she should retire precisely at 9 o'clock. and I was to magnetize her as soon after as would be convenient. extensively in the practice of medicine. 1837. "When she awoke. She is now enjoying better health than she has for the last four years. with the same effect as before. I have not had an opportunity to reply ere this. "Mr. though she was entirely sceptical. Hartshorn: " Sir: Yours of the 14th came but. and she appeared to be much improved. August 12th. I obtained permission to make use of it. September 19. not only in inducing sleep. On the first trial. or before that time. She was magnetized again. My attempts to magnetize her under the above circumstances were perfectly successful. and death itself. such per- sons are peculiarly attentive to their health." "Thomas Cleveland. to even the smallest change of feeling in their bodies. and it con- W tinued five hours. but also in the entire removal of all those unpleasant symptoms enumerated above. a suitable subject to receive benefit from Magnetism. H. I saw her the second day after. "Mr. "Nashua. Thomas C. they apprehend great danger. and thought the whole process of Magnetism ridiculous and chimerical. without regard to the place where I might be at the moment. and from any unusual sensation.' "Considering Mrs. slight upon grounds of apprehension of great evil. N.. which blessing she and her friends attribute to the influence of Animal Magnetism. Although not habituated to writing for the public eye. Yours respectfully. perhaps of the slightest kind. T. being engaged to hand three days since. "As her place of residence is five miles from my own. I h*d the satisfaction of inducing magnetic sleep in less than five minutes.S 64 APPENDIX. C. FROM DOCTOR CUTTER. yet sometimes the cause of truth may require our observations and expérience» . Id respect to these feel- ing and fears there is commonly the most obstinate belief and persuasion. 1837. in the evening. Hartshorn.

living in family. among my patients.. Mr. accompanied by Miss Martha Dunn. aged twenty-four. now . into a magnetic sleep. reflection and observation. except for its therapeutic power. Health is dumb for twenty-two years. Samuel F. and the reply was. 1837. my to 10. but the investigation and treatment of disease is my business. to be made public. that it is a real science. For the last few months. and none need fear the truth if their conduct is right. for a headache. This was caused by sickness. "My attention has been directed principally to its use as a I have attempted but few of the remedial agent in disease.APPENDIX. could not hear or talk. good. this may be made a blessing to our the country. in otiier words. the somnambulist^ to examine Miss D. the I will briefly relate two. there have been more than twenty perfect somnambulists. our private feelings to contrary notwithstanding. no person in my family knew of the examination previous to its taking place. who has been deaf and posed. as she sup- In about half an hour. intellect very good. For the last four years. . and deem it of much utility. Some of them excel in pointing out and describing disease. had no knowledge of each other previous to the examination. and to Out this I have directed their attention. could see. if Miss D. connected with the nerve that went to the ear. the somnambulist said that there was a reddish-yellow body in the brain. I asked Miss M. I do not underrate them as connected with science. and in this I use Magnetism. formation of head apparently perfect. to this conclusion from sober As all truth is of value. she replied that she could. Ï have felt an interest in Animal Magnetism. and that Miss D. Among number that I have magnetized for disease. I am convinced that it is based upon truth. 365 however limited. I put Miss M. Jennes came by previous appointment. I have been practically engaged in its investigation. of several cases of examination of patients by somnambulists. I then asked the somnambulist if Miss D. I have come or. my house. I requested Miss M. The somnambulist and Miss D. After a little time. a somnambulist. many interesting experiments which may be performed upon persons in a magnetic sleep. " Sept. that she could. could smell.

I I will relate a case or two of diseases. among which I may name tic douloureux. among The which lation. I magnetized him at his house. bronchitis. and paralysis. Miss M. I " Aug. tonsillitis. with disease in the head. in and their cure by Magwhich I am certain im- agination did not cause the result. the results have been salutary. who soon said that there was something in the body of the child's eye that prevented its seeing well. Collins has ent cataract in both eyes for four months. Some months since. mayor of Lowell. With the exception of three cases. or the cause of deafness. who had a child about nine months old. aged about forty-five. The child. could not have known of the child's eyes being diseased previous to the examination. Subsequently. effects of Magnetism 1 have found to be various. and produced sleep . informed me that she knew nothing of deaf persons. that Miss M. spinal irritation. was examined by the somnambulist. delirium tremens. rheumatism. " For some months I have been in the practice of using Magnetism in the treatment of many diseases. For the space of three years. being asleep. Collins. and yet I have noted some results which I term general. previously had three children similarly diseased. may name increased activity of the capillary circuwarmth and free perspiration. Mrs. Collins had recently come into town from Lynn. he challenged me to put him to sleep. netic sleep. and somnolence. pneumonia. put the same somnambulist into a magby appointment. 1837. I am certain. as Mrs. out of curiosity. which bad been afflicted with incipi16. "Eleazer Barret. attended with dyspnoea and cough. ulcers. netism. hemorrhoids. and. removal of pain. The last is not so common as the former. Dr. who died young. and in these cases no influence was induced by Magnetism. he has been suffering from pain in the back of the head.366 APPENDIX. and no person in my house knew of the examination previous to its occurrence. my respected and talented friend. I shall relate only three. She further said that this was caused by the nerves of the eye being diseased in the brain. cephalalgia. hepatitis. I then sent a short distance for Mrs. for eight years past has been afflicted with a paralysis of the right arm. came in with his Jady. Bartlett.

of the redness attendant on the inflammation surrounding the ulcer subsiding under the immediate action of Magnetism. rapidly ulcer other means being used. liver. stomSome other facts which have ach. the redness. but received no benefit. to prevent sleep . pain. The the ulcer. followed by a subsidence of the swelling. Mclntyre for about two years has been afflicted with an irritable ulcer on the ankie the diameter of was about two inches. neck. swelled. and Drs. June 29. or any other organ? come under my notice. a visible diminution of the redness which any warm. foot. among whom I may name Dr. " If the magnetic power. Miss M. Bartlett and Kimball. the swelling. I repeated cases of paralysis. of Lowell. and the heat attendant on the inflammatory areola of this ulcer why wiil it not in the same manner in inflammation of the brain. of the time. has been witnessed by many in this place. She made application for medical aid to many good surgeons. and chest. the Her health has not suffered by the healing of entirely well. Without became cold. it four times.APPENDIX. applied to me to try the effects of Magnetism. fc which much caused much swelling of the foot. months had been for and is now healed. "Miss R. immediately removes the pain. whatever it may be. "I have perused with much pleasure the first number of . together with the dyspnoea and cougn. lead me to believe that such is the case. mobility and sensibility were restored to the paralyzed arm. and make public nis observations for the benefit of suffering humanity. I have obtained the same resuit in two other was free. of Nashua. circulation of the capillary vessels were maeli increased per spiration and the paralyzed arm became warm and The pain :n the head. lungs. I wish that some investigating physician would enter this field of inquiry. Without attempting to produce sleep. 1837. were removed. Facts like the above open an interesting field of inquiry for the philanthropist and the scientific physician. The pain has been so smart as. 367 The warmth of the skin and the in about fifteen minutes. I magnetized the ulcer and foot. Ebenezer Dearborn. and it The immediate effect was the cessation of the excruciating around the uicer. This interesting phenomenon and fact.

to my own satisfaction. Hartshorn. few observations in addition to In conformity with your respectful request. N. by careful experiment and observation. we can show.. work cf the venerable and philan- With pleasure I can give my testimony in favor of the truth of many of his statements in that work. These experiments are important and interesting. Mr Thomas -•Sir C. ' H. "Calvin Cutter. which very much enhances the value 0/ Magnetism as a remedial agent in disease for it is well known to physicians that to cure diseased organs. October 3. power of Magnetism is a boon not to be despised ease as As it is probable that many cases of fatal discommence with only an irritation of some organ. I will now briefly detail a my for- mer communication." prom the same. that is the above statement. than to affect tne whoie system. I have succeeded in curing complete paralysis of the limbs of persons who had not been previ- ously magnetized. in relation to the local effects. and happy is it for the patient. and producing an entire conviction of the utility of Magnetism in many beholders. the other Although this requires a parts remaining uninfluenced. 1837. cine given often induces functional disease in some other orif gan of If vital importance . on the part of the magnetizer. c? the APPENDIX. and ! presume tha' most of the statements which I have not verified are equally correct „ Yours respectfully. . the medi. a * this without any somnolence. in many cases. To render this agent more useful. "Nashua. it has appeared to me a desideratum to convince people that we could ace upon local and definite parts of the system. certainly the remedial true. and probably this irritation is at its commencement merely an . yet I have succeeded in this. as they show the ability which good magnetizers possess to act upon the diseased organs of the system without altering the state of the normai organs. the functional disease thus induced does not become organic. greater effort. ' In two instances.368 your translation thropic Deieuze. and in these cases the individuals were unbelievers in Magnetism.

and inflamed mention that the padiseased above-named for the tients whom I have magnetized effects the describe to organs. and her labor pains had been At She had obtained no sleep for three nights. of bemonth of June. Benjamin Ober. inducing specific effect of apparently and the part. and as the direct vascular activity and sensibility Maenetism is to lessen the the use of Magby relief expect of tie organs. and limbs. 1837. This I repeated several times. Fern previous to this evening. in vented. as in are perspiration and limbs. Montville. To and returned no erable itching was removed immediately. as accoucheur. At the request of the family. of this village. the this lady. Fern. ton. 369 obtained in irritated Jiver stomach. often prewas sleep ble itching.APPENDIX. She slept about the astonishment and surprise much refreshed. Hence 1 infer that the is the same Magnetism upon the important and vital organs field of inupon the limbs. brain. regular. she died of dysentery. Dr. sometimes for many -days and nights son. make use of the same language of paralysis magnetic case of of^Magnetism upon them. Under the use of Magnetism. Ober.— I was called to attend Mrs. to so great an extent that succession. an influx of fluids to increase of the sensibility. To my own of all present. and in particular of her in her magnetized I Maine. then awoke very and hours. cutaneous flicted with an inveterate an intolerawith attended This was teen months' standing. " June 9. we observed this curious and interesting fact . This is to me an interesting 'in quiry. three quiet. of surprise the came a good somnambulist. Her sleep was very Mrs. She intolthe all. subsided. had been af"Mrs. a respectable lady of this town. WesMrs. about eighof disease. bronchia. her request. " I will now detail a case or two. might we not relief I have This organs? netism in irritated and inflamed lungs. eruption cutaneous the more. but in a little time I ceased to magnetize In August. I magnetized seen I would mention that I had never less than one minute. and in presence of Mrs Lawrence and sleep in magnetic a into went She her. She had been in travail about somewhat irforty-eight hours.and the consecutive warmth I will here the the same as action of both cases.

Barrett. " Providence. I would communicate the same to append to the second part of the work you are publishing. Mrs. "P. Pease. viz. of Nashua. »y ïours. some of which I would communicate if desired. of Nashua. are the names of some of those who have following ''The Eliza Barrett. October 10 1837. of Milford Rev. Shurtliff. Abigail been magnetized by me for diseases refreshed. Mrs. Dearborn. APPENDIX. of Lowell. Mrs. Miss Dustin. I have hastily drawn up the following statement of a few cases which have fallen under my observation. Miss Adams. "Dear Sir subject of : As you have requested that. Moses Saunders. Mary M. Ames. Sarah Mevens. Ober. Miss Tarbell. Cutter. Mrs. Kean. Martha Dunn. Ober. Rebecca McIntyre. Abigail Gage. and especially when remedially employed. of Hudson. Merrill. Deacon E. Mrs. Maine. Mrs. ftllTÇ! c CuTTER# Write me relative to the third number soon." PROM DOCTOR CAPRON. Sargent. Miss Woodbury. Mrs. Mary Russel. Samuel Lawrence. that the specific and regular uterine eon- tractions attending accouchment continued tcith perfect regularAfter she came out of the magnetic sleep. I have as yet found only two individuals who were not susceptible of magnetic influence. Mrs. Mrs. Wilson. Miss Phelps. Marshall. Sally Putney. Susan Hartshorn. Use any part of the above you please. hundred of other citizens. Frost. . she was much ity. Bartlett and Kimball. " I name only those on whom the magnetic action was well marked.. Wynn. Mrs. Mrs. Carpenter. Smith. Adams. Fern. of Montville. should any- thing interesting occur in my practice in reference to the Animal Magnetism generally. To this list I could add some . I will name only Drs. S. of Lowell Rev. Reed. Mrs. Butler. and Mr. Pratt and Smith. Should you . and it was apparently of benefit to her.3Y0 and phenomenon. Mrs. Messrs. Porter. Flora Fuller. "A list of all who have witnessed my magnetic experiments would fill an entire sheet. Rev. Mrs. Hannah Conrey. Mr. Rev. Miss Noyes. Almira Cartee. as I am having new and interesting cases daily. . Mr. Miss Brigham.

and followed their prescriptions about two weeks. and constantly increasing in severity. admit of a doubt. I found that she was attacked by was requested to visit Mrs. and Mr F was sent for to magnetize her. except an interruption of three or four days. and was succeeded by an agreeable glow of heat The paroxysm. usual beneficial effects.. in my mind. the paroxysms returning every third day. does not. the patient began to feel more comfortable in thirty. It is not pretended that Magnetism has acted as a specific in any of these cases. she had no return of the Mr L 's business calling him again to the west. I High street. seeing the beneficial effect of these progress of the disease case not having its was not arrested. from a violent headache. was induced to continue the treatment himself. Having magnetized her once to establish the communication. For several . but that it was a valuable auxiliary in tne treatment of them. who. was very much shortened in ah its stages. — On the evening of the 25th of last month. and that it may be employed as such in the treatment of diseases generally. ' "When I first she was sufferiug saw her. had had a severe paroxysm of the fever and ague Upon inquiry. but the this disease in its usual medicine in this She was advised by one of her physicians to have recourse to Magnetism. Whne this was continued. soon after returning from a journey in the western country. ''Mr. about ten o'clock in the evening. . on the previous morning. by magnetizing her daily. and in about three weeks she disease: but had a relapse of it in a more severe form. L her husband. the treatment was discontinued. The fever was of the tertian type. and on some days several times. you are at liberty to use them. 371 consider them of sufficient interest to enhance the value of youf publication. though she took but little medicine after this time. he commenced the second operation as the cold stage of the paroxysm was beginning In about twenty minutes. in form the fore part of August. and she was soon materially improved.APPENDIX. the cold stage had entirely passed off. in this instance. two operations. " Case first. She immediately put herself under the care of skilful plrysicians. L.

and purple under the nails. and she was as free from fever and distress when I left her. magnetized her. and immediately began to magnetize her. and was gratified with the success of the experiment. and especially the nose. It is now thirteen days since I was called to her. when Mr. P. though it has frequently been practised. "It must be admitted that the medicine given in this insome agency in arresting the disease. and that. The hands and feet were cold. The succeeding hot and sweating stages were almost entirely prevented. hours previous. the days of the intermission. there was occasionally a shudder from the cold. she became tranquil. Her headache was cured in a few minutes. and she has had no recurrence of the paroxysms except the one I have mentioned. the cold stage had entirely subsided. I the fever on the third day. particularly stance po-obablyhad . the paroxysms did not return as long as she continued that treatment. I thought it proper to make a trial of it. as it had previously done. Magnetism has not been trusted to alone in this case. notwithstanding she left off taking medicine entirely. instead of lasting two or three hours. was cold and contracted. from the intensity of Understanding that Magnetism had been of service to her on a former occasion. I gave a dose of Dover's powder. but if we recollect that. in a few minutes more. though somewhat more comfortable. The shaking had not yet commenced. although she took no medicine at that time. the same effects precisely were produced. and she vomited once moderately. the fever in some measure subsided. and in a short time I left her comparatively very comfortable. the surface generally. " Being anxious to put in requisition all the means in my power to arrest the paroxysm.372 APPENDIX. she had been delirious. when she began to feel warm and comfortable. her state did not differ materially from what it had usually been on the days when she had been exempt from fever. as she had usually been on called pected to return. at the hour when the paroxysm was exThe cold stage had begun. it must certainly be admitted that Magnetism was the most efficient agent employed. During the first twenty minutes. " The following day. an hour after my arrival. The Dover's powder produced slight sickness at the stomach. and.

has never been somnambulic. had failed to give much relief. Mrs. with a similar result. which was somewhat difthe ferent from common severity every afternoon. and which has never failed to relieve in a very few minutes. "In this case. She is now nearly free from disease. to it 373 which she has been subject. C. was quite free from distress. for the headache. as she continued to have a fit every two monihs until May. and I accordingly proposed it. . At this proposition. had the operation been continued long. to make a trial of it lieved. "Case third. the irritative rather than of the inflammatory or typhoid charThis affection of the head. which partook of ** — acter. "Though Mrs. but with only partial success. has now no doubt of the magnetic influence.APPENDIX. dependent upon a relapse of fever. She consented. though there is no doubt that this effect would have been produced. which has been very soothing and restorative. I was requested to visit Miss M.. My success in the case of Mrs. it was not carried so far as to produce sleep. L. howIn five minutes. The second case which I shall mention where Magnetism has been employed to advantage. headache. Case second. C. though per- severingly employed for four or five days. for another case of epilepsy. C. Mrs. m * See Note XXIII.* During the first year. she had only three or four. suggested to me the propriety of trying Magnetism in this. she has been generally put into a magnetic sleep. It did not return again that afternoon. her head was reever. smiled with a look of incredulity.. so that she had had three within the two weeks immediately preceding my first visit. but during the second they had become more frequent. She has since been magnetized several times. She was put upon such a course of medicine and measures as are usually prescribed such cases. having never had the least confidence in the existence of such an agent. a young lady who had for nearly two years been subject to epileptic fits. and. at the end of twelve or fifteen. L. returned with great The usual remedies. is that of Mrs. This was a case of the most violent distress in the head.— Tn December last.

but Magnetism never failed to silence it in a very short time. and for three months afterwards. she informed me that she had had no return of " Case sixth. that she might not be sensible of the pain of extracting. " Three months afterwards. who had been in delicate health for four years. visiting a patient in the westerly part —While . at first by myself. recurring periodically every evening. The whole number of sittings may have been twelve or fifteen. While this treatment was continued. had the treatment been persevered am persuaded a recurrence would have been prevented. who. she had no recurrence of the fits. and. I was called upon to go and extract some teeth for a lady. and advised her to have them ex- tracted in the waking state. I discontinued it. Miss O. was afflicted with a most distressing spasmodic cough. " Case fifth. She was occasionally magnetized for six weeks. and medicines were almost wholly discontinued. who had been for a number of weeks tormented with that worst of all torments. This young lady. in less than two minutes. Being fatigued. and afterwards by another gentleman. the teethache. I made the experiment. Two weeks ago. To gratify her. as was witnessed by a considerable number of the physicians of this place. her teeth were so effectually relieved from the pain. "A trial was now made of Magnetism. that she consid- ered the operation of extracting unncessary. she had a return of the disease. without the least benefit.374 APPENDIX. I acknowledge. . to my surprise. "Sleep was not induced netic influence is in this patient. I fully sensible of the benefit though the magThe young lady herself derived from it. on some occasions. I continued the process about half an hour without producing sleep. with little confidence of success. next case I shall mention is that of was the first somnambulist in this city. in. however. — Some time in the course of the last spring. if — The I mistake not. was very apparent. Most of the articles of the materia medica had been employed for this cough. " Case fourth. but. It was her desire to be put into the magnetic state. this troublesome affection.

as I was informed. asleep. than from the expectation of receiving any benefit from it. I called upon this patient to learn the particulars of her case previous to my seeing her. H. to her very agree- . in the first instance. After having some conversation with her. that this lady subsequently informed me that. but. J.. and manifested several of the phenomena of somnambulism. and. She afterwards informed me that h "I left did return soon after I left. of his error. knowing it the influence Magnetism had menced proper to try it. she was entirely free from pain. or the first of April last. the manipulations. Had the relief. she was magnetized by Mr. " It is proper to observe. In the evening of the following day. mention it at the time. on the evening when I first magnetized her. who. in this place. should the pain return. though she did not. and she consented state of to let me magnetize her. came into the room. and then by a different person f oui the one who first put her asleep. I put her into a somnambulism in a very short time. 1 pains of a spasmodic character in the stomach and bowels. of the city a 375 few weeks since. as the anodyne was accumulating upon the system. a lady apparently m delicate health. I found her powers somewhat extraordinary. I thought minutes after I comAbout ten or twelve had upon her. been wholly dependent upon the anodyne. I gave her immediately a dose of anodyne medicine. she was threatened with the indisposition for which I was afterwards called to prescribe. I was called upon to prescribe for this lady in a case of violent fifteen minutes. Mrs. and experienced an alleviation. though not her at the end of half an hour.. had been magnetized. and that several doses of the medicine were taken. of Brown University. not exceeding Considering that she had been magnetized only once in several months. She did not believe in Magnetism. with directions to repeat the same kind of medicine she had already taken. And she informed me that some time in the latter part of March.APPENDIX. who was an advocate of it. it is rational to suppose that the operation of the succeeding doses would have been more prompt than that of the first. I was anxious to see the character of her somnambulism. and submitted to it rather to convince the gentleman. with only partial success. "After receiving your note.

P.376 APPENDIX. Her nervous system was this case soothed and strengthened. and her senses were unusually acute When appar ently in a sleeping state. —I magnetized a young lady for a distressing whole nervous system. attended with erratic affection of the pains in the head and eyes. she found herself nearly cured of an inveterate palpitation which Had for several years rendered her nfe miserable and apparently precari- So severe indeed was this affection that she had not for a year or more been able to ascend a flight of stairs. and her slumbers became calm and The effects of Magnetism in what peculiar. and disturbed and unref reshing slumbers. during which time she has been entirely free from the complaint. "Case seventh. able surprise. with the hope not only of relief. and other ocular spectra. a number of times. but the influence '* was certain. been reto visit — from his excruciating sufferings by being magnetized by Mr. and always with some mitigation of his sufferings. though her physical system were some was com under its influence. he was desirous of continuing this treatment. but of a permanent cure. magnetized him a number of times. with the exception of a few slight attacks within the last six or eight weeks. affection to such a degree that she as is The number frequently observed in cases of incipient amaurosis of sittings was twelve and the benefit to her : general health was unequivocal. her mental faculties continued wakeful. restorative. without stopping to recover from the agony occasioned by the exertion. He was not put into a sound magnetic lieved '•' sleep. Having. It is now six months since she was first magnetized. I. Case eighth. and advised him to an efficient surgical course of treatment. ous. wakefulness. The 20th of September. I received a message Mr D. for. or walk an eighth of a mile. Upon examination. of vision. after these few experiments. The optic nerves participated in this apprehended a total loss She was frequently anno3*ed by the appearance of dark motes floating before her eyes. however. I found his disease to be one not likely to be cured by Magnetism alone. she was perfectly conscious of her pletely .. a gentleman who has a painful affection of the hip and back.

respecting the health of Miss Brackett. notwithstanding an alarmof two or three weeks' continuance. after it has been . as it has never failed to render her insensible indisposition has proceeded tal "Her present cause It and has wholly superseded the disagreeable neShe is now convalescent. "With much C Hartshorn. or do things useful to them. but contrary to their inclinations. Deleuze remarks.' respect. and we hope soon to see her not only in the enjoyment of good general health. are of tec found in a frame of mind of which you mlgh. Under these circumstances.—Pages ' 100-118. avai' yourself advantageously to make them follow a course cj regimen.APPENDIX. and readily dis- tinguish colors when there is a strong contrast. cessity of g'. to suffering. that Somnambulists whose interior faculties have acquired great energy. or in ordinary show the influence exerted byin affec- seep ' This case reported to Magnetism upon the system generally. living in this city. Magnetism has bken invaluable to her. " Case ninth. attended with great pain and suffering. and most of them may be referred tc should any one have a particular interest in obtaining further information in relation to them. she can judge of the comparative size of even small objects. from an accidenhas been oî a highly inflammatory nature. when she was in a waking state. and. "Mr T. She believes herself capable improving of walking the streets safely without a guide. situation. « a Capkon> NOTE XXVI. The magnetizer can. and especially tions of the nerves. it gives me much pleasure to inform ing general indisposition her vision is still you that.ving opiates m — "The subjects of all the above cases are respectable and intelligent persons.— In answer to an inquiry in your note of the 8th instant. but the full possession of that most useful as delightful well as of our senses vision. 3 77 which is is not usual m somnambulism. in the chapter on somnambulism.

to its One individual. has arrived at some important results in verification of what Deleuze and other writers have stated in reference to this curious branch of the subject. had the pleasure. of receiving a copy of the first part of your work. be frequently rendered highly useful in correction of habits and those not only bodily. respectfully. The exert influence the somnambulist. but the magnetizer should seldom indulge in such kind of experimenting. in exercise. with some success. FROM " DR. 1837. may be readily proved by a This variety of experiments of pure curiosity. may serve as illustrations of this power. but mental. and the accompanying letter. all similar cases.378 APPENDIX. October 3. however.intimation. C." "J ' W ' Robbd* s - COBBECTION OF TEE HABITS OF SOMNAMBULISTS. Dear when completed. I feel Sir: I that. an idea or a determination which will influence them in the naturaf state. with the consent of is able. and may induce — magnetizers to have recourse. to waking state. "Yours. Hartshorn. Following up this. while in the somnambulic state. through his somnambulism. if it meets your purpose. impress upon them. I am particularly pleased with the execution and the whole character of this specimen of the performance. and had at times a craving almost irresistible for certain fruits to distress her and aliments. T. ROBBJNS. employed this influence for the benefit of his patients. upon his which the magnetizer. " TJxbeidge. power may. The following instances where the writer has. " Mr. some days ago. . mutually agreed upon. which were sure stomach and aggravate her nervous symptoms." He then gives instances to show in what cases this influence may be exerted. without their knowing the cause. it will render the subject strong in its ample evidence both of at liberty to publish the power and its utility. of a much affected with dyspepsia. the author of the following letter. who is acquainted with this work in the original. You are subjoined article. highly-nervous temperament.

379 Having. I therefore issued the order. and they had become. I annexed it. not to eat such things. impossible as it had been to restrain her in the use of those articles. with little confidence. I directed her to swallow no more air. It seemed to her that a person told her. "And. The experiment was perfectly successful. by the inmates of the famity where she was boarding. or. I accordingly enjoined upon her. as every law has usually its appropriate penalty." said she. following. which rendered it morally impossible.APPENDIX. This pain was actually observed. and which I believed to exert so unfavorable an influence upon her nerves. namely." I soon found that I had not included in my prohibition one important item. as she supposed. that she should be seized with a pain in the throat. but without success. Another somnambulist I had observed to have the habit of conveying air into the stomach in the act of swallowing. in the success of the attempt. tea in the use of which she had for years been in the practice of freely indulging. nowever. namely. informed that those habits remained corrected. in somnambulism. upon my first essay of Magnetism. and she afterwards informed me. family where she then was. not to indulge herself in their use. absolutely . and it is to be hoped that they are perma- — nently cured. that I had for a long time employed every means to induce her to abandon it. I was. " I do not think I shall be able to eat one all summer. that the use of the smallest quantity should be followed by nausea. if she did fco. I resolved to make trial of this power. she wished to eat it. as follows. all succeeding attempts to take As long as she tea being followed by distressing sickness. that she believed she was getting cured of the habit. but found herself under the control of a mysterious influence. having procured an apple. with great facility induced somnambulism. Suspecting that the practice tended to increase the distress which she sometimes experienced at the stomach. A third patient had long indulged freely in the use of tea and coffee. two months afterwards. in the most imThe day pressive mariner. while asleep. and. she continued remained in the unable to take either tea or the interdicted articles of food. to seize her twice on the day following.

and but a trifle in comparison has been used in several months. plainly indicated what had occurred. she had taken the prohibited pinch. and could take no more during the day. She accordingly consented that I should restrict her I did so. the sudden conas before. but that its use ought not to be at once abandoned. She had unwittingly transgressed her limits. no trace of what had occurred in her offen- somnambulism). but the forced introduction of small quantities into the stomach. necessary to enable her to continue her labor. while awake. for some time after waking. cordingly issued the prohibition. The following day. of it during her somnambulism was. as she was several times dreadfully annoyed by the seventh pinch. tortions of her countenance. but her passion for similar course snuff. adding the injuncto the use of six pinches daily. and be followed by nausea. and the effects different agents. after taking a pinch. that it was decidedly . I desired her to which were to result from examine the influence of tea result of her examination effect. The habit was thus entirely broken. she could take it.prejudicial. and coffee upon her system. from the conviction that she could not do without them. but went on. She attributed the effect to the constant use of it magnetized water. Endowed.accompanied with the penalty that they should taste unpleasantly. in its use At length.. was subsequently pursued in regard to She had long been in the habit of using this article The result of her examination in considerable quantities. both her tea and coffee were not only sive to her taste. to her utter astonishment (for she retained. as she was in her somnambulism. was followed by distressing sickness of The various attempts which she has considerable duration. She assented. A daily diminished. tion that whatever she should take beyond the prescribed number should seem extremely nauseous and offensive. The next day. was an acknowledgment of The their bad and her consent I ac- that I should break her of the habit of using them.380 APPENDIX. at intervals made to take them have for months been followed by the same results. and her strong exclamations of loathing and disgust. . with the faculty of prevision of a character almost perfect in regard to the exacerbations of her own disease.

these facts A may serve to furnish hints It which may lead to highly-useful results. Esten.—Page 120. These fail to facts. which. was severe and disShe told me. surgeon dentist of this city. in her somnambulism. of what had occurred in her somnambulism. or to assist in rendering the necessary attention If obliged to be present upon such occasions. she thanked me in the most grateful terms and.— The following letter from Dr. like others appertaining to Animal Magnetism. the same course as beApparently assured now. while awake. Insensibility to Pain. in her own mind. and she begged me to assist her. will doubtless appear of a very extraordinary character. in this instance. more especially mental. her former weakness. entitled " Cures Effected in France by Animal Magnetism.APPENDIX. we should be led to suppose and weaknesses. and gain the credence of those who have not examined the subject in the true spirit of philosophic investigation. or in great distress. . that she had exerted herself strongly to overcome this weakness. of the cure fore. she assisted at the next preparation for a funeral without any exhibition whatever of the effect. but without success. although totally ignorant. 381 From the following example. unfortunately. NOTE XXVII. corrected by might be that certain habits are applicable only to somnambulists. . which was a source of much mortification and inconvenience to her. One of my patients had always been unable to see any one in convulsions. to a corpse. would give the writer pleasure to exhibit the evidence of these or any other facts of interest in his possession to such as may wish candidly to investigate the subject. gives the particulars of operations performed by him while the patient was in the somnambulic state. upon her mind and body. I accordingly pursued. the science to use. the same means. both tressing. but work they are confirmed by many writers on the subject. of her failing." To those who wish to apply details various similar facts.

She appeared asleep. and informed her that it would be necessary to have the roots of some of the broken teeth extracted. ''Providence. B. or even disturbing her repose.. B. Several weeks after.n ficial ones. and I extracted what I was doing. the corner of which was laid in her mouth. and. B.n The and was in vi tea to call and see her I ac cepted the invitation. Sir. which had been broken off. and found the lady sleeping After some curious experiments.33? "Dear Some time during the Browneh that one of magnetic sleep. The operation was not all performed at one time serted but at two or three differenc sittings. She iequested me to examine her teeth which she said she had un fortunately broken off by a fall and expressed a desire to have some new ones inserted. after being magnetized. Dr. as the teeth were broken down so low that I could not take hold of them with a pair of forceps. had the two central incisors cut off to a level with the gums.382 APPENDIX. Upon examination. She did not on this. saying. I cheerfuny compiy with your request. I immediately extracted the roots of four front teeth. asked her whether it hurt her. and was obliged to take them out with a hook which I use On examining them about a week after for such a purpose. I was again called in by Dr. without awaking her. spit the biood from her mouth. and found the lady sleeping very com fortably in an easy chair. and others cut off to a level with the gums. before she could have artificial ones inserted. . necessary found it to be I not to know the tooth. and holes were drilled into the roots of them preparatory to inserting aitiShe afterwards nad seven artificial teeth . and her own ! . She was put to remove one more. according to ah appearances. The case was rather a severe one. After 1 had extracted this ast She replied ty tooth. It was accordingly agreed that. while she was asleep. Octobe'* 1. and manifested no signs of pain. Every part of the work usually attended with any pain was done wnile she was asleep. on some suitable occasion it should be done. I found her teeth badly decayed and broken. 'Does what hurt?' She afterwards came to my office with Dr. she was awakened.. or on the former occasion. jast summer I was Informed by Dr his patients was at his house . and. It was removed by a towel.

The character of the witnesses who are named prerectness of the relation. she eral times 383 was not sensible of any pain. now a medical student of that town. Brownell. by a friend. if it . asking. he remarked that the room was toolif/ht. ISTahum Washburn..APPENDIX. at a dis- tance of eight feet. cludes the possibility of a doubt in regard to the literal corIt is somewhat singular that in Taunton almost all the somnambulists are men. The latter gentleman. if it hurt her hurt?' what Does savins. Hartshorn. the magnetizer. by Dr. Lewis. and Messrs. Esten. Ware and West. and him to same time.. Drs. She was sevasked by Dr." will The readers of the "Boston Medical and Surgical Journal" remember a similar case detailed at length by Dr. testimony. in the twenty -second number of the fourteenth volume of that valuable work. on an epileptic patient of Monsieur Bugard. upon an intelligent young gentleman. of Harvard University. the writer of the article. willed at the open his mouth. ' "Mr. which he did. had previously extracted a molar tooth from the same patient. After a times before. gives an account of a similar operation. Being then asked if he wished to have his tooth extracted. Lodge. was wide enough. perfect magnetic sleep in the course of five minutes. without producing the slightest indication of feeling on her part. and a silk handkerchief was therefore bound over his already closed eyelids. during the most painful she always replied by part of the operation. "W. he answered that he did. who was a girl of nearly thirteen years old. A." of September 13th. Harwood. Benjamin H. lapse of a few minutes. medical students. and He was put into a state of seated himself for that purpose. an accomplished French teacher of that city. Parker. The operation was performed by Dr. standing at a distance. . T. in the presence of Professor Treadwell. " The magnetizer then retired to an adjoining room. who had magnetized him many In that state. surgeon dentist. West. T. D. Esq. The Taunton " Whig. " A gentleman who had a carious tooth was desirous of having it extracted while under the magnetic influence. C. Ware.

he replied. mentioned to the translator a curious fact. His whole body remained as perfectly composed as in the most quiet natural sleep. until the magnetizer returned. and willed him to "He was awake in ten minutes considerable movement of the eyelids. after tasting. for the purpose of performing a slight surgical operation. mentioned in part first. immediately placing his finger upon the cavity.' and shortly complained of the 'stuff running down his throat. the patient was magnetized by another person. of Pawtuxet. though insensible to the touch of others. after inquired 'what made him spit so much. if his tooth had been extracted. and did not observe any sign of suffering. watched him closely. the somnambulist always appears to know what his magnetizer is doing. exhibited towards himself a perfect consciousness and sensibility. had two stout fangs. A bowl was placed under his chin. during the operation. no change of the countenance. because the patient. either of his face or limbs. Having put one of his patients into the somnambulic state. with the appearance of great He declared that surprise. in Cloquet's excision of a cancerated ulcer. which he could not annihilate long enough to continue the operation. there was a The sleep continued three minutes longer. In precisely that time. that he 'did not know. but he made no effort to free his mouth from the blood which flowed out between his lips. which fully agrees with what has been asserted in a previous note. P . it was withdrawn from the exertion of the Avili.' Being asked what it was. do it himself.* I was near the patient. and. so that consciousness and sensation instantly returned to baffle his may be further observed that. " Soon after awaking. was performed during his absence. The moment his mind was fixed upon the object. or of the respiration. namely. he observed the bowl containing the blood in a chair by his side.384 the operation APPENDIX.' "He permitted to sleep a few minutes more. we shall see one more reason for Deleuze's instruction to keep the intention well purpose. and willed him to do so. asked. sustained. when the magnetizer went into an adjoining room. he was not until then aware that the operation had been performed. ' The tooth was a large one. There was not the slightest contraction of a muscle. and came * Dr Cleveland. he found that he could not. If this should be discovered to be a general principle.

" of the scene. 102. Barney. out unusually hard. Samuel C. upon our nature. if not susceptible of FROM E. be engaged in real scenes in other climes. Nahum Washburn. West. who were present. with a firm hold. October "Dear Sir: I have just received your note of the 30th . and be happy in the consciousness of immortality. while deriving little or no sensation from it. Hiram M. 1837. though it flicker and be temporary in its rising. "Boston. Others from gentlemen who known in this quarter. and their authority is second none which can be produced. R. in- —The following letters are serted for the purpose of gratifying a rational curiosity in re- gard to the wayfarings of the will appear in the third part. and Jonathan Hodges. if we are convinced that the spirit can be absent. spirit in They are somnambulism. Horatio Gilbert. Atwood. The reflecting mind will find in them enough to excite activity of thought. For. and suffered the conviction to produce its legitimate effect. That the human spirit hath power to leave the body. but he who has once weighed it. is but an elementary truth in He who cannot grasp the evithis branch of psychology. who operated.APPENDIX. so that the doctrine of a future state ap- pears to be consequent direct proof. "I have shown this communication to Messrs. 3. 385 It was one of the molar teeth of the under jaw. and to Dr. or partially absent. we are furnished with the aliment which strengthens our conceptions of a separate are well to spiritual existence. will find his notions of things to come quickened and informed. and the most sensual enough to be kindled into a spiritual flame. and. from the body. will find himself constantly vacillating between belief and incontinence of faith. C. FROTHTNGHAM. ESQ.—Page Distant Clairvoyance. L. NOTE XXVIII. and have their authority to state that it is an accurate recital of the incidents G. dence on which it rests. Francis S. and take cognizance of things distant in space. Munroe.

. which are much more circumstantial. In a few moments we followed. APPENDIX. The facts which I have to state are more general in their character. walked through the room with the greatest confidence.386 ult. but without any assistance. and. upon being made acquainted with my wishes. passed rapidly disappeared. and The change from sightless helplessness to confidence was remarkably striking. on my arrival there I obtained an introduction to Dr. and of course less satisfactory. " Hearing from many sources of the wonders of Animal Magnetism previous to my visit to Providence. Capron. and examining pictures in a very novel manner. In a few moments sue returned. After being seated. rose from her chair. clear-sighted down a flight of stone steps into the street. come to all my experience. On this account. at the request of Dr. she. accompanied by one of the family. I was introduced to Miss Brackett. the interesting young woman whose case you have laid before the public. and passed into the next room. running through the house like a young girl let loose from school on a holiday. and appointed a meeting for this purpose on the afternoon of the next day. and. Capron. At the time appointed. and being anxious to satisfy myself of the real or visionary character of these phenomena. ' ' . on stopping at the house where she had been directed to go. than they would have been had I not been so limited in time. who. in some respects. agreed to accompany him to Boston for. . she. by placing her back towards them. containing a request that I would send to you some account of my experience in Animal Magnetism. being a stranger. at the request of Dr. and should be still more welcome were it of greater importan ce. avoiding the chairs which stood in her way. as many others may be furnished. while on a You are perfectly welvisit to Providence in August last. now endowed with more than natural sight. very politely expressed a willingness to gratify my curiosity. to which she had been previously led in a helpless state. and therefore more generally interesting. we found this blind young lady. if I may judge from what I have heard related by others. Capron. they may not be thought of sufficient importance to require their publicity. After the process of magnetizing had been completed. equipped for a walk.

through the air. and this.' As she appeared to be so uncommunicative. B and myself in communication with Miss Brackett. although not fruitful in particulars. excepting the members of the family. placing Mr. and her description of its external appearance was in the same words. complaining all the while of being jostled by the crowd. in a very particular and correct manner. however. 387 to her. left the house. nothing more could be extracted from her. which I attended with a friend. and directing her to wake at half-past 9 o'clock. This. on a line with the railroad On arriving at the depot in Boston. Dr. Nathaniel W. In a few moments after. She described cor- rectly the external appearance of the house. " Miss Brackett appeared to be in the magnetic sleep when we arrived. passing. Mr. three upon enter- members of my family. was altogether insufficient for a full experiment. which resulted very satisfactorily to him. and this. and unaccustomed to such odd ways of travelling. the answer to all questions being. which. to my residence. she was directed through several streets. and. . I found to have been correct. From cause. this experiment may be found to illustrate some principles in the most strikin these cases. " The same process was employed in accomplishing the journev to my house in Boston as before. However. of your city. As some time was consumed in visiting Mr. being the only individuals present at this experiment. as it is impossible. Brown. joined to that unwillingness to describe formerly alluded to. hurry anything. there was something less than an hour left at my disposal previous to the time set for the termination of her sleep. having other engagements for the evening. The journey to Boston was accomplished in about one minute. ing.'s house. You can see them as some ' well as I. renders the facts obtained less particular and numerous than I wished.APPENDIX. I also ascertained that the individuals of the family not described by her were absent at that time. a second meeting was appointed to take place on the evening of the following day. after all. is the principal object. to ing manner. I did not feel myself competent to take charge of her. even some particular points of dress quite unusual. as sbe said. you must be aware. Capron. upon my return to Boston. B.

although many attempts were made to mislead her. it is white. ornaments.' 'What kind of a portrait is it?' Why. I invited her up-stairs into the parlor. standing upon a Doric stove which projects into the room. in the order in which they are placed in the room. figure. she described a painted carpet. but could find no other person in the house. which were in the entry. She distinguished differences of size. I should think it was marble. perhaps we shall now be able to find the rest of the family. this portrait. and. as if turning down the clothes of a bed. but that his head was entirely covered with clothes. in the articles which she described. Good-evening. "Upon entering the room. and in such a manner that each article was immediately recognized by me. In this room she recognized my daughter. and that it was not healthy to be so covered up. and some only partially indicated. As she said there was no individual in the lower part of the house. and said she had seen her before. which she very obstinately refused to give me a description of. she stooped over. I then asked her to pass into the chamber. In this room ^without any leading questions being put to her. I asked her to tell me what there was in it that pleased her. how smooth it is How heavy is it ? • * ' ! ' ' * It is very heavy. although her descriptions were general.' "As there was now very little time to spare. What are you looking at ?' 'Why.' In a moment she said. she very readily described to me when she awoke. She said the child was very uncomfortable. although many things were omitted.' 'What kind of a shelf does it stand upon?' 'It does not stand upon any shelf. but on a projection from the fire-piace.' ' ' . and turned her hand. and surface (as smooth or rough). I said. 'Let us go down stairs. she described many of the principal articles of furniture.388 APPENDIX. weighing not far from one hundred weight.' This was her description of a marble bust. After a moment's pause. and said there was a child asleep. At this she seemed quite disturbed. as if passing over a solid. She immediately commenced describing a figure with her hand. not the slightest mistake was made. entering the house. and look for the children. color. and pictures. The subject of two pictures. "Upon and a very peculiar table. weight. smooth substance.

C. B. "Boston. two of whom elderly other as an ing seen the day before.with the exception she was described to where in bed-and sitting in the room about The other three members of the family did return be in were and concluded. and the she described with the greatlady whose very peculiar dress considerable humor. This was the est accuracy and with for experiment as the time fixed by Dr. Mrs F on visiting the little boy on her much him in precisely the uncomfortable situation which so distressed the sympathetic invisible visitant. "E. October 10. • You will excuse facts. T. 'Dear Sir: I do not delay a moment to answer yours of About to home. As upon fering any opinion to them. a French lady. and with them their son A. I ascertained were perfectly family my individuals of to the Her to o« my awake was near at hand. I found him and his lady at Mr. C. me from making any observations or ofthese remarkable phenomena.. as described by Miss return. 389 helow.. Hartshorn. P. L. T. Mrs. "Mr.APPENDIX. Frothtngham. ' Yours truly. my daughter of the children. .. I went to the house of . and I scriptions relating correct • At the time of our supposed visit. which moment she mary lourney just as the time expired. she described On asking her whom she saw in the room she recognized as havthree individuals. who were in the house. 1837. at present. the 7th inst. BUGARD. found more. and spend an evening. should be made public. the lower room. C. Hartshorn: At another time you shall hear from me again. G. at that all her de awoke On my return home. L. Capron Quaker cose hastened to conduct I arrived at the end of my imagher back to Providence. but particularly those of a character not referable to any known principle." FROM MONSIEUR 'Mr. somnambulist. I will relate a tact about a Mr. you are perfectly that all remarkable satisfied being use of them you please. the time at which our experiments was alone FurtherBrackett. and to make what welcome facts. " three months ago.

390 APPENDIX. calculate. I sent her home She answered to Paris. confirming every particular she had said concerning her children. but not in the afternoon. Mrs. I shall at any time be ready to by sending several somnambulists far to showed a correspondence between the time and the longitude. I asked her what She was obliged to it then was at Paris. she replied that she On being attended in the morning. whose initials only are given. generally. a question in relation to their health. She was not aware of having taken any tea.— Trans. out of my memory. If any one desires to know who these persons are. I she answered all my questions. one of the company suggested to me that I ought to magnetize her. offer. by saying that her eldest daughter was not well. happens in such cases. I found her to be correct. C. a friend of mine. when awake. to look after her family there. in giving the answer. and tell the time. of The result them. she accepted the As it put her asleep in less than five minutes. to this country "This lady has come with her husband. " Upon requested to look at the clock. but was affected with sore eyes. she replied without hesitation. but whose name is at this moment cold. o'clock she thought "I would observe that. though the signification of the latter word was unknown to two * I have tried this experiment tbe west. After a little conversation. during which she drank some tea. * "I soon after awoke her by the mere exertion of my will. leaving in Paris her mother and three children. though not always.' and on making the calculation myself. C. that a certain physician was in attendance. received a Tetter from her mother. it being Sunday. she was far from being positive. Mrs. Having offered my services to relieve her in that way. whom she named distinctly. "About five or six weeks after this experiment. and. she remained unconvinced of what she had actually done. little that her second daughter had a and that her son was perfectly well. asking her whether her mother had attended church during the day. . and although she put the question to every one in turn whether she had taken any. not feeling very well. '4 o'clock.

but truth is of great importance on all subjects. There seems to be an imso far as they can be called results. I feel willing. not I have examined this subject. It was so in the reference to me which the appendix to your first number contained.. 1. _ __ "To Mr. although there was no exaggeration. "B. December 1837. That we are not believers. B. The first is one of the alone.APPENDIX." FROM REVEREND E. C. in saying that we are not believers. " I am your obedient servant. It may not be useless. are altogether believers and dupes. I believe. first. afterwards quoted by Colonel Stone. and then of some of the results. opinion may be of little importance. in brief. 1 am not concerned to say. BUGARD. I have been unwilling to say anything publicly about that of which I know so little. that those of us who have not had sufficient confidence in our own wisdom. or reject it as an absurHow far we are dity. " Providence. of the princi- by which. I do say. F. HALL. I believe I may say it of a very large portion of the intelligent in this place.. but many observers in this city. to pronounce this whole affair an imposition. nor seen sufficient cause in the facts offered. Hartshorn: "Dear Sir: You wish me _. dupes. to say. with many. — — . pression abroad. give them. therefore. and especially as to matters of observation and fact. and here also. if my name had not already appeared in several journals without my permission. T. will appear from what follows. and in support of facts not correctly given. though I am not authorized to speak for others. and I should decline now. you something about my experience and opinions on the subject of Animal Magnetism. A man's own to write _ . What is exactly intended. and feel it to be due to others. to speak of principles of evidence the kind of inquiry and test to which all matters of this kind should be subjected and the distinction between inquiring and believing. Candor and credulity are too often confounded. together with such additional proof as 391 may bo wanted. to this or any cause. what I have seen and what "I can do ples this best by giving a view.

But many are wisely or timidity. ject.— 392 noblest of traits. the last is one Let me recommend. whether the wise men in France of the last century. he can neither create nor annihilate the smallest of them. Then. are lous. the perusal of some pieces ascribed to Judge Williams. if real. in this or any subject. as to fears or hopes in regard to the truth of Animal Magnetism. from self-conceit. to destroy one particle of truth in religion. I have neither. in settling a question of fact. known or unknown. and proper inquiry. to be sure. it is true. or man. It is not in the power of Animal Magnetism. whether the Salem witches. for all truth is good. as such alone do I attach any importance to that which is said or done about it. and afterward appended to a pamphlet by Charles Poyen. with many. if not irrelevant. on this subject. have not wrought as great wonders as the modern somnambulists are all questions of lively interest. or obstinacy. They are not of man. or those of the present. ' ' — it should prove either true or false. As such I view it. of Taunton. Whether it be new or old. Its interference with any other truth is an impossibility.' possessed nuns. or anything else. in seeking the truth in regard to Animal Magnetism. there seems to me to have been too much credulity. or If true. I know it is either true or false. APPENDIX. most rare and most useful. whether the marvellous powers here supposed. but utterly impotent. whether it agree with preconceived opinions or oppose them all. or all any man. or be deemed essential " Now. Some of them. I have not the least solicitude that of the most common and most hurtful. that should awaken great What is truth? anxiety. or blank ignorance. very weakly incredulous. great harm. or nature. and they are imperishable.' the of all ages and both sexes. If it be false. it will do no do good. whether proved so or not. believe or disbelieve. published first in a paper there. Truths are never destroyed. and does good.' and the 'old wives. There is but one question and one investigation. it will . as written by 'a member of the Massachusetts Bench. would do most good or evil. and they ought to be. a The public at large are incredutoo easy faith. They are of God. whether I believe or re- men.' "The reality of that which is called Animal Magnetism is purely a question of fact.

The true principle in wonders. is to take nothing for granted. It is child's play. and travel without moving. is more probable than that a person should see without eyes. or which imagination may be the sole agent. until I have had frequent opportunities of examining. to institute the most rigid and suspicious scrutiny on every point. wholly strange. I go to the examinations without assuming a single fact in the case. and so may the wisest. and insensible to all sounds and sights. in matters so unaccountable. and not yet supported by evidence adapted to its nature or proportioned to its magnitude. therefore. nothing. I hold that anything which is possible. no. So long as there can be any evasion or other explanation. and relied on. And much of the evidence offered in this case. Kay. questions which I have heard put to supposed somnambu- I distrust all answers A . that in certain circumstances. The best men in the world may be deceived. my own mind will not receive the appearances as facts. I demand. therefore. but rather distrusting everything until it is proved. I will not believe because the operator is an honest man. such evidence as it is not possible to evade or resist. have a right. intrinsically improbable. "I distrust all appearances that may be feigned. I will not believe even my own senses. is neither of the kind nor degree that the case demands. whether I wish to receive them £ I y or not. where the truth of everything was almost taken for granted. for such facts. as it A healthy is mind will cannot. believe that 393 never.APPENDIX. in of imagination is almost very great portion of the given to leading questions. testing such supposed e. and the men and women merely looked on with open mouths. But it does not of itself prove much in a case like this. whether others receive them or not. and all we know. and the subject pure and trueThat I do not dispute. is opposed by all we have ever seen. the best and wisest may deceive others. they have openly said and done everything. and then wondered that she knew it! This ' which is singular folly. Supposing the subject' was of course asleep. The whole matter is improbable. such is human nature. incredulous. however unintentionally. I have seen many trials. and it is to be taken into the account. and the power indefinite.

that the writer himself could not detect any appearance of change. then is this also evidence of the highest kind. but in explanation of the kind of feeling and principles of evidence which many in this place have brought to tnis subject They show that. the writer contains. and then hearing a true and unequivocal answer. sight of by the writer or operator. by peculiar processes. APPENDIX. — Providence who look upon the subject as settled. so far at least. particular conceive of but one kind of proof of this That proof is the conso inconceivable and inexplicable. there has been no very great credulity or liability to be deceived. most guarded or help of any kind. but no possiNor can I bility of any of the above helps or explanations. without any suggestion. or who wish to be considered as any other than interested and candid . knows what the letter " These things are not for their peculiar value. and letters have been opened and returned so well sealed. or hint. while I disclaim all suspicion of foul play in the cases of this kind occurring here. there must be not only no probability. or of mental locomotion. So that. have been obtained either from room. supposing. proposing the inquiry ourselves in the manner. that information could I distrust all information given. For letters have been read. but openly read. through bandages and envelopes many. or from personal intercourse and previous knowledge of objects and places. and its contents correctly told. is sure no one but himself said. even if you believe their assertions. It is insufficient to be told even that letters were read. power. without being opened. And I believe I may add to speak now more definitely whether deceived or not.394 lists. It is little when you know not what communication there may have been previously. to hear others ask questions. To make out a case of actual clairvoyance. when hints carelessly dropped in the sciousness of holding in one's mind a fact unknown to all others. as before. some of us have not been satisfied I know of few intelligent observers of Animal Magnetism m of the results— that. that stances. if you know nothing of the actors. I insist that they are not positive proof of the power of seeing through opaque sub- except where the letter is not for a moment lost If it is not lost sight of. have been suggestive.

tions. if possible. for it Delusion there may be. but imposition any evidence can be trusted. kind. and friends at home. tect in her a single appearance of insincerity. large come operators or subjects on a the crown to Then. her actual cians. denying herself the agreeable with comanything doing or walking. that of a blindness for a year or sense and character. if a single instance here. common all all probability and station. of portant to distinguish. . feigning total hears of Animal Magnetism. no earthly for scale. dreds of men and informarespectable least at and of unimpeachable veracity. of good single case. receive serious injury. her corsee to and easily about walk still closed and covered. or that there has been no wilful as a general. tion. her family. proved by testimony or observation. eating. in any case of is witchcraft or delusion. in order to be two before she prepared for subjecting herself to all manner of privaprivilege of seeing. and profession every of women. without any at imposition. to the for rectly not for her own comfort or gain. for instance. then all at once contriving. the wise ones are It is violating or about them. pretended this in falling repeatedly. working. that I do not say there is no intentional deception in this matter. fort. all the while asserting to deunable whom she lives being with all and blindness.. imposition. concert. yet all an imposition ! Find its parallel or explanation. of management. inquirers. physipublic entertainment or public suspicion. in this very there is im- some not. it is only young woman. compensation. or rather. 395 If there are those who know not the difference and believers.APPENDIX. or even power Believe it who will. or any fact case. should engage in the same childish attempts places bedifferent in and produce the same strange results. but only . end but the pleasure of being duped! take a to necessary wisdom of such a supposition. Magnetism have that none who have ever engaged in Animal deception in been deceivers. or who think that the only inquirers between we must be excused from going scoffers. if and every other. I mean simply that. viz. " This is the first result to which I am brought. or assignable motive. and remain for weeks in severe pain eyes and dangerous illness. them with into any argument that hunsuppose to sense. so as to blindness. it.

in this or any city. is in favor of the realty of the magnetic sleep. who m doubt its reality. so utterly incomprehensible and tremendous. and he has given more evidence. do not mean that it is suspicious or unimportant. there are many this constitutes Animal Magnetism. there are many who doubt. the circumstances of the case forbid a suspicion of fraud. This follows. themselves which these facts tend to prove are so amazing.396 APPENDIX. and they may not have been guilty. the minds of those who have given any atuniversal now. any kind of collusion or imposition. humbug. there is no reason to suspect. of having practised than of having detected fraud. which in itself was irresistible. and visiting in spirit distant places I have — no opinions which can be convictions. " Of all beyond this. especially the faculty of inspecting human bodies. in his book. e. that my mmd these wonderful faculties. management. Those only who exhibit themselves for money give room for any such suspicion. in almost every case that I have seen or heard. without words another upon mind one of tains to the action or signs. In the most remarkable cases we have had. that a peculiar sleep is produced by certain manipulations. Nor have I known of more than one observer who has imputed bad motives. but insuffiI have seen evidence. facts which I defy any man But the powers to account for on any known principles. in common with most inquirers. cient to produce conviction. from a belief in the honesty of those But it deserves notice as a conviction almost concerned. there has been an utter absence of all ground for suspicion of motives. delude others. I doubt if informed minds. the power of simple volition —and all that is meant by clairvoyance. and there In all that peris reason for great diffidence and caution. But an at- tempt to artifice. not a universal fact. "A second conclusion to which I have come. There is no reason for the least doubt tention to the subject. and sometimes by a remarkable So far as activity of mind and power of communication.. indeed. accompanied often by a suspension of sensibility. differing widely from common sleep. i. . Self-delusion there may be. or any country. called conclusions. at times. or absolute Much of the evidence adduced in support of I is to me wholly insufficient.

I had never been satisfied before. so far as I can discover. I have witnessed them. its purpose. I leave with Him who gives all powers and ordains all truth. We ought only to examine the more closely and widely on this account. we have no right to prescribe laws or conditions. It cannot bo In the particunecessary. the evidence not sufficiently tested. so many inequalities. They weigh something in favor of the honesty of the parties. to say that it must always do this or never do that. there are so many failures made by every somnambulist. whether I can reconcile it or not with my preconceived notions. demands more evidence. it is true and failures. "'But they are facts/ you say 'what will you do with them ? I can only say I know net what to do with them. are no proof of the absence of the power. and some of which. But the cases have not been sufficiently numerous and varied. inconsisten cies. that is pwved. I have tried them severely. in some few instances of my own observing. or more properly. They belong to all states of mind. Facts they are. I will believe anything. no creature but myself could have known. to suspend judgment. I had Miss I questioned her about places B. and I have already been too iong. I must believe any and everything. and objects which she had never seen. been as high and complete as I can conceive. and draw inferences and pronounce judgments with extreme caution. lar case with which my name has been connected. and I did not expect to be then. The evidence has sometimes. I have been compelled to admit them in some cases. Its relations. and occur often even in the natural sciences. too. wholly under my own control. And at all events. and the proof must be proportioned to the nature and magnitude of the thing to be established. " Tou may wish me to refer to some facts. and perplexities. and consequences. Inequalities. But it must be proved. 397 in every variety of circum- and tested by all orders of men. until we know what the power is. and wait for greater revelations. if not of necessity. to sustain belief in such monstrous capacities.APPENDIX. I proposed the questions in the most guarded manner. as they then existed. — ' . whether I understand its nature or not. before A will or can fully believe. that it becomes the part of wisdom. Then. its uses. repeated stance.

'- With great regard. It should be subjected to private and quiet examinations. If it will I us learn what is. Of her power. know or believe. am and encouragingly. let If it will not bear this trial. It is hardly a subject for lectures "I or public discourses. much less for exhibition and profit. It has no claim to be called a science. to But one proof. patient. if APPENDIX. or and describe bodies examine that of any somnambulist. then gave it back to the writer. all of light only as can penetrate passage enclosed containing a I have seen a sealed letter. %n lead. She described distant whose position in some cases I had just changed. if not convince. Hall. let it it fall. I have seen no the subon nothing of our first physicians. I believe little. At other times. she has done the same in regard to my own house. for blindness her taking (not ways. the letter was my presence. not satisfied. "E. to silence. rigid. though unquestionable). and is not revived again for years. such existence in other cases so I did not then wonderfully . I am not sanguine about its progress or its benefits If wisely pursued. has recently told me of a case of his own there being two differences' in spelling only. that I could only marvel. and houses in Then. whatever of truth or delusion it contains will appear in good time As yet. Yet it will not surprise me if the whole matter dies away soon. satisfactory diseases in others. There is much doing now. and fear nothing. and afterward opened in icrote what she had read in it . B. most sceptics. unsparing experiment.398 But. which letter than a moment. for that denotes something known and settled. all m she held at the side of her head not more sight. and the two writings agreed in every word. and am convinced that she sees various 1 have tried it in the eye. neither weakly trusted nor weakly told. whose objects. scientific inquiry. or with such rays than organ either by some other if there are any substances. as to her power of seeing other towns and States granted. yet candid and kind. regard the whole subject as a matter of curious study." . I was confounded. so truly. privately scorned. who has published which is enough ject. but hope something.

and which were the objects I should wish to have promptness. tion. they from it others to draw whatever inferences that my say with too great minuteness. accuracy. without coloring to visit the Mansfield mines in my August vacaby friends in Boston. leaving of residence in Roxbury. before trial. in the course of my conversation on the whole myself. and in which he simply mentioned Magnetism. and a determination to watch. brother your duction presented to you by me from "Intending being 'a brother teacher. MR. with the Harring"Meeting accidentally with my friend Mr. of this place. who had recently induced. a sceptic should seem which evidence by only subject. B was then residing. which Mr. and described by Miss Brackett with a said. Miss him accompany me. as I really was. from one anxious to see the effects of Animal Not a syllable other motives than those of mere curiosity. Joseph ton.APPENDIX. and seek an opportunity to see letter of introthe me for obtained One of these friends kindly in Boston. I will only charged desire and purpose or reservation. Jr. about described. me irresistible. Sir: I shall give you a simple narrative of what Miss Brackett passed in my presence. your evidently sincere desire. remember that distinctly I that might pass before me.. very kindly and politely . 399 FROM THE REV. also. on the evening when to my place conducted into the magnetic sleep and "Mr. and expressed repeatedly and this was. C. look. closest scrutiny. Metcalf at whose house granted. as the facts proper. to go on to powers witnessed the them myself. You must remember. with you. and 1 am particularity which amazed me. T. if it ex- . and you to make such a use of it as you may think If please. of his strong desire to clairvoyance. November 27. every circumstance. I had avowed that. in your presence. Hartshorn: "Dear was put appeared to me.. I was of different somnambulists. to be reclaimed to and movement. KENT. also. " Roxburt. Providence. my was sure no one could have conjectured. I reauested. is to state the whole truth. who assured me witness an exhibition of somnambulic the privilege of having isted. 1837.

At first. "On being roused by Dr. but said that. the magnetizer. Dr. and with the same result. and. to prevent the effects of too strong a light. Capron readily complied with my request. and it remained in its place through the whole time. her hand. which could have indicated which hand would be approached. in a few minutes. without a word spoken. or sign given. and Miss B. and having the honr fixed upon. Harrington. her arm and hand were gently agitated. After Miss Brackett was apparently in a profound sleep. and. and directly before. " In order to prevent unfairness or collusion between the parties. The experiment was repeatedly tried on the right and left hands. This cotton was watched. Metcalf's ai half-past 7 p. with Mr. Miss B. passed twice round the room. stating the motive which led me to wait on him and solicit the favor of seeing his patient in the magnetic sleep. m. Capron requested us to observe the effect of pointing his fingers towards. in every instance successfully. with several other gentlemen and ladies. the agitation increasing as* his fingers approached.. we went to Mr. as her eyes were still. I will only mention one or two phenomena which I have not seen stated. as they had been for several days. Dr. by Miss Metcalf. before them. and. Capron. and took my seat at her side. to see a ray of light. to our astonishment. Capron. after I had placed a rocking-chair where I pleased. her. had been led to it in the perfect attitudes of blindness. on Dr. or cotton. avoiding ourselves. even with the best eyes.. ment were then requested to try the same experiand did so without the least effect. in our presence. inflamed. Capron soon came in. it would be necessary to put a bandage. who were successively introduced. After calling. and were introduced to Miss Brackett. Dr. it was brought. balls.400 APPENDIX. We . until her hand was drawn or attracted with violence up to the magnetizer's. I proposed the latter. according to the direction. but without touching by several inches. he proposed to commence the process of magnetizing. I requested that lamps might be placed near. Of the process of magnetizing. rolled into and inserted between the spectacles she wore and her in such a manner that it would have been impossible for eyes. Miss Brackett instantly started from her chair. with a rapid and sure step.

state. beckoned me room. on which was written.— APPENDIX. I think. who went to him. where Dr. or of this. had she witnessed the ceremony of taking pure castor a thousand times. stay where there were so many people. it " She raised the tumbler to her lips. seized its handle instantly and unerringly. Will the contents of the tumbler He then beckoned to to be castor oil. and whis' . before the doctor's entrance. and gained the outer step. when she was again introduced to all the strangers present the first introduction having been made while she was in her natural . no. 'you know it is not "Miss B. persuading her to return. drink a little of it. without moving a limb. the apparent effect on her could not have been more true to nature. to a severe headache. 'Why?' ' " Miss B. uttering a syllable more little " 'Come.' alluding. and suddenly replaced in her lap. " Mr. brought. and. he said. Harrington She her to drink some of it. when Mr. ' ' good. and. after who had drew to a corner of the paper. Capron. and simply held the paper before ' me.' "Dr C. turning her face towards us. and. seated her in the chair she had left. as I supposed. as she did so.' She then hurried through the parlor to the door of the entry.' " She did so. "Dr Capron then requested a tumbler of water to be drinking about half of it himself. after writing on a slip of to him. retaking his seat.. which was placed between two and three feet before Miss Brackett.her arm. Come. reading the sentence. of which she had spoken to us in the course of our conversation. and saying that she 'could not. did repeatedly. and. Capron took . Dr. drink a and you will feel better. and. Lurena. and. opened it. Good! moving her lips. 401 every individual and article of furniture. It is very good. he apparently sunk into a profound and roused Miss B. with evident nausea and aversion. and would not. and. and requested afterwards quiet sleep.' "Dr. C. Why ? It makes me sick. indicated by a nod that he would cheerfully do it. or words to that effect. drink one mouthful. O.' "Dr C. the last while in the magnetic state. Harrington again summoned the doctor.

on Dr.' " Dr. and repeated only pered.' " Eousing. ' Well.' "Some one of the strangers present now requested. On looking into the tumbler. He turned. and watched both her countenance and Dr. that he would will the tumbler to be Jilted with an ice-cream: I sat at Miss B. it's very good. and. tasting. she looked into the empty tumbler. to 'will it After long persuasion. she put her hand to her face in apparent pain. C. she said " You know I cannot drink "Dr.' spoon was then brought and given her. to be C. is not that good?' "Miss B. 'Why?' ' it. she seemed to smile ironically. Lurena. drank the whole of the water that remained. it's very good. Lurena. " I then requested Dr. which could have indicated the nature of my request. Come. I "Dr. On further inquiry. by any other person in the room. must have assumed. in a whisper. in the same manner. as one wait- "A ing for a servant to take it. but a little too sour. 'Yes. without a word or gesture. and replaced the tumbler in her lap. but a little too highly flavored for me. drink what have got for you You will find it very good. 's elbow. I've been waiting for a spoon this half hour. now. 's words and motions. I believe ' to have been impossible. C. and "'Drink this! drink this! you know I cannot. pleasant lemonade. however.— 402 — APPENDIX. Collusion. while eating it. she put the tumbler cautiously to her lips.' with an expression of countenance which any one.'s part.' " Miss B.' " I should have mentioned that. 'Well. too low to be heard ' Will. imitating to perfection the manner of a lady taking an ice-cream in a fashionable and elegant circle. "Dr. C. now. or anything like a secret understanding between them in what ' ' ' followed. She raised the tumbler. C. seeing snuff to be the contents of a tumbler about to be drank off. and continued silent. Why.' words resembling those used said in the first experiment. she finished it. that it is . how do you like that ? " Miss B. and.snuff. C. . C.

'What is the matter with your face? "Miss B. and ' tossing There.'' "I then requested Dr. if precisely as one it.' Liftwould by the nape of the neck. 'O. What have you put that in my lap for? \ siia'n't take it! I won't! "Dr. "I now requested Dr. 'Why do you wish to go high?' ' . but remained silent. yes. C. What have you in your lap?' Looking down. evidently offended. We will go through the air. by him or any one else. and I should like to go high. 'Pretty? no. she instantiy began to draw her arms up with aversion at the object seen. Will you go?' "Miss B. 403 "Dr. take it. in a whisper scarcely audible to him. 'Well. Lurena. at some one's suggestion. or gesture. Capron to take Hie tumbier from her. or the least motion. either by a whisper. that no direction. 'Well. as I did mine her side. if you please.' "Dr. Kent wishes us to go to Roxbury and visit his house. she said. wake up. and I am as certain as I am of being able to see or hear anything directly before me.' "Dr ing it C. take the dirty black thing ! "The preceding experiments were tried. C. C. to ' will a black kitten to he in her lap. even in whisper.' She seemed gradually to wake. he said. C.' ' * "MissB.' as the nearest prominent object to my own ' house. C.' ' APPENDIX. Mr. C. could not have been anticipated. " Dr. she said. to any one. taking his seat be- fore her. in consequence of our having heard that similar ones had been made without failure in any instance. 'Yes. making and see what you have in your lap. ' you do not like it. was given by the magnetizer to the magnetized. What is the matter? Is it not pretty? "Drawing her arms still farther up. 'I won't. 'Why. 'Lurena. come. and I know that the directions I gave Dr.' He at assented. it makes my teeth ache : if s so cold. 'In what way shall we go?' "Miss B. "Dr. C. I should like to go very well. and to stop in front of the Universalist meeting-house at the bottom of the hill. and. and. give it to me. pause. without previously uttering a syllable.' "Dr. Capron to take her to Roxbury.

"At this moment. have we got there?' Yes. What do you see? H Yes there are - before the meeting-house. look round look up . place to place has been correctly described . has no clock. Miss Bracket. Harrington now requested you to ask her what she saw. 'I am here on a visit.' were room when all present were led up and mentioned or introduced. what o'clock 'It is it?' "MissB. Dr C. ' • tion. In about one and a half minutes.' ' Mr. "Miss B. Hartshorn. Mr. as I was wholly ignorant of the manner of it Dr. you ask that question? You we can see agree. Miss •' B I see a building.' for yourself. to avoid the steeples and trees that will be in our way. . that I might first see you take the guidance of her. said'*' Wei. 0. ' here?' "Mr. H. I requested. 'Why. Mr. but I should like to know how it is a large meeting-house. " Mr. it looks so silly. we have: with an appearance of exhausMiss B. how do you do? I am very happy to meet you in Roxbury.' . however. "Mr. Capron proposed to put me in communication with her. H. H Well. 'Well. Mis* H B What 'It is a sort of a building is it?' brick one. Lurena. . "Mr "Mr H B "Miss Yes. as he had engagements to attend to at the hour arrived. mentioned that this might be as and introduced you. to have lights on posts in the daytime! If I could only reach higher I wouid take them down. H.404 ' APPENDIX.' • The appearance manifested on her passage from by others. • after apparent examination. how came you to be well. Miss B ' Why. Miss Brackett. Dr. as well as I can.' Correct. what building have we not in the "You here? "Miss B Why do 'Why.' Mr Harrington now directed you to ask what she saw • ' This is correct Mr. after she was magnetized.' Are there any lights?' and what strange people they are in Roxbury.

. Yes. H.' In a few moments. money upon a this " The building where one. H. ' What have you there 'Why. in her hand. 'Well. but. Castana nut " Miss B. She then appeared to eat some kind of fruit. we go now ? "Miss B. They taste very good. I should. It will refresh you to take something after your rapid journey.. Harrington's suggestion. I haven't paid the genlaying.. " Mr. as it were. Miss Brackets we will go to this building. occupied at present as a imaginary scene passed is a brick The West India goods store. day after my return from Providence. How pleasant it is It is so good I think I'll take another.' "Mr. at Mr. Are we there?' " Miss B.' and seeming to take up the fruit again and eat it. I have no money. by direction. and apparently laid down what she held ' ' ' Mr. tleman. Miss Brackett.' She ' ! did so. I don't know what you ' but I call a Castalia nuf 'Well. you sir. H. it Castalia nut You mean. Miss Brackett? Do you wish for money? Here it is.APPENDIX. shall 'If "Mr. and so hard that I still ? trying with ' greater effort. after a moment's pause. But. H.' a Castalia nut. can't crack it. I beg your pardon.' 'What do you see?' O. we are. 'Now. 'What are you eating. how beautiful these are! How good they "Miss B. the ' ? ' Yes. 405 "Mr. putting her left hand under the chin. H. I called at this store . taste!' suddenly stopping. 'I thank you.' "MissB. H..' please. do you call it. "Mr. H. it's ' ? "MissB.' "Mr. not. smiling with evident pleasure. said. look round and see what else you may like. . I forgot. There. and see what there may be there ? ' ' "MissB. " Mr. should you like to go in. ' ' " Mr. counter. 'Well. They are apples or pears. H. H. 'O. I don't hardly know. she seemed like one attempting to crack a ' hard-shelled nut with the teeth. O. said. sir. What sort of fruit is it ? " Miss B.

Kent. and directed me to a basket of apples which he said had been sale on the counter three or four days. 'In the stage! You have just said you came in Your stories do not seem tohany together.406 and inquired. Miss Brackett. it is certain I am here. and wish you to go with me to my house. the cars! " 'I confess. I am laughing at the fact that you. "MissB. first. sir. I will.' They were there in one of the three divisions of a box. we must go She laughed back and start again. who was introduced to you in Providence. 'Miss Brackett. Miss Brackett? audibly.' " Miss B. He replied in the affirmative. "At the door of the store you will remember having put me in communication with her. Stop. had she been present when she seemed to enjoy them so much.' " Well. I believe I am wrong. and giving two or three directions. 'Why. ' ' ' ' ' when you don't know fess. "Have you any Castana nuts?' 'You will find them in the window next to the door. ' . who has lost the place in his manuscript. in consequence of what very I had witnessed and heard after her arrival in Roxbury. 'What are you laughing at. sir. " 'I followed you in the railroad cars. H.' "Mr. whether the storekeeper had any fruit for on "Wednesday evening. much resembled those of an oratorical tyro. which it is not in his power to .' " Good-evening. On tasting one. Mr. Kent. I am very glad to see you in Roxbury taking her hand. a short distance from this.' smiling. here is our mutual friend. containing different kinds of nuts. suppose. that I cannot tell you how I came. Mr. 'Why. a gentleman. 's taste. and stands before an audience evidently waiting for words. should invite me to attend you to your house.' " Miss B. how did you get here so soon?' with apparent surprise and emphasis. but that is of no consequence. that the way there yourself!' I cheerfully con- my feelings at this moment. "Miss B. In the cars! That is impossible! You could not travel so fast in the cars as I did through the air. I certainly should not have doubted the correctness of Miss B. then. Miss Brackett. Will you attend me?' "Miss B. 'Yes.' "After a time sufficient to conduct her only a few steps. that I came in the stage. I said. APPENDIX.

H. sort of Why do you Ko it one is it?' ask such questions? ' "Mr. "We will go forward a ' little. 'Yes. after looking up. and here is our friend. ' corner is ' Mr. Will you go with me to Mr. for you can in opinion. and said.' Mr.. the left-hand pause.APPENDIX. I It may think it is. see it I shall not tell yourself.. H.' She . see ?' ' ' direction 'We are now at the first corner ' on the right. 'I will. ' After a short Are we there "MissB. and put creatures on their barns. on the top of it? Look up. Is there any yard here V As house. ' ? ' 4 What ' is there before his house ' ? I sha'n't tell you. Miss Brackett. H.' me. a green one . utteny at fault! I did not feel certain that I should select such landmarks and use such terms as would be sure to guide such a companion to the house. yes. Miss B. by "Miss B. and on 'Is there anything "Mr. I am very free to acknowledge. 'Mr. Mr..' ' ? See it ? A large ?' 'Is ' a tavern be. Miss Yard? • Yes. "MissB. with evident pleasantry.' There is on this livery stable an unusually large gilded vane. after a pause. "What do you see brick house. wish to see whether we agree a very large barn. " Mr. you had never seen ' H my you know.' 'Why. " who will take you in charge. Kent's "Miss to B.' • H B What Is it . " Miss B. "Mr H. 'We will now go forward. 407* command. H. H.' " Miss B. ? ' Hartshorn.. for tell O. * H a gravelled one?' is Miss B. under ' my direction. " Miss B.' 'It's The stable by which she must pass measures ninety feet by thirty-two. what curious people there are here! They keep lamps on posts burning in the daytime./*??* Tie does not seem knoio the way there himself P "Mr. H.' 'I " Mr. you know it is. What do you you. that you may have a ' better guide. Miss Brackett. cross a street. in the form of a horse. " Mr H. Kent's house. "Mr. your question was put at random ' MissB Mr.

Well.. What a handsome carpet this is! "Mr. over the table is a painting The is! with earnest emphasis.' " 'Is there anything over it?' " Miss B. apparently looking at the wall. " I was here again put in communication with her. "Miss B. Miss Brackett. sir— a table.' others. we will go in and enter the room on the Are we there?' left. as in several other instances. How beautiful she O. Miss Brackett. seemed here. H. but found. Kidderminster. I wish I could push it back. 'Oh. of a full-length portrait of the Maid of Athens. on my return. and hangs nearest the door. "Mr. 'Yes. What do you see here? ' " Miss B. Chinese copy also. H. I was unconscious of any striking defect in the hair. with perfect eyes and the most discriminating taste. that lady is perfect. in words. what a the hair of beautiful picture this It would be perfect if little farther back. 'How beautiful that arm is!' The picture described is a Chinese copy of a lady holding a kitten in her arms. " Is there anything on this table? "Miss B. It comes too low Speaking in a whisper to herself. that I have repeatedly heard made by the lady was pushed a over the forhead. could have made more just criticism upon Her remark upon the arm was precisely it than she did. but it is not woollen. 'Well. Her answer was correct. Yes. It's a very handsome one. '"We will now. or what is it?' "Miss B. pass ' on.' "Miss B. to feel that she was trifled with. you see me now at home. if you please. what hair! it spoils it. the same. and they are the handsomest of the kind ' ' ' ' ' . What kind of a carpet is it? Is it Brussels. by direction.408 APPENDIX. Although it has been there three years. and I wish you to look round this room and tell me what you think of the different laid ' objects here. one which had been purchased at the factory and - ' ' down a short time before.. See! what you see.' and was correctly described. as if attempting to do so.' motioning with her fingers. -is! ' O. that no artist. 'I hardly know what to call it.' The carpet is a painted canvas.

that is! ' I 'Yes. in the cover of each.' putting the ends of my fingers "MissB. " ' Ko.' The urn standing 'It looks white — there was a large one. I don't know what color to call it. This is the key. seeming to make an unsuccessful attempt. with a third. on my return.' "Miss B. Is there any work-boxes. which I remembered leaving on this ta. resembling them in external appearance. I have given you the wrong one. ' 'You can look through I shall not the top "Miss B. " ble before the learn her opinion. she opened the box. Miss Brackett. what I believe is not common. having in my own mind a large book of paintings on rice paper. had locked the outside work-box. in my room. it is 'I locked. The key was described with amusing and singular accuracy and I found. " 'I whose merits I was curious to She smiled.. in compliance with our agreement before I left home.' ' " What is its color?' " Miss B. can't. .' look through the cover of such a one as this to hers. unknown to me and every one else. cunning little key this is! I never saw one of such a color. and looking at it with a smile. and of such a color. There were on the table two Chinese work-boxes. red. and. "Well. asked what else she saw on the table. K. but would make no reply. 0.APPENDIX. in a few moments. a very beautiful cluster of flowers painted on white satin. open and look into it. and handing it back again. I ever saw. that Mrs.' suggestion. and seemed to admire the inside. here is the key..' "At your of it.' " 'Well. I. holding it up.' Inserting and carefully turning it. wish you now to look at the fireplace. is. that she should make what striking alterations.' speaking in an undertone. 409 I How very beautiful these arel must look into one of them. trying not fit' ' it. of ' thing before it ? "Miss B. It does Oh. she pleased.' "Miss B. I want the key. 'What a pretty. what a singular and splendid urn never saw one so large. having the usual pieces within. of polished variegated porphyry.

Stop a moment I want to rest me on this sofa. Miss Brackett? Miss B. Miss Brackett. " 'What more do you see here?' "Miss B. and what may be there. if you please. I continued " What do you see.' as small again. and put herself exactly in the attitude of our Saviour. as she spoke. 'What a beautiful picture that is " Is it a large one ? ' — ' ' ' ' ' !' . ' It's too small. her breast. standing directly under the picture. why. look high. There are two. and hangs about one and a half feet over the mantel-piece. there ' is. she bent O. raising her eyes. Will you go now? ' .' "Miss B. I "And what do you will.' A sofa stands between the fireplace and door. or vases. 'Yes. folded her arms on. 'Yes. there any thing under it? "Miss B. see will now.' find in this room?' . 'Thy will be done. look down. If s an image of Christ. And. as he is painted in a miniature which represents him at the moment when he This painting is on ivory.' inches square in the clear. how beautiful beautiful! forward. " In a few moments.. go into the other room. and placed there but a few days before. covering large specimens of Chinese rice-paper flowers.' There were four glass shades.. two of them touching each other at each end of a long and broad mantel-piece. by which she would naturally pass. had then seen it. It was received from Canton. set in a deep and broad gilt frame.' There was. speaking with. " Vases! "Miss B. look over the mantel-piece. you can see as well as I do. a cast-iron image of our Saviour bearing his cross. ' 'What ' large and beautiful vases these ' are!' How many are there? Why. evident emotion and veneration. except my family. three said.' ' Is it as small as the one opposite? "Miss B. my head aches. ' You know promptly. "We ' ' "Miss B. in bass-relief. you is know it is " Well. " 'Now. Is there anything there?' " Miss B.— 410 APPENDIX. Correct. " ' ' No : it's a very small one.' "What "Miss is it?' B. and I know that no individual in America. ' ' "MissB.

' On I the piano-forte. in sport. that Mrs. ' I should ' think she is about twenty. they are beautiful.' they are. to the piano. and. after indulging her in looking at the pictures a short time. he said Well.' I found. to receive her from me. Mr.' "'You do what "MissB. this ' book of pictures. Are there any other persons in the room? * These and many of the succeeding questions were put Dr. Kent wishes us Will you go ? ' ' now to go up.. ' Why. But I must go back into look longer at the pictures there. placed a coffee-pot in its stead. There is There was no such picture in tJie room. C* 'We " What do you go up and enter the left-hand door. 'I don't know. them?' • ' ' Why. know what one that looks like an apostle. and tell me the pictures are. very beautiful. raising her eyes. O. on my return. but not mentioned. on which she made the same remarks as before. 'How old do you think she is? "Miss B. 'See! "Dr.' bowing and smiling. in this room. "'How old is she?' "Miss B. C. K. ' 'Yes.stairs. Don't you see " Where are they? "MissB. "Miss B.' ' "Dr. being unacquainted with my house. 'O. 'How ".' ' see here? MissB. . want Heave others to decide. Whether or not this was the object smiled at. by my direction. Returning with my charge to the other room. I see a lady.' Miss B. "MissB. these are beautiful.— APPENDIX. C. C. to the other room. as she spoke. I will. Capron. I requested Dr. that is a polite question! Madam. Lurena. C. Look round. don't like this 411 But I 'What' are there pictures here too? room not? so well as the other. where I left it. had removed this booh from the table in the other room. He did so.' "What are they?' 'Why. I don't if you please. ' the gentleman wishes me to ask you how old you are ! ' "Dr. and.' is she dressed? ' Her answer was correct.' will "Dr. although there had been but a few days before. who had now come in.

and appeared. this is a kitchen too. On my stating to the latter that. sort of C. Why.' There is in the corner of this kitchen a small table. 'No. Capron. You will re- member having assured me. He's a "Dr. why did they tell me Mr.' left-hand door into another room. She replied that she was certain of having left it half full. We will now go forward and down-stairs. without letting any one know the object of my examination. Capron to take her into the next apartment. however.' "Miss B. and the left-hand door. was the only person up. but/ with evident surprise. to be left empty when my domestic retired. Lurena — anything "MissB. was here at fault. in consequence of finding more water in the boiler than she expected on that evening. ' and take the Are we there? "Miss B.' forgetting. Correct. and very good water. on which my cook keeps habitually a water-pail. A . C. eat?' It's a large kitchen. Kent teas a minister? It isn't true. 'Well. looked at me. sir. both to Miss Brackett and Dr. she seemed "Dr.412 APPENDIX. correct. C. with a lattice front. 'We will go through the next one. ' ' schoolmaster ! ' to believe that his patient Dr. in the There were. al- though I had been a minister. C. the pumproom.' through pass ' "What sort of ' room is it?' "Miss B.' Correct. I found. "Dr. In a short time to to be sipping something. she was he said. Mrs. This pail. C. two children asleep " Dr. at the time. only as a minister. ' we will now go into the next room. however. four nights in succession. 'What have you found. at least. chamber. in the bed. on the evening when we before separated the Franklin House in Providence. 'Eat! no. K. What room is it?' " Miss B. I inquired of her if she remembered certainly whether there was water left in the pail on the evening mentioned. On my return. Yes. only it is a smaller ont. I now directed Dr. in my astonishment at what had passed before me. that there was an intermediate ' room. that you had mentioned me. It's water. and generally a longhandled tin dipper in it. too.

" Dr. we need not be in haste. to Miss Brackett. my head aches. at length said. who had been totally silent on the subject. The stairs leading to the room above are in one ' ' ' ' corner of the school-room. Kent wishes us to see. and he is a schoolis a school-room. and in broad sunlight. ' master. C. Dr. and said. And what singular desks these are! He has chairs fixed instead of seats.' "Dr. ' Well. "Will you go ? " Miss B. 'I don't want to go up these stairs. Capron. sit down. from the fact that I had myself scrupulously guarded against giving the least hint of them to any one. that less than three days had elapsed since than she did patience to my letter of introduction to you was written. you say this is his room. Lurena? 413 is Why do you say he a school- Why.' He then made a few motions with the hands before her. would be a gross and unpardonable insult to unimpeachable integrity. C. Harrington. not out of it. because this I could not at this moment repress my imhave her conducted to the room above. that I was a it. the character and contents of which. nor to any one else in Providence. we will now go put of this room. which Mr. They are the hardest stairs I ever went up.' Apparently making an effort. to Dr.APPENDIX. Lurena. C.' It would have been impossible for a person with perfect eyes. 'Why?' "MissB. are 'steep and twisting/ and have more than once occasioned in others the same complaint while ascending them. could be known neither to yourself. in reply to his invitation. And I never saw such a one. Stop. perfect stranger to your brother in Boston. who penned and that to entertain a moment's suspicion of collusion between him and the gentleman who obtained it for me by which any intelligence of the truth might have been secretly communicated. C.' ' ' ' Dr. I can't go up yet. schoolmaster. Come. Well. Because they are so steep and twisting. I must sit down in this chair and rest me. to give a more accurate description of this room ' ' master? Miss B. are you in the room? ' . and upstairs into the room above. except Mr. He has pictures here too. after which she soon roused. I was sure.

across the room. Metcalf's. a month. as I supposed. or partition. to a bust of plaster of Paris. re-entering the room at Mr. C. the parents of Mr. Why. are!' room! And only look! He has got it full behind the windows. strangers. She was then charged to remember some of the things. ' ' ' to a friend's house in this place. with the different sensations which ferent objects they were adapted to produce. " In eight or ten days after. C. Harrington called upon me and expressed a wish to see my cabinets. C. 'Why do you ask me that question. Kent is! He is a minister and a schoolmaster. How many things there While she appeared to examine objects. there are two gentlemen here. Why.414 APPENDIX. It looks like marble. I must see all these things. when you know I have just put one into your hand? There were shells After she had seemed to examine the difwithin her reach. He did so. saying ' . she stay as long as. she pleased. "Miss B. " Dr.' ' "Dr. but she refused decidedly to would leave this room to see no other one in Roxbury. to take her "Dr. that is very handsome. 'What now do you see? Look up. what a saw one before that went curious window that is! I never window. and she was introduced to these gentlemen. to question her in relation to what she saw. with a view to have them described the next day. to whom I have not been introduced!' It was acknowledged. too. and several large articles connected loith natural history. There is a glass clear across a "MissB. C. and keeps a museum. " Reconducted to Providence in the same manner as she came to Roxbury. assured that she might return to look at my cabinets when.' My astonishment was at this moment complete. saying.' " Miss B. who had entered the room between her leaving and returning to Providence. is it possible? What a singular Mr. 'Yes. 'What is it?' " Miss B. Are there any shells here? "Miss B. and go. What large things! The glass seems to magnify them. I requested Dr. around. to secure my apparatus. I could stay man here four or five days. she instantly said. standing on a pedestal against ' the partition. yes.' Alluding. 'Why. from a distant State. C. I requested Dr. Why.

a large table in the centre of the room. had specified in his letter a bust of Milton. that she had described to Miss Metcalf. certain objects which he mentioned. and cheerfully leave the subject with those who may think it worthy either of their ridicule or serious consideration. What shall we do with these ' The facts. with Miss Brackett. or museum." from mr. joseph harrington.' written deeply and legibly on the back of it. and a box covered with paper. "Benjamin Kent. as they You my best recollection. but which they had decided not to name. which touched a board partition.' where any other than his would be likely to have place. if I could. which belong to a perspective box. "Roxbuby. in a teacher's room. as it was. But — ' — ' I promised. on being requested by a gentleman to examine it. I keep that promise. November "Dear view of Sir: I my above-mentioned interfriend. 1837. where they found every object Mr. at the It is right to felt moment of leaving you. 29. in doing have. calmly and humbly asking for myself. several pictures scattered on one side of it. ferences to be drawn from them I have nothing here to do. and spent the night in examination. sir.— APPENDIX. which strikingly resembles what Miss Brackett said it was 'something like Mosaic work. without reservation or intentional coloring. Milton. Kent. to describe and have place at your disposal an account of what I saw and heard. Mr. and with was present at the . this. We went to the room. that there may seem to be indelicacy in thus exposing to the public the objects to be found in a private dwelling. With the in- things ?' „ y 0UIS} very respectfully and truly. seen. appeared to me. have avoided it. until I found. the whole truth. H. until they had seen for themselves. what I had forgotten the name. and. "I am aware. and I would. mentioning that Miss Brackett had returned to them. jr. are at your disposal. according to obliged to give literally the questions asked and answers returned. the next day.' I could not account for her recognition of Milton's bust. after being put into the magnetic sleep. 415 that they had received a letter from him (he had not yet returned home).

but seen nothing. " JoSEPH H RI* GT0N Jr ^ - > FROM MB. the exception of a few unimportant particulars. Hartshorn. CHURCH. and its mysterious nature unravelled. sir. like most others. cily. or in the pockets . I was. Unless our senses were grossly deceived. and that of a young lady of this saw her the latter part of May. And most desirous must every lover of truth be. etc. "In reply. I first ployed to rouse sleeping persons. She was also made to see and describe distinctly the number of persons in the room. " Your obedient servant. on the evening referred to. or our judgments thoroughly bewildered. "Mr. T. FREDERICK "Mr. from which she could not be awakened by any of the means usually em- known to you.» " With great respect. 1. If your humble servant. and to eat bread. or its astounding revelations be corroborated by accumulated testimony.. cake. hardly less wonderful is the dexterity of the impostors sess any. we were. and that its juggles. if it pos- be exposed. by causing her to see things which existed only in imagination. to drink water from an empty cup. S. spectators of wonderful and unexplained mental phenomena. has been duped. the magnetizer proceeded to show the influence of his will. C. After seeing her put into an apparently sound and quiet sleep. that the subject of 'Animal Magnetism' should receive that attention memory which it merits. articles of small size wrapped in many thicknesses of cloth. and having previously heard much. C. fruit. for instance. I can only say that my observation has been confined principally to one case. September 1837 Hartshorn: "Sir: In a conversation with you a few evenings ago. rather incredulous respecting the facts related to me by those who had witnessed them. T. you asked of me a short sketch of what I had seen of the phe- nomenon called somnambulism.416 APPENDIX. should than somnambulism itself. " Peovedence. I bear unhesitating witness to the truth of every statement contained in his communication. from an empty plate. wherein my does not distinctly serve me.

many which place persons there collected. I was once induced to request her being sent to the Island of Cuba. had the most remote conception.'' " She was then directed to enter a large building in that vicinity the Cathedral. and. put the matter of her spiritual vision beyond the possibility of a doubt. I was satisfied she was at Matanzas. by sending her along the sea-coast in a southwesterly direction. Being asked what kind of church it was. although very young. until she came to another city. she was directed to go west about sixty miles. She was then directed to go diNot more rectly south over the sea. The request was complied with. until she came to the peninsula of Florida. It was almost immediately found. On being asked their probable age. there of she saw on the right-hand side going stone building. until she came to land. suspended by a chain. . and. " She also described correctly the quay. she said that ' two were nearly bald. in my mind. so far as my memory served. the launches load- ing from an open shed.' fully satisfying me tL nt she recognized the ' priest with the shaven crown. Castle Blanco. with the forts on the opposite side of the entrance. announced than half a minute elapsed before she She was then told to seek a city. smoking. she replied she — did not know. Moro Castle. she described a large to be a which I knew new prison then building. was very correct. the shipping and the harbor generally. 417 of the persons present Having known of her being sent abroad and describing persons and things. Leading questions were of course avoided. etc. and having found her descriptions to be generally correct. . unfinished. etc. mounted with cannon. and relate what did. fore. She saw one bearing a bright vessel. having never seen anything of the kind beObserving a number of priests officiating at the altar. it would. and three. her attention was directed to them. where proof was to be had. in. where the 'merchants do most congregate. being called on to describe the entrance from the Wishing at that sea.APPENDIX. likewise the city walls. were beginning to be so. if she could describe things which neither she nor any one present. the lighthouse. time to have her at Havana. knowing that. save myself. which she Being told to enter it by the harbor. and her description of it was very minute. is used as a Kind of Ex- change.. with standing. her arrival.

including a miniature brig suspended from tne ceiling. so far as my memory could be relied on was strictiy correct. the floor of the altar as being beautiin fully inlaid with marble. statues. And her whole description. only stating facts. and nearly ten days elapsed before . and the smoke altar. as she knew it must have been in a foreign country the appearance of things being so entirely different from anything she had before seen.. and not at- tempting to account for them. that. mosaic. the altar. to- gether with the interior of the church. cease. . with orange-trees on the border. She described with exactness the organ as being very small for so iarge a building. "I recognized. when she asked me where she had been sent. wnich he swung before and others engaged apparently at prayer. shipwreck by praying heartily to his patron fulfilled his saint. then taken back again. another time.418 APPENDIX. I would observe. I met her again. by some pious individual. " Frederick S. the church at that place. the public square. and so used several times during the ceremony. with the peculiar architecture and location of the town. the quay or landing. " Respectfully yours. "I close by giving you the assurance of my most implicit belief in what I have witnessed. ornaments. who had been saved from . which is capitals of the the fact. being situated in an arch of the ceiling above the columns. and thus vows by dedicating the said vessel to his or her glory. on first being sent to Cuba. from whence issued a smoke. by her descrption. describing the vessels in the harbor with sufficient exactness for me to identify one in "At which I was interested. and a marble statue in the centre. and much out of place. when it would be handed to a boy in attendance. Church* . three ladies of my acquaintance at their residence. she visited Matanzas. and kneeling before the Occasionally a 'id would close over it. also the many and splendid paintings on the walls. etc. no name of place was given her.

be inserted the following passage: So long as these magnetizers perform their experiments in the dark. of the left lobe of tbe 3angs. 419 NOTE XXIX.* "A somnambulist. six months after having written tbe preceding lines.APPENDIX. Foissac. while his work was in the press. be that Deleuze bad tberi in bis mind tbe lamented published bis work on physiology a fewI am sure tbe reader will be obliged to me for years before. with the aid of their abettors. nor of notoriety. It and integrity no person has yet dared was not the love of the marvellous. they will permit us to omit the trouble of refuting ' But Georget's incredulity havof the Hôtel Dieu. so long as they do not work their mh\ acles before tbe Academy of Sciences or the Faculty of Medicine. . and whose to dispute. and that he bad himself put to sleep several of his convalescent patients. translating tbe brief notice of him taken by M. ' and caused them succinct analysis. produced to science. and sometimes a sharp affection in the correspondIt often happened that they were immediately attacked with epilepsy and hysterical fits when they touched persons afflicted with these maladies. In bis work on madness. of which we shall present a very " When he put his somnambulists in communication with a sick person. entirely independent of the paThose of La Salpêtrière afford instances titent's imagination. just before the attacks came on. to speak. of the extraordinary talents phenomena of and tested by men who are an ornament somnambulism. said she * See note and as if with her on transmission of pain. Georget to study the subject. their reveries or their faith. be experiments the by shaken been ing examined with distrust what he at first rejected with disdain. he added. who bad page 283. which induced M. may Georget. they immediately experienced a pain. in a note. "The experiments at the Hôtel Dieu bave proved the real- ity of a particular agent.—Page It 137. ing organs. and. an uneasiness. who had an inflammation saw very well. that he bad since witnessed several magnetic phenomena.

. power upon the respiratory muscles. The healthy lobe had a rosy appearance. said she. and few poHe always administered everything they prescribed for tions. ' It was curious. moxas. in fact. and never had reason ' to repent of doing it. caused eighteen or twenty moxas to be applied to herself. and sometimes One day. she saw less and less clearly. two of which. and such danger of suffocation. and presenting grayish spots in several others. however. and even to the burning of the moxa when. — themselves. appearing largest. In proportion as the inflammation diminished. They rarely employed any but those remedies which were daily made use of in their presence bleeding. and make him determine to attempt nothing of the kind again. "He suspended the muscular power of his somnambulists with the same success. and he produced such — an immobility of the thorax. were agitated by a peculiar movement. sensation. he tried this in another. the other organs being no more seen.' says he. and. Georget observed several facts of the same . but it was limited to the diseased lobe. as very much to alarm himself. and finally could There was a relapse. and a great number of blisters. gave a very re- markable description of them. to see them. and sometimes in all. eyes.420 APPENDIX. and their proper faculties to . is enveloped by a membrane to which it does not adhere. several setons or issues. if one were to recall a patient from the somnambulic state without having restored motion to the muscles. in the space of eighteen months. sometimes in one part. resembling the liver in some parts. baths. He says that. it receives seven vessels. irritation which were extremely the skin resumed its sensibility. when awake. exclaim moxas were against their own prescriptions while blisters or in preparation. The disordered lobe ap- peared very red. blisters. by his will. leeches. painful. deprive his somnambulists of to the lively The skin was totally insensible irritation of hot water deeply charged with ground mustarda burning and seed.' One of them. " Georget could. " The therapeutic resources of his somnambulists presented nothing very remarkable. kind. at pleasure. the organs of her chest. The heart. and lucidity returned not see at all.

APPENDIX.

421

the senses a paralysis of the muscles and of sensation will continue * Nothing could equal the suprise and fright which such a phenomenon caused to a person who experienced
it

for the first time,

whether

it

were the

ioss of hearing, of

speech or of motion. 'The most singular phenomenon and the most worthy of attention,' continues Georget relates to the foreknowledge of organic action more or less distant in point of time. Iliave seen, poiiUvely seen, a great many times, somnambulists announce, several hours several days., twenty days beforehand, the liour, the minute even, of the attack of epileptic a,nd hysteric fits, and of the menstrual eruptions and indicate
the duration

and
1

the intensity of the attacks

— things which were
he had observed

exactly verified.

" Six months

after writing this

article
facts.

many

other

new and extraordinary

He

promised, in a
;

an instance in the chapter on epilepsy but when, in his second volume, he traced the history of that disease, he added that the reason which had made him defer the publication of these phenomena to the article on Magnetism induced him to put it off to another period. He says, nevertheless, the person to whom lie referred had displayed to him instances of prevision and clairvo yance so astonishing, chat he had never read any thing so extraordinary any work on Magnetism; not even in those of Petetin. " This somnambulist, Pétronille, declared that a great fright
note, to report
<

m

her. After she had been thrown into one, she assured her friends, while in somnambulism, that she was radicIn fact, she experienced no new attack during ally cured. three months, while before she used to have two every day.

would cure

•'

The author

of

'

Cures effected in France,' states, in his

first

volume, page 259, that this patient Pétronille, said, one day, to Dr Londe, one of the French physicians sent into Poland to observe the cholera, that in fifteen days he would have an affair of honor, and would be wounded. Dr. Londe consigned this fact to his memorandum, without attaching importance to it and he appeared to have forgotten it, when fifteen days

:

* I have the authority of two magnetizers in this place, to state this fact as having fallen within their own practice but the subjects, on being plunged again into the magnetic state, were relieved, and then were awak;

ened free from pain.

422

APPENDIX.

afterwards he received a sword cut from the hand of one of
his associates.

Physiology of the Nervous System Georget makes no mention of the names of his somnambulists, nor of the place where he made nis experiments, nor of the numerous witnesses physicians and others who were convinced, like we live in an age when it is It is because says he himself. permitted to conceal our belief in Magnetism. " How shall we reconcile this timidity with the courageous homage which in his work he renders to ail useful discoveries, and especially to Magnetism \ The true reason of his reserve and his silence was the fear of displeasing those who had the administration of the hospitals, who had severely interdicted He proposed to publish, at some all essays of tha' nature future day more in detaii, if his time should permit him, the result of his observations He expressed his desire to me, in the last interview I had with him; he wished to recommence his experiments, and give himself up wholly to new researches. 'For I am persuaded, said he to me, that great truths have escaped observers, but far from accusing them of exaggeration I rather believe, they have in their recitals kept below the reality. I believe, for example, that there is no perfect mode of treatment but that which somnambulists prescribe
'

In the

'

_

'

'

'

possible to render their admirable In one disease, {fluxion de poitrine,) every physician knows that bleeding is necessary, but he does
is

for themselves, and that u

instinct serviceable to others.

not

know the precise moment

of the operation, at

what vein

it

ought to be done, and the exact quantity of blood it is necessary to draw, etc.' He then read to me the details of his first experiment at Salpêtrière. The woman whom he magnetized became the somnambulous, and, in the midst of great agitation, told him that at a certain period, she would be attacked by a serious Geor disease, and die of it, at such a day and such an hour. get, not then knowing any works in which facts of this kind were mentioned, and ignorant that somnambulists could
'

themselves give the means of turning aside the effects of their it must of necessity be accomplished. Full of terror and grief, he hastened to awake her; and, at the time indicated, she fell a victim to the disease which she
previsions, believed

had

foreseen.

APPENDIX.

423

" Georget died at the commencement of a career so brilliantly begun, in the midst of the labors he had sketched out

and of his dreams of the future. All the physiowhich he had observed with so much care are to science; for, since his death, no person has lost probably the notes which he left. But he himself publishing spoken of homage to the principles of Magstriking rendered a last, a
for himself,
logical facts
I will not finish by these words, inserted in his will important declaration. it an to adding this document without Nervous the Sys"Physiology the of In 1821, in my work on

netism,

:

'

The preceding year, "Madness," in which are laid I had published a treatise on different from the down principles contrary to, or at least ideas in agreement with, the general belief, (pp. 48, 51, 52, 114); and hardly had I published the "Physiology of the Nervous System," when new meditations upon a very extraordinary phenomenon somnambulism would permit me no longer to doubt of the existence in us, and out of us, of an inteltem," I proudly professed materialism.

ligent principle, altogether different from material existences. In regard to this matIt is, if you please, the soul and God.
ter,

I have a profound
to he controverted.

conviction,

not

founded upon facts which are This declaration will not see the light,
its

until

no one can doubt

sincerity or suspect

my

intentions.

If I cannot publish it myself, I urgently entreat the persons who may take notice of it, at the opening of the present tes-

tament, that

is

to say, after

my

death, to give

it all

the pub-

licity possible.

March

1,

1826.'"

NOTE XXX.
FROM MOSES
B.

LOCKWOOD.

"Respected Fkiend: In the appendix to the second part of thy translation of 'Peleuze's Practical Instruction,' I notice a number of cures that have been either wholly or partially
effected

through the agency of Animal Magnetism. It seems desirable to record as many cases of this kind as facts will permit. If an unbeliever be told of an individual who, after being magnetized, has ceased to be afflicted by a malady that had been hanging about him perhaps for years, he will be

424
'

APPENDIX.
;

very likely to reply, It wasn't Magnetism it will happen so sometimes.' Chance, however, can only be brought to bear By multiplying cases, retreat, against solitary instances. under cover of 'It will happen so sometimes,' will be cut off. " It is for this reason that I take additional pleasure in complying with thy request. for four or five winters, has been subject to "G. C the croup (as he, and those who have attended him, termed it), so that scarcely the space of two weeks, during either of these winters, elapsed, without his becoming an inmate of
,

the nursery, until the 12th month, 13th day, 1836,

when

I

magnetized him, not only wishing to put him asleep, but ]STo medicine was used; yet he has to cure his disease.

also
not-

had

a return of

it

since.

following facts go to show that 'the phenomena of Animal Magnetism are not produced solely through the influence of the imagination.' In endeavoring to ascertain this point, in the early part of my experimenting, frequent occasion was taken to magnetize an individual when he was to-

"The

tally ignorant of

my intention, and when his mind

was

closely

engaged with other things. For example, when he was studiously endeavoring to solve some mathematical question, or to commit some passage to memory, I have repeatedly caused him to sleep, simply by the action of my will; being, in some cases, with my face towards him, in some with it from him; sometimes in the same, at others in a different room; generally in the same house, but occasionally at a much greater On one occasion, we were at dinner, he at one distance. table and I at another, and so situated that my face could not be seen by him. When I went to the table, I had not even thought of magnetizing at that time; but, as his mind appeared to be very far from Magnetism, it seemed to be a very favorable opportunity to test the point; and, although no one around me suspected what was going on, yet, in less than three minutes, his head dropped upon the shoulder of the one I then awaked him, when he turned that was next to him. round, and cast a look towards me, by which I understood In this and the other that he knew what I had been doing. instances alluded to, it would be absurd to endeavor to mam'The phetain that his imagination produced the result.

APPENDIX.

425

of Animal Magnetism are not produced, therefore, through the influence of the imagination.' " Clairvoyance After putting a patient asleep, I left him for the purpose of ascertaining the correctness of his account

nomena
'

solely

of

what was transpiring

at a distance.

He was

in

communi-

cation with C.

W.

J.

With me were M.

B. H. and J. C.

On

our return, after an absence of about an hour, C. W. J. informed us that the magnetized had traced our course said that
;

down on some ice in the path,' etc. He said further, that while we were returning, just before we came to a ropewalk, we all laughed very loud at something which M. B. H.
I
'

fell

told us.

He was

correct in

all

these instances.

" Respectfully,

" Thomas C. Hartshorn.»

" MosES

B L°ckwood.
'

NOTE XXXI.
LETTERS FROM PHYSICIANS.
PROM
"
Sir,

DR. CUTTER, OF

NEW

HAMPSHIRE.
22, 1837.

" Nashua, November

The second number
received.
merit.

of

work was duly
its intrinsic

No

your translation of Deleuze's encomium of mine can add to
'

The chapters

On

the

precaution in the

a magnetizer,' and/ Magnetism applied to disease in connection with medicine,' need only to be read to be appreciated by the moral, the intelligent, and the humane. As your valuable appendix is intended to record facts and observations made by American citizens, I send you a few cases. " Neuralgia or Tic Douloureux. I was called to see Miss E. M., of this town. The disease was confined to the right side of the face, theportio dura of anatomists being diseased. This was of long standing. I proposed the trial of Magnetchoice of

To this she assented. Somnambulism occurred in a few minutes. After she had slept a little time, I awoke her. The pain was gone. I repeated Magnetism several times. There has been no return of the pain.
ism.

" Neuralgia, after

filling

a carious

tooth.

—Miss D.

applied
rela-

to a skilful dental surgeon, Dr. J.

M. Reed, for advice


426 twe
foil

APPENDIX.
to a carious tooth.

Dr. R. filled the tooth with gold But, the nerve being exposed and very sensitive, the It was replaced and refilling was of necessity removed.
several times,

the young lady not being able to by the pressure of the gold on caused endure the pain the sensitive and diseased nerve. All the branches of the After the tooth had trifacial nerve had become painful. been filled, she applied to me to render my aid in giving re-

moved

lief

pletely removed, but sleep

first sitting, the pain was comwas not induced. In a little time, there was a partial return of the pain, and I again magnetized her. At this sitting, she became a lucid somnambulist, From the pain was entirely removed, and has not returned. Magnetism think the result of this and some other cases, I worthy the attention of dental surgeons. "Delirium Tremens June 20, 1837. Mr. S. L., afflicted with delirium tremens, caused by the free use of stimulating

by Magnetism.

At

the

me for medical advice, having passed sevdays and nights without sleep, and having used opiates in large doses without benefit. I tried the effect of Magnetism. In a little time, it caused tranquillity, followed by
drinks, applied to
eral

sleep.

I repeated

it

two or three

times,

and the man was

In this form of disease, able to resume when there is an increase of action, with a diminution of the powers of the system, I think patients may receive much benefit from the use of Magnetism. " Bronchitis. Aug. 27. Miss A. C. for two years had been laboring under chronic bronchitis, characterized by cough, dyspnoea, pain in the chest and between the shoulders. After trying many things, she consented to make trial of Magnetism. She was magnetized several times. At each sitting, the dyspnoea, pain and cough were removed. This I could effect without influencing any other part of tte sj^stem. The paroxysms of coughing and dyspnoea became less severe and less frequent, but her circumstances prevented her from continuing the use of Magnetism but a little time She is now much better, but not well. " Dyspepsia and Spinal Irritation. Miss F. F. for some years had been afflicted with pain in the stomach and back, attended with soreness, appetite capricious, and when food
his usual business.

APPENDIX.
was taken
stances, at

427

much distress. Under the circumit caused her request, I magnetized her. It caused sleep^ Magnetism free sweating, and complete relief from pain. in the pain The back and times. was repeated several were completely food, retaking stomach, and distress after
moved.
In this case, the patient became a lucid somnambuAfter the disease was removed, this lady ceased to be list. a somnambulist, and was not susceptible of magnetic influence. This is worthy of observation in using Magnetism as a remedial agent.
"Partial Paralysis.

by Miss.

S.

IL,

who

bled with pain in
like the

was consulted more than four years had been trouthe back part of the head, and want of
for

—A few months since, I

feeling and strength of the muscles on one side, something

wry neck. I advised a trial of Magnetism, as she been under different methods of treatment, and had rehad ceived no benefit. To this she consented. At the first sitting, imperfect sleep was induced, followed by very free
sweating in the paralyzed part. I repeated Magnetism several days in succession. The pain in the head was removed, and In sensibility and mobility restored to the parts paralyzed.
this case,

somnambulism was complete.

She

is

now

per-

fectly well.

"Headache and Dyspepsia.—A few months since, I was from Chelmsford, Mass., who for some two years had been afflicted with much pain and heat in the stomach and chest, and a peculiar, heavy pain in the head, for which she had tried many things, and had found no relief. This case was attended with pallor of the skin, and
called to see a lady
great coldness of the extremities.
I

made

use of gentle aperithe pain

ent medicine and Magnetism.
in the
this

At

the

first sitting,

head and stomach was much was followed in a little time by relief from pain, free sweating, and warmth in the skin and extremities. I continued to magnetize this lady for about two weeks, once each day. The effects after each sitting were the same as at first;
but the primary increase of pain gradually diminished, until The disease in the the magnetic action was quite agreeable. head, lungs, and stomach was completely removed in about three weeks; and this lady has since remained well.

increased primarily, but

428
Hepatitis

APPENDIX.

and

Cephalalgia.

—About three mouths since, Miss

A. applied to

me

for medical advice relative to a pain in the

head and the region of the liver. Her food caused much distress. These complaints were of some years' standing, for Which she had taken much medicine. She had heen salivated three times for the pain in the side, without benefit. At her request, I tried Magnetism. The pain in the head was completely removed after a few sittings, and returned no more, but the side was not bettered. I applied a blister to the right side, and continued the use of Magnetism. The
pain in the region of the liver yielded immediately, and has not since returned. This lady is now perfectly well. In this case Magnetism and vesication mutually aided each other. " Chronic Inflammation of the stomach and bowels. In the early part of last summer, I was applied to by Mrs. S. A. It was her desire to be magnetized. for medical advice. This was one of the most complicated cases of disease I ever saw. For more than ten years, this lady had been afflicted with great pain in the head, dizziness, want of sleep and so great was this that she said she had not slept one night soundly for many years, and frequently passed many nights in succession without sleep. There was constant pain in the left side, steady pain and soreness in the stomach and bowels, attended with frequent paroxysms of vomiting blood, with discharges of the same per anum. At these times, tumefaction of the bowels was attended with severe pains resembling colic, retention of urine, and pain in voiding the same. Food and all things taken into the stomach caused This had been the case for great distress, if not rejected. many years. These are a few of the leading symptoms. She

;

had applied
bettered.

to

many medical men

for aid,

and was nothing

" I commenced the treatment by trying the power of Magnetism. At the third sitting, complete magnetic sleep was produced. I continued this for some days, and I found that her rest became better, the cephalic and abdominal pains less After some little time, I ceased magnetizing this severe. lady myself, and Mrs. Cutter commenced magnetizing her. From time to time, I gave such medicines as the case seemed Mrs. A. became to require, with external counter-irritation.

APPENDIX.

429

a lucid somnambulist, examined herself, and directed such These prescriptions I things as she said would be of benefit.

me to be proper. She is now comparatively well. She sleeps well, and has been able to eat anything for months without uneasiness or pain. The pain and dizziness in her head very much lessened. The pain, with discharges of blood from the stomach and bowels, is enThe urinary trouble is much relieved. tirely removed. Within a few days, she examined herself when in the magnetic She said that Magnetism had been of great benefit to state. her, but that the medicine she had taken had been very imShe said that the blood vomited came from a sore portant. in the stomach, and not from the bowels, as I had supposed;
followed, as they appeared to

and that this was cured by Magnetism and a particular mediand that it was now completely well. This, she says, the cause of the food's distressing her. She says there was eight large scars on the inside of the bowels, where there are were sores for a long time. She says the bladder is small, and will never be well but it is now somewhat better. She has been uniform in her assertions at the different times she has examined herself. I might mention that she says her head has been much benefited by Magnetism, but is not well, and never will be. She said her side would be well and such
cine,
;

;

In this case, I think the union of medicine and Magnetism has been very happy, and the results highly satisfactory in removing a mass of disease which
is

the case, at this time.

many good judges had deemed incurable. This and some other cases treated by me this season fully sustain many of
the remarks of the excellent Deleuze in his chapter on the

connection of Magnetism with medicine, and in that on som-

nambulism.

"Yours,
C.

etc.,

" Mr. Thomas

Hartshorn."

" Calvin Ctjtter

*

FROM THE SAME.
" Nashua,

November 29,

1837.

"Sir: The following observations are at your disposal; do with them as you may think proper. It is known to the observing physician and others that we frequently meet with diseases in which there is a local increase of vital power or

430
action.

APPENDIX.
These
are, in general, characterized

by preternatural and frequently pain, commonly termed inflammation. We also meet with diseases in which there is an apparent diminution of the local, and, it may be, general vital forces, distinguished by a diminution of heat, arterial action, and contraction of the size of the parts, commonly seen in cases of paralysis and debiliating diseases. Now, it is obvious to any person, that, in most cases, a remedy producing the same uniform effects would not be proper in the two above-named classes of disease. Ceteris
heat, arterial throbbing, swelling,
•paribus,
if it

benefited the one,
if

it

would injure the

other.

Consequently,

the magnetizer cannot modify the effects of

the influence which he

may

exert,

of a sthenic and asthenic character

he cannot benefit diseases by this agent. It will be

seen by my remarks, that I think it highly necessary for the magnetizer to be a person well acquainted with the causes

and character of diseases, or that he should act under the direction of some person who has this knowledge. Magnetism should not be used at haphazard to cure diseases by every ignorant person, or any ignorant person, who may by chance have learned that he has this natural and inherent power. If this care is pursued, Maguetism may continue repuIn relation to the ability which I postable and useful. sess of modifying this influence, so as to cause, by my will alone, either sedative, stimulant, or soporific effects, I have been making observations for some time, and upon different persons, and am satisfied that it can be done, although difficult. To accomplish it easily, I am obliged to keep in mind
the relative anatomy of the different parts of the system, parThe following are my ticularly that of the nervous system.

observations on this point

:

"About the middle of November, I accidentally met a lad in the street, a son of Mr. Wm. Lovejoy, who was obliged to use two crutches, in consequence of a complete paralysis of one leg, from the hip downward. He is about seven years It is old, and has been in this state more than five years. said to have followed, ançl to have been caused by, a severe fever. He could move the toes of the diseased limb a very little. He was brought to my office, and I took one of his hands, and held it a little time, and then passed my fingers

At a consultation or pnysicians her case was considered quite hopeless. Without making any remarks concerning my desires. Her puise was intermitting.APPENDIX. delirium. as much so as the other. her symptoms became alarming. 431 arm a few times. over his arm. and he could move the toes much more freely. "I have obtained similar results on many different persons. Sni On the 31st of May last. being in the field of this experiment. with the intention of removing the coldness without causing the least In a few minutes. A shor. "Mr. In the experiments on the limb. the limb became quite loss of motion. and no mobility in the toes On the following day. 1837. restlessness. Hartshorn. I was called to see Mrs a lady about fifty years old. Thomas C. " Pawtuxet. time after I saw the boy at Mr. December 10. FROM DR. "Dear Hours. preclude the probability of that active and almost universal agent. he was in a profound sleep. imagination." "Calvin Cutter. and extreme distress the -system generally. her extremities cold she had a parua. I awoke him. On the 3d of June. This limb is always cold. with the intention to put the boy to sleep. as the age and circumstances of the lad. I examined the limb. and he could not. Lovejoy's house. about one minute. There had been nothing said relative to Magnetism in his presence and consequently imagination was not on the alert. the head was not affected. a wakefulness that had continued forty-eight . After being magnetized as above named. In these different experiments the lad and those present were not made aware I then asked ' ox my intention untii after magnetizing. I took In his hand. and found the limb with its wonted coldness. and then passed my fingers over the diseased limb several times. I then magnetized. and his entire ignorance of Magnetism. whom I found laboring under a violent inflammation of the chest. and found it of an icy coldness. I again called. warm. but the above 1 deem satisfactory. with the intention to paralyze his him tc move his arm. and especially in the chest Further attempts were m . In a short time. with some moisture. CLEVELAND.

who were entirely ignorant of the cause of her sudden and unexpected She awoke at the end of two hours. with no other effect than was never At the expiration of from twelve hours. relief. From hours after the stored. proved un- availing. The ordinary means had been resorted to. symptoms of mortification being more decided. Opium. during which took place Magnetism was made use of during as no other means than is more than probable that the that time. I threw her into a quiet sleep. At the end of thirty minutes. except a greater any ing In a few hours. My own surprise was surpassed by that of her friends. her disease her natural sleep was restored. I was called "Not much doubt can upon . with her reason perfectly re- From able turn. it case would have terminated fatally. Her sufferings. particular change in her appearance. arising from a scrofulous affecAlthough there was no obstruction to the flow of milk tion. was resorted to. until assumed a more favorShe was occasionally magnetized with much this time. both internally and externally. to made procure sleep. deep-seated pain in the breasts. which. again. until other organs. she was magnetized regularity of the pulse. in its various preparations. first operation. without exhibitrelief.* who was suffering a severe 'and to attend Mrs.432 APPENDIX. exist as to the cause of the changes the twenty hours alluded to above. in relation to this case. and awoke twenty-four aggravation of suffering. though I had but slight hopes of affording relief. I found her appearance still worse. from a peculiar sympathy * The translator had conversed with the husband of this lady. she able to procure rest this drug. were daily increased. "Under the circumstances. and without this. on the contrary. upon the application of the child or of the pump. even in the slightest degree. . and warmth was restored to the extremities. I was induced to magnetize her. which confirms that gentleman's statement. idiosyncrasy. " She was magnetized a third time. before he received Dr. C'a account of it. and recovery ensued. but not successfully. yet the pain produced by them was almost insupportable. a respectable trader of this city. " On the 31st of August of the present year. as heretofore. the circulation was also improved.

she was magnetic state. I asked her how long she would sleep to which she promptly replied. " On still calling again the next in the morning at 5 o'clock. T. into which she was immediately thrown. and retired. turned her face and caressed and fondled tain a most affectionate manner. though less severely than before. The same pleasant effects followed in the second magnetic sleep. I then left her. instead of its requiring several persons to confine her to the bed. although she had been removed to another bed. with the assurance About six hours that I would return as soon as possible. was nursing. and sensibility so far suspended that. she expressed the greatest delight while towards it it (her eyes being closed). " Her sufferings from this time became less severe. " Recourse was had to Magnetism. that the application of the child or of the pump in- duced sary to such violent spasms. " Mr. . A week " Her ' ! friends being unwilling that I should leave her in the state. afterwards. well 433 affected to sueh a known to nursing women. had taken refreshments several times herself. as it heretofore. You need not fear I never shall forget them in the ' . After directing some necessary arrangements for the night. became degree. Sleep was produced in forty minutes.APPENDIX." " Thomas Cleveland. Habtshork. while attempting to nurse the child. and attended duly to the demands of her child. I remained two hours. C. that it became absolutely necesabandon the use of both as the means of removing the superabundance of milk. although permanent relief was not obtained until a suppuration had taken place in one of her breasts. I cautioned her to reknowledge of her impressions when she awoke. I put her in communication with her husband and the nurse. during which time her was uninterrupted. "Yours. ' . to which she replied. I found her suffering. having been so seven hours. leaving a request that I should be called if occa- magnetic sleep sion required it. ' ! "It being necessary for me to leave her.

as would be consequent upon soothing the nei* . 1 asked the patient if she was sincere in her request. FROM " DR. with which she had been afflicted several weeks. I submit to your disposal the detail of the following tain nated the magnetic sleep case . after they had repeated their importunities. In answer to them. I acknowledged my inexperience in the subject. in compliance with your request. Not withstanding my former scepticism in reference to this matter. leaving the room of the patient. ural sleep. I resolved. "Providence. She said she was willing I should in regard to it. with an evident expression . to ascer- whether I had the power of effecting what is denomiand. : "Mrs. and all the benevolent and pure emotions I was capable of feeling towards a fellow-being. C. October 13. to magnetize her they having reference to the operation as a remedy for her restless nights. make the trial. "W. I lating. This appearance evidenced nothing more than an inclination to natregard to trial. of scepticism depicted in their countenances. and she had been most One day. when constrained by incontrovertible eviown myself a believer.434 APPENDIX. However. 1837. together with the patient. I was requested by several of those who were present. dence. I discovered in the patient an inclination to close the eyes. is about twenty-six years of age. among whom was the husband and mother. TJTLEY. . although she was sceptical made a perseveriDg effort by manipuwith concentration of thought. accompanied "Thus my success but determined to make a thorough After manipulating about twenty minutes. as I was of the time under medical treatment. "After having heard much from credible authority. if a favorable opportunity ever presented. and witnessed some astounding facts myself in two cases. at the same time somewhat faithless in privileged. I must. and violent pain in the head. Her health had been very feeble several months. appertaining to the subject in which you are interested. Dear Sni : I feel that I should do injustice to withhold some facts that have recently come under my observation.

her chest heaved with a sigh. and heard my I then reversed voice with her natural organs of hearing. I then asked her if she could see the It was impossible for room where we were. vous system in this manner. the patient. which desire she as promptly obeyed as though she had seen the motion of my thumbs with her naked eyes. She said she did. and arms hands. as though they had been directed her in and moved by my own muscles and powers of volition. She answered correctly. fingers. Can you discern the hands of my watch?' Will you tell Ye&.ll which side of it was next to her head. next the nose. I then requested tell me how many persons there were present in the . were repeated in the it ?' her to course of her sleep. She said it was. duced.' me what time it is ? She answered. I thought I would test it» I passed my right hand at a distance from her left. and answered correctly. and she completely closed her eyes as in a natural sleep. and asked her if her head was free from pain. under any circumstances. with portions of it placed upon the inner canthus. together at a distance from hers. and willed her to take my hand. but not correctly with' * ' in several minutes. The same questions in reference to the time. and rotated my thumbs over each other. She as promptly obeyed as though she had consented to a verbal reI became convinced that a magnetic. sleep was proquest.' 'Will you tell me the time by She told to a minute. ' clock which was in an adjoining room. Still doubting my success as to its being a magnetic sleep. I then. was responded to by my obedience to my will. and requested her to tt. which precaution rendered it impossible for her. with a mental request that she should do likewise. I asked her if she felt comfortable in every other respect. or any others in the with natural vision. I held my watch to the back of her head. I then brought my hands to use her natural organs of sight. thumbs. 435 After continuing the manipula- tions about ten minutes more. I then tried her powers of speech. to satisfy myself and others present that there was no deception on her part. to see it Can you she could see it. and every of my motion and position of motion the thumbs. by the clock. bandaged her eyes with several thicknesses of a handkerchief. I then tested her discerning powers.APPENDIX. She said see the hands of the clock?' 'Yes.

and free ' astonishing facts in regard to them. with her usual sleep.436 APPENDIX. After informing her of some I feel refreshed. from pain in my head but have not been in a natural sleep. slept without the anodynes which she had formerly her description of ihe Dr. you are referred to him for testimony* but three subsequent . I asked her in what position and what part of the room certain individuals were. Miller who information and eviing physician in the case and for further dence in regard to these experiments and others instituted by himself. I have been in an indescribable state. the Laken. but taking into consideration I should its remedial effects m tier case. and answered correctly. room. and requested her to designate and call by name the person whose hand she had hold of. and felt perfectly obedient to what you desired me to do.*' Utlet. But after being magnetized She also nutriment. tne fourth privilege and iast consultbeen my had time in the presence of Dr. present in hers. for I did not will her to remember the experiments that were performed. in a greater measure. "Mr * T. asked her she ' : if she felt refreshed from her recent sleep. She told I promiscuously placed the hands of those correctly. She told correctly. with one or two exceptions. " Yours with much esteem. but cannot now recollect what particular requests you made when I was in that state. . retaining of power acquired. "This want of recollection corresponds with other reports upon the subject. which mistakes were corrected on asking the question a second time and alter various other experiments to test the magnetic vision. she expressed doubts of the propriety of putting one into such a state. I requested her to wake at such a minute by my watch. and manifested an unwillingness ever to be magnetized again. I thought do right to insist upon a repetition and obtained ihe times. and disorder was strikingly correct. Said . Miller sent her to examine a patient of his. She hesitated about long enough to count them. to reject her food Her complaint was dyspepsia and her stomach was apt appears to have it a short time after eating. She passed over the appointed time about five minutes. C "L Hartshorn. I all the appearances of rousing from .

entirely incredulous. 6. by the urgent solicitation of a literary friend. aged whose case idiocy and mania were combined thought her a favorable subject for experiments. 437 FROM "Mr. I Further to satisfy myself of the reality of the alleged I commenced experiments upon a girl. But I soon found was testimony of such a character in its favor. that I determined to test it by further experiments. as was apparent about sixteen. would be better suited to the columns of a medical journal. nearly a year since. ' to man by his Creator. cures in I which My attention was directed particularly to the subject of Animal Magnetism. 1837. " Cambeidgepoet. T. where they may at some future time appear. common harbingers to sleep. to m aL present other sented She gaped several times. I am perfectly willing to furnish you with any facts within my knowledge. when opportunity offered.APPENDIX. to read attentively. which are of a character suited to a popular work. I succeeded in producing evident drowsiness. always start When in this state. December C. that. so far convinced me of the reality of a natural powor of this kind. and went up-stairs into her sleeping chamber alone. she will suddenly. After two or three sittings. she immediately after left the room. Hartshorn: Sir: Yours of the 2d inst. was duly received: which my engagements have been such. as to demand of every physician a candid examination of the and unwilling even there subject. which she had never before done in her life These experiments. given netic sieep. and has never gone into a sound mag- On one occasion. who was in . on the subject of Animal Magnetism. TOOTHAKER. and plethoric habit. since DR. dreuled. I have had no opportunity of answering it. f should read the report the French Academy. as if to re- lieve herself ol its spell. I was. that I o. I consequently soon tried the manipulations on a young lady of lymphatic temperament. and prephenomena. as there was no possibility of deception. phenomena. till the present moment. made on such a subject. at first. "Dear The detail of some have used it successfully as a remedy.

and would wake if I conversed much with her. threw away. to me. Magnetized her in presence of several literary gentlemen of this place. after ' much Cranberry. magnetized her the sixth time. of Boston. While she was eating a seed-cake. I gave her an empty tumbler.' Smith had given me some account of these experiments. not I knew before. rather poor health at the time. who was an entire unbeliever in it.' ' What is it? ' ' Tea. as as sour I gave her a piece of wheat bread to eat. . she — no possibility of her hearing. ' It tastes sickish. Mrs. I willed her to wake. " The third subject of my experiments. I then asked what kind of bread said.' and Leland. and 'It is bitter. V.' Dr. . she said. C.' be brown bread. previous to Dr. became a somnambulist by three or four sittings.— 438 APPENDIX. 'It tastes very sour and. when in the magnetic state. J. The experiments were proposed by them.' *' April &0th. 'Don't be distance from her.* editor of the 'Medical and Standing at some Surgical Journal. "May 2d. questions. paid. M. sweet as honey. a tolerably sound magnetic sleep was produced. April 13th. singly. cranberry. though Also by will made an they were previously somewhat incredulous. She said. 'It is ing a word or making a sign. yet she never became a somnambulist.' she answered. and willed it to be tea. These and other similar experiments were entirely satisfactory to those gentlemen who proposed them. Smith. and asked her to drink some lemonade at the same time I She made the motions of drinking. strictly. but would many * Dr.—Magnetized the same patient.. There were present Drs. apple taste Utter. soon after. 'Brown. by the will alone. that there might be willed it it to was. swill/ and it She soon after said. Smith wrote for me to have a pleasant apple she was eating taste like a ' . Toothaker. I am certain she is capable of receiving impressions. licitation to tell what it tasted like. without say- She immediately said. Trans. willing me to wake. She so- immediately said. Many physicians in Boston and its viwriting to my an auxilcinity are engaged in investigating the utility of Mesmerism as iary in medical treatment. I willed to have it taste Miter. and. asking so always are you tell. At the second or third sitting. in another room.

' I must therefore infer that she did actually see it. To this some may object. she sat with her back towards restoration of her health.APPENDIX. then in magnetic sleep. A book. I will add. " June 17th. or by the will. She said. nor could I think of any circumstance by which she would be induced to guess right. is theory of some physiologists. as I avoided seeing it myself till she told what it was. till she told. that a establish a much longer time is requisite to communication with let several persons than with one. and must infer that she saw it. it was impossible. by the agen cy of which the brain and the nerves are enabled to perform their peculiar functions. It was a disease of a portion of the alimentary canal. and I knew nothing of it. as she complains of severe headache see. Magnetized Mrs. She examined a gentleman who was in poor health. which she brought privately. of an extremely subtile character. ' ' at the Massachusetts General Hospital a long either communication between her and others. I have been careful to ascertain that a communication may thus be esI can establish a by will or by contact. that there In support of the a nervous fluid. I seldom urge her with experiments of this kind.' and afterwards told the title. and held over the head of Mrs. and told correctly his disease. and a lady present passed through the door. I am perfectly satisfied she times seen objects that she could not possibly have seen after when awake.. M. for which he had formerly been under ' ' — treatment time. and selected a book from a large number that were upon the bureau. and suppose that I informed her mentally. I asked her what was held over her head. At one the door of another room. I was informed by them both that she knew nothing of it before. though of such a character that I could not have detected it by any external examination. much effort to But. I answer. as she said she did. and it is not destroyed for about the same length of time after I go the hand of the one farthest from the som- . 439 "With has at respect to clairvoyance. tablished without the aid of the will. having them join hands. even by conjecture. M. There was no leading question put to elicit the answer. and my principal object has been the time. This I have done with six or eight persons at a time.

I could not have informed her mentally. into this case. afflicted Also. she had been with a constant headache. has been afflicted with painful affections of a communication with some persons than with distressing character. "Mrs. I have. obtained decided evidence in favor of I took a her eyes She was in the magnetic sleep newspaper from my pocket. two little first trial. she seems to be fast re- covering the health of former years. but with none of A young man these have the experiments been continued. but which have been much relieved by the use of Magnetism as a remedy. at the girls him. and she afterwards told me she had not before seen tense pain it. without much effect. she applied to me for advice. After being magnetized a few times. and had used leeches and other remedies. the magnetized. which seemed to bid defiance to the whole catalogue of remedies in the materia medica. I by the use have frequently relieved this patient of inof Magnetism. It likewise requires a longer time to establish a others. and yet she continued to read. A short time before she was magnetized. It was six or eight months since. was so far The same efnot sleep. She began to read it. I had just got and handed it to her.440 nambulist. and chronio disease. was put into a profound sexes. "I have magnetized several other individuals of both A little boy. needs than part of the subject. closed. for I had not read it. but did able to keep his eyes open. utterly unwas that he first trial. . M. for nearly or quite a year previously. gentlemen who fect. was put the somnambulic state at the second trial. at the office. This further investigation however. " The fourth subject on whom I experimented. was produced upon a Probably further is engaged in investigating the subject. with slight sleep. in clairvoyance. A — lady present then so blinded her eyes as to be perfectly certain she could not see the least thing if awake. I have yet been able to give it. experiments would produce the state of somnambulism sleep in fifteen minutes. once or twice. were magnetized about as easily. and she has had no return of a permanent headache. she said her headache was cured. aged five years. In truth. APPENDIX. assuring me that.

"Boston. I am sorry to be obliged to say that I the attention is have been prevented from devoting The little information I can deserves. of this city. And. " I am. Bugard now attending with the design of entering the medical profession. 441 "I have one other distinct case of somnambulism. he will find a brief account. those who know him well do not entertain a doubt. Po-yen^s fidelity. F. I have necessarily written hastily. tice of men—calculated not to supersede . but with an ardent desire that the whole truth may be known relative to so mysterious and deeply-interesting a subject. and I have no copy to send you. from the great number of respectable names avouching them. BUGARD. recently published. v/ho misunderstood his «character. He will have the advantage of carrying into his profession the pracMagnetism. dear sir. but I could add nothing new with regard to it that would be of special interest. November "Mr.* 10. as his course of preparatory studies will soon be finished. and some references to foreign authorities. from the great variety of facts which it contains. and the cure of disease. If any one deires to know how far this practice obtains in the north of Europe." Ï'ROM MONSIEUR B. which places one more agent in the hands of medical the use of remedies. in the work of Dr. He labors under the disadvantage of having introduced a subject entirely new to the unlettered. Poyen.' of the precise date of which I am ignorant. entitled " Progress [of Animal Magnetism In New England"—& work which. 1837. is highly interesting.APPENDIX. and. which appeared in the "Dear 'Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. I submit it to your disposal. far out-written my own prescribed limits. in this statement of facts relative to magnetic phenomena. "I have. * Mons. Only two of my cases have been published. " Although to it I am much interested it in the subject. lectures in Boston. Russell. tut to aid tJielr operation. Of Dr. Toothaker. One of these was the first given to the public in this part of the country that of Mrs. is worthy of confidence. T. he has a right to be placed here among the physicians who have been so kind as to furnish the comnmnications embraced in this note. ** Very truly yours. (I Hartshorn: — Sir: I have just received your favor of the 7th inst. and of having been most liberally vilified by men. "Samuel A.

that. although she was not perfectly cured. After I had magnetized her only three times. a girl about nine years of age. but. and attend to her daily occupations. and the countenance of the child beamed with joy at the certainty of her being . which was in the fourth story. on the day succeeding the seventh sitting. instead of improving. she was so much better that she was able to go down into her kitchen. a few facts only. One day. she became a somnambulist. I mention this circumstance. alive. told her to speak to her again. placing It in the hand of her mother. I do not feel names of the persons alluded to authorized to give more than the initial on personal application. had she not refused 10 continue the treatment. I shall be happy to give any one whatever proofs he may desire. and.. thinking her mother to be dead. " One day. R. where some of her relations resided. I took her little hand. be- . Dr.442 APPENDIX. had been. Her health improved so much and so rapidly. She addressed her mother several times. would have unmercifully sent her to the grave. from her bed to her chair. after putting this lady into somnambulism. But her health. At the fourth or fifth sitting. afflicted with the tic douloureux in the lower part of the spine. or from her chair to her bed. As to the in them. When I went to see her. I was requested to magnetize Mrs. D. She wished to be magnetized. she found herself so well that she went on a visit to Salem. she had merely fallen in with the suggestion of some one that it might prove beneficial to her. to speak to her. being entirely ignorant of what Magnetism is. Her mother immediately answered her call. without assistance. a widow lady of almost forty years of age. grew worse. It will consist of give you shall be cheerfully granted. for several years. she had not for a fortnight left her chamber. but. in the fall of 1835. I requested her daughter. who magnetized her merely for the purpose of making experiments. calling aloud but receiving no answer. because I refused to make her an object of exhibition to the curious. and her new magnetizer. and with palpitations of the heart. who letters for publication. " This lady was prevailed upon to take another magnetizer. she burst into tears. because all other remedies had proved of no avail. and she could not move.

was suffering loureux in the face. who. before she had taken anything She soon felt better. her husband came to teli me that his wife had a violent headache. for many years. with excessive vomitings. she having retired into another room. . to attend to the French lessons' which being finished. However. and found her very well. and said that her pain had subsided. for she from the tic dou I came in to give a iesson in French to her two daughters. L. The pain left her this lady at least in a too. on the morning of the sixth or seventh day of her treatment. and. she experienced a sensation like the pain moving about. I requested one of the young ladies to see how her mother was. and a very great disposition to vomit. The day after the first sitting. cause 443 it affords a striking proof of what is observed by Deieuze in his Practical Instruction. I had occasion to magnetize Mrs. and in half an hour the pain had almost subsided. She went. partial sleep. having prepared some tea to aid the tendency I magnetized her head only. In the evening. she felt much better.APPENDIX. In the afternoon.. had been afflicted with violent periodical headaches. She was sitting by the fire. and returned. She soon lost herself in a sleep. She assented to the trial. with other affections. at about 10 o'clock.' as well as by other authors relative tc the dangers that frequently attend the change of a former successful magnetizer. I immediately repaired to see her. had a pain between netize Mrs. Last funnier was a year since I was requested to mag who. following the motion of ' . I then left her. at 1 o'clock. F the shouldeis. and some more serious affections. my felt hands. saying that her mother was entirely free from pain. when I thought she was sound asleep but she opened her eyes. she was in the same room with us and in such an agony that I offered to relieve her by the use of Magnetism. and she continued to improve very rapidly. though she had formerly suffered pretty n no more "At another time. I left her. I returned. At the second sitting. a French lady. She had been magnetized hardly ten minutes. She said she had not vomited. or and I left her. I understand that she has not been attacked since. she had dined with a very good appetite. when often "About a year ago.

was gradually improvhad subsided. of filling the heart with tender and grateful sentiments. I . that. and not the dyspepsia. more or less affected with it for several years. said to in : during my visit. although he found the way thither to request my services. Benjamin H. though I magnetized her about fifteen times. Y. I would observe that it is not true that Magnetism always has the effect. Some refreshments "One . a Mr. Dr. Her health. whenever such a headache took her.. I magnetized her several times without much apparent effect during the What most to operation. ing. but she slept much better afterwards. he had had an affection of the stomach. in the presence of turned. and been treated as a "It is dyspeptic.for this Mr. and last week she told several persons. without fiuding any relief in the remedies of the best physicians of this city. I think she was put asleep only twice. H. who boarded together. it never subsided until she had vomited to exhaustion.. he felt much first the after only five times. Early in the evening. Dr. 1 evening last winter. that it had not re- not quite a year since I was requested by a gentleman. tic His physician finally declared his case to be the douloureux.444 APPENDIX. The day better. Lawton. I was called on by Mr. and had now suffered for several weeks. and occupied the same room. me I know that you have magnetized wish you would give me some information on the subject of Magnetism. and had proved so much of going to Cuba for his restoration. however. has not yet come to my rooms to thank me for the good I His health imthat he renounced the project he had formed satisfactory evacuations.' "'Monsieur Bugard. sitting. V. West and Dr. who requested me to magnetize his wife. I should like to have my mind satisfied. were brought L. to magnetize him. the tic douloureux me. He had been in a 1 magnetized him state of constipation for nearly a month. is be remarked in this case is.. have done him. "About a year ago. before being magnetized. I do not know what to think of it. This lady was suffering She had been severely with the tic douloureux in the face. several persons. For two or three years. I went to see my friends. Ruel W.

I deem his reply worthy of attention. seemed much inclined to laugh. and in less than half an hour from the time of commencing he was perfectly asleep. Haskell. Whilst he was in that state. but I soon perceived I could produce an effect upon him. " Receive the expressions of consideration with which I " Your most obedient servant. West and I went on deless than half a minute. BENJAMIN HASKELL. my scepticism is raiher shaken. and ten minutes had hardly elapsed when Dr. am "B. exerting my will to put him asleep.I owe you an apology for not replying to your letter before. * cause his constitution is rather feeble. Bugard. I made him this proposal the more readily be-. and refreshments. I wished to ascertain whether the subject of that case had ever been brought under the influence of Mesmerism. he I began to magnetize him. I therefore continued the manipulations. 'Well. it was not in my power * I wrote to Dr. <l I immediately put my right hand on the pit of his stomThis was done in ach. *' For a quarter of an hour. L. as three other similar cases have been." FROM DR. " On his awaking. sir. 1837. But the truth is. L. about ten minutes afterwards. it cor- . as it embraces an opinion which is important. Well. went than no time. I will try to magnetize you? "Although I think it very wrong to magnetize a person in good health. West and I indulged ourselves in demolishing the About a quarter of an hour had elapsed. when Lawton wildly opened his eyes.* "Boston. I asked him what he thought then of Magnetism. F. Mass. m 1834.' was the reply. in relation to the ease of natural somnambulism which occurred at Gloucester.. putting forth to sleep in power of volition: and again Dr. "''Very well. my left the less on his thigh. Dr. molishing as before. grasping it near the knee. Then Dr.' replied he. "Dear Sir. " I again placed my right hand upon his epigastrium. Dr. if you are willing. but.. opened his eyes upon us.APPENDIX. October 20.' said I. * t4 445 I can add but very little to what bas been published on the subject.

nor have I made myself acquainted with the steps by which it is done. You bave my permission to insert this opinion in a note to if your translation. knowing my views on it." of June 24. but theoretical. whom I without delay. Haskell. as morally wrong. is also the author of an ingenious article on Animal Magnetism which appeared in the same journal. calculated to throw light on this intricate subject. in particular. has not only a tendency to but to superinduce other diseases of the same class. H. as you seem somewhat desirous of ble. who advances 183". your object. Thomas. and.440 to send APPENDIX. regard the practice of it as injurious to those on but I cannot whom made it- it is exercised. rect. Yesterday. The case of young Blatchford is given in a communication to the editor of the " Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. whenever and however it takes place. like At it the same is a disease. C. him for some time. Blatchford. Hartshorn. time. And as I was in expectation of receiving some further details from a brother of mine residing in Glouceshad commissioned to make inquires of Mr. I shall take the liberty to express them without reserve. by Dr. 1837. I heard from him. There is nothing unphilosophical in supposing that somnambulism may be induced by an agency it transmitted from one individual to another." R Haskell - and which deserves weight from the scientific attainments of him it. and combat I have never magnetized any one. The interest which I have taken in it is you think it erroneous. I will forward ter. recur. When anything comes to my knowledge. would be best answered by delay. on those points which had a bearing on Animal Magnetism. . September 20. not practical. as well as mine. except in those cases in which it is use of as a remedial agent. and. that it may obtain all the publicity possiIn the meanwhile. when its nature is fully under- stood. nor was likely to see. Y(mrg respectfullyj " "Mr. you anything satisfactory relative to the inquiries you saw fit to make. Dr. all nervous disorders. hut he had not seen.

and also the certificate. I shall notice briefly the facts in relation to them only. On being requested to give the time by the clock which was in the room. and. five.APPENDIX. appeared cheerful. November 4. Miss. with directions to awake precisely at 6 o'clock. she appeared to be in a state entirely sensefrom this apparent slumber she was aroused by having her attention directed to the objects around her. I requested her to place ' . then left her in communication with myself and family. I then asked her if she saw any other object in the room. to give you an account of a recent visit of Miss B. described the emblems of justice. B.' place. "Dear At first. less. 447 NOTE FROM XXXII. Miss B.' The answer was correct. quite playful. SEEING THROUGH OPAQUE SUBSTANCES. expressed adesire examine she to the arrangement of the house. ESQ. "Providence. In passing through the different rooms. Dr. As I suppose you to desire an account merely of the phenomena then exhibited while under the magnetic influence. in which the largest objects could not be discerned by any one who was not possessed of more than ordinary powers of vision. wealth. at times. and replied. During this Dr. came to my house on the morning of the 28th of October. interval. She replied. with a view to pass the day with my family: at about the close of the day. C. she immediately stepped to the corner in which the It is twenty-three minutes past clock stood. and mentioned the place in the? picture which each of them occupied. Miss B.' The picture alluded to is composed of various emblems. etc. 'I am looking at 'What pictures?' 'This one over the firethe pictures. ISAAC THURBER. 1837. When speaking of the emblem of wealth. together with a certificate of membership to an institution in this town. much While disposed to con- verse. C. in conversation. to my house. She was then conducted into a dark room. the furniture. which a few moments of leisure now afford me.. industry. the blind young lady. she was put into the magnetic sleep by Sir: I take the opportunity. she noticed and moved various articles.

paper. differing only in the spellby tence as that written The sentence was written on a slip of ing of two words. "Mr. that it might be presented. at my which time the sentence was words: 'In these latter ceive their sight. in her own handwriting. which I requested her to read She held the paper to the side Df her head for the space of about one minute and then returned it to me without apparently noticing its contents. that she did not see the real object of . of Medford in presence of Rev. I found my finger pointing to a small figure representing Wealth dispensing her gifts from the norn of plenty I would here state that Miss B. B Hall of this city. others. finger upon it. On admitting light into the room. . in the following days as in former times flie blind rewas then brought forward. No further notice was taken of the letter during her sleep. Mr. It was opened by Rev Mr Stetson. and this placed bettoeen two meces of sheet lead. to a company that wouid meet with her at Mr. she gave the substance of the letter to one of my family. Hartshorn. and was entirely ignorant of the furniture which it contained. J. '• Providence. and a number of and found to contain the same sen Miss B. Yours. the whole enclosed in an envelope in a 4 letter form. at the time. "Having obtained the evidence of clairvoyance 1 gave her a sealed paper containing a sentence. November 22. E. Thomas C Hartshorn " Sir Having heard much of the wonderful powers of Miss Brackett.. T C. y FROM MR. Mr Jesse Metcalf. neither had the sentence or any part of it been communicated to any indi The letter vidual. under the magnetic influence ana being rather sceptical as to her anility to see and describe objects that were previously unknown 10 her and aii wno were in attendance ' r believing.' so presented. Some time after she awoke. tne seals of which until this time had not been broken. 1837. This being communicated to me. " Isaac Thurber. I requested Miss B to write down the sentence inside. GEORGE HUNT.'s on the following evening. M. ' etc.— 448 APPENDIX. was never before in this room.

one card. 449 her description as it existed. In the conclusion of her remarks on the box and contents. — — it goes. except as to the nest. In this. Metcalf for Miss B. I presented to with Mr. "George Hunt. she seemed to think it belonged to some old maid.APPENDIX. and some flowers. Capron requested her which she effected through the key-hole. The result of this experiment is in every way satto enter the box. power of producing paralysis are given and I there stated that the power gained by the practice of Magnetism may be found effectual in producing it without having a communication previously established. pressed leaves. M.. however." In the eighth note of part first. She said there were many other things in the box. On inquiring about the result of her examination.'s inspection. was correct. of New York. "Yours respectfully. but the mere image of it in the mind of her magnetizer or in the minds of those who were in communication with her I was induced to try the experiment alluded to in your note. or otherwise disturbing isfactory to me. I was informed that she took the box. but the air was so confined that it troubled her to breathe. the greater part of which was made ot tow. gives well-authenticated evidence that the con- jecture was not unfounded: . perfectly tight. she was correct as to the substance she saw. Knox. "Her description so far as it went. Every article was packed close. and saw a great variety of dried Dr. The following letter from Dr. and she was obliged to come out. and held it over her head. made of half-inch stock. so that no one could have formed any conception of what the box contained by shaking. "I took a wooden box. and a substance that looked like tow. so far as it If these facts wiL aid you. measuring — eight inches by fourteen. which I suppose was the bird's nest made use of on this occasion. one pamphlet with a blue cover. or the top I do not remember which and then mentioned two books. you are welcome to them. several instances of the . and filled it it various articles curiously arranged. inasmuch as no one knew the contents of the box except myself. marked L.

I was requested to magnetize some person present for the amusement of the company. Hartshorn: "Dear Sir: You requested me to communicate to you some facts in Animal Magnetism which I had observed. of Providence. have frequently made the same experiment. The firm health and previous scepticism of the subject of this experiment conspired to render the result remarkable. much beyond my own of the company. The magnetic continued during two minutes. At the same time. while her unquestionable veracity. or a direct influence casion. though less frequently. has been vanquished by facts which I have witnessed (and . DR. I must candidly avow that a scepticism. and. they are perfectly at your service. when compared with the other arm. September 24. C. its arm lost. some peculiar sensations have been the result. " I of the will of the magnetizer. you can make any use of them. somewhat "more than philosophical. the gree. I shrll not attempt to decide. produced com- the left arm. such as occurs when the arm or foot is said to be asleep. and offering to make the attempt. on this oc- and General Greene. that I had frequently known peculiar sensations produced locally by the magnetic passes. Animal Magnetism — — This I declined. in the majority of cases. 1837. and her reiterated assertions. In this. Whether these results arc the product of an excited imagination. There were present. its Besides the hilation of muscular power. precluded all suspicion of imposition. generally a sense of weight in the arm. to complete annia certain de- sensibility. at the same time.450 APPENDIX. KNOX. plete palsy of expectation. PROM "Mr. and to the amusement was completely successful. being in company where the subat present so engrossing a. and. her eloquent look of surprise. T. with which I commenced the investigation of the claims of Animal Magnetism. Dr. Parsons. if I cannot certainly attach much importance to them. I operations. Although yet. theme was the topic of conversation. and temperature was somewhat reduced. ject of "A few evenings since. a degree of immobility. a sense of pricking. remarking. "Providence.

I do not wish to be understood as declaring my belief in all that magnetizers or their patients. less 451 than ocular demonstration I did not feel inclined lo ada diversity of mit). The idea that the discovery was a happy conjecture is absurd. after all these deductions. " By the politeness of Dr. I wrote a note of four lines. To test the lucidity of this somnambulist. owing to the illegible character of the handwriting. as. no doubt. This was. it. and by the curious results which. which she could not decipher. and as possible only on the supposition of miraculous interposition.APPENDIX. to make the most of the easy faith of our neighbors. Much allowance must be made for credulity. I enclosed it in two envelopes. The note contained seventeen words. whose case he has detailed in the first number of your translation. so that the I sealed it writ- ing was covered by four folds of paper. I resorted to an experiment Which had previously been frequently tried. It was returned as it was given. Yet. I have had several opportunities of seeing Miss Brackett. and impressed it with a peculiar however strong. a love of the marvelous. I apprehend there will remain a residuum of unimpeachable testimony for facts which have hitherto been considered as warring with the laws of nature. with complete success. ten on the outer envelope. with the exception of one word. Capron returned it to me with the contents of the note writ- wafers and four wax device. No light. directed to Miss Brackett. cases. and two days after Dr. so common. and that pro. in have followed my own experiments. which were known to no one but myself. according to the assertions of the most respectable witnesses. have asserted. to the contents of which she could have no possible clew. Capron. could render it possible to discover that there was anything written within. The supposition of the removal or opening of the seals was out of the question. much less the retailers at second-hand of magnetic miracles. on opening could not have read it myself but from recollection. To resort I I ' was convinced — . with four seals. This Was left with the somnambulist. without the slighest appearance of having been handled or crumpled. and. She likewise wrote sentiments' instead of 'selections' another mistake certainly attributable to the same cause. pensity.

November 13. ESTEN. and therefore he can- Dear Sir. and so sensitive." NOTE FROM " XXXIII. in particular. if it does not already must shake the incredulity of the most sceptical. Such facts as these. DR. —In the appendix of Deleuze. Knowing that she had been frequently magnetized. One. and still be insensible to pain. great in proportion to their marvellous character. a lady. as is rapidly accumulating. so much so that she could not endure to have it filled until she was magnetized. I obtained permission to make use of it on this occa- — . that the touch of an instrument produced severe pain. R Knox. in the somI nambulic state. the tion being unity. in company with a friend of hers. 1837. to think this is not always the case. "J. the opposite chances. was so badly decayed. it given in the notes as an opinion that the somnambulist always appears to know what the magnetizer is doing. This perhaps depends very much upon the degree of sympathy which the operator has for his patient a sympathy that induces apprehensions lest the patient should suffer under the operation. I grant. may sometimes know what the magnetizer is doing. I think the patient. " On the 28th of October ultimo. Yet such a weight of testimony exist. The denial that any proof can establish such facts. " Providence. even while he is performing a surgical operation. am led by the experiments which I have tried.452 APPENDIX. called on me to have some teeth filled. and may assist in the operation. chance of such a soluno number short of infinity could represent to a mathematical expression. INSENSIBILITY TO PAIN. involves principles no less dangerous than those by which the celebrated Hume vainly sought to overthrow the evidence of ^* " Respectfully yours. require for their establishment a mass of evidence. I find not perform a surgical operation without producing pain.

had the patient not been magnetized. I cut around one of her teeth with a gum lancet while she was in the somnambulic state. clapped her hand to her face. and see if tooth. is the only one that would naturally be attended with much pain. and filled the cavity. I asked her if the operation was painful. giving it a rotary motion with as much. She appeared to know everything I was doing. is "The greater than that of extracting the tooth. opened her mouth when I approached her with an instrument. pain of removing the carious portion of a tooth. she said. and said her tooth ached. and pulled quite hard. she had continued sent for to ache me. she said it did not. as in this case. for the purpose of destroying the nerve. she asked for a knitting-needle. I then removed that entire portion of the tooth which was carious. and. The tooth continued to ache violently. " I filled two or three other teeth while the patient was in the somnambulic state but the one to which particular reference has been made above. did not produce pain.APPENDIX. . and thrust it into her tooth with her own hand. . filled this I should not on account of the insufferable pain that would have naturally attended the work. and was then aching violently. have it would not stop aching. She was afterwards magnetized. Before I awoke her. she showed no indications of pain. In this she was successful. while in that state. to ascertain 453 perform the threw her into the magnetic sleep in about five minutes. I whether I could or could not in the least. I inquired if the tooth ached. and applied some kreosote. but without producing the desired effect. to give it a trial. The operation which she performed with her own hands. I removed the filling. talked about the operation. and placed a pair of extracting instruments upon the tooth. and closed it again when I withdrew it. and that On being awaked. and she said it was not operation without producing pain. She heated the needle. and which would have followed it. sion. where the nerve and membrane are exposed. During the whole time. and informed me that her tooth ever since it was filled. "For further satisfaction. I advised her to keep the filling in. The next evening. which was given her. she immediately it was perfectly easy. without regarding the nerve or membrane.

FROM MR. „ Yourg respectfullyj "W. I placed the instrument upon her tooth. She said she did not feel it. of . " I magnetized Mr. " Saratoga Springs. rising up. September Dear Sir: I embrace the first information you asked in regard to the effects of Magnetism upon men. The instrument bore so hard upon the tooth and gums as to start the blood. and she certainly showed no indications of it. I had occasion an artificial tooth from a small box in a closet. which had been shut. a gentleman of Providence. as I have attempted to magnetize but opportunity to give you the few men. She still said she felt no pain. Angell. or moving a muscle if that indicated pain. she carried it back to the same box.454 force as the t®oth APPENDIX. her would bear without starting it. POTTER. She bore the whole without changing countenance. and wished to extract the tooth herself." NOTE XXXIV. She then took up the instrument which I had laid down. T. and in the chair where she then was. lieve the action I speak of susceptibility because I be- depends as much upon a certain constitu- tional adaptation as upon the health of the subject. when she seized it with both hands» and pulled with so much force that I was obliged to exert my strength to prevent her from starting it. but did not wish to sacrifice a tooth to gratify curiosity. She immediately told me that I had taken it from a box in the closet. AMERICTTS " V. Esten. for I had not pulled any. " I think I could have extracted either of her teeth without her being sensible of pain. although there were several others filled with the same sort to take of teeth. 14. " When she was in my office the first time. 1837. and into which she could not have looked had she been awake. I am not prepared to speak positively about the relative susceptibility of the two sexes. yet I think them the most diffi- cult to magnetize. and. I asked what I had done did not hurt.

but had no further opportunity to continue the experiments. His health appears to be good. although magnetized him six or eight times for the purpose. I magnetized a very active colored man. " In five minutes. I raised and extended his arm at an elevation of about thirty degrees. of strong constitution and excellent health. of about the same time. with evident symptoms of somnambulism. so that he could not open them. so that he could not open them. "At the solicitation of a gentleman at Newport. doing it in about two. yet I think it would take two or three more sittings to make this a perfect case. Rogers rushed blindly into a belief in Magnetism. and kept it there at will for more than fifteen minutes. but he has a very slender constitution. when we wish to convince a man of the truth of anything. trust no witling will infer To tell the truth. or that Mr. I I was never able to get him beyond this state. he progressed very sensibly. After two more sittings. I now is and he we mean to blind that from this people merely to impose upon their imaginations. "When the influence was thrown off. we desire and try to open Ms eyes. I have not attempted since. Rogers of eyes in spite of his teeth. Rogers. although I asked him at several different times to drop his arm. or even speak. although he was not asleep. At the first sitting. "After a sitting of about twenty minutes with a young man of our city. I found him unable to raise his hand. I found no difficulty in in about five minutes. at the first sitting. I saw symptoms of somnambulism. closing I convinced Mr. This man had never . 455 about twenty-five. I closed his eyes Afterwards. I have done it more than once at the distance of half a mile. you will perceive I have taken a course clean contrary. in good health. he fiim in the faith. he was unable to speak or move. at Saratoga Springs. a waiter at the Bellevue Hotel. attorney). so much so that I could act considerably upon the muscles of his arm. of a very active and rather nervous temperament. In about forty minutes. I closed a gentleman's eyes (Mr.APPENDIX. he could not do it unaccompanied by my will. without seeing a reason for his sudden conversion. "In ordinary cases. in this case. But. he did not know that his arm had been moved. my magnetic power by Ms yielded with a good grace.

and was perfectly willing to give me any carelessness of the driver I information. I determined to see her. yet was willing I should try the experiment. courteously. heard of Magnetism before. is confirmed. which she formerly exhibited in a natural way. light complexion. from the singular and striking effect produced in this case. Potter this letter has magnetized several men. " Since my arrival here. when in that state.f 456 APPENDIX. she experienced a sense of numbness. He appeared to express his conviction of the power of Magnetism. if she was to be found. but was not afSicted with it at the time. except that she There was some difficulty in waking is much more calm.* "On my passage from Providence to this place. this statement Dr. Belden to the translator. he expressed his entire unbelief. the next day. Among them was Mrs. Having seen an account. She had been subject to tic douloureux. . by the who was to take me at Springfield. Mr. holding her thumbs. I sat down before her.. with the young lady's consent. second * Since sitting. Belden informed me that the appearance of the girl was the same as formerly. in thirty minutes a state of was written. and having the appearance of the most perfect health. Belden died in 1842. Belden was her physician at the time. No other case occurs to my mind worth mentioning at this time. F about twenty-five years old. her. " I found her to be a girl about the age of nineteen. and stated my business. "Dr. t In a letter from Dr. and eyes. . some four or five years since. hair. the daughter of Judge Cowing. I called upon the He received me very doctor. 1 learned that Dr. and in four minutes she was entirely insensible to all external objects. and obliged to wait for the next day's stage. On my declaring it to be my conviction that I could produce the same phenomena by magnetization. i have been solicited to prove the existence of the magnetic power by magnetizing various individuals. of a girl who was a natural somnambulist at that place. was left. At the first sitting of twenty At the minutes. She possesses a fine mind and a cultivated taste.

At the third. throwing off the influence. tranquillity 457 was induced and a total loss of muscular power. I put the lady of General Smith asleep ^n For some time she was unable to speak. she went into a magnetic state. the above symptoms were much increased The fourth sitting was at the house of Mr. 'O. as soon as she left off playing. Sometimes she would answer me in a low whisper. under the medical attendance of Dr. From this state. Allen. from Dr. till it gradually wore off. five or "My next patient was Miss Maria Read. Other persons could rouse her by a noise. she passed into the most perfect ecstasy. J W.establish ment of the strength of her nerves. state same in the enabled to go home. the motions returned. resem bling natural sleep. as I am informed by her mother and herself. "At Saratoga. and great nervousness. so that she could not hold anything in her hand. upon other subjects. she continued After laughter. down and played upon the piano. without experiencing any difficulty. at the same time. She sat conversing. Dark ' complexion and eyes. fifteen minutes. by raising her hand several times. and four of much shorter duration. and an improvement in her general health. Westcott and lady. she continued the motions of the hands and watched them. but not by speaking to her. sixteen years of age the 4th of July last. I understood. In twenty minutes. with an obstruction. her eyes were closed. She would not answer the questions of others or of myself. that she had suffered Steele. but. is a re. though less violently. of for about an hour. . and she obeyed a mental request. She was troubled. were present. frequently exclaiming. and she was her eyes being wide open. with violent and energetic action of the hands and the muscles of her face.APPENDIX. others. and a loss of appetite. without being able to stop them. what thoughts! if I could The motion of her hands and only clothe them in words! the changes of her expression were as if she were acting some Sometimes she burst into violent screams part in a tragedy. a total prostration of strength. moreover. "Westcott. •' The next sitting was attended with the same results^ but Mr. "In twenty minutes. The effect upon her. Before it wore off. She was magnetized once a day for ten or fifteen days.

I drew my hand. I went forthwith to her room. she remained in the same state until 7 o'clock. and in five minutes she was entirely restored. "While as in Albany. by-the-by. stomach. as soon as she was taken ill at dinner-time. I placed one hand upon her forehead. at 2 o'clock. March's little daughter. and bowels.458 but. and informed me that Mrs. which was then asked her husband to inform me. hair. without giving relief. is friend. fair complexion. 'October 7th. and loithout vsing the manipulations. S. and went down to the table. To ascertain what effect could be produced at a distance. and applied fricAl tions over the chest and limbs. G. nearly senseless. slightly touch She complained of great sense of weakness in the arm.. and re turned to the tabie At 3 o clock he came to her room. at 9 o'clock m the morning. and Pro- . where she was immediately taken I ill He went back with her to her room. for two minutes. and the other upon her waist. Hubbard chanced to meet me. I reder of the left stored the arm in five minutes. lectures on anatomy. without touch- ing her. old. if everything was not right. she at 2 At 1 wished to remain until dinner-time. was dangerously ill. you well know. When the bell rang for dinner. G. General Smith should have informed me. but he did not ascribe it to Magnetism. and found her on the floor. quite deranged. Mr. Albany. On the next Monday. by the hand. because she 'felt so happy. ing them. APPENDIX. Miss S and eyes. there was a pain in the muscle of the left forearm. as I had particularly requested him to. T got acquainted with Dr. from the shoul. after a continued paralysis of thirty-six hours. March. when I commenced waking her. seven years into a magnetic sleep in about ten minutes. though it roused her a little. He placed her upon the bed.' o'ciock. when Mr. S. took Mrs. My Mr. This had continued from the time I had magnetized it on Saturday. she requested me to let her remain in that state. so that she was not able to raise any small weight or to use it. an exceedingly fine one. and whose anatom- ical collection. General Smith went to her room. and suffering the most excruciating pain in the head. threw Dr. arm to the ends of the fingers. seated her. who. where I found her as above described.

both from Troy. G. March being with the little girl at his own house. He endeavored and the great power with which he was endued was thus exhibited in an extraordinary degree. John Perry. easily. sometimes ingly. fessor 459 McKee being at the Temperance Hotel. but he took no notice of things. Potter are abundantly able to prove the magnetic power. after carrying him out into the street. In five minutes. stamping and strikto shake. in the presence of Governor Marcy. I threw him into the same state. They have been several times successfully employed by physicians in this city to magnetize their patients. he began to magnetize him mentally. He affected as not to be able to answer any one but active. ing with his fists. and she not only did not know of the attempt. also magnetized Mr. "This was only the fourth time of magnetizing her. his eyes were set wide open. in presence of Professor McKee and Dr. firmness of purpose. Mr. magnetized four times. j The Messrs. March. In seven minutes. At present. were present. Esq. "She has since been magnetized in. March put her to sleep others. and his whole frame The convulsions were violent. tance of six feet from Mr. but Dr.* "At the second sitting. thrown into convulsions. But to ascertain the true value of it as a means of alleviating and curing the sick. She dropped her book. and Dr. intelligent also that these convulsions were useful. Hadley. and about twenty Dr. Perry. March kept her reading. he put her into somnambulism in five minutes. however. James and George MdSTaughton. "A. demands incessant practice. he would not answer. a physician. and several Sitting at the disphysicians. and fell asleep. By placing the hand upon the bare neck and breast. though neither fatal nor permanent. upper part of the stomach.. the magnetizers use their influence sooth Their patients are. and began to tremble nervously. and the. Dr. Attorney-General Butler. he closed them. and the effects were about the same. howevei. March. Trans. among whom was Dr. K. of the first respectability. and find its effects salutary. the presence of Drs. or not sustained by Mesmer maintained to produce them. existence of the — . healthy. and they continued about half an hour. "Mr. he finally succeeded in waking him. Experience. He is an " Judge Spreicker was was * so much young man. has shown that they are sometimes attended with effects which are bad. when the action is too great. Peck. and another gentleman. about fifty rods distant.APPENDIX. When spoken to.

—Page 219. she would answer no one but myself. about seventeen years and good health through life. Deleuze says that the influence of the magnetizer will be I have evidence of a very felt even in the waking state. that note. In fifteen minutes. "Mr. Potter. She was awaked by reversed motions in thirty seconds. it while in the ordinary state. Thomas C. . but ment has not yet revived.460 Mr." NOTE XXXY. The judge was an unbeliever even after seeing a case of somnambulism. of age. An inveterate attachment to tobacco in its various shapes has been entirely destroyed. for some curious results. There was a slight trembling of the frame. in the presence of the principal of the Female Academy. and others. of this agent. Wycoff. Mr. this curious nature in proof of Every one who takes the true way to convince himself of the existence of the agent called Mesmerism. Dr. a young medical student of about twenty years of age. known this. I magnetized Miss Yan N. Gr. that is. without winking. at the twenty-sixth In a subsequent letter. will find nothing more common than this G-eorget seems not to have influence over somnambulists. The reader is referred to the letter of Dr. She settled down from mirth and laughter. light eyes. "Americus Y. gentleman states that he does not find the plan equally efficacious with all. she closed her eyes. APPENDIX. Robbins. by attempting the proofs on individuals whose state of health he desires to benefit. "Yours. for he might have prevented the repugnance which his patients manifested when they were served with moxas and blisters of their own prescription. in five minutes. though the patient. light hair. . He is now ready to testify to the power "At the house of Rev. Hartshorn. James McNaughton. assertion. In a few minutes more to a vacant stare. I am informed that any the attach- It is not therefore so extraordinary that article of food. knew nothing of the cause of Many weeks have elapsed.

when magnetized with one thinks these experiments were not made with sufficient it is easy for him to repeat them in many ways. and recognized at once the nauseous sweet of liquorice. At another time. after waking. called for the several care. while another clove which she ate had its proper taste. presented to the should retain its induced qualities long after he is awakened from sleep. was in the ordinary state. Such is one of the powers of this unknown agent. 461 the design of changing its taste. on being told to taste it. A trial of this was recently made by Dr. changing a piece of wheat bread into cake. I have tried this successfully. Any person who is nerjly put in communication with one may do this to his own satisfaction. and told her to recollect. and somnambulist. and the next day the rest was eaten while the patient. Robbins has tried experiments of the same kind. who was blind. which is no less surprising. and did not know that she had had the piece in her hand. Cleveland. and thought it was in reality cinnamon. a part of which was eaten immediately and pronounced to be cake. I have in the same manner imparted a peculiar taste to water. of Pawtuxet. If any . which exhibits this power of transfusing tastes in a very striking degree. without saying a word of his intention. if he can obtain the privilege of being put in communication with a somnambulist. he gave her a piece of aloes. she had some of it remaining in her mouth. not informing her what it was. she did so. .APPENDIX. I have never yet availed myself of my opportunities to ascertain. "There is another power closely allied to this. she mistook it for opium but. when she was asleep. without knowing anything about the influence which had been exerted the day before. and told her to have it taste on her awaking like liquorice. It changes the most disgusting bitter in the whole materia medica into the most intense sweet. You can induce a desire for a particular species of food at a particular hour of the day. He gave one of his somnambulists a clove to eat. How far the experiment would succeed with one who possesses vision. Observing it upon the table after waking. The patient. that she had eaten a piece of cinnamon. On waking. "Dr. even to the patient. One of these he relates in a recent note to me.

in some instances. who enjoyed a good appetite. she refused to partake of the viand. seems now to me unBut the physician has drugs of most potent questionable. he told her that sne must not eat of the dish she was anticipatone. but of another no one being present but the nurse. .462 articles APPENDIX. Thus far the spirit of forgiveness still prevails. while she was in the Mesmeric state. which he specified. whether the recipient be in good or in bad health. although the somnambulist knows nothing about the influence exerted by the magnetizer to produce this happy result. which had been specified for each of the three daily The patient's want of appetite for several weeks in meals. One of these was to induce a spirit of charitable feeling towards an individual who had rendered himself an object of the patient's hatred and indignation. Dr. but with the design of enforcing the precepts of Deleuze. hope. Dr. who knew the doctor's intention. though was urged upon her as being well prepared and but she called for the substituted food. it . to subserve an evil purpose. Cleveland once called upon another of his patients. effect. which were attended with success the most complete. Some other experiments have been made by him upon several somnambulists to excite cheerfulness. Cleveland has also succeeded in several other experi- ments of a highly useful nature. succession was the reason for pursuing this course. and. to the minds of ciently acquainted men who are not suffi- with the subject. the particulars of which I have in some letters from him which are now before me. On her ing. for instance. before dinner. without suspecting the cause of the palatable change wrought in her appetite. a drop or two of which would be immediate in its action. one could take advantage of the magnetic sleep. awaking. he seems to be over- cautious. and it was completely successful. on which she dined with relish. wherein. and order. in the chapter on somnambulism. and That especiallv in his chapter on the choice of a magnetizer. and was anticipating a choice He advised "her to sleep an hour article of food for dinner. respectively. the I state these things not to excite the marvellousness of reader.

The principles advanced in them derive support from the facts and from the experience of many have conversed. 463 while by the aid of Mesmerism. He is the proper person to employ health. and seldom effective on persons who are not already prostrated by disease. if we have been governed by the right motive. I physicians with whom END. not. uncertain. but with the sincere desire of doing good. there are more somnambulists and more patients under treatment than at any previous period. I trust. provided he a is in good and has the good it. choice. Many men of science are heartily engaged in the investigation. we do not require the exertion of greater confidence than we already repose in him. in the first place. and tedious. the process is slow. who are much more numerous. but to certain qualities of the head and the heart which vindicate we have chosen proposes to try Mesmerism in aid of his remedies. They may be stated at several hundreds in this and the adjoining States. having regard not wholly to his skill. and therefore we are careful. I cannot do better than to recommend the reading of the two chapters referred to above. If the physician no mistake in our this agent. though the first excitement is nearly over. and at this very time. The physician is one on whom we bestow our confidence in an especial manner. and have made our choice. with partisan feelings. . sense to make trial in spite of his prepossessions against Yet there are certain requisites in a magnetizer which we do not find in some physicians. The number of somnambulists referred to in this appendix is upwards of sixty.APPENDIX. leaving out those who are merely thrown into the Mesmeric state. to choose one on whom we can depend. embraced in this note.

.

1842. now were pains An examination showed the os uteri to be urgent. and jyfj-g. She had been in the same condition in her last two pregnancies at the same period. I laid my 465 . severe in as frequent as every four or five minutes. June 28. NOTE XXXVI. evening. " Case first.Without saying anything. LETTERS FROM PHYSICIANS. which had continued nearly all day. and in compliance with your request. "Dear Sir I received yours of 21st inst. She had sent for me to hasten. of the effects of Mesmerism upon disease. sufficiently dilated to admit the finger with considerable play. I was called to visit I found her in the seventh month of pregnancy. and the tense membrane was plainly felt. much stupefied with opium. 1843. and all the means employed to prevent premature delivery had only prolonged her suffering. Y. She had been. The labor. FROM DR. DOUGLAS. out of many cases which have occurred my own treatment. this day. and not retard her delivery. " Hamilton N. perfect determination to have nothing done to retard the progress of labor. having been absent during the day. during the whole afternoon.—July. in the hope of deferring her confinement until my reShe expressed a turn.NEW APPENDIX. and very . proceed to give you a detail under of a few.

. and was loudly crying with pain. I requested the father to lay his hands on the affected parts and make passes over them. the second scarcely waked her. They recurred a few times afterwards.—March 29. her hand upon '• Case third. The doing so. for he had perfectly stopped them in five minutes. who had been attacked. I was informed by the husband that her pains had returned twice since my former visit. which had located in These parts were swollen. I directed the husband to repeat the process.466 hand NEW APPENDIX. with thirst and hot skin. He chose to be excused from what he deemed so useless a process. over the uterus. and were allayed by the same means with the first pain. 1842. a young married lady. In May. after same facility. " Case second. who had suffered one abortion at an early period. he promised compliance. She has had several attacks of labor pains since. with acute rheumatism. I visited Mrs. but at length consented.. . she was delivered of a large and healthy child. The slightest motion of the affected joints could not be borne. Knowing to be very susceptible to the Mesmeric influence. a girl of about ten or eleven years of age. ancles and feet. I remained an hour. the knees. She had slept none the previous night. and talked In cheerfully. About two months from this period. — and had had regular labor pains for the last twelve hours. was obviously lighter. After expressing the confident belief that my hand could have had nothing to do with producing the result which had On visiting her the folfollowed. hot. The pulse was over 120. during which she slept undisturbed. the previous day. red. She was now at about the same period a second time. I laid my hand over the uterus. and the third did not appear. if the pain returned. and the husband informs me that she is so sensitive that she never has a single pain after he lays his her. and the next pain did not occur. Yisited Miss T. carelessly outside of her dress. lowing evening. saying that her limbs did not ache at all. In about five or six minutes she ceased to groan. and he had found himself a better doctor than I. and intensely tender and painful. 1843. expressing the hope that it would afford her relief.

but so much friend for another application of the of remedy. considerable incessant and harrassing cough. I would say that it sary to trouble my . which. dle of the following Twentypromptitude. great soreness of the chest and throat. and suffered declaring direction. of tightness with attended come severe.—In the Spring of 1842. three-quarters was expression. every in freely moved to be pressed and the midAbout tenderness. leaving slight soreness in one joint. 467 from ten to fifteen minutes. I suffered a bronchial day. sound emit a to difficult was it such a degree of hoarseness that same hand for above a whisper. in the afternoon of the second the chest. and was so painful at night that I was unable to sleep. J. hand and made passes over it for fifteen or twenty minutes. with slight lameness. the pain had become extremely intense. "Case fifth. By the application of the I was so chest. I He applied his I sent across the street for Dr.NEW APPENDIX. and about a quarter of an hour. that I had a cold to disposition I did not feel the least est degree unwell. when the pain entirely subsided. was attacked with rheumatism of the feet. and was breath. which disappeared during the day without any recurrence of the pain. she was perfectly relieved. it again returned. though I afternoon pass five minutes during the previous did^not without coughing. pain the night. equal with moved by the same process four hours from this. shortness of and feverishness. not her joints only from pain. and was removed to return no more. It increased during the day. If I might be allowed to use such a form cured. At three o'clock and in the morning. to the throat not ascould that I perfectly relieved of all these symptoms. The change was palpable to others as entire restoration well as myself. its resumed disease my and off. had beattack. " Case fourth. seemed to have passed it necesdeem not did I that improved course. slightest that there was not the was reand returned. but tenderness also.—In April last. In the of my voice. in the immediate and almost influence Mesmeric the morning. I believe cough again during the evening or night. I resumed my ordinary "business in the morning. slightthe in or was certain from any feeling. Babcock.

for a "Case sixth. She had by a quack. . she declared that she spine. 1842.—-In March. stomach she had had no evacuations from the bowels tor tour or five days. and i'aintness. —InFebruary. did not suffer the slightest pain. retaining nothing upon th'. and the tumefaction was as great as the integuments would admit. When I saw her. and in distant parts of the system connected by nervous communication with the . — . she Mesmerizing complained of sickness of stomach. tended with indigestion and vomiting of her food. "Case seventh. After some days the inflammation had extended to the serous mem brane. The face was pale and sunken. The pain was constant and terribly severe. and covered with a ciammy swea* tue puise was a weak and almost undistinguishable flutter. atrecently been attended under She had been troubled for two . by moved in a few hand in them. an effect which I have often witnessed. 1842. — By passing the parts of the spine pressed. I visited Miss the following circumstances. and great pain and tumefaction of the bowels. stomach.468 1 NEW APPENDIX. cannot doubt but another application would have rendered the cure complete. hand over the spine for a few minutes. the tenderness was entirely removed. unless some passes The most seare made at the same time over the stomach. attended by obstinate constipation. but the same sensation of pleasure which she experienced from the passage of my Just at the close of the operation. I then proceeded to make two long and deep issues with caustic potash. so that any degree of pressure was borne without inconvenience. I attended Miss very slight tender pressure extremely spinal affection. she had vomited aimost incessantly for ten days. or three years with a chronic affection of the. on Mesmerizing the back. at any time resubsequently was issues these from vere pain passing the hand over one some moments. who had pursued a stim This had brought on acute inflammation ulating treatment of the mucous membrane of the stomach and bowels. attended with uncontrollable vomiting and diarrhoea. Other symptoms were alarming. one on each side of the During the whole operation. It was producing intense pain on the spot.

This was often repeated afterwards.' from a deathly paleness. have come under my observation. raised her head and presented it to her. I however turned out a full dose. became flushed. retained the tenderness and tumefaction. I was more surprised to find it disappear altogether. and her face. till the tendency to fulness and tenderness was overcome. or was already taking place. I had often removed the tenderness in a few minutes. The above patient. I proposed giving her a dose of castor oil. and at perfect ease. on being asked again she replied. requesting ' She swallowed it deliberately. when she waked and soon made an effort to vomit.' In a few minutes after. from the cup. I almost unconsciously and from habit. leaving the abdomen entirely flat and soft This process was repeated. of great tumefaction from inflammation of bowels. 469 Standing by the bed-side. without manifesting the least dislike. it being extremely probable that mortification was about to take place. removed in the same manner. is gone. This sickness was at once allayed by the same means. extreme hardness and distention. usual one day. 'easier. Their present softness and flatness contrasted very strangely with the former fulness. In a few minutes she ceased groaning. I was surprised to observe an obvious diminution of the fulness. other cases. During the night it produced its desired effect.— NEW APPENDIX. and my sickness at stomach Her pulse became distinct and full. perfectly easy. Since that time. she was in a few days tolerably comfortable. sipping it clean her to take it. she replied. and on being asked if she was easy. and the oil repeated. though comparatively free from pain. By the daily application of Mesmerism. with uniformly the same result the great fulness and hardness being perfectly removed in about fifteen minutes. laid my hand upon her stomach and made passes over it and the bowels. She lay apparently asleep. under the daily influence of Mesmerism. and reflecting witb great anxiety upon the probable impotency of medicine in such a state of things. But the bowels. finally recovered from her superinduced attack of acute disease and . Continuing it some time longer. and every immediately alarming symptom had disappeared. for about four hours. but was assured that that article was always very nauseous to her. and there Continuing the process a little longer than I had stopped.

I hare no hesitation in uting to this agent the preservation of her life. as cupping on tender places upon which the least pressure could not be made without pain before magnetizing. tightness of the . and thus to remove one of the most powerful exciting causes of a continuation of disease. with a variety of difficulties. attrib- her original chronic affection. It supplies a desideratum in medicine. answer it. colds attended with great hoarseness. at less trouoie.. to the subject " The cases of disease of various character to which I have applied Mesmerism with benefit. blistering in irritable habits. was in the inphenomena which I had elicited. which has gradually cleared away the the time of addressing "At you in 1839. the power of that agent to annihilate irritability or sensibility to pain. viz. It has. and one of the most obstinate obstacles in the way of its removal. inquiries. and especially of the medical profession. are innumerable. little and led to many clear and definite results. the insertion of setons. " The above are a few ordinary examples illustrative of a most important fact in Mesmerism. and which surprised and puzzled me. but I have performed a large number of minor and every-day operations by its aid without pain. however. asthma. some of your Since publication. pectations in directing more than answered my exthe attention of the community. and supply the place. Unac quainted with any practical magnetist. of the numerous letters I was obliged I will send to write in answer It to inquiries addressed to you a copy. (a perfect cure of the most distressing breathing in fifteen minutes). to some extent. my greatly increased experience discovers many imperfections in and some errors. may.470 NEW APPENDIX. viz. me. its to some extent. I was under the necessity of prosecuting. sore throat. "I have witnessed all the most surprising relief and cures in : of the following diseases. making large and deep issues with caustic potash. etc. I have never seen an amputation under its influence. an independent course of inquiry. My work on Mesmerism was intended to give the praclical information I possessed at the time of its publication. I cipient stage of inquiry.

my notice and shall you such cases as have come under be happy if . although I have the most Dear Sir: I of in the work perfect confidence that it may be done. dysmenorrhcea. " I am satisfied the cure was much by bringing . I have paid some attention to the subject. the breathing became easy and difficulty of breathing returned on her being restored to consciousness. January last with On being magnetized. at the end of which time it was found to have drawn and filled well. ». and bled until some degree of faintness was manifest. ap- and free. spinal irritation. "I will briefly state to . ' ' Respectfully yours. extreme and painful fatigue.r " J. and perfectly unconscious of having been bled or blistered. sia. I am satisfied that it has claims TNihich but few medical men I have performed no amputation at present duly appreciate. Y. was without soreness. apparently enjoyed quiet sleep. and a blister plaster. She was then put into the Mesmeric state again. inflammation of the bowels.. and a dressing given. angina pectoris (a perfect cure few minutes). She was again magnetized. " Forkestville. Hartshorn.NEW lungs. 471 and distressing cough. plied to the side. on a person in the Mesmeric state. only she felt much better. "Mr. am gratified to learn that you are engaged which you speak. six by eight inches. during the time. S. she. "Miss E. but the pain which remained six hours.1 can do anything to aid in you in the furtherance of your object. 1843. habitual sleeplessness. FROM " DR. The incision made on bleeding.. J. headache. n tt T. m . ing attacks of fever. in a APPENDIX. It was removed. etc. was attacked pleurisy. dyspepcharacter. those made in the waking state. DOUGLAS. N. as the case which was quite different from was a severe one facilitated and required repeated bleedings. C. gastritis. after-pains of the most severe attendpain universal toothaches. June 14. BARRETT. but have had access to no very extensive work. without her being conscious of anything having been done. acute rheumatism (many striking and sur- prising cases). aged 18.

T. be magnetized in these paroxysms. in C. though in character he was naturally diffident. "Whatever attempts were made to arouse him served to excite his combative feelings. " Miss E. and it only became necessary several years. at others some portion of the bedclothes. 14 years old. has been afflicted with spinal irritation for much so that she has been confined to her bed for several months. Miss S. and has not had a paroxysm since. I extracted a large my — before. On being magnetized she could be scarified and cupped without any pain.472 to ' NEW aid Magnetism. by partially arousing him and leaving him to himself for a few minutes. and present himself wherever the family were. G.and he was ready to encounter anything The paroxysm could be brought on that came in his way. and by exciting other portions of the brain. whatever came in his way he considered himself equal to. the effect was but partial. He would at get up and put something on him. also had a molar tooth extracted while in the Mesmeric state without being conscious of it. . to " any time when he was asleep. he became 'perfectly quiet. much haste. in which the organs of self-esteem and combativeness seemed to be the most active. She was afterward afflicted with the molar tooth.. had been subject to natural somnambulism. or even moving a niuscle the soreness in either case following the operation was trifling compared to what it had been when they had had teeth extracted teethache. she could not bear the least pressure about the spine. on the second attempt the effect was fully produced. These paroxysms would last from two to four hours. In these paroxysms he would pay no respect to age. C. E. and she was not conscious of it. A son of Mr. nor did she miss it until some half hour when her attention was directed to it. as regards mental and physical powers. The first time that he was attempted to." " Solomon Barrett. . so magnetize the part to which I wished to apply the cup. sometimes his clothes. "Tours. " Mr. now three months. APPENDIX. Hartshorn.

since she was two years old. for in these experiments my subject was not magin a The influence was exerted while she was sulted. upon the testimony of others. or whose names she had not heard mentioned. by the ordinary means of the accidental association of ideas. CLEVELAND. 473 DR. etc. by a sudden impression. but. August 4. old. were mentioned with a perfect remembrance of their occurrence.NEW FROM APPENDIX. . which have proved very sat- "Dear — isfactory. made Sir. " Providence. In compliance with your request I have several experiments upon the memory. etc. more than twenty years ago. as tested by the recollection of others of the family. "These exercises were continued two days. as it were. The events of earlier life. back to the earliest period possible. Many incidents of maturer years.. Individuals were described and called by name. 1843. The restraints under which she was placed when she became able to creep about house— the circumstance of falling down-stairs and the person who took her up—her first attempts to walk— her peculiar favorites. as were those that occurred at a period of life so early as not to be substantiated by the evidence of memEvents that took place beory. The events of infancy and early childhood appeared more to her like a dream than a reality. were by her perfectly months tea was fore the magnetized she had to depend although and very minutely described. who were surprised at her mentioning them without knowing the reason old.— all of which occurred before she was eleven months whom she had not seen. without that clearness of memory as to their certainty. were very distinctly and minutely recalled and described. "The first however. which had long been forgotten. of her doing so. experiment consisted in inducing the mind to impressed with all or any of the past events be recall. The mind was then directed to the recalling of particular events. I say diconrected.. netic state. and arrangements made the day previous to their going into action. or to of life. but appearing like dreams. were described with much feeling and accuracy. as to their reality. not. or rather upon the power of recalling events.

'I have been induced to communicate these observations. she could readily repeat large portions of them. were so perfectly recalled that that sermons. with the hope that others. to partake of food as usual. ' A short time ago I twenty-two years of age. better qualified.474 * NEW APPENDIX. was afflicted with an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the throat. These experiments have resulted with several patients with ' same success. But as for myself. etc. So perfect was the success of this second experiment. prayers. experience accords with that of Deleuze. and told my patient that I meant to return the complaint which had been transferred to me. and reduce them to some important results. " i sudden blow or shock has been known to throw per- . may be led to improve thereon. so as to attend to her affairs in perfect healU. she was enabled. when only eight years of age. I found it very troublesome to eat. the * "In the eighth chapter of the Practical Instruction. As was not the customary fee for medical service I went on tne third day. on a former occasion. exhibiting an actual transference of the this symptoms of her disorder to myself. for which I had. One of my patients a lady twenty five years of age. -six hours. treated her in the ordinary way with very poor success. the next day. and which had not been thought ot for years. I then made a few passes from my own throat towards hers. was ca'led to visit a lady thirt. nor endure to be raised from the bed. After being Mesmerized twice. which she had heard seventeen years ago. She was cured in three visits. for any given period of time. who had f o/ four days been prostrated by a severe nervous pain in the head She could neither sit up. some obMy own servations are made on the transmission of pain. within so far as my own upon practice is concerned. I have also been enabled to direct the mind to any sub ject for study and meditation.. with the greatest intensity and abstractedness. '• Neuralgia seems to yield readily to the Mesmeric action. The succeeding day I found myself relieved. and my patient was afflicted as before. She was now so unwell as to be unable to swallow anything but fluids. my throat was inflamed.

suddenly bounded up. I saw them trying to bring it to. own house. There was great difficulty in swallowing. I could scarcely retain his hands. and at length. down. expressing great satisfaction at my having come taking no notice of any one else. and held him fast.NEW APPENDIX. and he could no longer recognize her. on account of the spasmodic affection. of to see him.' meaning the house in Foster. be fell from the As I struck the ground. taking no notice of any one present. But I persevered. if he should prove troublesome before my return. and to be standing among the spectators looking at my old one. but being perfectly quiet. 475 sons into a sort of somnambulic state. I will give the relation once made to me by a work on a building. and an appearance like one laboring under hydropohobia. I made several fruitless efforts to recarpenter. directing her to withdraw her communication by a wave of the hand. he staggered and fell. . A scuffle which I witnessed "took place in the street between two men at a short distance from my resiI seized one of them who had thrown the other dence. but as the fallen man was rising. '1 staging to the ground.' scud he. This she was obliged to do. Opium was exhibited without effect. the spasms began to yield. whose presence he was not before aware. my ' — recognized me. "Intending to Mesmerize him. " As he remained tranquil. (He seemed all the time to suppose himself in a certain old building in Foster.) " I then put him in communication with his wife. He expressed and talked of his being still kept in that 'infernal old building. he received a kick from his antagonist directly in the eye. and plunging headlong to the ground. struggling to rise again repeatedly. He was at ' and finally succeeded ! "Tetanus. In about thirty minutes he enter body. I left him for the night in communication with his wife. The blow was very severe and from a heavy boot. where he continued to rave and rattle on incoherently. still his joy at seeing her. It required two or three men to hold him. which he twitched from me several times with violence. or be conscious of her presence. and before I relate the next case. Frightful spasms and convulHe was taken to his sions and furious raving succeeded. seeming to have a new body. in ten or fifteen minutes. by three or four men.

His recovery ensued without any return of the tetanic symptoms. and both doors were shut. That letter was not published in your Appendix. " Mr. Hartshobn. " " Thomas Cleveland. The Mesmeric. I refer to this. The hint this suggested. his whole appearance He seemed pleased and called for his wife. I took him home in the usual Mesmeric way. I by that extract gave a hint to the phrenologist.* which was issued in 1837. talking wildly as before. and this distinguishes it from epilepsy. and quoted the very words of it on the 197th page of the Appendix to your first edition. I established the communication between them.. I wrote you a letter in reference to the influence which may be exerted over the faculties of somnambulists. he forth- with discovered in another part of the house. or rather somnambulic state. "As soon as we arrived. especially cheerfulness.) His words were: ' Now I want to see my wife —I see her—she is making a fire in the bed-room. which is certainly prior to any date hitherto claimed by those who have discovered the manipulatory process of exciting the organs. hope. C. (A passage or entry intervened between the two rooms. in ordinary cases. that in 1837. because. which in this case may be accounted for by the injury sustained by the brain. It is characterized by the powers of thought and sensation remaining unimpaired. complained of his situation. putting together fire. may be brought on by an accident of this nature. T. "In the morning. and charity. and shortly after restored him to the natural state. order. * See page 462 of the present edition. he recognized me. as in the instance given above. etc.476 NEW APPENDIX. except the tetanic symptoms. although I did not make use of manipulation. I found him in the same condition. and wanted me to go home with him. but I perceive that you have referred to it. "You will recollect. As soon as I took his hand. for. tetanus is not accompanied by delirium. of a carpenter's fall- ing from a scaffold. Yours. . The peculiar state of the patient is observable. whom fuel for a changed. my dear sir.' " When his wife came in.

" It will be recollected by all who had any knowledge of the events of the year 1837. it is true with others. for time and circumstances to exculpate her from the imputation of witchcraft or imposture. Besides. It must be peculiarly gratifying to her. at this time. in this country. " Providence. to insert in the to Appendix. to be conscious of having outlived this slander. to know that the time has arrived when no one. and desired that I might communicate to you anything upon this subject which I deemed of sufficient interest. as being one of the first which attracted much public attention. it has occurred ing to the public to me that it might not be uninterest- be briefly informed of the sequel of the case of Miss • L Brackett. she has been obliged to wait patiently. 477 FROM DR CAPRON. in which the cases above referred to were the cause of so much excitement throughout the country. that she. in common. it appears to me that justice to Miss Brackett demands some further notice of her case. and comparatively little known upon this subject. will pre- and sume to deny the occasional existence of the phenomena de veloped in her case "Among all the cases which have come to my knowledge. ' ' Had and it not been for a few cases which occurred in this city yicinity.NEW APPENDIX. than it derived from any other source. ''Dear Sir: Since you informed me of your intention ol publishing a revised edition of your translation of Deleuze s Practical Instruction in Animal Magnetism. 1843. some account of which I fur- nished for the former edition of this work. was basely slandered by those who had no knowledge of her or of Mag netism. I know of no one more interesting than this no one — m which a greater number of the somnambulic phenomena . however. and owing to her peculiar situation. who is not either wilfully ignorant or blind ly prejudiced. as well as to her friends. This case appears to me the more interesting. and gave a more decided impulse to the investigation of the subject of Animal Magnetism. in a great it is not improbable that it would have been measure neglected. August 1.

believing all the idle and ridiculous reports which were then so rife. it is perhaps because the science. and manner of conducting experiments. but she was doomed to a different fate. " "After having been magnetized almost daily for so long a time. "The supervention of some disorganizing disease in her eyes. which were evidently the effect of this treatment. "Before Miss Brackett left Providence. both of were the cause of a very unfavorable change body and mind. in addition to the discontinuance of the magnetic treatment. soon after her leaving Providence. the improvement Her friends. have been developed or were more clearly manifested. destroyed all hope of her sight ever being restored. were the grounds of those hopes. and the exciting circumstance attending it. she did not recover for more than a year and a half. rather than because the subjects have been more lucid. From the indisposition into which she was at that time thrown. she has frequently been magnetized. her destination when I incident- became acquainted with her. but that she had since been perfectly sane. continued to be as susceptible and . to for four or five months. The recovery of her voice. should the magnetic treatment. and UDtil Within the last year. " This injudicious measure. who were at a distance. It should be remarked. she had good reasons for hoping that her health and sight would ultimately be perfectly restored.478 NEW APPENDIX. except on a few occasions When some other persons than myself were permitted to magnetize her. that her mind had been somewhat deranged at times. and had not the means of obtaining correct information respecting Magnet' ism. and as soon as her health was ally sufficiently improved. she was admitted into the Perkins Institution for the Blind. previous to her commencing this treatment. thought proper to remove her. in her health. which she had then been subjected be continued. If some new phases have since been observed. Since she has been at the institution. are better understood. of her sight and general health. it is not strange that some marked change should follow the sudden discontinuance of the practice.

under a much greater load of affliction than usually falls to the lot of humanity. for the last five or six years. and thereby arriving at some rational theory. and deprived her of the opportunity of reaping that amount of benefit from an education. founded upon my previous observations and reflections. " This theory. for the last three years. which she accounts for by having gained a more perfect state of health. which from the commencement of my practice in Magnetism. 479 Within when in Providence. it will carry into effect the intention expressed. I will endeavor to mould this theory into as condensed and intelligible a form. and the love and affection of the inmates of the institution generally. entertains a doubt.NEW clairvoyant as APPENDIX. Superintendent. I have not been able to my former communication of following out a classification of the phenomena. industry. however. invaluable friendship of the intelligence. nor any one who is acquainted with her case. sesses sufficient merit to be brought before the public. This has of course diminished very much her ability of being useful in the institution. any of which were sufficient to weigh down the strongest heart. ''That she has been very much benefited by the magnetic treatment. and adopted a theory. and if she has not been entirely restored. and to her.* "She has now been which time her at the institution five years. which I thought it would be premature to publish. the sincere. has appeared to me to be the most satis* Among other afflictions. during and exemplary conduct have secured to her a comfortable and agreeable home. neither she. the esteem. six years ago. however. the last year. in consequence of an injury received upon her spine. in be at your disposal. I had at that time formed an opinion upon this subject. . and as I have not yet seen any well-grounded reasons for changing the views which I then entertained. as a medical agent. although she can be put into the magnetic state. which she might have otherwise expected. she has nothing of this power. been in a great measure deprived of the use of her lower limbs. she has been sustained and rendered comparatively comfortable. as. " Having. given but little attention to the subject of it Animal Magnetism— only practising occasionally. she has. as the difficulty of the subject and my Should it appear to you that it poslimited time will admit.

energy of the brain.. that this fluid is everywhere essentially the same. all of which I believe to be demonstrable by experiments. and retains them in their respective spheres.: pervading the whole created universe. " It would be interesting to enter into a consideration of each of these hypotheses particularly. that nervous power. but is manifested under a number of different modifications. but the want of opportunity and the impossibility of condensing such a mass of . is based upon the following principles and hypothec ses. Mineral Magnetism. fluid. and that the phenomena to which the -terms Animal Magnetism and Mesmerism are popularly applied. which would otherwise be a vacuum. and binds together the particles of matter in the smallest pebble. but is constantly varying in particular places and objects. Animal Magnetism. the ether of the ancients. the soul of nature. or influence another. and a bond of union to ah its parts. elastic. or are the legitimate inferences of well grounded reason» ings. of different authors. or a manifestation of this general principle. is ever the same. Elective and Cohesive Attraction. factory. fluid I suppose to be the primum mobile or main created nature. agency of this fluid. are only so many names for Animal Magnetism. that through the of Gravitation. viz. puts in motion the wheel upon an Electromagnetic apparatus. and that in whatever way it may at of spring "This have been brought into existence and put into operation. and Attraction That there is and consequently that the same agent that gives impulse and motion to the heavenly bodies. in connection with living animal matter. imponderable fluid or aura serving as a medium of communication.480 NEW APPENDIX. an emanation from God himself. and cannot as a whole be increased or diminished. sensorial or remotely situated. We know not but it maybe the fluid first the quantity which fills that space in the universe. an inconceivably fine. . everything in nature has a particular sphere of action and that no material body. Voltaism or Galvanism. invisible. except through some medium. however nearly can act upon. Electro-Magnetism. etc. are peculiar or abnormal developments of this particular modification. among which are Electricity.

tends farther to generalize the laws which regulate the motions and affections of matter. same rule. Gravitation. including light and heat. which. heat. than to point out in what ' they differ. without it. though there are some who think differently. however. that philosophy taught.. fluid. have approximated so far towards unity. I see no reason why the other properties of matter which have been enumerated above. magnetism. the ner- might be only different manifestations of the he observed that it was unphilosophical to attribute these various effects to the same agent.1STEW APPENDIX. as we would see a thousand effects Indeed. 10. This. " 'Every step. is no doubt true. whatever may be thought of the views I have taken of its various modifications. I believe has been very conclusively done. " If it can be established that electricty. chemical attraction. on the contrary. I suggested the idea that electricity. etc. in fact. " When in conversation with a learned gentleman. that the instance under consideration is an exception to the vous fluid. I think will be admitted by all who duly consider the subject.' Sept. . six years since. natural phenomena can be accounted for upon any other sup- position. and therefore that these different manifestations were more likely to be dependent upon distinct agents. 1837. that it is easier to say in what they resemble each other. may not be equally referable to the same general principle. the works of creation would be incomplete. that there were more elementary principles than had formerly been supposed. galvanism. which are familar to every one at conversant with the subject.' says an anonymous writer in the 'Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. light. 481 matter into a reasonable compass. for a communication of this kind. "That there is such a fluid or agent as above supposed. electricity. and the nervous fluid are identical. as a general principle in physics. will oblige me to limit myself to a few remarks. made in the progress of science. electromagnetism. few for which there would be no assignable cause.' "A great number and all variety of experiments. I can but believe. galvanism. have been made to establish the identity of the nervous nnd galvanic fluids.

—Dr. II. which take the liberty to transcribe it: Extraordinary Case of Electrical Excitement. by another when approached part of her off electric body any of the conductors of electricity. in speaking of the principle of life. and the functions dependent upon a supply of this power. 1843. who seems to have summed up and put into an agreeable form most of what is known upon the subjects of which he treats. like one who had been highly charged with this fluid by an electrical machine. N.' and republished in the 'Boston Medical and Surgical that I shall point the to much so is January 24. of Oxford. established by these experiments ' ! "In the experiments above referred to.' its different or- " The ' identity. Every one in the present day. as a fluid received into the animal system from without. has some knowledge of galvinism and voltaism. who. that since the discovery of this extraordinary power. in his work on is Life. in the last number " ' .' Journal. gave sparks. the galvanic fluid has often been substituted for the nervous. neighboring a in lady. and it only remains to be added. observes.' says Wilson Phillip. and this last has been contemplated by numerous physiologists as ' constituting the principle of life. of "SilHosford. oxygen has in its turn fallen a sacrifice to the voltaic fluid. "The supposition that galvanic electricity and sensorial power are only different developments of the same general principle. every one has witnessed some of those curious and astonishing effects which the voltaic fluid is capable of operating on the muscles of an animal for many hours after death. Good.482 '•' NEW APPENDIX. have been performed in the same manner as though they bad received this necessary stimulus directly from the sensorium. and stimulating gans into vital action. Dr. "A similar case was communicated to 'Silliman's Journal. lates to such an excess as to exhibit appeared to be an not long since there was published what State. 'of galvanic electricity and nervous influence. authentic account of a to any applied had or person. derives great support from the fact that there are occasional instances of persons in whom this fluid accumuIt is sensible effects.. relates.

and seems in stiffening pain. When her finger was brought within one-sixteenth of an inch of a metallic body. seen. is evidently under the control of the will. a spark that was heard. 1837. In these fishes. Feels through his frame the chilling vapors rise. surprise." the case of a lady in that town.' . of one inch and a half. which appears to be a weapon of defence. These experiments were so often repeated. who became unconsciously charged with electricity at the time of the occurrence of an unusual aurora borealis. on the 25th of January. though she had seldom been confined to her bed. Throws to th offending arm his The palsied fisherman. which was only manifest to her when the sparks left her. ' . continuing permanently. the taper pole. with her feet health is now better than for many years. during most of which time she was capable of giving electrical sparks to every conducting body that came within the sphere of her electrical influence. She had suffered much from unseated neuralgia in various parts of her system. Calls all his magic from its secret source And through the hook. evidence of this faculty. with instinctive force. and sharply felt when they passed to another person. Dr. passed on the would pass to the stove. Some frost-fixed wanderer o'er the icy plain. When seated motionless. would pass from the end of her finger to a brass ball on the stove these were quite brilliant. four sparks per minute. in dumb 1 stern control. tric eel.' but that " The astonishing electric powers of the gymnotus or elecand of the torpedo. for some months previous to her electrical development. Drops the vain rod. iron stove-hearth. distinctly seen and heard in any part of a large room. H. When most favorably circumstanced. phenomena was not caused by the aurora alluded it was an appendage of the animal system. and felt. Her every second. the line. Her health had never been good. 483 iiman's Journal.NEW APPENDIX. " The hook'd torpedo. that there was no doubt The lady had no internal left of their actual occurrence. this power. thinks this to. are well known instances of the same condition of the animal system. three or four sparks per minute . This extraordinary state continued until the middle of the following May. notwithstanding the insulation of her shoes and silk hosiery.

is dependent upon . respiratory stant and other organs whose functions are conand involuntary.484 " '"We 1STEW APPENDIX. the constant presence of a greater or less proportion of this same principle. is undoubtedly a function of the brain and its appendages. and tual soul if not life itself. that the mind . It is necessary to observe that I have reference here to the sensible or more obvious and that excitability. and forms a connecting link between the intellec- and inert matter. Good. every human being. is were. animal. few of "I have assumed as a principle that which are vet understood. them into an obedience to will as it the sensorium. to supply To the the expenditure in the different parts of the system. vegetable. through the medium under consideration everything in nature. and consequently derived from the aliments taken into the system. the messenger of as essential to it as or- ganization. and proportioned to the demand. and have no difficulty in referring it to an electric or voltaic aura. varied perhaps by circumstances with which we are unacquainted. in a state of health. has a particular sphere of action and reciprocal influence. it is irregular. and not constant. and stimulates it is. the identity through the medium of the sensorial power or nerof which with the galvanic I consider established beyond a reasonable doubt. its production and concentration in an available state.' " It is vous fluid. iines are quoted. acts upon the different organs of the body. or absorbed from the surrounding atmosphere. and limited by laws. is necbut to those organs whose functions are essarily continuous under the control of the will. through appropriate conductors. and can even trace a kind of vol- now ' taic apparatus in its structure. know. it is conducted off more or less constantly. from the largest suns to the smallest satellites. and other objects with which the body may come in contact. from whom the above something of the medium through which this animal operates. heart.' says Dr. or a suseffects of the sensorial power ceptibility of being stimulated into action. and even the most minute particle of matter. . whether secreted from the blood. the supply. From this battery. which is in a comparatively latent state. " In whatever manner this fluid is generated. every heavenly body. which may in this particular be compared to a galvanic battery. .

rapidly increases the production of the sensorial fluid. informing them of the requirements of the will. and the torporific influence of some individuals. exerted by some persons over horses. radiation ordinary or projection than more a is the cause of its much influence. be exerted at the pleasure of the possessor. the motion is instantaneously performed. in the sensorium is state of the sensorium over-charged This the consequence. that there is some ethereal medium through which the mind acts upon these organs. every other part of the system. is probably allied to that of the torpedo and electric eel. however. anger. in the animal system. which varies very much the potency of the sensorial influence. and even tribes. is limited here. explanation has ever been given. etc. even in its ordinary influences. "The excitement of joy. 485 " This sphere of action. sympathy an affection of which 1 am not aware that any very satisfactory and may " . remaining at rest. that some messenger must have been sent to the muscles performing the motion. and other animals. over poisonous serpents and scorpions. perhaps. producing that wonderful and most useful affection. or in other words. and which may also be considered among its natural operations. an influence which cannot be imaginary or mistaken the same thoughts occurring simultaneously to different individuals who are in the presence of each other the influence . and which is sometimes known to disarm the fury of the most enraged and vicious wild beasts of the forest. light passing off from to luminous tion may be compared and an unusual accumulation . a much more extended sphere of action. and it is eqally evident to our reason. and other strong emotions and passions. very This radiaincreasing of this fluid. which is manifested in a thousand different ways: the indescribable influence that some persons have over others. If we will a hand or finger to move in a particular direction. only in its most obvious operations it has. dogs. This action is evident to our senses.. grief. or charming. completely disarming them of their deadly powers. A circumstance worthy of notice. The sensorial power . "Fascination. at least. is limited by the extremities of the nervous filaments. is a state of joy or grief. and enlarges its sphere of action. in its most obvious manifestation.— NEW APPENDIX.

figuratively. and so familiar to every one. constituting a medium of com' ' ' ! munication and reciprocal influence. from one metal within the sphere of its acand all who may be to another tion. or to currents of galvanism passing — ture as the original. ' is. than the old one. that in the animal system. Who has not. and also by the various degrees of susceptibility of different individuals. under the article Sympathy and Fascination. and perhaps has reproached himself with cold-heartedness. as well as in organic nature. The corollary. which he conceived such distresses of his fellow-beings should excite. but even probable. may not precede an inand being. "Dr. and through channels of influence or communication with which bodies in various instances act are altogether unacquainted. and even of the same individual at different times. strongly directed. of course. How often are we accosted with How do you do We were just talking about you!' And I would inquire if it is not only possible. as to render it . says. excite in their sensoria thoughts. "Every person must have observed the different degrees with which he sympathizes with different individuals. that that principle which emanates from the sensorium. resulting from these observations. The kind of emotion or passion giving rise to the accumulation so modifies the influence that the emotion caused is of the same nabodies. and who are sufficiently susceptible. then. by the will.' we "Perhaps there is no saying more frequently repeated or more generally believed. because he did not feel that emotion of the soul. where they are not. Good. under what appear to be the same circumstances. on the contrary.486 NEW APPENDIX. will experience from its influence the emotion of sympathy. dividual. upon those persons whom he expects to see at the place of his destination. that the devil is always near when you are talking about him. and that irresistible flow of moisture to the eye. and consequently conversation about him ? " The sympathies between different parts of the same body are numerous. experienced this emotion in a degree which did not seem called for by the circumstances of the case ? This may be accounted for by the various degrees of nervous influence which different persons are capable of exerting.

— NEW unnecessary to APPENDIX. Noth- to chance. sphere of action and communication. nature but unknown to thee. and when he arrives ing topic. " 'All And is the poet has truly said that art. it would be interesting to make some remarks upon the sympathies and other affections of plants. Were vegetables endowed with locomotion. when the males and females are situated in different houses. make any farther than to suggest the idea that they are dependent upon unusual accumulations in the particular organs which are the and that a radiation or projection may take place from these organs. direction which thou canst not see. each rude touch withdraws her timid hands. an aquatic and diaecious plant. produce more or seat of disease. The effect produced upon the sensitive plant. "In connection with this part of the subject.' "The sphere of reciprocal influence of plants is not con- sympathy manifested between different parts of the same plant. but is occasionally met with in a sensible degree between those which are peculiarly sensitive and living animal matter. we should doubtless witness more daring exploits among them than swimming the Hellespont. "Design ing is left evident in every department of nature. if we may judge from the conduct of the gallant Vallesneria. remark upon 487 this subject. is a familiar fined to the instance.' . which have become so many distinct batteries. as within a certain distance of her dwelling. by handling. the chaste Mimosa stands. and falling upon such other parts of the system as are obnoxious to the sympathetic influence. but my its present design to do it would be incompatible with more than to allude to this interest- Here too we have evidences that everything has is exemplified by the reciprocal attraction and influence observed between the different parts of the same flower. the male blossom of which is said to cast itself upon the bosom of the waters and heroically float away in search of a bride. " ' Weak with nice From sense. less functional derangement. or plants of the same species. All chance. and between different flowers somewhat remote from each other. to approach against the it even wind and is current.

are owing to a ' numbness or paralysis consequent to too violent irritation. which may have a greater affinity for it. "Dr. To these the terms Animal Magnetism and Mesmerism are popularly applied.' " The supposition that both are the effects of exhaustion of what in animals is called the sensorial power is probably correct. which some have adopted. not only here. but in the case of the sensitive plant the effect is so sudden that it appears more rational to suppose that the electric or sensorial fluid is conducted off suddenly by the hand. the compound one. and the laws of which are but very imperfectly understood. when touched.488 NEW APPENDIX.' a periodical published in New York. is inclined to the opinion that the sudden dropping and collapse of the leaflets of this plant. Mesmerism be generally adopted. Phrenomagnetism would require to be exchanged for Phreno-Mesmerism. by manipulating. may properly be called Mesmerizing. by La Roy Sunderland. "The phenomena heretofore very imperfectly considered are among the more constant and natural operations of this universal magnetic or galvanic fluid. more irregular in their manifestations. enough to discover any objection to the term the propriety of introducing but I very much doubt . or magnetizing. but when speaking of the fluid itself. as there would not be a proper correspondence beto the use of the term "In regard to it tween the terms. "The term Pathetism has also of late been proposed. and as it has already obtained general currency. Darwin. throughout Europe. There is still another class of phenomena which are less constant. I see than might be urged against any other that has been suggested. as owing its discovery to Mesmer. and almost exclusively employed in 'The Magnet. from whom these lines are quoted. but if I mistake not. and I am not philologist itself. like the faintings of animals from pain or fatigue. it will not be easily supplanted by that of Mesmerism. "The process of putting the system into this peculiar or abnormal condition called somnambulism. the existence and universal diffusion of which has been assumed as a principle. Should the term I know of no good reason for the exchange. no greater objection Animal Magnetism.

who was magnetized by young '37. and to pain. in respect to the this of Exhaust the sensorium the fluid above referred to. general a scientific term for the * If the modifications. lady. conditions nambulism may be accounted for by the different of distribution quantity and of the system. derive to which from agent. its pulsations nearly one-third in the course of a There could be no collusion here. by a strong effort of the will. unless we are sure that they be generally than the old ones. Animal or than Animal Magnetism. meant we shall find no term more expressive of the thing have we until Electricity. every one can apply dwell upon to practice— if not. to test which a objects all surrounding is A .NEW ter APPENDIX. the operation. A of experiments have lately been witnessed by able this city. and unusual energy will be produced. among these experiments the foregoing truth of the to me the most interesting and convincappeared one which number iug was that of diminishimr the action of the heart. my design being to propose a theory which. bility to sufficient number its of experiments was instituted. it will be a waste of words to "But it is particulars. at will. it. "By the process of in the whole sysdiminished sorial fluid may be increased or the will of the to according tem. or any particular part of it. but also that they will adopted view which I have taken of the subject be correct. an increased considerportion. a in the summer of in this case complete insensiwas There Dr. reducing few minutes. or All the phenomena of somthat of which they are possessed. 489 are not only betany new terms. B. if well grounded. the senmagnetizing. a part of the name of each of its or Mesmerizing. which very conclusively establish the in public the remark. unnecessary to particularize. of this city. " Never having given much attention to Phreno-magnet- . resembling state of coldness and stiffness principle. Deprive an will be para- organ of necessary proportion of and it the lyzed and cease to obey the will: but communicate to prosame organ. performing the manner of magnetizer and organs of the body thereby communicating to the different depriving them. death and a case of this kind I witnessed in the consequence. of increased action and power.

iar conditions of we may suppose. however. is a fact so well established. or a faculty of knowledge through some other channel than I believe that of these senses in their natural state. performing their functions in some measure independently of each other. especially Miss Brackett. which has taken its have had an opportunity of experimenting. I can conceive of no reason why this may not be the fact. thus confirming the truth of both of the sciences incontrovertibly. I may be allowed to suggest. it. of what are it is true. that the experi- menter will find it difficult to distinguish between the direct magnetic effect upon an organ. and the operation of his will. which has frequently occurred spontaneously. as well as in the magnetic sleep. have a peculiar using their ordinary senses in such a manner as to be enabled to obtain vision. controverts against his however much may militate preconceived opinions. intelligent principle. witnessed in now called Phreno-magnetic phenomena my own patients. and that an .490 NEW" APPENDIX. as well as to make a proper allowance for the habits of the somnambulist. at this time. that in certain pecul- the system the sensorium may be preterit naturally charged with the sensorial. "Most I have. is own much more difficult of its existence —not an uncommon than to establish the truth case. that no rational man. I feel inadequate to express an opinion upon it. or as may with propriety be called. To account for this strange phenomenon. as there is nothing in the supposition that is opposed ism. "That some kind of persons. with the usual means it of information. it appears to me. is based upon the foregoing premises. only approximation to a satisfactory hypothesis. or those of the philosophers. in the mysterious works of nature. this being a branch of the subject rise since I to the principles of either. from an effort of the will. in certain conditions. I would briefly observe. the dogmas of whom he may have adopted as his rule of faith. that although I do not know of any experiments which conclusively establish the position that the different organs of the brain can be magnetically excited singly. without even thinking that the brain was constituted of many different organs. If these "The premises are correct. galvanic. a peculiar sense.

both of ancient and modern times. and the ancient oracles. an occasional operation of the mind familiar to every one who has seen much of som- nambulism. which have obtained general belief among mankind. I shall not attempt to controvert. all ages. ecstasy. witchcraft. has been a fruitful source of imposture and deception. It would seem that with persons in a highly magnetic condition. as though there were an atmosphere of thought. trance. or the understanding of the will without the use of language. and communicatate them. but which have been rejected as fabulous by a few who are too bigoted to admit the existence of any phenomenon which cannot be accounted for by their philosophy. fascination or charming. I have reference to second sight. through the oracles entirely "I am not unaware by that there are priestcraft. but sometimes. and this sensorial emanation were sufficiently sensitive to receive distinct impressions from similar emanations from the sensoria of others. which is supposed to be in an exalted condition. through some undulatory or vibratory motion. fortune-telling. This radiation I have compared to light passing off from luminous bodies. we have also the only rational explanation of mental communication. 491 unusual emanation or radiation may be the consequence. receive impressions from the objects to which it may be directed. magic.NEW APPENDIX. there is a commingling of spirits. also. some who account for and others by what is but That the former little worse. and may extend to indefinite distances. "It may not be irrelevant to the subject to observe in this place. that through the agency of clairvoyance we are enabled to explain and reconcile with human reason many marvellous and otherwise incredible phenomena. the machinations of the devil. are taken cognizance of. probably. being endued with the greatest imaginable susceptibility. and. taking its impulse and direction from the will. with others. not only with those individuals with whom they may be in communication. and the mind perceives them in the same manner that it made through the ordinary inlets or " In the foregoing hypothesis. Impressions made through this medium upon the brain or sensorium. to the sensorium. but I believe it will . does those which are senses.

and the artificers are vulgarly believed to 'make a league' with a very different being. Babylon. such have been often witnessed in this city. and claimed an alliance with the gods. which were a species of fortune-telling conducted upon a magnificent scale. In modern times. but lieved in it is not impossible that they really be- some divine ridiculous assistance. that there must have been some other agency concerned in these oracles. that were not acquainted with the whole process. manner in which Rollin accounts for the of the Oracles. that sometimes the answer of the Oracle was clear and circumstantial. Or it is possible that this condition may be produced by intoxicating exhalations or vapors arising from substances with which we are at this time unacquainted. some instances officiated at different Oracles. is one of the many instances . from having resided in them all. however. just enough having been permitted to escape through the walls of the temples to confound the curious without enlightening them. Cuma and many other places. after endeavoring». is matter of doubt. It must. " Roll in. to discredit the Oracles^ by the ambiguity of the language of the Gods in giving their answers. historians It is probable. be admitted by every candid person.' and then relates two cases in corroboration of this reluctant confession. as a recompense for his services while they are permitted to remain in their earthly tabernacles. rather than they "The occasional truth who consulted them. These were evi' dently nothing as more nor less than cases of clairvoyance.' " The manner of producing the magnetic or somnambulic condition appears to have been very different from magnetizing as practised at this time. who is supposed to claim their souls after death. Eurythria. be confessed. this art is confined to more humble circumstances. "All or many of the circumstances related of the Oracles It are such as to establish almost conclusively that the answers were given by somnambulists. as it appears to me with but little success. however. " Whether the priests and priestesses themselves knew how they were enabled to divine what was hidden to others.492 NEW APPENDIX. appears that the sybil in In speaking of the sybil of Delphos. this author observes that 'she was at the same time the sybil of Delphos. says. being themselves deceived.

and perception obscure and fleeting. upon the same principle. "Why there should be difficult to explain. "Although it is impossible to put some individuals into the magnetic sleep. and upon the different degrees of affinity which different individuals have for this fluid. "The impossibility of putting ever}r person to sleep by magnetizing is a sufficient reason with some for disbelieving everything connected with the subject. but even makes some persons more wakeful. and that it will frequently have a remedial effect without the slightest somnolency being produced. however. and the perceptive faculties. In one kind the mind receives distinct and true impressions of objects and events. and. I believe every one is susceptible in some degree to its influence. I see no reason.' " In the other kind. naturally or spontaneously. instances of which are too numerous to be set down to the account of remarkable coinci' dences. impressions are intelligent principle will. these impressions are consequently vague and indistinct. 493 are not to us that the greatest men exempt from the prejudices and superstitions of the age in which they "Dreaming in natural sleep appears to be of two kinds. refuse to opium will produce sleep. in the same manner as it is supposed to do This is clairvoyance occurring in magnetic somnambulism. whether present or remote. both of which are explicable upon the principle of an emanation from the sensorium. but the which in other conditions directs operations. APPENDIX. for it is well known that this drug not only frequently fails to produce that effect. being dormant and inactive. so great a difference in the suscep- tibility of different individuals to the magnetic influence is but it is probably dependent upon the quantity of that portion of the sensorial fluid which is con- stantly present in every part of the living system. made upon its and conveyed to the the same sensorium. constituting excitability. I may add believe that why that the to modus operandi of Magnetism is no more difficult comprehend than that of opium.NEW which prove live. "Believing as I do in the universal diffusion of the mag- . they should not.

The closest observations and most profound researches extend no further than the effects of some unknown cause. and propa a it consists in gated from thence into the nervous fibres. The obvious reason of this is the inscrutable nature of life. death will be the con- of this agent. The power by which this motion the energy of the brain. as the fountainto the subject. we name. "The most eminent men head of diseased action. Until we know more of life. and the performance of other functions necessary to health and life. Whatever the cause of the deficient or unequal distribution resulting either it may often be considered as the primary derangement. and as the cause of a corresponding derangement in the circulation of the blood. upon some from a deficient production of it in the sensome imperfection in the conductors. though scarcely any two authors employ the same language. and if arrested here there may be a restoration to health without any serious consequences. is gensorium or from erally admitted. and if an important organ be implicated. causes of disease. " Br. we shall remain in ignorance of the proximate in the profession.' . sequence. calls the sensorial fluid the all have had very clear views of energy of the brain': ' nervous power commences in the encephalonand motion. in expressing their views upon this subject.' says he. of All the which there are a great number. different theories. however. "The proximate causes of diseases are of so obscure a na- ture that they are but very imperfectly understood. but being allowed to go on. modification of the motions and we therefore consider every produced as modifications of this energy. I NEW APPENDIX. ' have directed their researches to the sensorium. are founded upon hypotheses. These are the primary or forming stages of diseases. Cullen. deem it not unreasonable to suppose that animals and even vegetables may also be in a greater or less degree susceptible to its influence.494 netic principle. who seems says. is propagated. " That many diseases both general and local are dependent irregularity in the supply of the sensorial fluid. which has preceded. beginning in the brain. in which a contraction is to be produced. disorganization may follow.

and this opinion has been strengthened by my subsequent experience and observation. generally diseases is in the sensonum is bestowed been not has matter of wonder that more attention the means of preventing and curing them upon investigating through the agency of the sensorial fluid. before disorganiza- tion of the solids takes place. only another mode Brown and Darwin agent referred to by Cullen. in most "As the doctrine that the primary derangement it is acknowledged. . "The exciting causes of epidemic diseases have been conditions and various sought for in vain in the sensible heat. as well grounded in the belief that many nervous and other diseases. I am. to receive that attention be continued with Should the investigation of this subject can be no doubt there manner. and I would inquire to what source we shall direct our researches for these causes. whose effects are so evident. by diminishing excitement and relieving pain.NEW "The theories of APPENDIX. the proportions of its constituent light have all been carefully observed. the proportions of which are susceptible of measurement or detection. some benefit may be derived from it. as I am that electricity and galvan- ism sometimes produce beneficial effects and even where disorganization has taken place. have no agency in producing those affections. . 495 are founded upon excitability or exhausted and the doctrine of accumulated the same describing of sensorial power. whether natural or adventitious. without throwing any properthis obscure subject. in fact. moisture. may be cured or palliated by this means. but to prove that those upon ties. proper perseverance and in a will be discoveries interesting that some further useful and the result. which the present age. except as accessories. if not to that universal but nameless property of all matter. is beginning great measure uncultivated until which its importance demands. the elements. to you. but whose essence has so far eluded discovery.. in which disorganization of the solids has not taken place. changes of the atmosphere. The degrees of wind. has been left in a "This branch of the healing art. I expressed "In my former communication my opinion of the remedial effects of magnetizing. etc.

In treating diseases by magnetizing. rather than accomplishing our object. "I do not feel competent to enter fully into the various methods of magnetizing in different diseases. establish a communication with the patient. the spinal cord. which I presume will be found applicable to a large proportion of the cases likely to be benefited by this treatment. in the second. We shall thereby establish a mode of proceeding which will aid very essentiallv the concentration of the will.496 ft NEW *tn APPENDIX. we should endeavor to restore heat and action. etc. we shall always be in danger of making a wrong application and consequently of defeating. I do not. " Coldness. but I will take the liberty to make a very few general remarks. by magnetizing the brain and its cess will be much mo^e appendages. of it. as our succertain than if we commence upon the disease without this preparation of the system. red- swelling and pam indicate a superabundance. neither should I deem it necessary or proper on the present occasion. and thereby diminishing excitement. not that its properties. having already exceeded the limits of my original design. and assisting na- . or the character of diseases have changed. if possible. we should endeavor. "In the second place. as far as possible. heat. by communicating to the part the magnetic or vivifying principle. however. paleness. in the first place. motion or feeling are in- dications of a deficient supply of the vital fluid. and ness. as well as other remedial agents. before attempting to operate particularly upon the diseased part. and the manner of applying this remedy.. In the first of these states. or in any particular part where the disease may be located. as much benefit will sometimes be derived from an exclusively loss of local operation. our efforts should be directed to calling it off. the present imperfect state of our knowledge of the causes of disease. It is from this cause that electricity has fallen into disrepute and neglect. we should. whether there is a surplus or deficiency of sen' ' power in the system generally. and consequently augsorial ment the effect of the manipulations. and spasms an unequal distribution of it. to ascertain by the symptoms the nature of the affection. consider this indispensably necessary.

for he says that some of these effects can be produced by the will alone. have been given in the periodicals: but the public will soon have Dr. —The following letter. But whatever fate may befall his theory. and the talent of applying them. Neurology. of the imperfect manner no one can be in which have fulfilled my promise of moulding this theory into a condensed and intelligible form.NEW APPENDIX. expressed a very favorable opinion. and they have. if he has fallen into one. more I sir. frequent interruptions incident to a professional " Respectfully yours. entitled " C. T. that sensible than myself. nity to witness his experiments. and easy to be tested. 1 '] NOTE XXXVII. ited time. in conclusion. Buchanan possesses learning and science. "Allow me. his facts are very novel in character. Buchanan as a man. may consist in supposing the absence of the ms voluntatis in his experiments. . embracing many physicians. 497 ture in restoring the part to a healthy condition: in the last. have been formed among men of science and literature. and it is with some degree of reluctance that I consent to its publication. [The work of Wilson Philip. both of Dr. in several published reports. and other places. quoted at the 482d page in the above is The Vital Functions. Dr. and cannot fail to attract the attention of philosophic minds. which are performed on persons in the natural state. as demonstrable by experiments. Hartshorn. Some accounts of these experiments." article. I for. our object will be to equalize the excitement. from Dr. "As an apology for whatever faults may be observed in manner or matter. to say. „ Q Capkon "Mr. Buchanan. the may to the difficulty of the subject and my limadd. and composed chiefly of such. by diffusing the fluid over the system. Buchanan's exposition of his own system. His error. opportu- will be read with interest by all who have had an His classes in New York. and of his system. Boston. and hope a due allowance will be made life.

that science which expounds the human vital functions is merely the science of the nervous substance.The sketch of the principles of Neurology which you desire may be given in a few words. brain could be excited and compelled its to manifest the this disits functions of different convolutions. others (as for instance. intricate system of Phrenology and Physiology has been developed by my experiments. "By the term nervous substance. notwithstanding the intricacy and magnitude of the science. " This science owes its origin to the discovery which I publicly announced in the month of April. ex- hunger became uncontrollable). which forms its connecting link with the body. I have succeeded in demonstrating the mental functions of the which in most respects are in harmony with the theory of Gall and Spurzheim. I have especial reference to the encephaion.498 NEW APPENDIX. The study of its functions gives us the whole science of man. and proves that in these functions we may learn all his mental powers and all "The the laws of his physiology. 1843. and as the nervous is the seat of its vital powers. It would require a library to give us a just and full conception of the subject. By pursuing as to and exciting each convolution so all make by functions predominate over citing Alimentiveness until different organs. although the cardinal principles of the science may be stated on a It single page. is It proves that the mind of man a microcosm. "Sir. The body . The mind holds its communication with the physical world through the brain. But as this system has been developed by experiments upon the brain. in which we may discover indications of the first laws and facts of external nature. and in establishing the controlling power of the brain over the physiological phe- nomena of the body. and which transmits its volitions and its continual influence to the body. expounds the functions of the brain. and should therefore be "An substance of the body called Neurology. 1841. science of Neurology is the whole science of man. which is the most important mass of nervous substance in the body. that the human covery. April 12. '• Providence. which might very properly be called Anthropology.

one accelerates. makes one excited. as diversity of physiologial powers or imthebrain. go to us makes makes us weak. one part of the brain makes us makes us another sleep. sleep. cretions. is the place parts of convolutionsand convolutions the of each Take functions. operations upon the organs of the by direct They are as simple as possible. for which belongs to the unre- necessary-no particular state Ox apparatus preparation of any kind body or mind. is it wide awake as soon as when excited. temperament. being the common theatre which of physi- in ology and psychology. the physiological phenomena are equally strong. therefore. 1 << find a person of impressible It is on/y necessary that you No . trolled produced or con"All the Mesmeric conditions may be bram. is .. which indicated generally bv the largeness general delicacy or softof the pupils of the eyes. are merely the displays of certain faculties belonging m according to their various degrees to different individuals. arrested. another makes us love the human race. health. that love of display and flecting. another distinct. another selfish. the volitionary etc. No formal process or whatever. Again. etc. one suppresses another presses the respiration. the over operator the of power thy. or tendenfaculties these endowment of the organs whence cies arise. "The brain. to study both. "The phenomena developed in the processes of Animal to their physiological causes: Magnetism are thus traced sympasomnolence. etc..NEW receives an irifinite APPENDIX. learn the brain. and another supanother and accelerates. and we may excite them to a manifestation of their Thus one portion of the source of each faculty. paralysis. whole makes us violently angry. the action of the bowels. or modified. respiration. strength. well as its muscular movements. another another makes us laugh. one us hot. indeed. clairvoyance.. system may physiological act of the be excited. makes us benevolent. subject. wonder is too simple. another makes us weep. 499 pulses from etc. retards another makes us cold. se- nutrition.continually modifying its circulation. calorification. by exciting the Thus every controlling organs in the brain. one develops and perspiration. and by a ness of the organization. disease.

"Having thus ascertained his impressibility. as by bringing the tips of your fingers near the palm of his hand. and bring out all their functions Thus you may take the Neurological in the same manner. if you hold your hand near to his without touching. These may be removed by dispersive frictions. "If successful in this experiment. The one manner is extremely simple. distinct as ties of his impression. from the excitement of the neighboring organs. by learning the principles of Neurology. to relieve pain or Any may acquire it. however. which gradually increases until he cannot keep his eyes open. . function which is located upon it. he will be restored. When you find such an individual. is not the principal aim of the science. every verify Diagram. and if you " find a constitution sufficiently impressible to give art of operating in this striking manifestations. touching the head very lightly. This process. Somnolence). and you will in a few minutes (five or ten) perceive a winking of the eyelids and a drowsy influence. "By brushing off the excitement from the spot which you have touched. you may then excite other organs of the brain. "In this experiment you may on some persons produce unpleasant effects. place your fingers gently in contact with his temples. which point out the proper organs to be excited for any specific result.500 " NEW APPENDIX. about one inch or the one inch and a half horizontally behind the external angle of brow on the temples (upon the spot marked in the Neurological Diagram. " They furnish us a science competent to guide our moral. which will be quite you move your fingers along toward the extremiwithout touching. The experiments upon the human brain answer their great purpose by revealing the nature of man the laws of his — physiology. He will also feel very peculiar effects if you touch each of your fingers to the corresponding Each finger will give him a different finger of his hand. and placing your hand upon the upper part of the occiput. he will feel a slight sensation of coldness in less than one minute. It is applicable to a comparatively small number of persons. and may use it disease.

Very respectfully. "Mr. Forry Dr. C. NOTE XXXVIII. Wm. 1842. "The committee now The first in the same proceeded to the house of Mrs. The manner as the Galvanic the poison to the patients. L. They intelligitherapeutics and pathology physiology—they make for philosophy new a and basis ble. Forry influence may be imparted through the hand. Forry. and as none of the par- labels. Buchanan. by Dr. cels (each being enclosed in double papers) had any each of contents the as anticipated. 501 give clearness to mental. Buchanan prove. with It is exapparent conclusiveness. Deleuze points out the fluid might convey metals whose oxides are poisonous. "Jos. manner as having brought with him medica. Bryant. whose names are not unfavorably known to the public.NEW APPENDIX. and physical education. C. in the same known to transmit acids and alkalies. O'Sullivan. was necessary for her to describe . The following experiments by Dr. T. " Some time during this summer. Hartshorn. published committee York New tracted from the report of the The report is signed in the " Evening Post" of Dec. I hope to be able to pubprinciples of this intrilish a volume sketching in outline the cate science. each six different articles of the materia was tried successively. experiments consisted in the application of medicines was practised at the previous sitting medicinal for the purpose of ascertaining to what extent a Dr. 6. R. and they give us a new the science of medicine. of the magnetic In giving directions for the construction danger of making use of battery. the justice of this caution. through interfluid is mediate substances. R. not be could the results decided himself. and J. to even unknown paper were effect was usually produced in the course of thirty seconds: A and most of the effects which did occur were similar it to those observed in the usual mode In those cases in which of administering such medicines. " Your humble servant.

is radiated and fluid of La Place. B. she made several efforts to vomit. on being opened. the paper was found to contain the extract One of the papers which had been previously tried. This was opened greater degree than she could and found to contain Cayenne pepper. Buchanan's experiments above detailed were made upon an impressible person He calls in the natural state and are therefore conclusive. of course. and found to produce an irritating effect and copperish taste of the mouth. gard to sulphate of quinine. conducted freely from the human hand. was found to contain opium. Buchanan). the experiment would not. was now again presented.' and which had been laid aside for subsequent trial. Buchanan from As she was being restored to a state its poisonous influence. It should be remembered that Mesmer maintained the existence of such a fluid. JVeuraura.502 NEW APPENDIX. an appropriate name until it shall be identified with the universal This fluid. . she 5 and exciting." too. no two-fold meaning. but after the lapse of eight or ten minutes. and perhaps justice as well as convenience would suggest the propriety of continuing to call it the Mesmeric fluid in the same manner as we call the one . A paper. and the paper. and in language. Another paper was presented which induced narcotic and sickening effects some'stimulating. she seemed quite recovered. : . was placed in her hand (it being at the same time held by Dr." It ought to be observed here that Dr. less irritating. On examination. for instance. however. admitting of own story. what similar to those of the stramonium.) ' The effect. The narcotics. her feelings. which speedily produced so powerful a narcotic effect as to create some alarm: and it was some minutes before she could be recovered by Dr. when in contact. the agent by which one individual makes a physiological impression upon another. she described the effect with much correctness. be so sucIn re* cessful as when the effects would exhibit themselves. told their of consciousness. says Dr. It was immediately removed. however. as it now perhaps proved heating. of stramonium (Jamestown weed. during which time various passes were made for her relief. to a described as well bear. as ' cooling and strengthening.

or even fluence * to ! community. . of " The council were requested by Dr. in Shelburne. and we believe him to be too shrewd to be imposed The upon. of Bev. nearly fifty 'Dr. Whereas it is well known that several names. Packard. 503 discovered by Galvani. the Galvanic fluid. D. in the attention he had given to Animal Magnetism. derived from resemblances and partial develop- ments. of Greenfield. of Amherst. report of that council is here given. Packard. or Mesmerism." "with the Rev. before whom he laid the whole subject. Packard to consider whether. together with the evidences of the good effects which he had produced through its agency. having been subiected to inju- rious reports in consequence of the attention which he bestowed upon Mesmerism. An arbitrary in such a case has peculiar advantages. such as animal electricity. he has not. and where he was ordained years previously. consisting of Rev. caused a council to convene in August. he make misrepresentations of his verbal statements before made them from documents written out and preserved. Rev. The council adjourned to the meeting-house. The Rev. Hawley. in other the on And whether. 28. D. Amariah Chandler. and communications made them and the hearing and investigation were in public. there was any reason for the report.NEW name APPENDIX. of West Hawley. 1841. and Rev. that he has acted inconby satanic inhand. 1841. 1842. Edward Hitchcock. at the house* and by the request. . in Massachusetts. Theophilus Packard. and too honest to practise imposition upon others. for it continues to represent the same thing in the whole progress of a science. " We are acquaintthe ed. Dr. have been thrown aside in the course of investigation. NOTE XXXIX. Rev. Tyler Thatcher. where he held pastoral relations." Result of council convened August 18. circulated in the sistently with his ministerial character." says the editor of the "Courier. of Shelburne. as it is called. And lest vulgar prejudice should the council. as published' in " Boston Courier " of Nov. Moses Miller.

life. surely an appropriate study of the minister of the Gospel. and the cure of diseases. why should he not be permitted to close a long and useful life in * Every new discovery science is a farther discovery of the goodness of God. as others do. They cannot but admit. materialism. to hold a close relation to theology and human comfort and it "If these views are it examination. agency to the re- successfully. truth. some of which have been made in the most cautious and satisfactory manner. be otherwise than beneficial. But their development has shown them to be only allies and friends. since is . so far as we understand it. the council are by no means prepared to stand forth as advocates of Animal Magnetism in the abstract. that they cannot be true because they are so marvellous. to a satanic agency. and in some way or other for practical use to man. and to pass who al would wish him by this new and interesting. Packard. m . then. when fully understood.504 some measure lief of NEW APPENDIX. The earlier discoveries* in almost every physical science have created alarm in timid minds. Animal Magnetism deserves seems. the doctrine of Sound philosophy. let them be put to the test of the severest investigaFor we need never fear that the development of any tion. -These facts appear to have an important bearing upon mental philosophy. however. that experiments on this subject. dictates that they should be examined and re-examined. instead of imputing them. and most unexplored field? If this were his only object. so far as he can make its pursuit consistent with his more im- portant duties for Dr. lest they should gine with full become an en which to assail religion and morality. or because we fear they are contrary to established principles of religion. which Providence may place within our reach. have disclosed remarkable facts. with a carefulness and accuracy proportionate to their marvellous and important character. correct. or. will. as some do. Particularly proper do the council regard it For it is well known that during a long he has devoted his attention to mental science. applied mental ? the sick and suffering " In deciding these questions. " Instead of deciding beforehand. not apparently explicable by the principles of any established science.

NEW
Especially,

APPENDIX.

505

researches so interesting and apparently of useful tendency?

when

it

is

able and faithful colleague,

known that, by the settlement of an much leisure Jime has been se-

cured to him? Who would have believed that a man, whose praise has so long been in all the churches, should be subjected, on this account, in the nineteenth century, and in the centre of New England, to ridicule, and even to the suspicion of acting under satanic influence? The council, however, are happy to say that no evidence has been presented to them that the people of Shelburne have originated, or circulated, or believed these imputations; and they have too much confidence in the intelligence and Christian candor of that people, But they exto believe that they can obtain a footing here. ist abroad; and as the reputation of Dr. Packard is, in a sense, the property of the Christian Church, the council feel themselves called upon to bear strong testimony against them. On these grounds, the council feel as if Dr. Packard would
be fully vindicated from the evil and ridiculous surmises which a busy few have circulated to his injury. "But they have evidence also of a decided character, set before them, to show that a still more powerful motive, by which he has been actuated in his attention to this subject, is a benevolent desire to relieve the sick and suffering. This
has led him to examine more than two hundred cases of
diseases, by means of Mesmeric clairvoyance ; and of the nature of the diseases, and the remedies prescribed, and the ascertained results, a careful record has been kept. This was

presented to the council, and certainly forms a most curious

and remarkable collection of evidence on the subject, which they cannot but hope will some day be made public. The

by no means assume the place of medical men, nor decide whether the remedies prescribed were the very best; but if they can place any confidence in the testimony of the
council
sick themselves, or of their friends, or of several respectable
physicians, they cannot

doubt but important

relief

and appar-

ent cure were often the result.

And

in the fact that Dr.

Packard has persisted in these offices to the sick in spite of the obloquy he has incurred; and that he has never lectured on the subject, or performed experiments before mvited audi ences, or for mere gratification of curiosity, and that instead

506
of
profit, lie

NEW

APPENDIX.

has incurred pecuniary loss, they have strong evidence that his motives were benevolent. He may perhaps have devoted more time and effort to these labors than other duties would justify; nor do the council feel called upon to decide, whether in a worldly point of view, he has taken the most judicious course possible. But they bear the most decided testimony to the benevolence and purity of his motives, and express their undiminished confidence in his Christian

and

ministerial character.

although they do not understand that this council was called with any special reference to the church and people of Shelburne, they cannot but express their best wishes, and their fervent prayers, for their future peace and prosperity, under the ministrations of their long-tried and beloved
Pastor
-

"And

"Moses Miller,
Hitchcock, Scribe."

Moderator.

"Edward

Some communications have been received from persons who are not willing to give their names. The translator has
therefore avoided all allusion even to the facts contained in them, being desirous of presenting such accounts as are duly

In this manner he is obliged to omit some undoubted cases of medical interest, and some curious phenomThe caution observed in this particular at the comena. mencement of his work, enables him now to say that no one
authenticated.

of his correspondents has expressed a desire to withdraw any statement hitherto made in this appendix; but, on the contrary, all

subsequent experience has confirmed their faith and

corroborated their facts. An exception, however, is made in favor of the following statement, because the translator has permission to refer to the gentleman who makes it; and because his authority is

acknowledged by
dence.

all

who know him,

to be

worthy of

confi-

This gentleman recently visited Portland. He gives the following account of an interview with a somnambulist: "The next morning after my arrival in Portland, I went
into a store

where

I

was not personally known, and where

NEW

APPENDIX.

507

some gentlemen were discoursing about a somnambulist's
having discovered concealed property.

"On my

expressing a total disbelief, and a desire to wit-

ness something of this kind, one of the gentlemen offered to
to the residence of Mr. Tarbox, who was magnetizing his wife. "Neither the gentleman who went with me, nor any other person in Portland, knew me or the place of my residence. And, as I afterwards found out, neither the husband nor the wife had ever been to Providence. "Being thrown into the mesmeric state, she was asked by Mr. T., Can you tell me this gentleman's name? " I will omit the questions put to her, after observing that I was careful to give no clue to any one as to myself, nor to her by asking leading questions. When she gave a correct account, I gave no sign to signify its correctness and when she gave an incorrect account, I observed the same conduct. She made two mistakes only, and these she discovered and corrected almost immediately, without the possibility of gaining any information from any gesture or exclamation of
' '
;

accompany me

mine.
"First, she told

my

name.
in

Being asked

how

she

knew

it,

she said

it

was written

cated Providence, R.

my pocket-book. I., as my residence.

She next

indi-

"My name and residence were printed in large "letters. My pocket-book was in the inside pocket of my frock coat. I was not in communication with the somnambulist during my
visit.

where she gave a house and family; and mentioned the presence of two children. As I have no children, I was at a loss to conjecture whose they were, and thought her in error; but having minuted down the precise time—half-past eleven o'clock and remembering it was the general election in
correct account of

"Mr. Tarbox

sent her to Providence,

my

'

Rhode
She

Island,

on

my return

I ascertained her to be correct.

them not to be my children. "She was then asked by Mr. T., not at my suggestion, whether I was a married man. She replied that I had been married twice, and gave an account of the number of chilalso declared

dren

I

had had, and

lost;

and also their

sex.

508

NEW

APPENDIX.

" She was then directed to ascertain what my profession is, and to look round and find my place of business. "After awhile, she found it and described its exterior and She said that the stove was such as she had never interior. While busied in the seen before, having wires inside of it. description, she suddenly started back, and gave as a reason the appearance of the hands of one of my workmen: saying they had been burnt very badly. " The stove is one of the self -regulating air- tights. The young man's hands and arms» had been burnt, and shockingly, too.
.

"She

described

my

iron safe as a black cupboard under

my

desk: and being requested to look into it, she declared She, however, 'looked into the s7ie could not, for it was iron. stove, without being requested to do so.

"On
it

being asked whether there was a church near
its

my

shop, she described

general appearance; saying; however,

had no

steeple,
it

but voluntarily correcting her error, and

She a very high one, the highest she ever saw. said the church was in a large green yard, full of young trees, and my shop in the same yard; which you know cordeclaring

responds well with the fact."

tised,

In order to complete the view of Mesmerism as now practhe translator obtained from Mr. Silas Allen, of Bos-

wrought upon his patients. Most of them were prescribed for by a lady under his charge, whose somnambulic powers are often called into requisition, and whose character is worthy of conton, a

number

of certificates of cures

fidence.

Among
ment

the diseases specified are. Palpitation and Enlarge;

of the Heart, of ten years' duration

severe

Cough and

Raising Blood, Salt Rheum, dangerously Ulcerated Foot, Liver Complaint, General Debility of the System, etc. And among the names of the certifiers are, Mrs. Tilesion, Boston, 49 Hanover street; Parker Barnes, R. A. N". Atwood, Oeorga Paul, Boston; Dorcas Hill, Samuel W. Broicn, Bethiah P.
Broion,

Julia A. Lewis, Thomas E. Roberts C. Woodward, Lowell H. W. Buxton, Nashua, N. H. Br. Charles Stratton, Keene, K. H.
; ;

NEW
ing,

APPENDIX.

509

The cures wrought upon children are peculiarly Interestbecause we cannot suppose them to be affected through

the agency of the imagination. Indeed, the imagination often acts powerfully in aiding the results of ordinary medicines; and it is difficult to decide how much it interferes with and modifies the practice of the physician. Dr. Cleveland was called to a child three days old, troubled with convulsions, which had lasted twenty- four hours. He placed one hand upon its head, and made passes with the other along
its

body.

The convulsions ceased
into a quiet slumber.

in five minutes,

and the

child

went

(From the Bangor
Surgical Operation—

Courier.)

and a Strong One.— An. which çoes far to establish the fact that there is something In Mesmerism beyond all dispute. Mrs. Davis, of Eddington, has suffered for some time with a tumor in the right shoulder, and was advised by her physician to have it removed. While thinking upon the subject she heard of Animal Magnetism, and came into the city several days since to have its effects tried upon her. Mr
Case

A Home

operation has been performed

m

this city

Wm.

E. Small, of this city,

who

has recently been practising

Magnetism among his friends and found to be a successful magnetizer, was called upon and succeeded in mesmerizing or in putting her into a magnetic sleep. This was repeated several times within a few days, when the physician and several friends met for the purpose of removing the tumor by a
surgical operation. The excitement of the preparation, Mrs. Davis remarked, was so great that she doubted whether Mr. Small would be able to mesmerize her sufficient^ for enduring the operation. Mr. Small commenced magnetizing her, and in eleven minutes she fell asleep, and [he operation was continued as much longer, when the surgeon, Dr. George B. Rich, made an incision in the shoulder, over the lumor, of about two inches in length, and inserted a hook into ihe iumor, which was about half the size of a hen s egg, and disit out, and dressed the wound. During the operation, Mrs. Davis manifested some slight uneasiness, like a person in a troubled dream, and one or two slight spasms in the opposite arm. On being taken out of

sected

510
the sleep she

NEW
was

APPENDIX.
had not been able to extract
it.

told that they

her tumor, to which she replied that she had feared they

would

not, as she

was

so

much

excited about

She was

at

length apprised of the result, of which she was previously quite unconscious, and the only sensation of which she was
in

to

any way conscious was that of being asleep, and wishing wake up, but not being able. Nor has she suffered any

pain since. We have this statement, substantially, from those who were present the parties are of the highest respectability, and have no motive for an erroneous statement.
;

(From a Cincinnati Paper.)

Death Baffled by Magnetism. Every day is bringing out new wonders performed by Animal Magnetism, which appears

now to be the great From putting people

to sleep
it

agent in every operation of nature. and making them expose the

has become the powerful instrument in the hands of medical science to effect the cure of The "Pittsburg Intelligencer" gives the result of a diseases. marvellous case of this kind, which occurred there last week. Mrs. Erkson had been confined to her bed since the latter
secrets of other people,

A

part of last May, with a disease generally known as "milk She was unable to leave her bed to walk across the leg."

room, or take a step, except by the aid of a crutch or stick and the greatest caution and watchfulness were necessary to prevent her death. On Sunday, 81st July, she was induced to submit to be thrown into a Mesmeric sleep. Witt the
;

was moved from the bed to the chair, and in about thirty minutes Dr. Ewing had her in a sound magnetic slumber, which continued about two hours, during which several successful experiments were made in neurology and sympathy. She was then awakened, and, to the astonishment of herself and friends, got up and walked about the room, up-stairs and down-stairs, and through every room in the house, without the aid of a crutch or stick, as if nothing ailed her. Another experiment was tried, and it had the Dr. Ewing is effect of removing every trace of the disease. well known in that city, and Mr. and Mrs. Erkson are both highly respectable, and their statements are entitled to full
greatest difficulty she

>

credence.

NEW

APPENDIX.
XLI.
" Providence, August

511

NOTE
:

4, 1843.

" Dear Sir An which exemplifies the power of the mesmeric agency to quicken the faculties. A gentleman wished me to mesmertime troubled with a ize his wife, who had been for some nervous excitability. After a few sittings, she was entirely
freed from this affection.

interesting case recently occurred to me,

She never reached further than a during which she would accomdemi-somnambulism, state of while he was playing upon voice, her with pany her husband Some stanzas of sung. she as improvising the harmonicon, and they husband,, her by down written these pieces were
possess great merit.

" This lady had published some pieces of verse exhibiting to have been a fine poetic temperament, which seems thus
excited to action. When in the natural state, she could not compose in verse without giving thought and attention to
the subject and metre
;

but when mesmerized, her composi-

tion would be adapted to the tune played. "One of my friends was recently attacked by a severe nervous headache, to which complaint he is periodically subHe was ject, and which commonly lasts from 36 to 48 hours. which I refrom evening, the in in great distress at 9 o'clock enhim left and half, lieved him completely in an hour and a

cure this joying a quiet sleep. I shall probably be able to attack. tendency by operating whenever he has another "I have succeeded in giving great relief to a young lady who was in danger of falling a victim to a spinal complaint. She was not clairvoyant, but was perfectly obedient to volition.

Respectfully yours,
C.

" Isaac Thurber.

"Mr. T.

Hartshorn."

produced upon persons who, before the operainsensition (of mesmerizing) was begun, were in a state of persons, other upon place taken have which those bility; state; and, after the operation itself had reduced them to that permit it to longer no brutes— upon produced also, the effects

'"The

effects


512
be doubted that the


NEW
APPENDIX.

proximity of two animated bodies, in a

certain position, and with the help of certain motions, do pro-

duce a
either.

real

effect,

wholly independent of

It is also evident that these effects are

communication which takes place systems of the two parties." Cuvier, Anatomie Comparée, Tom. II. "The extraordinary phenomena which result from the extreme sensibility of the nervous system in some persons, have given birth to a variety of opinions, on the existence of a new agent, denominated Animal Magnetism. It is natural to suppose that the influence of those causes is very weak, and that it can easily be disturbed by accidental circumstances, but it would be unfair to conclude that it never exists, merely because, in many cases, it does not manifest itself. We are so far from being acquainted with all the agencies of nature, and with their different modes of action, that it would be unphilosophical to deny their existence, because in the present state of our knowledge they are unexplainable to us." La Place, Traité Analytique du Calcul des Probabilités,
p. 41.

imagination of owing to a between the nervous
the

NOTE XLIL—Page
Magnetism a
to the
Science.

324.

—As

objections are sometimes

made

word
it

science, as applied to

Mesmerism, I have avoided

the use of
to do so,

in the appendix; but as
it,

some

of

my correspond-

ents have used
it

and as Deleuze himself does not hesitate may be expedient to consider whether it is enti-

tled to that appellation.

apply the term to any subject of study that has cerThe tain fixed principles, as music, electricity, Galvanism. according known, to it is far as so whole science of electricity,
to the Franklinian theory,

We

based upon two principles. But there are many facts not reducible to these two princiIts reples; perhaps they refer to laws not yet discovered. lation to terrestrial Magnetism and to Galvanism is not asceris

tained: theory supposes agent.
If
it

them to be modifications of the same were necessary for all the principles to be de-

NEW
veloped, before a subject
ence,

APPENDIX.

513

is dignified with the name of sciwe may have been too hasty in regard to electricity. And if we were to examine the claims of all the other branches of human knowledge to this term, we should find
;

them, by the same argument, equally unfounded for every one of them may have unexplored or undiscovered laws. Properly speaking, we should not have a single science. Again, if we limit the application to those subjects which have a certain number of discovered laws, how shall we determine the number that is necessary? If more than two are required, then electricity is no science. Every one who reads the Practical Instruction, will observe that Mesmerism has two fundamental principles, which
are to be regarded in
First, this
its

application.

agent must be employed with attention. Secondly, it must be employed with the proper intention.

any one objects that these principles refer solely to the its action, it is easy to say the same thing of the two laws of electricity, which do not pretend to explain
If

conditions of
the agent

itself.

The laws

of both of these agents are easily demonstrated

further, there are certain circumstances

which
It

are requisite

before the demonstration can be made.

cannot, therefore

be urged with propriety, that Mesmerism is improperly termed a science, simply because its effects are not always producible: nor can it be urged from the consideration that we do
not perfectly know the circumstances which impede its action. Electricity would itself be a science, if we were ignorant of the disturbing cause arising from the moisture of the atmosphere.

Neither can the existence or the non-existence of a fluid determine this question, or affect it in the least. Electricity cannot be proved to be a fluid. The light which we see when we apply the discharger to a Leyden jar, may be noth ing more than the sudden and violent compression of the atmosphere, which attends the restoration of the equilibrium.
If there is a fluid it is invisible; otherwise the Leyden jar when fully charged.

we

should see

it

in

Since

we cannot suppose

effects

without an agent, and

since the effects of

Mesmerism

are readily demonstrated,

we

514
must suppose an

NEW
agent.

APPENDIX.
controlling laws of this agent

The

are to be traced in these effects.
a science,
It

The knowledge and the
known, constitute
a distinction be-

application of these laws, so far as they are

however imperfectly formed.
be further observed, that there
is

may

tween the manual application of the rules of this science, and a knowledge of its laws and anomalies; which exhibits another analogy with electricity, for the latter can be practised as an art, medically; or studied as a science, philosophically.

in relation to the magnetic practice. Explanation of the term. Notice of Mesmer's extraordinary power the somnambulic sleep Webb. Curious phenomena. Somnambulism 289 without manipulation Va291 NOTE III. Magnetized water NOTE IV. In examine objects. Statement of Henry 308 Hopkins and of Jesse Metcalf Blindness.— Cutting out a cancer. 515 . NOTE IX. Three instances. B. Post-mortem examina292 tion. NOTE VII. —Degree of control exercised over somnam299 bulists NOTE VI. Children possess the magnetic power." A somnambulist examines one of Dr.INDEX TO APPENDIX. NOTE 1 NOTE IL— Scene at the first trial 289 in a scliool-room. .— Coincidence in of experience in this country 300 Europe.— Clairvoyance. rious experiments. produced in somnambulists volition: in the natural state 300 by by manipulation. Note Reading a sealed letter. Note from Dr. B. . : NOTE and V. 's patients. the patient being in 306 NOTE Capron's account of Miss Brackett. somnambulists what manner some from Isaac Thurber. Letter 301 from Dr. X—Dr. Exorcism. Experiment by a young lady by the translator. Extract from the ' Salem Gazette. Gassner.— Awaking a somnambulist NOTE VIII —Paralysis.— Power over the subject's imagination..

— Transmission of pain NOTE XXI. XIII. Hartshorn from Rev. Hébert. Inveterate cutaneous disAffection of Labor pains. Examining the 328 sick. Capron 342 illusions. — tion.—Experiments by M. Hip complaint. with fever. Rousses.—Epilepsy. Brownell.—Reading sealed letters.516 INDEX TO APPENDIX. Extract from Puységur NOTE Mistakes and from Dr. Letters M. will. : XIV. Eli Yarnall. Paralysis. Prevision. Letter : NOTE XVI.— The magnetic fluid. Inducing functional disease. driasis. Farley from Dr. XII.—Blindness. Barrett paralysis. . Obeying a Glass Somnam- bulist solving arithmetical problems. — Somnambulism.— Dexterity of somnambulists NOTE XVII. Bowel pains. Hypochona distance of five miles. from physicians.— Scrofula NOTE XXIII. Hermotimus ClazomenThe magnetizer. not a non-con315 Potter. at a distance.—Experiments by A. Dr. Distant Clairvoyance Notions 324 of time. Note from Dr. V.—Instance ®f wit NOTE XVIII. B. . Nervous affecLiver complaint. Magnetizing magnet. Som- — Toothache. Argument.— Superstition NOTE XX. Fever and ague. the head. L. NOTE XI. Mesmerizing at nambulic examinations of the sick. Marchioness des 352 Sight at a distance NOTE XXV.—La Fayette to Washington NOTE XIX. Distant influence 343 344 344 344 346 347 350 350 NOTE XXIV. Tic douloureux. NOTE NOTE ius. Case of Eleazer Miss Mclntyre. Effects of a bar Magnetic circuit. NOTE XXII. Neuralgia. A. F. 360 . John Flint 333 NOTE XV. Epilepsy. Effects of a key. — Travelling somnambulists. Spasmodic cough. ductor. ease. Curing paralysis in two instances without somnolence. Local action.

Tic Douloureux. Dyspepsia and spinal irritation. Mrs.INDEX TO APPENDIX. with symptoms of mortification. Somnambulic examinaPre- and prescriptions. Idiocy and mania combined. Deepseated pain in the breasts. Harwood. Georget. Demolishing scepticism. Church Clairvoyance. Jr. B. Washburn Letter from from Dr. Delirium tremens. or NOTE XXXI. — Seeing through : Letter from Isaac Thurber. from Frederic S. Georget's power. Clairvoyance. Lockwood. Establishing communication. Robbins. XXVIII. Mesmerizing at a distance. telling her own death.—Letter netizer from Moses B. Tic DouPalpitation of the heart. Esq. Dyspepsia. Bronchitis. —Dr. Obeying volition. on the rection of the habits of somnambulists 377 NOTE NOTE XXVII. Constipation and ingratitude. opaque substances. Mesmerism should be used only as a remedial agent 425 NOTE XXXII. Frothingham. Modifying the influence according to circumstances. Somnambulic examination. Petronille. Hunt: 447 from Dr. F. loureux. M. Bugard: from Rev. Case of Croup. Somnambulist foreRemarkable declaration in419 serted in Georget's Will NOTE XXX. Dr. and Dr. C. E. Chronic inflammation of the stomach and bowels. Tic Douloureux. NOTE XXIX. Esten. —Insensibility to —Distant : : pain. Clairvoyance. Changing Mag- Case of Mrs. Partial Paralysis. Distant Clairvoyance. Tracing the mag433 Neuralgia. HeadHepatitis and Cephalalgia. tions vision. Benjamin Kent: from Joseph 385 Harrington. Esq. ache and Dyspepsia. from Mr. Tic Douloureux. netizers. Dr. Restoring warmth to a paralyzed limb. Chronic periodical headache. L. Geo. Londe. Hall: from Rev. Operations by 381 Dr. W. —Letters from Plrysicians. Case of Mrs. 517 cor- NOTE XXVI. Knox . Seeing through opaque substances. Dr. E.—Letter from Dr. Inflammation of the chest. Spasms from nursing. Influence on the taste.

Tetanus distinguished from Epilepsy Notice of Miss Brackett's case. two cases. Sensitive plants. Maria Reed. Smith. Recalling the events of childhood. Reducing the pulsations of the heart. Judge Spreicker. Paralysis. John Perry. eases. Effect at a distance. Experiments upon the memory. Case of Miss E. Local Magnetism rendering the patient insensible to pain in the part magnetized. Various dis- 465 Pleurisy. Wilson Phillip. Two cases of extracting teeth without pain.—Insensibility to pain. from Physicians. Sympathies. Phreno-magnetism. March's daughter. Choice 460 of Magnetizers and Physicians NOTE XXXVI. to the patient. Influence of the passions. Transmission of pain from the patient. and those of a later period. F. Miss S. Extraordinary cases of electrical excitement in human subjects. bowels. Capron. Deep issues with caustic potash. Miss Van N in the 454 NOTE XXXV. The mesmerized person destroys the nerve of her own tooth with a hot needle 453 NOTE XXXIV. Understanding the thoughts of 473 From Dr. Curious effect of a Singular case of Tetanus. Natural somnambulism cured 471 From Dr. Various experiments. Springfield somnambulist put to Curious effects on Mrs. —Influence waking state. From and fall. J. . NOTE XXXIII. sleep. made without pain. Mr. Acute Rheumatism in the feet. Tumefaction of the bowels. Dr. Theory proposed. V.518 INDEX TO APPENDIX. Cleveland. Spinal irritation.—Letter from Mr. Identity of Galvanic Electricity and the Nervous Influence. Acute inflammation of stomach and Rheumatism.—Letters From Dr. Potter. Neuralgia. Dr. Douglas. Spinal affection. Comparative susceptibility of the sexes. Mrs. Letter from Dr. Fascination. Labor pains. Esten. Interruption of its treatment. A. Gymnotus. Barrett. Bronchitis. Severe dental operations.

Ewing NOTE XLL—Letter faculty excited. 509 Milk-leg. Extract from La Place a science 512 NOTE XLIL—Mesmerism .—Kev. Mode of commencing a treatment. Bu497 Explanation of the science. visit. Convulsions in a child cured by Dr. — Cutting out a tumor without pain. Dreaming. Silas Allen's cases. Packard. another. Poetic Chronic headache. Dr. Cullen. Notice of Mr. impressibility. Dr. 477 NOTE XXXVII.INDEX TO APPENDIX. Indications of Mode of procedure NOTE XXXVIII. Cleveland Eesult of Council. 511 Extract from Cuvier. 519 Origin of dis- Ancient Oracles. XL. Esq. eases. Dr. 503 NOTE Kich. Somnambulic cinal influence imparted Buchanan's experiments. Medi501 through the hand NOTE XXXIX. Spinal complaint.—Dr.—Neurology. from Isaac Thurber. from Dr. chanan. Letter Dr. Various diseases.

.

But as to the work before for cations have prevented us there are two things us. we have no desire to be convinced of its truth. as we frankly confess. though other pressing avofrom giving it a thorough perusal. the public may have the utmost confidence in his translation as being a faithful and elegant one and be assured that his own notes are penned with the utmost degree of candor and good feeling. Whatever Mr.) Mr. is well done. with the title of " Practical Instruction in Animal Magnetism. F. we have and we have probably been prevented from seeking these evidences. until satisfied that. Practical Instruction in copy of a work entitled "Part Animal Magnetism. therefore. we append a few notices of the press : (Extracts from Providence Papers. P. probably because truth. first. Deleuze. We have been favored with F. has published Part I. because. if true. of this city. Thomas C. and which we do not believe. does. noticing the First Edition. . and second. by J. and. from the Paris edition by Thomas C. Deleuze. it will be productive of more good than evil. P. which we can vouch. because we did not wish to be carried away by a momentary excitement. " taken no pains to obtain evidences of its We have ever been sceptical as to this subject. To show the favor with which this work was received when the first edition was published. translated a First. of the work of J.— NOTICE S. Hartshorn. 521 . Bepublican Herald. H.

) AMIMAL MAGNETISM. Public curiosity is now so highly excited. Cranston & Co. that nothing short of a full and complete investigation of the extraordinary phenomena of Magnetism will satisfy the de- mand of the public. the work of the translator appears to have been faithfully and ably performed. as a translator. and The translation of Deleuze's work on Animal Magnetism. and the interest felt in this subject by scientific men. Hartshorn." The work is very neatly got up. (From the Boston Médical and Snrgical Journal. Mr. especially of the medical profession. the form of notes. Considering the excitement which the subject of Animal Magnetism has made of late and is still destined to make in this country.— 522 NOTICES. is now published and on sale at our bookstores. from which we made a few extracts while it was passing through the press. and from a hasty examination of the same. is now so great.. Hartshorn. and which will be published at the close of the coming week. T. ommendations acted upon. believers and unbelievers to purchase and read it and reiterate what we some time since stated. Besides the contents of the orginal work. more particularly in consequence of the astonishing developments of its power that have been made for months past transpiring in this city and vicinity. relative to it has much additional matter in some of the cases that have occured in this quarter. in the appendix of the present work. We recommend both . C. we are glad to see our recto learn that the public are about to be furnished with information touching the whole matter. Daily Courier. "We have been favored with the perusal of the proof sheets of this work. to